Descriptive Catalogue Of Manuscripts Vol 17 Part 01

Author(s): Parshuram Krishna Gode
Publisher: Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
Catalog link: https://jainqq.org/explore/018109/1

Page #1

GOVERNMENT COLLECTIONS OF MANUSCRIPTS
BHANDARKAR ORIENTAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE
STITUT
POONA
FOUNDED
1917
तिजस्विन
विधीतमस्तु
Published by Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
1935

Page #2

DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF * MANUSCRIPTS
IN THE GOVERNMENT MANUSCRIPTS LIBRARY
PREPARED UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF THE MANUSCRIPTS DEPARTMENT OF THE BHANDARKAR ORIENTAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE,
POONA
SUSTITE
POONA
FOUNDED
1917
Det
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
POONA
1935

Page #3

Copies can be bad direct from the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona 4 ( India )
Price: Rs. copy, exclusive of postage
Printed and published by Dr. V. S. Sukthankar, m. A., Ph. D., at the Bhandarkar Institute Press, Bhandarkar Oriental
Research Institute, Poona No. 4.

Page #4

Descriptive Catalogue of the Government Collections of Manuscripts
deposited at the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
COMPILED BY HIRALAL RASIKDAS KAPADIA, M. A.
Volume XVII:
JAINA LITERATURE AND PHILOSOPHY
Part I: (a) Āgamika Literature ,
Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute
POONA
1935

Page #5


Page #6

CONTENTS
PAGES
PREFACE
xiii-XV RULES FOR THE GOVT. MANUSCRIPTS LIBRARY xvi-xviii LIST OF CATALOGUES AND REPORTS ... xix-xxi SYSTEM OF TRANSLITERATION
A. ĀGAMIKA LITERATURE
1. Eleven Angas
xxii
The 1st Anga
1-4
4-7
1-3 4, 5 : 6—8 9, IO 11-15 16--20 21 22 23—27
Acārāngasūtra * Do
with bālāvabodha Acārāngasūtraniryukti Ācārāngasútracūrņi Acārāngasūtraţikā Acārāngasūtrapradipikā Acārăngasūtradīpikā Acārāngasútrāvacūri Acārangasūtraparyāya
7-9 9-12 12—16 16—21 21, 22
The 2nd Anga
28, 29 30, 31 32-35 36-45 46, 47 48-50 S1, S2. 53-57
Sutrakệtāngasūtra
Do with tīkā Sūtrakstāngasūtraţikā Sūtrakstāngasútra with dipika
Do Do vārtika Sútrakstāngasútraniryukti Sūtrakstāngasūtracũrņi Sútrakstāngasútraparyāya
1111111
25—27 27-29 29–32 33-45 45-47 48, 49 49-51 51-53

Page #7

Contents
Do
58-60 61 62 63, 64 65-69 70-74 75
The 3rd Anga Sthānāngasūtra
with dipika Do bālāvabodha
Do tabbā Sthānăngasútraţikā Sthānāngasūtraparyāya Sthānăngasūtrabola
Do
54-57 57--59
59, 60 60—62 62–67 67–69 69, 70
The 4th Anga
76—78 79-81 82—86
Samavāyāngasūtra Samavāyāngasūtravstti Samavāyangasūtraparyāya
The 5th Anga
71-73 74-77 77–79
87-91 Bhagavatīsútra 92-96 Bhagavatisütravștti 97--100 Paramāņukhandaşaţtrimśikā with arthalava... 101-104 Pudgalaşaţtrimśikā with vịtti 105 Bandhaşaţtrimśikā with ţippanaka 106--109 Nigodaşaţtrimśikā with vịtti IIO
Do Do bālāvabodha III-114 Pañcanirgranthasangrahaņi 115 Do
with avacūri ... 116 Do
Do bālāvabodha... Pañcanirgranthasangrahaņyavacūri 118 Bhagavatisūtrāvacūrņi 119-123 Bhagavatisūtraparyāya
80-85 86-91 92—95 95-98
98, 99 99-102
103 103-107 107, 108 108, 109 109, 110
ΙΙΟ 110-112
117
The 6th Anga
124-128 Jñātādharmakathāngasútra
... 113-119 129
Do
with vivști ... 119, 120 130-133 Jñatadharmakathängasútravivști
... 120-124 134 Jñātādharmakathāngasūtra with bālāvabodha.. 124, 125
IN W

Page #8

Contents
vii
... 126—128
129 ... 130–133
The 7th Anga 135—137 Upāsakadaśāngasūtra 138
Do
with vyākhyā 139–142 Upāsakadaśāngasūtravyākhyā
The 8th Anga 143
Antakrddaśāngasútra Do
with tabba 145—149 Antakợddaśāngasūtravivaraņa
The 9th Anga
144
134, 135
135, 136 ... 136-138
150-153 Anuttaropapātikadaśāngasutra 154--158 Anuttaropapātikadaśāngasūtravivaraña
... 139-142 ... 142---144
The 10th Anga 159-161 Praśnavyäkaraṇāngasūtra 162 Do
with vivsti 163---169 Praśnavyākaraṇāngasútravivsti
Praśnavyäkaraṇāngasūtra with tabbā 171, 172 Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtra paryaya
... 145---547 ... 147, 148 ... 148---156 ... 156, 157 ... 157, 158
170
The 11th Anga
173---175 Vipäkasutra 176 Do ( a part) 177--181 Vipākasūtravștti
with tabbā
... 159, 160
161 ... 162--166
II. Twelve Upangas
The 1st Upānga
...
.
167
182 Aupapātikasutra 183
Do 184--188 Aupapātikasūtravștti
with vịtti
168
...
169–173

Page #9

viii
Contents
The 2nd Upānga
189--192 Rājapraśniyasūtra
174---177 193
Do with vịtti
177, 178 194---197 Rājapraśniyasūtravștti
... 178--181 The 3rd Upānga 198---199 Jivājivābhigamasutra
... 182---185 200
Do
with tabbā ... 185, 186 201---205 Jivājivābhigamasütravivsti
... 186--191 206--210 Jivājivābhigamasutra paryāya
191, 192 211---213 Jivājivābhigamasútravsttiparyaya
193, 194 The 4th Upānga 214--217 Prajñāpanāsutra
... 195--199 218, 219 Do with ţikā
199---202 220 Prajñāpanāsütraţikā
202, 203 221 , (Pradeśavyākhyā)
203, 204 222, 223 Prajñāpanặsltrathtiyapadasangrahani
... 205, 206 224 Prajñāpanüsütrat tiyapadasaigrahamivrtti 207 225 Prajñāpanasūtrat tiyapadasagrahanyava
cūrņi ... 207, 208 226-4-230 Prajñāpanasutraparyāya
... 208---210 23I---233 Prajñāpanüsütravivaranavijamapadaparyāya... 20, 2II
The 5th Upānga Süryaprajñapti
212, 213 235 Suryaprajñaptiţikā
... 213, 214
234
The 6th Upānga
236, 237 238---240 241
Jambūdvipaprajñapti Do
with vịtti Do Prameyaratnamañjūṣā ( vrtti)
... 215, 216 ... 217---222
Do
... 222---229

Page #10

245-248
242 " jambūdvīpaprajñapti with wbba n 229, 230 243---245 Bharatacaritra Do Do
... 231---233 146---248 Jambūdvipaprajñapticũrņi
233---236 249, 250 Jømbūdvipaprajñaptivivsti
296--210 The 7th Upānga 25.1---253 Candraprajnapti
... 241---243 254 , with vivarana
243, 244 The 8th to 12th Upāngas 255 * Nirayāvalikāśrutaskandha 256
Do
with vyākhyā ... 248, 249 257--264 Nirayávalikāśrutaskandhavyākhyā
249--252 262 Nirayāvalikāśrutaskandha with tabba
252, 253 263, 264 Nirayāvalikāśrutaskandhaparyāya
254 265 Nirayāvalikābālāvabodha
... 254--256 *** III. (A) Ten Prakirnakas,
The 1st Prakīrņaka 266--274 Catuḥsaraña
... 257-263 275, 276 . Do with avacūri m
... 263265 277, 278 Do Do avacárņi.. ... 265--267 279 Do tippapaka
, 268 280---282 Do Do tabbā
2008-200 283 Catuḥśaraṇāvacũri
270, 271 284 Catuḥśaraṇavişama padavivarana
271, 272 The 2nd Prakirņaka 285---290 Aturapratyākhyāna
273---275 291
Do
with vivarana ... 275, 276. Do avacũri
277 293
Do avacúrņi
7, 278 294 Do tabba
279 295 ... Do Do aksarärtha
.. 280
.
Do
292
Do
Do
2

Page #11

296, 297 Aturapratyākhyānavivarana
... 280, 281
The 3rd Prakirņaka
...
: 282---285 285, 286
298---305 Bhaktaparijñā 306
Do with avacúri 307 Bhaktaparijñāvacúri . 3Q8. Bhaktaparijñāvacúrņi
286
The 4th Prakīrņaka
309---317 Samstäraka
318 ... : 319 32
287---291 ... 291---293
293, 294 294, 295
295 296
Do with vivarana Do Do avacũri Do Do bālayabodha Saṁstārakávacũrņi Samstärakavacūri
320
321
.
322 .
.
323---330 331, 332
... The 5th Prakīrņaka Tandulavaicārika
Do with bālāvabodha
297---301 ... 301---303
The 6th Prakirnaka
... 394---306
... 307---309.
333---338 Candrāvedhyaka , TO. .. The 7th Prakirņaka 339---343. Devendrastava
to ITETO - The 8th Prakīrņaka 344--348 Gaộividya
... The 9th Prakīrṇuka 349–354 Mahapratyākhyāna
... The 10th Prakīrņaka 3555359 Virastavat
310, 311
a
... 312---314
..
... 315, 316

Page #12

360---363 Angaculikā Angavidya
364
365-368 Ajivakalpa 369-371 Aturapratyākhyāna
Ārādhanāpatākā
Kavacadvāra
374---381 Gacchācāra
382--384
Do
Do
Do
372
373
385
386
387
414
415, 416
417--420
421
422
(B) Supernumerary Prakirnakas
388-390 Do 391-394 Jyotişkaraṇḍaka 395-397 Tirthodgālika 398
399, 403 Paryantārādhanā 404--407 Do 408---413 Pindaviśuddhi
Do
Do
Do
Do
427
428
Contents
with vivṛti
Do vyākhyā
Do avacuri
Jambusvämyadhyayana with tabba
Dvipasāgaraprajñaptisangrahani
with balavabodha
Do bālāvabodha Do tikā
with vṛtti
Subodha:(vṛtti)
Do dipikā
Do bālāvabodha
Pindaviśuddhyavacūrṇi
423-426 Maraṇavidhi
Yoniprabhṛta
Vankaculika with tabba
Sārāvalī
429
430, 431 Siddhaprabhṛta 432, 433 Siddhaprabhṛtaṭīkā
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
xi
....
317-321 322, 323
324, 325
326, 327
328, 329
330
331-335
335---344
344, 345
346
347, 348
348---35I 352---355 356---358
359
360--362 363---366 367---369
369--371
371---373 374--377
378
379
380---382
....383, 384
385
386
387, 388 388-390

Page #13


Page #14

PREFACE
It was on the 4th of October 1930 that I received an invitation from the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona, to prepare and edit a Descriptive Catalogue of all the Jaina Mss. in the Government Mss. Library deposited with them by the Government of Bombay. As this invitation offered me an excellent opportunity to study the Jaina Mss. at the Institute at first hand and thus contribute my humble quota towards giving wider publicity to Jaina literature in general, I lost no time in accepting it and commenced my work on these Mss. on the 23rd of November 1930.
The number of these Mss. is estimated to be about four thousand and five hundred. They are grouped under the head “ Jaina Literature and Philosophy" and form the 17th and the 18th volumes in the scheme of the Descriptive Catalogue of Government Mss. numbering about 20,000.
In preparing this. Descriptive Catalogue I have followed in general the lines laid down by the Institute as explained to me by Rao Bahadur Dr. S. K. Belvalkar, M. A., Ph. D., the then Hon. Secretary of the Institute. Headings of description adopted in this Catalogue are practically identical with those given in the “Descriptive Catalogue of the Government Collections of Manuscripts deposited at the Deccan College, Poona. Vol. 1: Vedic literature. Part I: Samhitās and Brāhmaṇās” published by the Government of Bombay as far back as 1916. Even in all matters of detail I have had several occasions to consult Dr. Belvalkar, under whose supervision as the then Hon. Superintendent of the Mss. Department I was carrying on my work. In this connection I take this opportunity to thank him most heartily for the promptness with which he responded, whenever any occasion for consultation arose.
The exact plan followed by me in the preparation of this volume may be indicated as follows:- In i ci
(1) In this part, out of the various āgamas, the ii angas, the 12 upāngas and the lo standard prakīrņakas together with 18 super

Page #15

xiv
Preface
numerary ones have been described along with their explanatory literature as recorded in Sanskrit and Gujarati in the Mss. themselves. The order followed for the 10 standard prakirņakas can be seen from the contents. It is the same as in Weber's catalogue ( Verzeichniss der Sanskrit- und Prakṣit-handschriften der Königlichen Bibliothek zu Berlin), Vol. II, Pt. II. Different orders are followed by different scholars in dealing with these prakirņakas. The publication of the Agamodaya Samiti Series and the Series issued by Rai Bahadur Dhanapatisinh at Calcutta may be referred to in this connection. Other orders and even the variations regarding the number of the prakirņakas are noticed in Mss. here described ( vide Nos. 268-270, 317 and 423 ). The supernumerary prakirņakas have been represented in the alphabetical order. Under this title are included several works which have been styled as prakirņaka in some work or works.
(2) Regarding the inter-arrangement of descriptive sheets dealing with the same text, I have made alteration in the procedure, as desired by Dr. Belvalkar after the press-copy was complete in all respects. The actual procedure finally adopted will be clear from the contents of this part.
(3) The system of transliteration followed in generally the same as given on page xxii.
this part is
(4) All textual matter which appeared to me to be superfluous is enclosed within rectangular brackets (), while additions and alterations occasionally suggested by me are enclosed within parantheses ( ).
(5) I have prepared several appendices pertaining to the Mss. of Āgamika literature which have been long since described by me. They will be published, on the completion of the printing of the Āgamika section in press.
In giving references in the present part two works have been of material help to me. They are as under:
(i)“Essai de Bibliographie Jaina ” by A. Guérinot.

Page #16

Preface
(ii) “Descriptive Catalogue of Samsksta and Prāksta Mss. in the library of the B. B. R. A. Society, Vol. III-IV” by Prof. H. D. Velankar, M. A., my friend and once a colleague.
Now it remains for me to acknowledge my indebtedness. It is a pleasure to me to mention that I am highly obliged to Vidvadvallabha Muni Punyavijayaji, a disciple of Munirāja Šri Caturavijaya and a grand disciple of Pravartaka Sri Kāntivijaya for all the willing assistance rendered to me by his going through a duplicate copy of the page-proofs of the non-English portions of this part. I have to thank Mr. P. K. Gode, M. A., the Curator of the Institute, for the uniform kindness and the courteous treatment I met at his hands during the course of my work on the Jaina Mss. I am also indebted to Dr. V. S. Sukthankar, M. A., Ph.D., the present Hon. Secretary, for his having agreed, in the interest of Jaina scholarship, to publish the Agamika literature in parts and to the Institute for the splendid service it has thus rendered to the cause of Jaina literature.
Bhandarkar O. R. Institute,
Poona. 3rd June 1935
Hiralal R. Kapadia.

Page #17

Regulations of the Manuscripts Department
i. « The Government Manuscripts Library” formed and maintained by the Government of Bombay, and, formerly deposited at the Deccan College, Poona, is now, subject to the general control of the Department of Education, Bombay, placed under the direct charge of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute, Poona.
2. The Department is administered by a Superintendent appointed by the Executive Board of the B. O. R. Institute subject to the approval of Government.
3. The Manuscripts are available at the Institute, during working hours, for purposes of bona fide study.
4. The Manuscripts in the Library, if, in good condition, and subject to the requirements of Department, are lent out to bona fide scholars on their applying for them in writing to the Superintendent of the Department or to the Secretary of the Institute. Such scholars shall, however, execute a bond for the value of the manuscripts required, this value being fixed by the officers in charge of the Library.
s. In the case of scholars from outside India, all requisitions for loans of manuscripts shall be made to the Secretary of State for India in Council, through whom also the transactions in manuscripts shail take place. Such scholars shall execute the necessary bond with the Secretary of State for India in Council, at his discretion.
6. In the case of scholars in India the execution of the bond shall be necessary before the manuscripts are lent out. When the applicant is not sufficiently known to the Superintendent of the Department, this latter officer shall have the power to call upon the applicant to produce a certificate as to his interest in the study of Sanskrit Literature, and of his being a fit person to be entrusted with Government manuscripts. Such a certificate shall have to be

Page #18

xvii
Regulations of the Manuscripts Department signed by Orientalists of recognised posítion, or by Government officers of the Provincial or other highest service, not below the rank of a Deputy Collector or Extra Assistant Commissioner. The certificate should contain a reference to works or eassays published by the applicant.
N, B.- In the case of scholars residing within the jurisdiction of a Native State, the certificate may be signed either by the Chief Sahib or the Divan or the administrator of the State.
7. All applications for manuscripts shall state the reasons for which the manuscripts are required and the period for which the loan is sought.
8. If any manuscripts belonging to this Library have been used in the publication of an edition, or in any other learned disquisition, the authors should present to the Manuscripts Library a copy of the work or works so published.
9. The number of manuscripts to be lent out at a time to a scholar, and the period of loan, is determined by the officer in charge of the Library. Usually, however, in the case of Indian scholars, not more than five manuscriprs are allowed to remain with them at a time, and the period of loan shall not normally exceed six months.
to. Immediately on receipt of manuscripts, the scholars are requested to examine them carefully before signing and returning the receipt-form accompanying the manuscripts, as no complaints will be entertained thereafter.
11. When the manuscripts are returned to the Library they are duly examined, and if found in their original condition, the receipt formerly signed for them is returned and the bond cancelled. The liability of the borrowers ceases only after the return of this receipt.

Page #19

Regulations of the Manuscripts Department
xviii
. 12. If scholars find that, owing to the work on the imanuscripts not being completed within the stipulated period, they cannot return the manuscripts when due, they shall, sufficiently in advance, apply in writing to that effect to the Superintendent of the Department, or to the Secretary of State for India in Council, as the case may be. The period of loan will be extended at discretion. In no case, however, shall any manuscripts be allowed to remain with a scholar longer than two years in India, and five years outside India.
13. The Manuscripts Department reserves to itself the right of refusing to lend out any manuscript to any scholar at any time, and in the case of manuscripts lent out, of demanding their return before the expiry of the stipulated period, if the manuscripts be required for library or other purposes.
14. All postal charges shall be borne by the applicant.
15. The Department undertakes to procure on loan, for the members of the Institute, manuscripts from other lending Libraries.

Page #20

A LIST OF . PRINTED CATALOGUES AND REPORTS
ABOUT MANUSCRIPTS The following is the list of works ( Catalogues, Reports, etc.) already published embodying the risults of the search and preservation of Sanskrit manuscripts in the Bombay Circle from 1868 to 1915. All lists published up to 1884 have been incorporated in our consolidated catalogue prepared by Mr. S. R. Bhandarkar, M. A., in 1888. The lists for the subsequent years are to be found embodied in the various Reports published thereafter. These Reports - are of considerable value, inasmuch as they give in many cases the history of individual manuscripts, personal details of authors, their chronology, and such other items. All these works are therefore here put together in one place for ready reference.
Papers relating to the Collection and Preservation of the Reports of ancient Sanskrit Literature, edited by order of Government of India, Calcutta, 1878, by Mr. E. A. Gough. This is a useful work for the general history of the Search during the earlier period upto 1878 and contains, among other things, lists of manuscripts bought for Government during the years 1868–69, 1869-70, 1870-71, 1871-72, 1872-73 and 1874-75. All these lists, originally published ar different times, were also included in our consolidated catalogue (to be mentioned below ) published in 1888.
Report on the results of the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in Gujarat during 1871-72, by G. Bühler, Surat, 1872, 11 pages in folio.
Report on Sanskrit Manuscripts 1872-73, by G. Bühler, seven and seventeen pages. Bombay, 1874.
Report on Sanskrit Manuscripts 1874-75, by G. Bühler, 21 pages. Girgaum, 1875.
Detailed Report of a Tour in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts made (in 1875-76), in Kashmir, Rajputana and Central India, by "G. Bühler. Extra No. XXXIVA, Vol. XII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1877, Bombay. .

Page #21

XX
A List of Printed Catalogues and Reports
Lists of the Sanskrit Manuscripts purchased for Government during the years 1877-78, and 1869-78, and a list of the Manuscripts purchased from May to November 1881, by F. Kielhorn, Poona, 1881.
A Report on 122 Manuscripts, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, (1880, 37 pages in folio.
Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1880-81, by F. Kielhörn, Bombay, 1881. ...A Catalogue of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Library of the Deccan College ( being lists of the two Viśrāmabāg collections ). Part I prepared under the superintendence of F. Kielhorn ; Part II and Index prepared under the superintendence of R. G. Bhandarkar, 1884 ; 61 pages in folio.
A Report on the Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts during 1881-82, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1882.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1882--83, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1884.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1883-84 by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1887.
'A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1884--87, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1894.
A Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1887--91, by R. G. Bhandarkar, Bombay, 1897.
A Consolidated Catalogue of the Collections of Manuscripts deposited in the Deccan College ( from 1868--1884) with an Index, By S. R. Bhandarkar.
Report on the Search for Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Presidency during 1891--1895, by A. V. Kathawate, Bombay, 1901.
.. Detailed Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, August 1882 to March 1883, by P. Petersona Extra No. XLI, Vol. XVI of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1883, Bombay.

Page #22

A List of Printed Catalogues and Reports
A Second Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1883 to March 1884, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLIV, Vol. XVII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Socicty, 1884, Bombay.
xxi
A Third Report of Operation in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1884 to March 1886, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLV of Vol. XVII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1887, Bombay.
A Fourth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1886 to March 1892, by P. Peterson. Extra No. XLIXA of Vol. XVIII of the Journal of the Bombay Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, 1894, Bombay.
A Fifth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1892 to March 1895, by P. Peterson, Bombay, 1896.
A Sixth Report of Operations in Search of Sanskrit Manuscripts in the Bombay Circle, April 1895 to March 1898, by P. Peterson, Bombay, 1899. This contains also a list of manuscripts purchased by Professor Peterson from 1898-99.
Lists of Manuscripts Collected for the Government Manuscripts Library by the Professors of Sanskrit at the Deccan and Elphinstone Colleges containing the following Collections:
(i) 1895-1902, (ii) 1899-1915, (iii) 1902-1907, (iv) 1907-1915, (v) 1916-1918, (vi) 1919-1924 and (vii) 1866-68.

Page #23

..SYSTEM OF TRANSLITERATION:
. अ ... आ ३ . इ ई उ u ar का 1 एe ऐ ai. ओ.०
ऊ u औ au
_k: ख kh गूg
gh
.
4
च c 'टू : ' त्
छ् ch ज्j
thइ d थ् th . 'द् d
jh ञ् ॥ . द dh n 5 dh. . . n
_
पू. p..... .फ ph...
N: 20:
bभू bhi
m
... र् ... लु l
वू v
— श्
.
:.
.. स्
: ह. h.
visarga h, anusvara im.

Page #24

JAINA MANUSCRIPTS

Page #25


Page #26

JAINA LITERATURE AND PHILOSOPHY
++
A. AGAMIKA LITERATURE
आचाराङ्गसूत्र (आयारंगसुत्त)
I. 11 ANGAS
THE FIRST ANGA
Acārāngasūtra (Ayarangasutta)
152. 1871-72.
No. 1
Size. 11 in. by 4 in. Extent. 73 folios; 13 lines to a page; 44 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, thin, rough and grey; Devanagari characters with gears; big, bold, beautiful and legible handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; folios numbered in the right-hand margin only; the unnumbered sides marked with one small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having two more, one in each margin; folio ra decorated with a diagram in red colour; red chalk and yellow pigment used; edges of the first folio slightly worn out; several folios wormeaten to a smaller or greater degree; condition tolerably fair; complete; extent 2644 slokas.
Age. Not later than Samvat 1713.
Author. Sudharmasvamin, the 5th Gaṇadhara; for, according to the Jaina tradition he is the author of the 11 angas available at present.
Subject. This work written in Prakrit is divided into two śrutaskandhas, the former having 8 adhyayanas and the latter 16. Formerly there were 9 adhyayanas of the first śrutaskandha; but the 7th has been lost long ago. This work

Page #27

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[I.
म.
॥
which is looked upon as the ist and the oldest anga is neither entirely in prose nor in verse. Rules and regulations pertaining to a Jaina saint are discussed herein; so, this work comes under caraṇakaraṇānuyoga ; this work may be compared with Vinaya-pitaka of the Bauddhas. Upāsakadaśānga dealing with the discipline of a Jaina layman may be looked upon
as a complementary part to this Ācārānga. Begins.-fol. I श्रीवीतरागाय नमः॥
सुयं मे आउंस तेणं भगवया एवमक्खायं ॥ इहमेगेसि णो सना भवति ॥
तं जहा etc. Ends.--fol. 736 इममि लोए परते य दोसु वि न विद्य(ज्ज)ई बंधण(ण) जस्स किं
(चि) वि।से हु निरालंव(ब)णे अप्पतिहिते । कलंकलीभावपहं विमुच्चह । ति
बेमि ॥ छ । 'विमुत्ती' सम्मता(त्ता) ॥ छ । आचारांगसूत्रं समाप्तं
प्रथमांग ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथाओं २६४४॥ छ । etc. Then run the lines as under :--- संवत् १७१३ वर्षे कार्तिक शुदि १५ गुरौ' उ(ऊ)केश' ज्ञातीयवृद्धशाखीय सा । रूपा
तत्भार्या रूपादे तत्पुत्र पा लालजी टोकर पा लालजी तत्भार्या लालबाई तत्पुत्र सा । ऋषभ प्रमुख कुटुंब । युतेन स्वश्रेयो(s)) पं. श्री.
जिनविजयगणीनां प्रतिलाभितमिति श्रेयः श्रीः श्रीआचराांगसूत्रपुस्तकं. Reference. This work of the Jainas was first published by Rai
Dhanapatisinh, Calcutta, in A. D. 1880. So it may be looked upon as editio princeps. It contains besides Acärāngasutra, its Sanskrit commentary by Silanka Suri, Pradipika, a similar work of Jinahamsa Sūri, the Bālāvabodha by Pärśvacandra Sūrī and as an appendix the Niryukti composed by Bhadrabāhusvāmin. The text (part I was edited by Hermann Jacobi, in A. D. 1882. In its perface he has compared the Jaina Prākrit with Pali. The text together with the niryukti and Silānka's commentary is also published by the Agamodaya Samiti in two parts in Sanvat 1972 and 1973 respectively. The first śrutaskandha with a careful analysis of the style is edited and published by Walther Schubring, Leipzig, in A. D. 1910. This work is published in A. D. 1924 by the Jaina
Sahitya Samsodhaka Samiti of Poona, too. ... ... ... ... ... The English translation of the text by H. Jacobi was 10 published in the Sacred Books of the East (vol. XXII), Ox

Page #28

...
1. 11 Angas
ford, in A. D. 1884. The text along with the Gujarāti translation by Ravjibhai Devaraj was published in Samvat 1958. In its introduction (p. 22 ff.) we find Parihāryamimāṁsā dealing with the queries raised by H. Jacobi. In the second edition (A. D. 1906 ) this is dropped. For contents etc., see A. Weber's Verzeichniss der Sanskțit und PrākritHandschriften der Königlischen Bibliothek zu Berlin? (vol. II, pt. II, 3 p. 355 ff.), published in A. D. 1888. For the English translation of Weber's “ Sacred Literature of the Jains” by H. Weir Smyth, see Indian Antiquary ( vol. XVII, p. 340 ff.). For additional Mss. etc., see Essai de Bibliographie Jaina by Guèrinot, Paris, 1906, p. 519 and H. D. Velankar's Descriptive Catalogue of Sanskrta and Präksta manuscripts in the library of the Bombay Branch of Royal Asiatic Society (vols. III-IV, pp. 381-382 ).
आचाराङ्गसूत्र
Acārāngasūtra
78.
No. 2
1872-73. Size.—338 in. by 24 in. Extent.—65 leaves ; 3 to 5 lines to a leaf ; 125 letters to a line. Description.—Palm-leaf, durable and greyish; Devanāgari characters
with TATES; big, legible, uniform and very good handwriting. This Ms. presents an appearance of the work being divided into three separate columns; but, really speaking every line of the first column is continued to the other two columns; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink; red chalk used ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand margin as 1, 2, 3 etc. and in the left-hand one as in the case of No. 9 ; in each leaf there are two holes through which a string passes ; some leaves
For Jacobi's recept views in this connection, the reader is referred to my article “Prohibition of Flesh-eating in Jainism” published in “ Review of Philosophy and Religion " (vol. IV, no. 2). This forms part of “Die Handschriften-Verzeichnisse der Königlischen Bibliothek zu Berlin " Fünfter Band. This work is hereafter referred to as Weber II. *
3.

Page #29

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1.3.
more or less worm-eaten ; leaf 38th torn in two places; condition tolerably good; leat 1 blank; two wooden planks
enclosing the Ms.; complete ; extent 2654 ślokas. Age.-Saṁvat 1348. See No. 12 ( Acārāngasūtraţikä ). Begins.-leaf Ib FA: HOSTITI
सुयं मे आउसं तेणं etc. Ends.-leaf 65FHA JIC pat etc. up to 31TEITFEN HATF II STUARİ
as above. Ve R$48 . N. B.-For further details see No. I.
आचारातसूत्र
Ācārāngasūtra
153. No. 3
1871-72. Size.-11 in. by 44 in. Extent.--54-4=so folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 58 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper very thin and white; Devanāgarī cha
racters with Te A S ; bold, clear, uniform and beautiful handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. is pasted to fol. 1a; it is blank; edges of the foll. I to 8 more or less damaged ; condition unsatisfactory; foll. 15 to 18
missing; otherwise complete ; extent 2644 ślokas. Age.--Samvat 1597. Begins.-fol. 1b go FA: STREETTI
ET À etc. as in No. 1. Ends.-fol. 54" HATC etc. up to a R$88 as in No. 1 followed
by gl T HET I TE atau Tu: Il a la UATII
Il eft ll ll fra ?4gua STIUT RICET (? ar 3 ) N. B.-For further details see No. 1.
Ācārāngasūtra with Bālāvabodha
ATEITIALE वालावबोधसहित No. 4 Size. in. by 4in..'
685. 1899-1915.
.

Page #30

..]
1. 11 Angas
Extent. -- 167-2=165 folios; 6 lines to a page ; 20 letters to a line. ,, ot Balavabodha.-165 foll.; I4 ,, ,, ,, ,, 26 , , , , Description.--Country paper, thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, bold, clear and fair hand
writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; edges ruled in two lines in red ink; this is a 92997at Ms., the text occupying the central place, and the commentary occuping space all around; red chalk and yellow pigment used; the first two foll. missing, so this commences on fol. 3a ; foll. 141 etc., up to the last also numbered as 1, 2, 3 etc.; some of the foll. at the end have their edges slightly damaged; the 167th fol. slightly torn, a strip of paper pasted to fol. 1676; condition fair; complete, if the first two missing foll. are not taken
into account; extent 4500 Slokas. Age.--Samvat 1606. Author of Balavabodha.-Parsvacandra, pupil of Sadhuratna. Subject.-The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 3' से भिक्खू वा भिक्खुणी वा गाहावतिकुलं etc. ' , -( bala°) , , ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञाय।
से भिक्खू वा भिक्षु चारित्रियउ मूलगुण उत्तरगुणनउ धारणहार
नाना प्रकार आभिग्रह सहित etc. Ends.-( text ) fol. 166 इमंमि लोए परते etc. up to समाप्तं as in No. 1 followed by T ag etc., the last lines being--
सव्वेसि पि नयाणं बहुविहवत्तव(व्व)यं निसामित्ता।
तं सव्वनयविसुद्धं जं चरण(गुण)हिओ साधु(ह)॥ १ ॥ ,, -(bālas) fol. 167° यतः नाणेण जाणइ भावे इत्यादि इति विमुक्तया(क्तय)ध्ययनं ।।
छ । श्रीमद् बृहत्तपागच्छे विहितसदाचारयत्नानां पं० श्रीसाधुरत्नानां श(शिष्येण पार्श्वचंद्रेण कृते श्रीआचारांगे द्वितीय(श्रुत)स्कंधबालावबोधे 'विमुक्तयध्ययनं' षोडशमं समाप्तं ॥ आदितोऽध्ययनानि २५ ॥ छ । तत्परिसमाप्तौ समाप्तमिदं श्रीआचाराङ्गसूत्रं तस्य बालावबोधश्च वाच्यम(मा)नो(s)यं चिरं नंद्यात् ग्रंथाग्रं ४५००. एवं सूत्र अर्थ द्वि(ती)य(श्रुत)स्कन्धे ॥ छ । संवत् १६ षडोत्तरा वर्षे आसो सुदि ७ वार रवौ ॥ ऋषि श्रीसोमा
आणंद रमा माहावजीपठनार्थ ॥ श्री । लेषकवाचकयोः श्रीरस्तु etc. Reterence. The Bālāvabodha along with the text published.
See No. I. 1. This is the initial line of the 2nd śrutaskandha.

Page #31

आचाराङ्गसूत्र बालावबोधसहित
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[..
""
در
Acārāngasūtra with Balavabodha
No. 5
Size.--113 in. by 44 in.
Extent.—158 folios; 13 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description.—Country paper, greyish, rough and somewhat thick ; Devanagari characters with gears; handwriting sufficiently big, clear and good; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the first four foll. numbered in both the margins, most of the rest in the right-hand margin only; fol. 1a blank ; several foll. have a portion of their margin worn out; sometimes, even the part where the number of the fol. is mentioned is gone ; a good many foll. brittle; condition on the whole, fair; fol. 158b practically blank; for, the . title etc., only written on it; this Ms. contains both the text and its Gujarati explanation; it begins with the second śrutaskandha; complete so far as this is concerned ; extent 10,000(?) Ślokas.
84 (81?). 1872-73.
Age.-Samvat 1631.
Author of Bālāvabodha – Parśvacandra, pupil of Sadhuratna.
Subject. The second part of the first anga along with its explanation in Gujarati.
Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 24° सुय (यं) मे आउस तेणं भगवया एवमकखायं तं जहा पुरित्थिमाओ वा दिसाओ आगओ अहमंसि दाहिणाओ etc. Bala°) fol. rb
नम ( : ) श्रीवर्द्धमानाय ब (व) र्द्धमानाय समु]द्गुणै(:) श्रीमतीर्थाभि (धि) नाथाय भव्या (व्यां) भोरुहभास्वते १ [at] आचारांगे द्वितीयस्य श्रुतस्कंधस्य वार्तिकं
वृत्तिभित्त्या (त्त्य) नुसारेण लिख्यते गुर्व्वनुग्रहात् २
हिवं श्रीआचारांगनु बीजउ श्रुतस्कंधारंभियइ छइ तिहां पहिलइ श्रुतस्कंधि नव ब्रह्मचर्याध्ययन कह्या etc.
Ends. — ( text ) fol. 1560 इमंमि लोए up to विमुत्ती सम्मत्ता as in No. 1.
,—( Bālā° ) fol. 157 साधु ज्ञानई करी सम्यक भाव जाणी क्रिया करी सम्यक् पालिवड एतलs मोक्ष ए परमार्थ जाणिवउ । यतः

Page #32

6.]
I. 11 Angas
नाणए (नाणेण) जाणए भावे दंसणेण य सहहे।
घर(चरि)त्तेण न(नि)गिण्हाई तवणं परस्ठ (रिस)ज्झर १ इति वचनात् । इति 'विमुक्ता(क्तय)ध्ययनं श्रीमद् बृहत्तपागच्छे विहितसदाचारयत्नानां पं० श्रीसाधुरत्नानां शिष्येण पार्श्वचंद्रेण कृते श्रीआचारांगद्वित(ती)यस्कंधबालावबोधि विमुक्त्यध्ययनं षोडश समाप्तं आदितो(s)ध्ययनानि २५ तत्परिसमाप्तौ सम(मा)प्तमिदं श्रीआचारांगसूत्रं तस्य बालावबोधश्च वाच्यमानो(यं etc. श्रीजगन्नाथनीशाथिइ? साक्षिइ) etc. संवत् १६३१ वर्षे पोष वदि८ भोमे लिषितं लेषक आणंद लिषितं । छ । छ । ग्रंथमानं १००००
गणनीया ॥ Reference.-Published. See No. I. N. B.- For other details see above.
आचारागसूत्रनियुक्ति
Ācārārgasūtraniryukti (आयारंगसुत्तनिज्जुत्ति)
( Āyārangasuttanijjutti )
364. No. 6
1880-81.. Size.-111 in. by s in. Extent.-14 folios ; I3 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, thin, smooth and white; Devanāgari
characters; bold, big, clear and good handwriting; borders neatly ruled in three lines in black ink, edges singly; fol. 1a blank; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ;
condition excellent; complete; extent 450 ślokas. Age.- does not seem to be old. Author.-Bhadrabāhusvāmin. Subject.-Explanation of the Ist aiga in 367 verses in Prakrit. Begins.-fol. I श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥ .
बंदिनु सव्वसिद्धे जिणे अ अणुओगदायए सब्बे
आयारस्स भगवओ निज्जुत्ति कित्तइस्सामि १ etc. Ends.-fol. I4" इक्वारस तिति दोदो दोदो उद्देसएहिं नायव्वा
सत्तय अहय नवमा एगसरा हुँति अज्झयणा ॥ १९ । छ । सर्वगाथा ३६७।।
आयारस्स भगवओ चउत्थचूलाए एसा निज्जुत्ती पंचमचूल निसीहं तु सा य उवरि भणी हामो।

Page #33

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[8.
छ । आचारांगनियुक्तिः समाप्ता ॥ ग्रंथश्लोक ४५० । शुभं भवतु लेखकस्य ॥ Reference.--Published. See No. 1. Indian Antiquary, vol. X, pp.
100-102 may be consulted.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रानयुक्ति
Acārāngasūtraniryukti No. 7
_80.
1872-73. Size.-333 in. by 21 in. Extent.--16-1 + 1 = 16 leaves ; 3 to 5 lines to a leaf ; 125 letters to
a line. Description.-Palm-leaf; leaf I blank; leaf Io also numbered as II;
an extra leaf at the end ; ends abruptly; almost complete. For further details see No. 2 of which this may be looked upon as the third and the last part, though numbered
separately, the second part being No. 12. Age.--Samvat 1348. See No. 12. Begins.-fol. I' नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ।।
वंदितु सव्वसिद्धे etc., as above. Ends.-fol. 16' अट्टावयमुव्ये (ज्जे)ति गयग्गपयए य धम्मचके य ।
पासरहावत्तणयं चमरुथा(प्पा)यं च वंदामि ॥ (३)५३' गणियं निसमेजत्तीस(?) दिही अवितहं इमं । नाणं । तइय गंतुमवगया गुणपव्व(च्च)ईया इमे अत्था ॥ ५४॥
गुणमाहप्पं इसिनामाकत्तणं सुरनरिंदपू (ends abruptly ). There is an additional leaf at the end, on one side of which it is written उत्तराध्ययन २४ प्रभृति ३० यावत् etc., and on the other side of which is written आगामिकरत्नसिंहसूरीणां संघपति
रत्नपालस्य ओघनियुक्तिससूत्रवृत्तिपुस्तकं ॥ N. B.-For other details see above.
वाईया इमे Amas abruptly
which
आचारागसूत्रनियुक्ति
Acārāngasūtraniryukti
11. 1880-81.
No.8
Size.-12 in. by 2 in.
I. This is the 349th gatha of No. 8.

Page #34

9.)
I I. 11 Angas Extent.—32 + 2 = 34 leaves ; 3 to 6 lines to a leaf ; 48 letters to a
line. Description.-..Palm-leaf, durable and greyish ; Devanågari characters
with TATES; sufficiently big, legible and good handwriting; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work being divided into two separate columns but really it is not so, since the lines of the first column extend to the second; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the right-hand one as 229, 230 etc., and in the left-hand one as ( ?))
etc., leaves 2299 and 2600 blank; there is so
an extra leaf in the beginning; it is blank on both the sides; similarly there is an extra leaf following the 26th leaf; some of the leaves slightly worm-eaten ; condition tolerably good ; the last gāthā numbered as 361 and not 367 as in No. 6; two wooden planks encompassing the
Ms.; a thread passes through all the leaves. Age.-Fairly old. Begins.-leaf 2296 TAT Taktor 11
Heafs etc. Ends.-leaf 260 आयारस्स भगवओ etc., up to उवरि भणीहामि as in
No. 6 followed by 1 383 Il TTTT 11 J 11 Ottavat HAF T 115 117 II TË HETft: 117 11 Then in a different hand we have: sft"(tapiterie straat gaan siistaziçarश्रीजिनसागरसूरि-श्रीजिनसुंदरसूरिपट्टे श्रीजिनहर्षसिरि] सूरीश्वराणां
( ends thus ) N. B.-For other details see No. 6.
आचारागसूत्रचूर्णि
Ācārāṇgasūtracūrni (Stuttgagtoo)
(Ayārangasuttacuņni)
2. No. 9
1881-82. Size.—211 in. by il in. Extent.—278-2=276 leaves ; 5 to 6 lines to a leaf ; 80 to 85 letters
to a line.. 2 [J. L. P.]

Page #35

Jaina Literature and Philosophy [9 Description.-Palm-leaf; Devanāgari characters with CEATES.; bold,
sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing; the Ms. appears to be divided into three columns, but really it is not so, since every line extends to all the columns; borders of each of these columns ruled in four lines in black ink; holes in two places in each leaf in order to pass strings through it, with a view to hold the leaves together; numbers of leaves entered twice, once as 1, 2, 3 etc., as usual, the other set of numbers being as follows:T, fa, eft, vt (8), () (4), (5), of V,
FNC) (2), *** (2), }(Ro), } () }(R2).
), }(88) etc., ' }(zo) etc., " } (po) etc., 5. }(20)etc., ; } (40) etc,&(*} (po)ete, ici!} (vu) etc., ** }(Boje, $ } (90) etc
., pp150
) etc., 5}(49) etc, 5 }(so)et, : }rcoles
leaves 151, 166, 209 and 236 seem to be wrongly numbered; hence
ought
(42)
ought to be
}(396),
to be
tof
4
#owo 24
: ; ought to be
re.), and
ला ought to be हा
(36); leaves 78 and 79 as well as FJ leaves 241 and 242 numbered
1. In the Ms. this is written in the Jaina style; but, owing to the want of the
suitable type it is represented here in the Vaidika style.fi

Page #36

101
1. 11 Angas
together; leaf I blank ; some of the leaves slightly worm-eaten; edges of several leaves partly worn out; condi
tion on the whole good ; complete; extent 8740 ślokas. Age.--Not later than Samvat 1450. Subject.—Ācārāngasūtra elucidated in prose, in mixed Sanskrit and
Prakrit. Begins.-leaf I' नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥
मंगलादीनि सत्थाणि मंगलमज्झाणि मंगलावसाणाणि मंगलपरिग्गाहिया य
- सिस्सा etc. Ends.-leaf 278 पंचमचूलविशुद्धांतरान्मता । इदं फलमपदिश्यते । से हरिणालंबण
मपानिहितोपकर्तदेव । इति आचारचूर्णी परिसमाप्ता ॥ छ॥नमो सुयदेवयाए भगवई ॥छ ॥ ग्रं० ८७४०॥ छ । संवत् १४५० वर्षे आषाढमासे श्रीआचारांगचूर्णिपुस्तकं श्री खरतरगच्छे श्रीजिनराजसूरीणां श्रीमरुनंदनीपाध्यायैः प्राभृतीकृतं ॥ छ । शुभं भवतु ॥ तैरपि प्राप्तमाचार्यादेकतः॥
see Jaina Granthāvali( p.2 ) published by the Jaina Svetām bara Conference, Bombay, Samvat 1965.
आचारासूत्रचूर्णि
Ācārārgasūtracūrņi No. 10
372.
1879-80. Size.-10 in. by 44 in. Extent.-217 folios ; 13 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thick, smooth and greyish; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, bold, beautiful and legible hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. I. and 217b blank; numbers of foll. entered in both.the margins; edges and corners of some of the foll. worn out; condition on the whole good; complete; extent 8300
ślokas. Age.-Fairly old. . Begins.-fol. I ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥
मंगलादीणि सत्थाणि etc. asabove..

Page #37

12
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[
1
Ends.-fol. 2174 अथवा स्यमृ(?)तार्थस्य अनभिसबंधातस्याकर्म आचारेण संपन्नस्य
चतुर्थलूलोपचारिणप्रमादाचरितपंचम ( blank space followed by ) . तासे हू णे गलवणे मप्पातस्थितो शेषं तदवे ॥ छ ॥ इत्याचारचूर्णी(णिः)
परिसमाप्ता ॥ छ ॥छ ॥श्रीः ॥ etc., ग्रं. ८३००. N. B.-For further particulars see above.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रटीका
Ācārāngasūtratīkā No. 11
621.
1892-95. Size.-104 in. by 43 in. Extent.-313 folios ; I3 lines to a page; 45 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with eHTETTS; bold, big, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. I and 313b blank; the unnumbered sides marked with a small disc in the centre in red ink; most of the numbered sides having over and above this, two more discs, one in each margin; red chalk used; foll. 65 and 66 wrongly numbered as 64 and 65; the first fol. slightly torn in the left-hand margin ; fol. 68 partly torn; strips of paper pasted to fol. 313b; condition on the whole satisfactory; composed in Saka 7983; complete;
extent 12000 ślokas. Age.-Samvat I579. Author.-Silanka Suri. Subject.-Commentary in Sanskrit to Acarangasutra. Begins.-fol. 1 नमः सर्वविदे॥ . . जयति समस्तवस्तुपर्यायविचारापास्ततीर्थिक
विहितैकैकतीर्थनयवादसमूहवशात(त्) प्रातीष्ट(ठि)तं । बहतिथ(विध)भंगास(द्धसिद्धांतविधनितमलमलीमसं
तीर्थमनादिनिधनगतमनुपममादिनतं जिनेश्वरैः ॥१ etc. Ends.--fol. 313* आचार्यश्रीशीलांग(क)विरचितायां आचारटीकायां द्वितीय श्रुत
स्कंधः परिसमाप्तः।। छ । समाप्तं चाचारांगमिति ॥ छ । ग्रंथानं १२०००

Page #38

1. 11 Angas
आचारटीकाकरणे यदाप्तं
पुण्यं मया मोक्षगमैकहेतुः । तेनापनीयाशुभराशिमच्चै
राचारमार्गप्रवणो(s)स्तु लोकः ॥ छ ॥ शाकपकालातीतसंवत्सरशतेषु सप्तसु । अष्टानवत्यधिकेषु वैशाखशुद्धपञ्चम्यां आचारटीका कृतेति ॥ छ ॥ संवत् १५७९ वर्षे पौष सुदि १ गुरु
श्री स्तंभतीर्थे' लष्यतं ॥ परोपकाराय ॥ शुभं भवतुः ॥ कल्याणमस्तुः ॥॥ छ । Reference.-Published. See No. I. The introduction (p. 32, n. 2)
by J. F. Fleet to Corpus inscriptionum indicarum vol. III, and Inscriptions of the early Gupte kings and their successors, Calcutta, 1888 may be consulted. See also Indian antiquary, vol. XV, p. 188 where two passages are quoted from this commentary.
आचारागसूत्रटीका
Ācārāngasūtratīkā
79. No. 12
1872-73. Size.-33 in. by 21 in. Extent.-347 leaves ; 3 to 5 lines to a leaf ; 125 letters to a line. Description. This work commences on leaf 65b ; really speaking
it forms a second part of one and the same Ms., though numbered separately, the first part being Acärängasútra No. 2; and the third and the last part being Acărāngasūtraniryukti No.73; this Ms. contains the प्रतीकs of the text;leaves 147* and 270a illegible on account of ink spread out; leaves 170, 351 and 352 wrongly placed, sides interchanged; leaf 212 numbered as II2, though at the bottom as 212; leaf 4II blank;
complete; extent 12000 ślokas. For other details see No. 2. Age.-Samvat 1348. Begins.--leaf 65 नमो(5)हद्भ्यः । नमः सिद्धेभ्यः ।
जयति समस्तवस्तुपर्याय etc.

Page #39

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Ends.-- leaf AII (a) स क्रियानयो नामेति । एवं प्रत्येकमाभिधाय परमार्थो(s)यं निरू प्यते ॥ ज्ञान ( b) क्रियाभ्यां मोक्ष इति तथा चागमः ॥
सव्वेसि पि णयाणं बहुविहे (हव)त्तव्वया णिसामेत्ता।
तं सव्वणयविसु(c) द्धं जं...गुणहिउ(ओ) साहु(ह)॥ चरणं क्रियागुणो ज्ञानं । तद्वा(न्) साधुमोक्षसाधनायालमिति तात्पर्यार्थः । छ । आचार्यशीलांकविरचितायां etc., up to प्रवणो(s)स्तु लोकः as in No. II followed by ग्रंथानं सहस्रद्वादश अंकतो(s)पि ॥ १२००० मंगलं महाश्री ॥छ । संवत् १३४८ वर्षे वैशाख वदि १० सोमे संघ वीरपालसुत संघ रत्नपालेन स्वमातु(:) श्रेयो(s)र्थ श्रीआचारांगसूत्रवृत्तिनियुक्ति
पुस्तकं लेखितं ॥ छ । मंगलं महाश्रीः ॥ छ । N. B.-For further particulars see No. II.
आचारागसूत्रटीका
Ācārāngasūtratīkā No. 13
29.
1866-68. Size.-104 in. by 4} in. Extent.-291 folios; I3 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and greyish; Devanāgarī characters
with occasional पृष्टमात्राs; bold, legible and very elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; almost all the foll. more or less worm-eaten; some of them awfully damaged ; condition very poor; foll. I' and 291b blank; numbers of foll. mostly up to 81 entered in both the
margins; all the foll. bound up in leather cover ; complete. Age.--Saṁvat 1644. Begins.-fol. I जयति समस्तवस्तुपर्याय etc. as in No. II. Ends.-fol. 291 चरणं क्रियागुणो ज्ञानं तद्वत्साधुर्मोक्षसाधनयालमिति तात्पर्यार्थः ।
छ । आचार्यशीलांकविरचितायां आचारटीकायां द्वितीयः (श्रुत)स्कंधः । समाप्तं चाचारांगमिति । आचारटीकाकरणे etc. up to लोकः as in No. II followed by अंकतो(s)पि ग्रं. २०००(१)। सं. १६४४ वर्षे आश्विन
व.९शनौ। N. B.-For further particulars see No. II.
I-3 (a ), (b) and (c) indicate the Ist, 2nd and 3rd columns. 4 Three letters are gone. They ought to be च, र and ण.

Page #40

151
1. II Angas
IS
आचाराङ्गसूत्रटीका
Acārāngasūtratīkā No. 14
683.
1899-1915. Size.-104 in. by 44 in. Extent.---219 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.—Country paper, very thin, rough and greyish ; Deva
nāgari characters with AFTS; bold, clear and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; small bits of paper pasted to fol. 1a; it is blank ; several foll. worm-eaten to a smaller or greater degree; strips of paper pasted to most of of the foll. especially up to the 26th ; condition on the whole, fair ; numbers of foll. generally entered twice, on one and the same page but in different margins; this Ms. does not seem to contain the original text but it explains it
by giving the safrass; extent 12300 ślokas, Age.-Pretty old. Begins.--fol. 1b ll Go II 3 THTSEÇHT: 11
wula FAFET FT etc. as in No. II. Ends.--fol. 2196 NETRATYAFETETTARTTAPA alape(r)*: 11 Jul 30131rof
fat(ft) Simaraeferatur etc., as in No. II up to stes: followed
by ग्रंथानं सहस्रद्वादश शततृऽक(क)तो(s)पि ॥छ ॥१२३००॥ N. B.--For other particulars see No. II.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रटीका
Acārāngasūtratīkā No. 15
1085.
1887-91. Size.-101 in. by 41 in. Extent.--240 + 1 + 1 + 1-1 = 242 folios; 15 lines to a page; 54
letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, thin, brittle, and grey ; Devanāgarī
characters with occasional TATEITS; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink;

Page #41

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[16
yellow pigment used ; red chalk, too ; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to foll. 14 and 2406; fol.58 repeated; so are the foll. 75 and 177; some of the foll. somewhat worm-eaten ; edges of foll. 141 to 227 more or less damaged; foll. 180 to 219 blackish; foll. 183 to 215 torn; condition poor; one of the foll. out of 177 to 187 missing;
extent 12300 ślokas. Age.- Old. Begins.-- fol. 10 11 So 1 3 SEÇRT: I HA: A RT: 11
ufa H EFT etc., as in No. 11. Ends.- fol. 240® TEHTYHETETTARTÁfat arcuartå: STERREfa fer
arri Sacelei fattu: gara: HATA: 11 g Il sfera lloj.
3230o. N. B.- For other particulars see No. II.
आचारायसूत्रप्रदीपिका
Ācārāngasūtrapradīpikā
684. . No. 16
1899–1915. Size.-103 in. by 43 in. . Extent.-122+I=123 folios; 15 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, thin, rough and grey ; Devanāgari
characters; clear, bold and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. 1* and 1226 blank; yellow pigment used; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 1a in the middle ; small bits of paper pasted to foll. 2a and the corresponding letters supplied ; condition on the whole good; foll. 51 etc. numbered in both the margins ; fol. 116 repeated; the commentary goes up to the Ist śrutaskandha
only ; lacunæ on fol. 90, this Ms. lacking in praśasti. Age.- Pretty old. Author.-Jinahamsa Suri, successor of Jinasamudra Süri, successor of
Jinacandra Sūri of the Kharatara gaccha. For further details
see the colophon of No. 17, Subject.-A Sanskrit commentary explaining the first part of the
first anga. It is based upon Silänka Súri's commentary to this āgama.

Page #42

17
17]
I. II Angas Begins.-fol. 1॥६०॥ अहम् ॥
शासनाधीश्वरो जीयाद वर्धमानो जिनेश्वरः। भवंति सुखिनो भव्याः यदीयवचनामृतैः ॥१॥ शीलांकाचार्यरचिता वृत्तिरस्ति सविस्तरा। श्रीआचारांग[स्य सूत्रस्य दुर्विगाहा परं ततः ॥२॥ अनुग्रहार्थ सभ्यानां व्याख्यातृणां सुखावहा ।
श्रीजिनहंससूरींद्रेः क्रियते स्म प्रदीपिका ॥३॥ इह द्वादशानामंगानां मध्ये प्रथमांगं श्रीआचारांगं यतो ज्ञानाचारादीनां मोक्षांगभूतानामिह प्ररूपणादाचारांगं अत्र हि छौ श्रुतस्कंधौ तत्र प्रथमश्रुत
स्कंधे नवाध्ययनानि तानि चामूनि etc. Ends.-fol. 122* अष्टमाध्ययनपरिसमाप्तौ प्रथमांगश्रीआचारांगस्य ब्रह्म(म)चर्याख्यः
प्रथमश्रुतस्कंधः समाप्तः। इति श्री'वृह(त्खरतरगच्छे श्रीजिनसमुद्रसारपट्टालंकारश्रीजिनहंसमरिवि(र)चितायां । श्रीआचारांगप्रदीपिकायां
प्रथमश्रुतस्कंधः परिच्छेदः ॥ छ ॥ श्रीचेला जगमाल लिष्यं । Reference.--Published. See No. I.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रप्रदीपिका
Ācārāngasūtrapradīpikā
1175. No. 17
1886-92. Size.-101 in. by 43 in. Extent.—222 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, thin andgreyish; Devanagari characters
with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, clear, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to fol. 14; fol. I blank; foll. 80 onwards up to the end doubly numbered, the second set of numbers
being I, 2, etc; condition very good ; composed in Samvat • IS7 (? 1572); complete; this Ms. contains prasasti wherein
this work is named as Ācāradipikä. Age.-Pretty old. Begins.-fol. I' अर्ह
शासनाधीश्वरो etc. as above. Ends-fol. 221° समाप्तं विमुक्त्यध्ययनं तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्ता चतुर्थचूडा तत्समाप्तौ
च समाप्तो द्वितीयश्रुतस्कंधः तत्समाप्तौ च परिसमाप्तं प्रथमं श्रीआचारांग3 [J. L. P.]

Page #43

18
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [17 मिति श्री बृहत्खरतरगच्छे श्रीजिनसमुद्रसूरिपट्टालंकारश्रीजिनहंसमरिविरचितायां श्रीआचारांगप्रदीपिकायां द्वितीयः श्रुतस्कंध(:) तप्तः॥
श्रीवीरशासने क्लेशनाशने जयिनि क्षितौ । सुधर्मस्वाम्यपत्यानि गणाः संति सहस्रशः ॥१॥ गच्छ(:) 'खरतरस्तेषु समस्तस्वस्तिभाजनं यत्राभूवन गुणजुषो गुरवो गतकल्मषाः ॥२॥ श्रीमानु(द)द्योतनः सूरिर्वद्धमानो जिनेश्वरः। जिनचंद्रो(5)भयदेवो नवांगीत्तिकारक(:)॥३॥ ग्रथिका(ता)नेकसवृंथो निग्रंथानां श(शिरोमणि(णिः) । दुर्लभो दुर्धियां धीमबल्लभो जिनवल्लभः ॥ ४ ॥ जिनदत्तो जिनचंद्रो जिनपरासी जिनेश्वर श्वैच:(?) । स जिनप्रबोधजिनचंद्रसुगुरुजिनकुस(श)लजिनपद्मा(?)॥५॥ जिनलब्धिर्जिनचंद्रः संघोदयकृज्जिनोदयगणेश । जिनराजसूरिंगणभृत्तपट्टालंकृतिप्रवणः ॥ ६॥ तत्पट्टे सिद्धांतस्वर्णपरीक्षाकोपलप्रख्याः। श्रीजिनभद्रयतींदाः श्रीजिनचंद्राश्च तत्पट्टे ॥७॥ ये दे(है)धममलशीला(:) प्रियगुणिनो दूरमस्तदु(ः)शीलाः । श्रीजिनसमुद्रसूरिप्रवरास्ते तदनु संजजुः ॥ ८॥ तत्पादपङ्केरुह गसन्निभा
स्तत्सेवनासादन( ? दित)शास्त्रसौरभाः। . तच्छिष्यलेशा गुणिभिः समादृता
गणाधिपा (:) श्रीजिनहंससूरयः ।।९॥ श्री'लूणकर्ण'राज्य मंत्रीश्वरकर्मसिंहसंघपतौ।। श्रीमविक्रम नगरे मुनिशरचंद्रमितवर्षे ॥१०॥ सध(र)त्तिशास्त्रादिविहारकारिणां
महात्मनां निर्मलसूत्रधारिणां । ज्ञानक्रियाभ्यासवतां हि तेषां
कुलोद्भवैः श्रीजिनहंससूरिभिः ॥११॥ आचारदीपिकेयं विनिर्मिता देवकुलिकया तुल्या। अल्पावबोधयतिगणमतिदैवतसंनिवेशकते ॥१२॥ साहाय्यमत्र चक्रुः श्रीपाठकदेवतिलकनामानः । दक्षाः शिष्याः वाग्गुरुगुरुदयासागरेंद्राः ॥१३॥ गीतार्थशिरोमणिभिः श्रीपाठकभाक्तिलाभयातिमुखैः(ख्यैः)। . संशोधिता तथापि च यदत्र दृष्टं विशोध्यं तत् ॥१४॥

Page #44

19]
1. 11 Angas
यावच्चंद्रादित्यौ यावत् श्रीवीरशासनं जयति । तावन्नंदत्वेषा इत्याश्री (शी) में भवतु सफला ॥। १५ ।। इति प्रशस्तिः ॥ छ ॥
N. B.--For further particulars see above.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रप्रदीपिका
No. 18
19
Acarangasūtrapradipika
237..
A. 1882-83.
Size.—1o‡ in. by 44 in.
Extent.—197 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 52 letters to a line. Description.—Country paper, thick, smooth and white; Devanagari characters; bold, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to fol. r* ; a similar piece attached to the last fol. ( 197th ) ; condition very good; complete ; extent 10000 slokas. Age. — Samvat 1612.
Begins.fol. 1 अ
०
शासनाधीश्वरो etc. as in No. 16.
Ends.--fol. 197° समाप्तं विमुक्त्यध्ययनं etc., up to इति प्रशस्तिः as in No. 17. followed by संवत् १६१२ वर्षे कार्त्तिकमासे शुक्लपक्षे द्वितीयातिथौ बृहस्पतिबासरे । श्री' बृहत्खरतर गच्छे। श्रीजिनभद्रसूरिशिष्य श्रीकमल संयममहोपाध्यायशिष्यश्रीविद्वच्चक्रवर्त्तिश्रीमुनिगुरुमहोपाध्यायशिष्य पं० महिमसारगणि | शिष्यपं रंगवर्द्धन गणितत्शि (च्छिष्य पं. कल्याणसारमुनिना स्ववाचनार्थं लिपीकृता । श्री 'देवराज' पुरमध्ये | शुभं भवतु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥ सर्व्वग्रंथाग्रं १०००० ॥ छ ॥
N. B. — For additional information see Nos. 16 and 17.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रप्रदीपिका
No. 19
Size.—1o in. by 4g in.
Extent.-196 folios; 15 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, rough and grey; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, clear and good hand-writing; borders
Acarangasūtrapradipikā
154. 1871-72.

Page #45

20
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 20
ruled in four lines in black ink; the space between the pairs carelessly coloured red; red chalk used; each of the foll. rand 1966 decorated with a beautiful diagram in red ink; bits of paper pasted to the edges of the first fol.; numbers of foll, entered in both the margins; some of the numbered sides have pieces of paper pasted to their three small discs;
condition tolerably good; complete; extent isooo ślokas. Age.—Pretty old. Begins.-fol. 1b Stre
TIGT tant etc., as in No. 16. Ends.-fol. 196• समाप्तं विमुक्त्यध्ययनं etc., up to प्रदीपिकायां as in
No. 17 followed by yakar(:) FATA: 11 jer moltes ficut
१५००० आचारांगदीपिका समाप्त:(ता)॥ N. B. For further particulars see No. 16.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रप्रदीपिका
Ācārāngasūtrapradīpikā No. 20
620.
1892-95. Size.—113 in. by 41 in. Extent.--127-2+ 2 + 83-3+4= 211 folios; 13 lines to a page; 60
letters to a line. Description--Country paper, thin and grey; Devanagari characters
with ATES; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used ; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to fol. 1*; foll. I to 29 more or less worm-eaten; edges of foll. 56 to 65 damaged ; condition tolerably good; the 17th folio numbered also as 18 and 19, so the succeeding foll. numbered as 20, 21 etc.; foll. 31 and 32 repeated ; foll. 128 etc. are numbered only as 1, 2, etc., the 13th fol. wrongly numbered as 14 ; foll. 57, 67 and 68 lacking; foll. 54, 58, 62 and 75, repeated; the last
foll. numbered both as 83 and 211. Age.Samvat 1610 (?).

Page #46

21]
......... - 1. II Angas
...
Begins.-fol. I' अर्ह ॥
शासनाधीश्वरो etc. as in No. 16. Ends.--fol. 211' विमुत्ती सम्मता(त्ता)। अस्मिन् लोके परत्र च द्वयोरपि लोकयोर्न
यस्य बंधनं किंचन अस्ति । स निरालंबनः। ऐहिकामुष्मिकाशंसारहितः । अप्रतिष्ठितो न क्वचित् प्रतिबद्धोऽशरीरी वा । स एवंभूतः । कलंकलीभावात् संसार(ग) दिपर्यटनाद्विमुच्यते । इति(ः) परिसमाप्तौ ब्रवीमीति पूर्ववत् । समाप्तं विमुक्त्यध्ययनं etc., as in No. I7. up to द्वितीयः श्रुतस्कंधः परिसमाप्तः followed by सं. १६१०० (? १६१०) वर्षे कार्तिकवदि १४
रवौ लिखितं श्रीः etc. N. B. For further details see No. 16.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रदीपिका
Acārārgasūtradipikā
1084. No. 21
1887-91. Size.—104 in. by 44 in. Extent.- 257 - 7 = 250 folios; 13 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description--Country paper, thin and whitish; Devanāgari characters
with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, bold, clear and elegant handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1a blank; diagrams on foll. 86; 96 and 26a ; edges of foll. 21 to III damaged ; condition
good; foll. 196 to 202 lacking ; extent 9000 ślokas. Age.-Old. Subject.-A commentaty in Sanskrit to Ācārāngasūtra based upon
that of Milānka Súri. Begins.-fol. I' अर्ह ॥
श्रीआचारानुयोग आरभ्यतेऽनुयोगो योग्याचार्येण कार्य इति सूरिगुणा उच्यते ।
देसकुलजाइरु(रू)वी । संघयणी धिइ[जुओ अणासंसी । अविकंथणो अमाई । थिरपरिवाडी गही(हिय)वक्को ॥ .
आर्यदेशज सुखोदयवास्यात् । पैतृकं कुलं इक्ष्वाक्वादि । ज्ञातकुल उत्क्षिप्तधूर्वहने न श्राम्यति । मातृकी जातिर्विधादिर्वा तया हि गुणी स्यात् । etc. Ends.-fol. 257 ज्ञानक्रियाद्वययुक् साधुः प्रमाणं ॥ छ । शीलाचार्य। टीकातो
ऽथोंलखि ॥ छ । अत्र ॥ .

Page #47

22
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[22
सत्त (१) छ२चऊ (उ)३चउ ४ छ ५पंच ६ अट्ट७चतारो(सारि) होति उद्देसा पढमसुयक्खंधो एक्कार १तिनि २ तिनीय ३दो ४ दो ५दोन्नि ६हुंति बीयमि ॥
॥छ ॥छ ॥ श्रीरस्तुः॥छ ॥ ग्रंथानं ९०००। इह श्लोकसहिश्रा(हस्राणां ॥ नवकं सर्वसंख्यया । प्रत्यक्षरेण संख्याया निश्चिकाय कविः स्वयं ॥१॥ यावद्विजयते तीर्थ ॥ श्रीमतीराजनेशितुः ।.
तावदेषा मरालीव खिलता(खेलतां) कृतिमानसे ॥२॥ श्रीसर्वज्ञसंघप्रसादाचिरं नंदतु ॥
आचाराङ्गसूत्रावचूरि
Ācārāngasūtrāvacūri
1083. _No. 22
1887-91. Size.-104 in. by 4; in. Extent.--36 folios ; 24 lines to a page ; 86 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, very thin and greyish ; Devanāgari ___characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; very small, legible, bold, uni
form and good hand-writing ; borders neatly and carefully ruled in six lines in black ink; red chalk used; edges of the first and the last (36th) foll. slightly damaged; condition on the whole good; the second fol. decorated with diagrams explaining the matter of the text ;this Ms. contains
only the safras of the text; complete. Age.-Pretty old. Author.-Not known. Subject.-Explanatory notes in Sanskrit to Acārāngasútra. Begins.-fol. I" ॐ नमः श्रीमदागमानुयोगप्रदेभ्यः श्रीगुरुभ्यः ।
इह हि रागद्वेषमोहाद्यभिभूतेन सर्वेणापि जंतुना शारीरमानसातिकटुकदुःखो
पनिपातपीडितेन तदपनयनाय हेयोपादेयपदार्थपरिज्ञाने यत्नो विधेयः etc. Ends.--fol. 36 स निरालंबन आशंसारहितोऽप्रतिबद्धः कः संसारपर्यटनाद्विमुच्यते
इति ब्रवीमि । छ॥ इति श्रीआचारांगाषचूरिः भद्रं श्रीजिनप्रवचनाय[:].॥
॥श्रीः
॥

Page #48

25]
I. II Angas
आचारासूत्रपर्याय
Acārāngasūtraparyāya No.23
736 (2).
1875-76. Extent.-fol. 26 to fol. 20. Description-Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukagāthā
736 (I).
paryaya No. 1875-76.
Subject.-Synonyms for some of the words occuring in Ācārāngasūtra. Begins.-fol. 2* आचारे शस्त्रपरिज्ञाया उद्दे४ सु(?)क्तकं । सु? मुत्कलं ।
उद्दे५ ज्योतिष्मती कां गुणी मरणदुक्खमाभा इति अभयामित्यर्थः। संवर्तितलोक
प्रतरासंख्ययभागवर्तिप्रदेशराशिपरिमाणाः सपर्याप्ताः ।। etc. Ends.--fol. 20 पात्रं समाधिस्थानं विष्टामूत्रभाजनमित्येकार्थाः । चरियाणि गृहमाका
रांतराणि । डिंवाणि डमरविशेषाः । संतसावएज्जं सत् स्वापतेयं संवलकमित्यर्थः। छ ॥ इत्याचारांगस्य पर्यायाः समाप्ताः ॥ छ ।।
आचाराङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Ācārāngasūtraparyāya
789 (2). No.24
1895-1902. Extent.--fol. 2b to fol. 34. Description. Complete. For further details see Pañcavastukagāthā
789 (1). ___paryaya No. 1895-1902. Begins-fol. 2' आचारे शस्त्रपरिज्ञा etc. Ends-fol. 3* पात्रं समाधिस्थानं etc. up to the end as in No. 23.
आचाराङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Ācārārgasūtraparyāya
736 ( 24 ). No. 25
1875-76. Extent.-fol. 30 to fol. 31b. Description.--Complete. For further particulars see Pañcavastuka
___736(1)... - paryaya No. 1875-76.

Page #49

24
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[27
Subject.–Certain words occurring in the Ācārāngasūtra explained in
Sanskrit. Begins.-fol. 30* जयतीति स्कंदक(च्छंदः । तीर्थ इति मत (?)। माल(मले )ति
बद्धं कर्म । मलीमास्यति बध्यमानं संमतीति अभयदेवादि । धम्मकहेति अनेन
धर्मकथानुयोगभणनकाले । etc. Ends.-fol. 31 प्रथम चरम । अतो(s)यामिति द्वितीयश्रुतस्कंधः । गोज्जा इति नटः
पर्याहार इति पदार्थाः। चिलुगगायम इति खचलन (2)। पूर्वत्रेति गोदोहनकाले प्रथमगाथाया इति व्याख्यानं संदिग्धं । बीजावक इति भूपल आगंतरादौ (?) इति देशीकुट्यादि । आचारांगपर्यायाः समाप्ताः॥
आचाराङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Ācārāngasūtraparyāya
789 (24). No. 26
1895-1902. Extent.-fol.49* to fol. SI". Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka
789 (I).. _paryaya No. 1895-1902. Begins.-fol. 49* जयतीति स्कंदकच्छंदः etc. Ends.-fol. SI" पूर्वत्रेति गोदोहनकाले प्रथमगाथाया इति व्याख्यानं । संदिग्धं ।
बीजावक इति चूडयलः । आगंतरादौ (2) इति देशीकुट्यादि ॥ छ । आचारांगपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।
आचारागसूत्रपर्याय
Ācārāngasūtraparyāya
332 (7). No. 27
A 1882-83. Extent.-fol. 34 to fol. 360. Description.-Complete. For other particulars see Nandisutravisa
.. _332 (I). mārthapadaparyaya. No. A 1882-83 • Begins.-fol. 34* जयतीति स्कंदकं छंदः । etc. as in No. 25. Ends.--fol. 36° पूर्वप्रेति गोदोहनकाले etc. up to आचारांगपर्यायाः समाप्ताः।

Page #50

28
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र (सूयगडंग सुत्त)
No. 28
II. 11 Angas
THE SECOND ANGA
Sūtrakṛtāngasūtra (Suyagadangasutta)
Size. 11 in. by 42 in.
Extent. 46 folios; 15 lines to a page; 52 letters to a line.
Begins.—fol. 14 ॐ नमो दी (वी) तरागाय [:]
258 (a).
1871-72.
Description.-Country paper, very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters; small, uniform, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; red chalk used; the unnumbered sides having a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; several foll. more or less worm-eaten; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged; condition fair; the first two foll. newly put in, in place of the old ones lost or worn out; complete; ends on fol. 42b; extent 2580 slokas; the text consists of two parts known as śrutaskandhas, the first having 16 adhyayanas and the second 7; this Ms. contains in addition to the text, सूत्रकृताङ्ग मूत्रनिर्युक्ति beginning on fol. 42b and ending on fol. 46b.
Age.-Old.
Author. Sudharmasvamin according to the tradition.
Subject.--Philosophical discussions together with a polemic against kriyāvāda, akriyāvāda, ajñānavāda and vinayavada. For the names of all the adhyayanas see No. 39.
बुज्झेज्ज (त्ति ) तिओ ( उ ) ट्टेना बंधणं परियाणिया ।
किमाह बंधणं धीरो के वा जाणं तिउट्टइ ॥ १ ॥ etc. fol. 34 चोवएसिया ॥
25
तं च भिक्खू परिन्नाय विज्जं तेसु ण मुच्छते ॥
अणुक्क सेऽप्पलीणे मज्झेणं मुणि जावए ॥ etc.
I
This is the second verse of the 4th uddeśaka of the first śrutaskandha. 4 [J. L. P.]

Page #51

26
Jaina Literature and Philosphy
[ 28.
Ends.-fol. 42 तिक्खत्तो आयाहिण(णं) पयाडिणं करेइ करित्ता वंदइनमंसह वंदित्ता
नमंसित्ता एवं वदासि इच्छामिण भंते तुभं(भं) अंतियं चाउज्जामातो धम्मातो पंच(म)महत्वइयं सपडिक्कमणं ॥ ग्रंथा २२०० धम्म उवसंपज्जित्ता णं विहरित्तए। अहासहं देवाणुप्पिया मा पडिबंध करेहि। तते(ए) णंस (से) उदये पेढालपुसमणस्स भगवतो महावीरस्स अंतिए चाउज्जामातो धम्मातो पंच
महव्वतियं धम्म उवसंपज्जित्ता णं विहरति ति (त्ति) ॥छ । बेमि नालंदियज्जं सम्मत्तं ॥ सम्मत्ता मज्जू(ज्झ)यणा सम्मत्तो सूयगडबीयसुयकखंधो ॥ छ । संमत्तं बीयं सूयगडं अंगं
पद्मोपमं पत्रपरंपरान्वितं
वर्णोज्ज्वलं सूक्तमरंदसुंदरं । मुमुक्षुभंगप्रकरस्य वल्लभं जीयाच्चिरं मूत्रकृतांगपुस्तकं ॥११॥
॥छ॥ Reference.- This work is published in the Bombay edition of A.D.
1881, wherein we find the Bālāvabodha of Pārśvacandra Sūri, the dipikā of Harşakula, the tīkā of Silānka Sūri and a preface and an index in Gujarāti by Bhīmasiñha Māneka. The text together with Bhadrabāhusvāmin's niryukti and Silānka's commentary is also published in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, in A. D. 1917. The English translation of the text along with an index of names and subjects and that of Sanskrit and Prākrit words, compiled by H. Jacobi is published in “Sacred Books of the East ” vol. XLV, in A. D. 1895. For the analysis of the text see Rajendralala Mitra's notices of Sanskrit Mss. vol. VII, pp. 120-122 published in A. D. 1885. For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 370 ff; and Indian Antiquary vol. XVII, p. 344 ft. For the discussion of Vaitāliya metre see H. Jacobi's article viz., “Ueber die Entwicklung d. indischen Metrik in nachvedischer Zeit” published in zeitschift der deutschen morgenländischen Geseuschaft3 vol. XXXVIII, pp. 590-619. In this article the Aryā metre of Acārāngasūtra is also dealt with. For references from Sūtrakrtānga see F.O. Schrader's “ Über
den stand der indischen Philosophie zur Zeit Mahāvīras und 1-2. In P. L. Vaidya's edition of the text together with the niryukti published
in Arhatamataprabhākara Series as No. 5, Poona, 1928, we come across
some variants. 3. This work is hereafter referred to as Z. D. M. G.

Page #52

II. II Angas
Buddhas”, Strassburg, 1902. For additional Mss. etc., Guerinot's Bibliographie and Velankar's Catalogue B. B. R. A. S.' (vols. III-IV, p. 401 ) may be consulted.
117.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र
Sūtrakrtāngasūtra ( q1A STEFFET )
( 1st śrutaskandha ) No. 29
1869-70. Size.--10in. by 4} in. Extent.--31 folios; 11 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, rough and white; Devanagari
characters with occasional q&AETS; big, legible and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; white paste, too ; foll. numbered in the the right-hand margin ; fol. 1 blank; edges of the last fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good; complete so far as the first śrutaskandha is concerned ;
otherwise incomplete ; extent 1000 ślokas. Age. -Old. Begins.-fol. 1 TATT Gattut:
w (falsiswi etc. Ends.---fol. 316 À CE FUTE HAR HATT I OFI DICTÅ STEFATTAT
Erä 138 I TCA UTOTT FETT II etc. j. 2000. N. B. For further particulars see No. 28
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र
Sūtrakrtāngasūtra टीकासहित
with tīkā No. 30
412.
1880-81. Size.--toj in. by 4} in. Extent.—224 folios; 19 to 21 lines to a page; 53 to 58 letters to a
line. Description.--Country paper, thin and white; Devanagari characters
with Firsts; bold, legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders mostly ruled in four lines in black ink; this Ms.
contains both the text and the commentary, the text 1. For the complete title see p. 3.

Page #53

28
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(36.
written in a slightly bigger hand : numbers of foll. entered in both the margins; fol. 224. blank; complete ; a piece of paper of the size of the foll. pasted to fol. 14; condition
very good ; extent 128 so ślokas. Age. Old. Author of the text ---Sudharmasvāmin.
„ of the commentary, silānka Súri. Subject.—The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.-(text) fol. sbgicoh (A) a Sigwr etc. as in No. 47 » (com.), I I
FÖITHATTE etc. as in No. 32 Ends-- (text ) fol. 224" FHOTFH Hat Att fag TTWART
धम्मातो पंचमहव्वतियं धम्म उवसंपज्जित्ता णं विहरत्ति(ति) त्ति बेमि नालंदि अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं छ सम्मत्ता महज्झयणा छ सम्मत्तो सूयगडबीय
मुयक्खंधो छ ग्रं० २१०० छ. » (com.) fol. 224' FATAT etc. up to ATTUTHET Hara as in No. 32
followed by छ ॥ ग्रंथाओं १२८५० Reference-Published. See No. 28. For an additional Ms. see B. B.
R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 402.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र
Sūtrakrtāngasutra ( TT Yatra)
(1st śrutaskandha ) टीकासहित
with tīkā
146. No. 31
1872-73. Size.---102 in. by 43 in. Extent.--75-1 =74 folios ; 20 lines to a page ; 50 to 61 letters to
a line. Description.--Country paper, thin and white; Devanāgari characters
with occasional Teas; clear and tolerably good handwriting ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; it is a te Ms., the text written in a bigger hand; red chalk and yellow pigment used; the first fol. lacking ; several foll. have a small strip of paper pasted to them as their edges are more

Page #54

30.1
69
در
II. 11 Angas
or less worn out; condition on the whole very good; foll. 52 to 74 numbered also as 1 to 23; the foll. numbered in the right-hand margin only; the text does not contain both the śrutaskandhas; it stops at the completion of the 7th adhyayana of the 1st śrutaskandha while the commentary terminates with the initial lines of the explanation of the 8th (see p. 165 of the printed edition of the Agamodaya Samiti ); incomplete.
Age.-Old.
Begins.—(text) fol. 6 ॐ नमः सिद्धाय ॥
बुज्झिज्ज (त्ति) तिउट्टिज्जा etc.
–(com. ) fol. 23 पि प्राधान्यं भवतीति भावः । अर्थस्य सूचनात् मूत्रं etc. See p. 2a of the printed edition above referred to. Ends. – (text) fol. 74 अवि हम्ममाणे फलगा वतट्ठी । समागमं कखति अंतकस्स । णिधूय कम्मं ण परं (वं ) चुवेइं ।
अकखकखए वा सगडं ति बेमि ॥ ३० ॥ कुसलिपरिभासियं सत्तमं अध्ययनं ७
- (com) fol. 754 चत्वार्यनुयोगद्वाराणि उपक्रमादीनि वक्तव्यानि तत्राप्युपक्रमांततार्थाधिकारो (s) यं तद्यथा बालबालपंडित पंडितवीर्यभेदात्त्रिविधमपि वीर्य परिज्ञाय पण्डितवीर्ये यतितव्यमिति ( incomplete ).
N. B. For further particulars see No. 30.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रटीका
No. 32
Size.-10 in. by 4 in.
Extent.-197-1=196 folios; 17 lines to a page; 65 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment.used; fol. 1a blank; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same page but in two different margins; the fol. 88th numbered as 89th also, the following being consequently numbered as 90, 91, etc. the edges of the first fol. slightly damaged; most of the
Sutrakṛtāngasutraṭīkā
223. 1873-75.

Page #55

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[si
foll. have their corners somewhat worn out; foll. 184 to 197 have their edges more or less gone; condition very fair;
complete; extent 13000 ślokas. Age.-Pretty old. Author.-Silanka Suri. Subjct.-This is a commentary of the 2nd Anga. It contains the
प्रतीकs both of the original text as well as those of the नियुक्ति
the latter, too, is elucidated. Begins.-fol. I अर्ह॥
स्वपरसमयार्थसूचकमनंतगमपर्ययार्थनयगहनं ।
सूत्रकृतमंगमतुलं विवृणोमि जिनान्नमस्कृत्य ॥१॥ etc. Ends-fol. I97' समाप्ता चेयं सूत्रकृतद्वितीयांगस्य टीका कृता चेयं शीला
चार्येण वाहरिगण(णि)सहायेन ।
यदवाप्तमत्र पुण्यं टीकाकरणे मया समा धभृता ॥
तेनापेततमस्को भव्यः कल्याणभाग् भवतु ।। छ ॥ इति श्रीसूयगडांगवृत्ति संपूर्ण समाप्तं ॥ छ । सर्वश्लोकसंख्या
१३००० ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥ छ । Reference.--Published. See No. 28. For additional Mss. see Gaek
wad's Oriental Series: vol. XXI. pp. 6 and 8.
सूत्रकृतामसूत्रटीका
Sūtrakrtāngasūtratīkā No.
783.
1875-76. Size.—104 in. by 43 in. Extent.-248-1-3-I+I+I+I+I+I+1=249 folios ; 15 lines to a
page; 55 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, thin and grey; Devanagari characters
with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, clear and good hand-writing%3; the first original fol. seems to be missing; it appears to have been replaced by another written in a different hand on a difterent sort of paper ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the intermediate space between the pairs coloured red; red
____1.
This is hereafter referred to as G.O. Series.

Page #56

34. ]
II. II Angas
31
chalk and yellow pigment as well used; fol. 12th lacking; so are foll, 143 to 145 and 178; marginal space of several foll. utilized for writing some thing or other; some of the foll. seem to be written in a different hand e. g. foll. 105 and 106; foil. 154, 195, 205 and 246 to 248 repeated; fol. Ioth slightly torn ; a piece of paper of the size of the foll. pasted to the fol. 250b numbered as 248; condition very
fair; extent 12850 ślokas. Age.-Fairly old. Begins.-fol. 1b
Faushaf etc., as in No. 32. Ends.fol. 2488 FATETT etc., up to TUTTIT HET as in No. 32.
followed by Il Turi 3264o 11 9915941( :) TTS
fi ma 11 J 11 gH vad etc. N. B.-For further particulars see No. 32.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रटीका
Sūtrakrtāngasūtratīkā No.
287.
1883-84. Size.—104 in. by 4 in. Extent.—281 folios; 15 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description.—Country paper, thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with TATIS ; small, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out; condition good; foll, numbered in the right-hand margin only ; fol. 1a blank ; so is practically the fol. 286; the title
etc. , are written on it ; complete ; extent 13325 ślokas. Age.—Samvat 1580. Author.—Śilāňka Sūri. Begins.—fol. 16
FATTHAUTETAria etc. Ends.-fol. 2819 Farr ai etc., up to wag as in No. 32 followed by
11 Il Tar TTHEUT 3337411 7 11 etc. Faa 84co

Page #57

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
35.
शुदि ६ नृगौ रोहिणीनक्षत्रे आऊष्माने योगे 'पत्तने [न ] लिषितं ॥ छ ॥etc. संवत् १६६१ वर्षे श्री'अणहिल्पत्तन' भट्टारकयुगप्रधानश्री१०८निम(? जिन)चंद्रसूरिसार्वभामानां प्रधानश्रीहर्षविमलशिष्यवा०श्रीसुंदरगणिवराणां विहारिता प्रतिरिय ॥ श्री पत्तन'वास्तव्य स० जयवंद सं० कनधर सं० वर्द्धमानपुत्ररश्न(त्न)संघवा वच्छराजः लघुभ्रातृभीमराजभ्रातृपुत्रअभयचंदषीमचदआनंदप्रमुखसारपरिवारसीकैः सपुत्रपौत्रैःघेऊ'माठर'गोत्रायः स० वच्छराजादिजननीसुश्राविकापुण्यप्रभाविकाबाईलघुभ्रातृजायाराजलदेनाम्नीभ्यां ॥ उपधानवाहयित्रीभ्यां पारणकदिने काती वदि ३ रविवारे शिष्यप्रशिष्यैः पं० साम्यसमुद्रादिभिर्वाच्यमाना चिरं
नंदतात् । etc. N B.--For further particulars see No. 32.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रटीका
Sūtrakrtāngasūtratīķā
905. No. 35
1892-95. Size.-101 in. by 41 in. . Extent.-253 +1 =254 folios ; 15 lines to a page; 57 letters to a line Description.-Country paper, thin and greyish; Devanagari characters
with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. ra blank; the edges of the first and last few foll. worn out to some extent; foll. 83 to 87 worm-eaten, condition tolerably good ; numbers of the adhyayanas etc., indicated in the right hand-margins of the numbered pages; fol. 159 repeated; one of the foll. out of 73 to 87 seems to be written in a different hand; complete; extent 14000 ślokas; the commentry gives the states both of the text
and the niryukti. Age.--Fairly old. Begins.-fol. I अर्ह ।
स्वपरसमयार्थसूचक etc. as in No. 32. Ends.-fol. 253' समाप्ता चेयं etc., up to कल्याणभाग भवतु as in
No. 32 followed by छ ॥ श्री ॥ छः । शुभं भवतुः । ग्रंथाग्रं १४०००. N. B.-For further particulars see No. 32.

Page #58

36.1
. सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र दीपिका सहित
No. 36
Size.—1o in. by 4g in
Extent.—148 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 47 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, thin and white; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; clear and tolerably good handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in red ink and edges in two ; yellow pigment and red chalk used; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary, the former written in a slightly bigger hand; it is a faqet Ms. up to the 20th fol.; complete ; fol. 1" blank ; edges of the last few foll, slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; complete; extent 6600 Ślokas ; dipika composed in Samvat 1583.
Age.—Fairly old.
Author of the text. - Sudharmasvamin.
II. 11 Angas
"
22
Sutrakṛtāngasūtra with Dipika
1379. 1886-92,
Subject. The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit.
. Begins.—(text) fol. 1 बुज्झिज्ज (त्ति ) तिउट्टिज्जा etc. as in No. 47.
-- (com) fol. 1' प्रणम्य श्रीजिनं वीरं गौतमादिगुरुं (रूं) स्तथा स्वान्योपकृतये कुर्वे द्वितीयांगस्य दीपिकां १
.33
" ""
dipika- Harṣakula, pupil of Hemavimala Suri of the Tapā gaccha. See No. 37.
1. Vide foll. II and 12.
5 [J. L. P. ] '
इह हि प्रवचने चत्वारोऽनुयोगाः तथाहि । चरणकरा (रणा)नुयोगः द्रस्यानुयोगः etc.
(com.) foll. 11-12- इति 'तपा' गच्छाधिराजश्रीहेम विमलसूरीश्वरशिष्यहर्षकुलप्रणीतायां श्रीसूत्रकृतांगदीपिकायां प्रथमं समयाध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥ १ Ends.- ( text ) fol. 148" समणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स etc., up to नालंदज्झं सत्तमं अज्झयणं समत्तं छ as in No. 30.
,,— ( com. ) fol. 1486 भगवता ( ( ) पि तस्य सप्रतिक्रमणः पंचमहाव्रतिको धर्मो (S) नुज्ञातः स च तं धर्ममुपसंपय स्वीकृत्य विहरतीति इतिः परे (रि) समाप्त्यर्थे ब्रवी

Page #59

'34
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1-37. मीति पूर्ववत् सुधर्मस्वामी स्वशिष्यानिदमाह तद्यथा सो(5)हं ब्रवीमि येन मया भगवदंतिके श्रुतमिति छ नालंदीयाख्यमिदं सप्तममध्ययनं समाप्तं तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्तो(णे)यं द्वितीयः श्रुतस्कंधः त-संपूर्ती च संपूर्णो(s)यं श्रीसूत्र
कृतांगदीपिका॥ ग्रंथमिति षट् च सहस्राणि षट् शताग्राणि ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ Reference.-The text and the commentary as well published. See
No. 28. For quotations see Weber II, p. 370 ff., and Mitra, Notices (vol. VIII, p. 88). For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A.S. (vol. III-IV, p. 401).
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र
Sūtrakrtāngasūtra दीपिका सहित
with Dipikā No. 37
145.
1872-73. Size.---TOR in. by 43 in. Extent.--101-14=87 folios; 18 to 21 lines to a page ; 52 to 58
letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters
with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, legible and fair hand-writing; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary; it is a ferret Ms.; red chalk and yellow pigment used; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to the first fol.; fol. I blank; strips of paper pasted to the 2nd fol., its edges having been worn out; some of the foll. badly torn, perhaps by one who carelessly tried to separate them when stuck together; condition fair ; foll. 13, 15, 16, 19, 25, 26 and 33 to 40 missing; otherwise both the text and the commentary complete ; the last (101th) fol. decorated with a beautiful diagram in red colour.
Age.-Old. Begins.- (text) fol. 1 श्रीपरमगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
बुज्झिज्ज (त्ति) तिउट्टिज्जा etc., as in No. 47. , --(com.) fol. 1 अहम् ।
quru sfilara ait etc. as in No. 36.

Page #60

37.] II. II Angas
35 Ends.-(text) fol. I01 अंतिए चाउज्जामाओ धम्माओ up toविहरहात बेमि
as in No. 30 followed by छ ॥ इति नालंदइज्जं सम्मत्तं अज्झयणं ॥ ,, - (com.) fol. IOI भगवता(5)पि etc., up to श्रीसूत्रकृताङ्गदीपिका as in No. 36 and then as follows:--
अथ प्रशस्तिः ॥ निस्तंद्रचंद्रा(द्र)चारुणि 'चंद्र'कले चरणचातुरीभाजः। . .. विख्याम(त) तपे'त्याख्या जगति जगच्चंद्रसूरयो [इ]ऽभूवन् ॥१॥ तेषां दोषांशमुखां(षां) संताने सुकृतसंचयविताने । श्रीसोमसुंदरगुरु(रू)त्तमाक्षमा सुगमा अभु(भूवन् ॥२॥ तत्पदृस्फुटकमलाभाले कालेयतिलकसंकाशाः। श्रीमनिसंदरगुरुव(रवः) कामितसंपत्तिसुरतरवा ॥३॥ बाल्येत्ति(ऽपि) 'भारती'ति प्रतीतिरुदपादि वादिवर्गे यैः । श्रीजयचंद्रमुनींद्राः पारींद्रास्ते परगजेषु ॥४॥ तत्पदविशदस्थाने (स्थाने) शंगारसारता भेजुः।। श्रीरत्नशेखरा इति जगति यतः ख्यातिमापुस्ते ॥ ५॥ तेषां(षा)मनेकपट्टे (गुणसंघट्टे) प्रभाबकषपट्टे । प्राप्ताधिकप्रतिष्टा(ठा) श्रीलक्ष्मीसागर(राः) शिष्टाः ॥ ६ ॥ भत्सितकलिकालुष्याः शिष्यास्तेषां यथार्थनामानः । श्रीसुमतिसाधुगुरवःक्ष्मासुरभीकारसद्यशोयरु(र)वः ॥७॥ तत्पद्रे प्रकटेप्सित[पूरणचिंतामणीयमानानाम् । लब्ध्वा(s)धिकमानानां सुहेमविमलाभिधानानाम् ॥८॥ सूरींद्रगच्छनायकपदवीप्राप्तप्रभाप्रतिष्टा(टा)नाम् । शिष्याणुर्गुणशासनः जननीतिथिसंमिति(ते) १५८३ वर्षे ॥९॥ विबुधजनप्रार्थनया स्वस्य स्मृतये परोपकृतये च। सूत्रकृतांगस्ये(स्यै)तां हर्षकुलो दीपिकामलिखत् ॥१०॥ काश्वि-प्रमाणयुक्तीरप्रथयं नात्र सुगमताहेतोः । तत[:] एवं नैव ब(वि)हितो लक्षणसंधिस्तथा कापि ॥ ११ ॥
सूघासंगतमत्राबादि कथंचिन्मया यदज्ञतया। . . __ तच्छोधयंतु मुधियः कृपया मात्सर्यमुत्सार्य ॥१२ ।। ग्रंथमितिरमुनि(नुमि)ता(5)व च षट् सहस्राण पदाताग्राणि । विबुधजनवाच्यमाना(नो) ग्रंथो(s)यं जगति जयतु चिरम् ॥१३॥
इति सूत्रकृतांगसूत्रं संपूर्णम् दीपिकायुतम् च ॥ N. B. -For further particulars see No. 36.
-
-

Page #61

36
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र दीपिका सहित
No. 38
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
""
[38.
Sutrakṛtāngasutra with Dipika
Size.—11 in. by 4g in.
Extent.-74 folios; 20 to 22 lines to a page; 54 to 62 letters to a line.
144. 1872-73.
Description.-Country paper thick, smooth and greyish ; Devanāgarī characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; hand writing clear, bold, but not praiseworthy; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. 1 to 5 more or less written entirely in red ink; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary; yellow and red pigments used; the 74th fol. written on a very thin paper ; complete ; extent 8600 Ślokas ; edges of the last few foll. slightly worn out; condition very fair.
Age.—-Samvat 1659 ( see the 38th folio ).
Regins.—( text ) fol. 1" बुज्झिज्ज (त्ति) तिउट्टिज्जा etc., as in No. 47.
- ( com.) 14 श्रीसर्व्वज्ञाय नमः ॥
"
प्रणम्य श्रीजिनं etc.
(com) fol. 38° इति श्री' तपा' गच्छाधिपति श्री हेमविमलसूरि (री) श्वरशिष्यकुलहर्षपंडितप्रणीतायां' सूत्रकृतांगदीपिकायां । गाथाषोडशमध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥ इति प्रथमश्रुतस्कंध समाप्तः । संवत् १६५९ वर्षे कुलहर्षगणिनाऽलीलिखत् ॥ श्रीः ॥
N. B. For further particulars see No. 36.
1. This ought to be Harşakula.
Ends. (text) fol. 74° समणस्स भगवओ etc., up to अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं as in
No. 30.
""
- (com) fol. 744 भगवानपि तस्य सप्रतिक्रमणं पंच etc., up to सप्तमेंमध्ययनं समाप्तं as in No. 36 followed by ग्रंथाग्रं ८६०० ॥ इति श्रीसू (य) गडांग समाप्त.

Page #62

39.]
II. 11 Angas
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र दीपिका सहित
Sūtrakrtāngasūtra
with Dīpikā
653.
No. 39
1895-98.
Size.-10 in. by 48 in. Extent.--159 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper thick and grey ; Devanāgari characters
with प्रष्ठमात्राs%3 big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing: borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk. and. yellow pigment as well used; fol. 1a blank; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary ; complete; on fol. 1596 names of all the adhyayanas are mentioned ; condition very good; extent at least 7100 ślokas.
Age.--Samvat 1643. Begins.- (text) fol. I' बुज्झिज्ज (ति) तिउट्टिज्जा etc., as in No. 47. , -(com.),, I श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
प्रणम्य श्रीजिनं etc., as in No. 36. (com.) fol. 12" इति(:) समाप्तौ ब्रवीमीति । पूर्ववत् ॥ १३ पांडत
हर्षकुसिलप्रणीताय(यां) श्रीसूत्रकृतांगदीपिकाय?यां) प्रथम
- समयाध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥ . ( com. ) fol. 77° श्रीहष(र्ष)कुलविरचितायां सूत्रकृतांगदीपि
कायां etc. Ends.-( text ) fol. 159समणस्स भगवओ etc., as in No. 36. ,, -- (com.) fol159- भगवता(ड)पि तस्य etc., up to श्रीसूत्रकृतांगदीपिका as in
No. 36 followed by संपूर्णः ॥ ग्रंथायं ७१०० अधिक ज्ञातव्यं । शुभं भवतु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु । सं०१६४३ वर्षे कार्तिक शुदि १५रवौ लिषितं॥ भग्नपृष्ठ etc., यादृशं पुस्तके etc., तैलाद्रक्षेजलाद्रक्षे etc., followed by the names of the adhyayana's as under:

Page #63

jaina Literature and Philosophy
१ प्रथमं समयाध्ययन
१३ य(या)थातथ्य २ वैताली(या)ध्ययन
१४ ग्रंथाध्ययन ३ उपसर्गाध्ययनं
१५ जमइ ४ स्त्रीपरीस(प)ह
१६ गाथा ५ निर(य)विभत्ती
१ पुंडरीक ६वीरस्तव
२ क्री(क्रियास्थान ७ कुसी(शी)लपरिभाषा
३ आहारप्रभा ८वीर्याध्य(य)नं
४ प्रत्याख्यानकृया(?) ९ धर्माध्ययनं
५ अनगार १० समाधि
६ आद्र(द्र कुमार ११ मार्ग
७ नालंदीऽ(या)ध्ययनं १२ समोसरण N. B.-For further particulars see No.36.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र
Sūtrakrtāngasutra दीपिका सहित
with Dipikā No. 40
286.
1883-84.. Extent.-104 in. by 47 in. Extent.---134 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 53 letters to a line. " Description.-Country paper tough and white: Devanagari characters
with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small; clear and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; the unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only, the numbered in the margins, too; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. I blank except that it is decorated with patterns; an edge of the first fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole very good; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary; both - complete ; extent
7000 slokas. Age.-Samvat 1689. Begins.- (text) fol. I बुझिज्ज (त्ति) तिउट्टिज्जा etc.
, -- ( com.), प्रणम्य श्रीजिन etc. . .

Page #64

41.] II. II Angas
39 Ends.- ( text ) fol. 134 पेढा(ल)पुत्ते समणमाहणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स etc.,
practically up to FAT as in No. 30 ,, - (com.) fol. 134 भगवन(ताऽपि तस्य सप्रतिक्रमणः etc., practically
up to श्रीसूत्रकृतांगदीपिका as in No. 36 followed by श्रीरस्तु ॥ ग्रंथमितिरनुमिता प्रव (?अत्र)। सप्त सहस्राणि सर्वग्रंथाj७०००॥ शुभं भवतु
etc., संवत् १६८९ वर्ष आषाढ वदि २ भोमे ॥ N. B.-For further particulars see No. 36.
--
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र
Sūtrakrtāngasūtra दीपिका सहित
with Dipikā No. 41
1289.
1887-91. Size.—101 in. by 41 in. Extent.-212 folios ; I3 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanāgari
characters with पृष्टमात्राs; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders neatly and carefully ruled in four lines in black ink; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; the first fol. slightly torn and its edges worn out; foll. II7 to 125 partly worm-eaten ; condition on the whole very
good ; red chalk used ; yellow pigment also ; complete. Age.--Samvat 1629. Begins.- (text) fol. I' बुज्झिज्ज (त्ति ) तिउट्टिज्जा etc., as in No. 47. , - (com.) ,, ,, ॐ नमः सिद्धेभ्यः ॥
प्रणम्य श्रीजिनं etc., as in No. 36. (com.)fol. IS इति 'तपागच्छाधिपश्रीहेमविमलसूरीश्वराशष्यपंडितरत्न
हर्षकुलप्रणीतायां श्रीसूत्रकृतांगदीपिकायां प्रथमं समयाध्ययनं समाप्त Ends.- (text) fol. 21I" समणस्स भगवओ etc., as in No. 36.
-(com.),, ,, भगवता(७)पि तस्य etc., up to श्रीसूत्रकृतांगदीपका as in No. 36 followed by समाप्ता ॥ छ ॥ अथ प्रशस्तिः । निस्तंद्रचंद्रचारुणि etc., up to जगति जयतु चिरम् as in No. 37. Then we have the lines as under :

Page #65

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[42.
शुभं भवतु । इति श्रीसूत्रकृताख्यद्वितीयांगदीपिकायाः प्रशस्तिः । कल्याणमस्तु संवत् १६२९ वर्षे शाके १४९४ प्रवर्त्तमाने फाल्गुण मासे । शुक्लपक्षे ११ तिथौ गुरुवासरे। पुनर्वसुनक्षत्रे । श्रीमति लोहाणां वास्तव्य । व्यवहारी सिरोरत्न बु । श्रीपथमाभार्या बाई जासू सुतरत्न तु । कुंरा लघुभ्रातृयिसिंगकन समस्तकुटुंबयुतेन स्वपुण्यवृद्ध(च)र्थ । आत्मश्रेयो(ड)र्थ । श्री
सूत्रकृतांगदीपिका । पुस्तिका लिखापिता । श्रेयो(s)स्तु । मांगल्यमस्तु । N. B.-For further particulars see No. 36.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र
Sūtrakrtāngasūtra (प्रथम श्रुतस्कन्ध)
(1st srutaskandha दीपिका सहित
with Dipikā No. 42
396.
. 1879-80. Size.-Io in. by 4g in. Extent.-107 folios; 13. lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper very thin, smooth and grey; Deva
nāgari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary up to the first śrutaskandha
only; the 2nd is not treated here; condition very good. Age.-Fairly old. Begins.- (text ) fol. I' बुज्झिज्ज (ति) तिउट्टिज्जा etc.
, --(com.) fol. I' प्रणम्य श्रीजिनं etc. as in. No. 36. Ends.– ( text ) fol. I07 से एवमायाणह जमहं भयंता से]रो त्ति बेमि ,. -- (com.),, I07' न च भगवंतो भयात् वातारो वा सर्वज्ञा अन्यथा
घदंति । अतो मदुक्तमे[ए]वमेवावगच्छतेति ॥छ॥ इतिः समाप्तौ ब्रवीमीति पूर्ववत् ॥ इति श्रीसूत्रकृतांमदीपिकायां गाथाषोडशाख्यं षोडश
मध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥ छ । शुभं भवतु ॥श्री ॥ - N. B.-For further particulars see No. 36.

Page #66

43.]
Begins. (text) fol. 1 g
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र (प्रथम श्रुतस्कन्ध ) *ifium erficer
No. 43
Size.-10 in. by 44 in.
Extent. 73+4=77 folios; 16 lines to a page; 55 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper tough and white; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; this is a fret Ms., the text practically written in the same size of hand-writing as the commentary; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; yellow pigment profusely used; edges and corners of the first few foll. worn out; fol.. I almost blank; for af: etc. written on it; foll. 35, 37, 43 and 59 repeated; foll. 29 to 37 and 42 to 59 newly added for replacing the old ones which have been lost; this Ms. contains the text up to the Ist śrutaskandha only and the commentary, too, of this śrutaskandha only; condition tolerably good; old foll. numbered in both the margins.
Age.-Pretty old.
در
II. 1: Angas
Sutrakṛtāngasūtra (1st śrutaskandha) with Dipika
(14) fazier etc. ( com.) fol. 1 प्रणम्य श्रीजिनं वीरं etc.
33
Ends. - ( text) fol. 73 से एवमायाणह जमहं भयंतारो त्ति बेमि ॥ छ ॥
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र Eigenrefca
No. 44
Size.-ta in. by 43 in.
6 [J. L. P.]
826. 1899-1915.
(com.) fol. 73
etc., up to a as in No. 42 followed by इति श्री' तपागच्छाधिपति श्री हेमविमलमूरीश्वरशिष्यहर्षकुशल पंडितप्रणीतायां सूत्रकृतांगदीपिकायां गाथाषोडशाख्यं षोडशमध्ययनं समाप्तं ॥ तत्समाप्तौ च प्रथमः श्रुतस्कन्धः समपूरि ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ संघस्य ॥
Sūtrakṛtāngasūtra with Dipika
1285. 1887-91.

Page #67

42
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Extent.-214 folios; 15 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Devana gari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. mostly numbered in the right-hand margin only ; foll. 1 and 214b blank ; the 1st fol. torn in several places ; foll. 4 to 9 damaged in the body; a portion of the 214th fol. worn out; condition on the whole tolerably fair; both the text and the commentary complete ; dipika composed in Samvat 1599.
Age.—Pretty old.
Author of dipika. - Sadhuranga Upadhyāya, pupil of Bhuvanasoma, and guru of Dharmasundara of the Kharatara gaccha.
Snbject. The second anga in Prakrit together with a commentary in Sanskrit.
Begins.- (text) fol. 1 बुज्झेज्ज (त्ति) तिउट्टेज्जा etc.
(com) fol. 1 श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥
""
-
1 445
नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय स्वामिने परमात्मने । यदीयदर्शनादेव परानंदो विश्चं ( ? जूं ) भते ॥ १ ॥ नानालब्धिप्रधानाय निधानाय महौजसां । अज्ञानध्वांतविध्वंसदक्षाय श्रुतवेधसे ॥ २ ॥ श्रीव्रताग (?) मिनः शिष्यराजाय गु ( ? ग ) णंधारिणे । संज(4) श्रीपवित्राय गौतमस्वामिने नमः ॥ ३॥ युग्मं ।
सज्ञान दयाहाई चक्षुर्यैर्विमलीकृतं । भवतु गुरु (र) वस्ते तु सुप्रसन्नदृशो माये ॥ ४ ॥ श्रीसाघुरंगोपाध्यायैः द्वितीयांगस्य दीपिका । संक्षेपरुचि जीवानां हिताय सुखबोधिनी ॥ ५ ॥ जिनप्रवचनं नौमि श्रीमदत्प्रकाशितं । यानपात्रायितं येन जन्तूनां भवसागरे ।। ६ । नत्वे (त्व) ताम्पराभीष्टान् स्तुत्वा च श्रुतदेवतां । सम्यक्त्वदीपिकां कुर्वे द्वितीयांगस्य दीपिकां ॥ ७ ॥
तथाहि etc. व्याख्या । सूत्रमिदं सूत्रकृतागस्य आदौ वर्त्तते । अस्य श्रीमदाचारांगेन सहायं संबंध: श्रीआचारांगे चैतत्प्ररूपितं । etc.

Page #68

44.]
II. II Angas
__43
Ends.-(text) fol. 213" इच्छामि णं भंते तुब्भाणं अंतिए चाउज्जामाओ धम्माओ
पंचमहत्वतियं सपडिक्कमणं धम्म उवसंपज्जित्ताणं विहरं(रि)त्तए अहासहं देवाणुप्पिया मा पडिबंधं करेहि ततेणं से उदए पेढालपुत्ते समणस्स भग-. वओ महावीरस्स अंतिए चाउज्जामाओ धम्माओ पंचमहब्बइयं सपति
कमणं धम्म उवसंपज्जित्ताणं विहरति त्ति बेमि नालिं(लं)दियज्झयणं सम्मत्तं । ,, -(com.) fol. 231" इह व्याख्यानं सर्व सुगम विशेषतस्तु वृह(दोवृत्तितो(s) बसेय. मिति । समाप्ता चेयं द्वितीयांगस्य दीपिका ॥
जयति जिनशासनमिदं परतीर्थिकतिमिरजालवरतरणिं ।' भवजलधियानपात्रं पात्रं स(ज)ज्ञानरत्नानां ॥१॥ यस्य जिनेदाः(द्राः) शासनपानीयपथाश्वरत्नमारुह्य । कुशलेन केन चापुर्भधजलमुल्लय(ल्लं)ध्य शिवनगरं ॥२॥ स जयति वीरजिनेंद्रस्त्रिभुवनचूडामाणः कृतोद्योतः । कुसुदोल्लासं कुर्वन् पदनखसूर्यांशुभिर्विततैः ॥३॥ वर्द्धमानजिनो जीयात् जगदानन्ददायकः। द्वादशांगी विधातारो जयंतु च गणाधिपाः ॥ ४॥ जयंतु गुरवः पूज्या ये सदा मयि वत्थ(स)लाः। परोपकारप्रवणाः जयंतु स्वज(सज्ज)ना अपि ।।५।। श्रीजिनदेवसूरीणामादेशेन चिरायुषां। उपजीव्य बृहद्वृत्तिं कृत्वा नामांतरं पुनः ॥ ६॥ श्रीसाधुरंगोपाध्यायैद्वितीयांगस्य दीपिका। संक्षेपरुचिजीवानां हिताय सुखबोधिनी॥७॥ लिलिखे 'वरलू'यामे निधिनन्दशरैकके १५९९ । वत्थ(स)रे कात्तिके मासि चतुर्मासकपर्वणि ॥८॥
त्रिभिः संबंधः ज्ञान(दर्शन)चारित्ररत्लत्रितयदीपिका। मिथ्यात्वध्वांताध्विसदीपकेयं समर्थिता ॥९॥ मनोमत्सरमुत्सृज्यादृत्य सौजन्यमुत्तमं । व्यापार्या वाचनीया च विधायानुग्रहं मयि ॥१०॥ लिखता लिखितं किंचिद्यदि न्यूनाधिकं भवत् । विधाय सम्यग् तत्सर्वं वाचनीयं विवेकिभिः ॥११॥ स्तोकाः कर्पूरतरव(:) स्तोकाश्च मणिभूमयः । परोपकारप्रवणा(6) स्तोकाः प्रायेण सज्जनाः॥१२॥
1-3 These vertical strokes glven in these as well as in the following verses
are wanting in the Ms.

Page #69

44
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्र दीपिकासहित
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
न मे को (S) प्यभिमानो (s) स्तिं न मे पंडितमानितां । न कला न च चातुर्य मंदमेघो (S) स्मि सर्वथा ॥ १३ ॥ दीपिकायाः स्वभावेन प्रशस्तिर्निर्मिता मया । क्षू (ण)णं तदत्र नो चिंत्यं नापमान्यो ह्ययं जनः ॥ १४ ॥ न चात्मीया मतिः क्वापि प्रयुक्ता (S) रूयत्र केवलं । संक्षिप्य वृत्तेरेवार्य सूत्रार्थी लिखितो (S) स्त्यहो ॥ १५ ॥ अन्यथा (S) हं जह (ड)प्रायो वृत्तिं कर्तुं कुतः क्षमः । किं नाम पंगुरारोढुं शक्तः स्यान्मेरु' मूर्द्धनि ।। १६ ।। व्याख्यानवृत्तिमध्यस्थं निर्युक्तेरपसार्य च । मूलसूत्रेण संयुक्ता पुस्तके च निवेशिता ॥ १७ ॥
मया सदाचारपरायणेन जिनाज्ञया संयमपालनेन । यदर्जि पुण्यं सुकृतानुबन्धि
तेनास्तु लोको जिनधर्मरक्तः ॥ १८ ॥ धर्मोपदेशे (?) दानेन दीपिका लिखनेन च । सुखीभवतु लोको (S) यं तेन पुण्येन भूयसा ॥ १९ ॥ यदर्जितं मया पुण्यं 'विमलाचल' यात्रयां । 'उज्जयंते' च श्रीनेमेः पदपङ्कजसेवया ॥ २० ॥
A
तेन पुण्येन मे भूयात् बोधिलाभो भवे २ । यतः सम्यक् (त्व) संप्राप्तिर्बिना पुण्यैर्न लभ्यते ॥ २१ ॥ श्रीमत' खरतरगच्छे श्रीमज्जिनदेवसूरिसाम्राज्ये । श्रीभुवन सोमसद्गुरुशिष्यैः श्रीसाघुरंगाख्यैः ॥ २२ ॥ लब्धोपाध्यायपदैः कुशलेनारोपिता प्रमाणपद । आचंद्रार्क नंदतु गीतार्थैर्वाच्यमानेयं ॥ २३ ॥ विनीतविन (नें) येनेयं धर्मसुंदरसाधुना । लिखिता प्रथमादर्श वांचनाय स्वपुस्तके ॥ २४ ॥ इति प्रशस्तिः शुभं भवतुः ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥
No. 45
Size.—103 in. by 44 in,
[ +4:
Sutrakṛtāngasūtra with Dipika
904. 1892-95.

Page #70

45. 1
II. 11 Angas
45
Extent.-213-1 = 212 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 52 letters to a line. Description.—Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, legible, uniform and beauti ful hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk and white paste used; each of the foll. 1" and 2136 decorated with the same diagram in red colour; strips of paper pasted to several foll., as their edges are worn out; condition very fair; fol. 156th also numbered as 157th, the succeeding being hence numbered as 158, 159 etc.; the fol. 21oth wrongly numbered as Iroth; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary ; both complete ; extent 13416 slokas.
Age. Old.
Author of the com. --Upādhyāya Sādhuranga.
Begins. — (text) fol. 1' बुज्झेज्ज (त्ति) तिउट्ट (ट्टि)ज्जा etc. as in No. 47. (com.), श्रीसर्व्वज्ञाय नमः ॥ श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ।
नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय स्वामिने परमात्मने ।
""
39
यदीयदर्शनादेव परानंदो विजृंभते ॥ १ ॥ etc.
Ends.—( text ) fol. 2122 समणस्स भगवओ महावीरस्स अंतिर चाडज्जामाओ धम्माओ पंचमहत्वइयं सपडिक्कमणं धम्मं उपसंपज्जित्ता नं विहति (रह) ति बेमि । १ नालि (लं) दियज्झयणं सम्मत्तं । छ ।
22
- (com) fol. 2124 इह व्याख्यानं सबै सुगमं विशेषतस्तु बृहद्वृत्तितो(S)वसेयमिति । शुभं भवतु । समाप्ता चेयं द्वितीयांगस्थ दीपिका । छ | संपूर्णः । छ । छ । श्री ॥ छ ॥ This is followed by the colophon of 24 verses as in the preceding No. 44, the last being विनते (? नीत)विन (ने) येनेयं धर्मसुंदरसाधुना ।
लिखिता प्रथमादर्श (शे) वाचनाय सुपुस्तके ॥ २४ ॥
इति प्रशस्तिः ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं १३४१६
सूत्रकृतात्सूत्र वार्तिक सहित
No. 46
Size,—1o in. by 42 in.
Sūtrakṛtāngsutra with Vartika
257. 1871-27.

Page #71

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Extent.--116-1-2-6 = 107 folios; II lines to a page; 38 letters
___to a line. Description.-Country paper rough, tough and white; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; red chalk used ; fol. 76th seems to be missing; foll. 1, 2 and 97 to 102 missing; otherwise complete3B this Ms. contains the text as well as its explantion in Gujarāti styled as vārtika ; fol. 1166
blank; condition very good ; extent 8ooo ślokas. Age.--Not modern. Subject.-The 2nd anga with a Gujarati explanation... Begins.- (text) fol. 30 से जहा नामए क(के)ति पुरिसे आयाउ वा जाइहेउं वा
अगारहेडं धा परिवारहेडं वा etc. , -(com.) fol. 3* हीं। ४ इहां पहिला अनइं त्रीजा भांगानउ अधिकार छह
तेह नारकादि रहई ए जे आगलि कहीस्यइ etc. Ends.- (text) fol. II64 समणस्स भगवतो महावीरस्स etc., up to बेमि as in
No. 30 followed by बीयसुयक्खंधम्म(स्स) सत्सम नाल(लं)दइज्ज
अज्झयण समत्त॥ ..-- (com.) fol. II6 सर्वज्ञप्रणीत धर्म पालीइ छह झत्ति (ति) बेमि सुधर्म
स्वामी आपणा शिष्य प्रतिइ कहइ छह मई जेहवउ श्रीभगवंत कन्हइ सांभलिउ तेहच(ब)उं तुम्ह प्रतिइ कहउं छउ इत्यादि पूर्ववत् नालंदइ समत्तं ७ सूया(योगडबीयर(सु)यक्खंधो सम्मत्तो सम्मत्त सूयागंड (सूयगड) छ आदितः सर्व अध्ययनं २३
श्रीसाधुरत्नशिष्य(ष्येण पाशचांद्रि(चंद्रे)ण'वृत्तितः कृतं बालावबोधार्थ द्वितीयांगस्य वार्तिकं ॥ छ ॥ etc. ग्रंथानं ८०००.
सूत्रकृतासूत्र
Sūtrakrtāngasūtra (प्रथम श्रुतस्कन्ध)
( 1st srutaskandha) वार्तिकसहित
with Vārtika
.827. - No. 47
1899-1915. Size.-101 in. by 41 in. t. If this is gratis it remains to be verified whether he is the one
noted in No, 28.

Page #72

47.]
II. II Angas
.
Extent.--84+1=85 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 49 to 59 letters
to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters;
clear and fairly good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink : red chalk and yellow pigment used; it is a frytet Ms. containing both the text and its explanation in Gujarāti; fol. 1a blank; some of the foll. illegible owing to the ink having faded; the last four foll. have their edges damaged; the 83rd fol. slightly torn ; the 84th very badly damaged; so an additional fol. numbered as 84 written in a different hand on a paper of different quality supplied ; condition on the whole fair; complete so far as the first part
is concerned. Age.-Pretty old. Author of the text.- Sudharmasvamin.
„ „ „ vārtika.-- Not mentioned. Subject. The text together with its explanation in Gujarati so far
as the first part is concerned. Begins.- (text ) fol. 1° बुज्झिज्ज (त्ति) तिउट्टिज्जा । बंधणं परियाणिया ।
किमाहु(ह) बंधणं वीरे(रो)। किं वा जाणं तिउद्दई ॥१॥etc. ,, -(vartika) ,, ,, श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः ॥
श्रीवर्धमानमानम्य । गुरूणां च विशेषतः।
किंचित् सूत्रकृतांगस्य वार्तिकं लिष्य(ख्योते मया ॥१॥ .. आगम द्वादशांगीरूप तेहने विषइ चार अनुयोग कह्या ॥ ते एह ॥ चरणानुयोग १ द्रव्यानुयोग २ धर्मकथानुयोग ३ गणितानुयोग ४ चिहुं
प्रकारे etc. Ends.- ( text) fol. 84 समियं ध(च)रे दंते दविए वोसहकाए निग्रं(ग)थे .:. ति(त्ति) बच्चे ४ से एवमेव जाणह ज)महं भयंतारो त्ति बेमि षोडश.
(सोलस)मं गाहाना(म)ध्य(ज्झ)यनं सम्मत्तं १६ इति श्रीसूयगडांगस्य
प्रथम श्रुतस्कंध संपूर्णः ॥ ,, -(vartika) fol. 84" तेहनां कह्यां वचन हउ कहउ छउ त्ति बोम ... अध्ययनं
समत्तं । गच्छ . . . . श्री ६ श्री .... आचार्यश्री ६...... '

Page #73

48
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रनिर्युक्ति (सूयगढंगसुत्तनिज्जुत्ति )
No. 48
[ 49
Sutrakṛtāngasūtraniryukti ( Sūyagadarigasuttanijjutti )
222.
1873-74.
Size.-1o‡ in. by 44 in.
Extent.--6 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line. Description.—Country paper very thin, brittle and grey ; Devanagari characters with gears; legible, uniform and good hand-writing; ink faded and spread out at times; fol. 1a blank ; so is the fol. 60; red chalk used; complete; edges of several foll. slightly damaged; condition on the whole good. Age.-Fairly old.
Author. - Bhadrabāhusvamin.
Subject.—A metrical commentary in Prakrit in 208 verses elucidating Sūtrakṛtāngasūtra.
Begins.—fol. rb ॐ नमः श्रीवीतरागाय ॥
तिथकरे व जिणवरे । मुत्तकरे गणहरे पणमिणं । सूयमङस्स भगवओ | बिज्जुति कित्तइस्सामि ॥ १ ॥ सूयगडं अंगाणं बितियं तस्स य इमाणि (णामणि) । सूर्य (त) गड सुतकडं सूयगडं चेव गोण्णाई ॥ २ ॥ etc.
Ends. fol. 60 पासावञ्चिज्जो पुच्छियाइओ अज्जगोयमं उदमो । सावगपुच्छाधम्मं सोउं कहियांम उषसंतो ॥ २०८ ॥
सूयगडणिज्जत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥ इति श्रीसुयगडांगनियुक्तिः समाप्ताः ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः Reference.-Published. See No. 28.
सूत्रकृतासूत्रनियुक्ति
No. 49
Extent.—fol. 426 to fol. 46.
Description.-Complete. For further particulars see Sutrakṛtānga
sūtra No. 28.
Sutrakṛtāngasutraniryukti
258 (b).
1871-72.

Page #74

51.
II. 11 Angas
Begins.- fol. 42° नमो वीतरागाय ॥
तित्थकरे य जिणवरे etc., as in No. 48. Ends.- fol. 46 पास(सावचि(च्चि)ज्जो पुच्छियाइओ etc., up to उपसंतो as in
No. 48 followed by नालंदइज्जनिज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥ सूयगडनिज्जुत्ती समत्ता ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथानं २५८० ॥छ | etc.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रनियुक्ति
Sūtrakrtāngasūtraniryukti
221. ' No. 50
- 1873-74. Size.- II in. by 5g in. Extent.— 7 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line.. Description.-Country paper, thick, tough and white; Devanagari
characters; big, clear, uniform and tolerably good handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in red ink, edges singly; yellow pigment used; complete ; fol. 1* blank; condition
very good. Age.--- does not seem to be modern. Begins.- fol. I' तित्थकरे य जिणवरे etc., as in No. 48. Ends.- fol. 70 पासावच्चिज्जो etc., up to उवसंतो २०८ as in No. 48 followed by सूयगडनिज्जुत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ।
पद्मोपमं पत्रपरंपरान्वितं
वर्णोज्ज्वलं सूक्तमरंदसुंदरं । मुमुक्षुभृङ्गप्रकरस्य वल्लभं
जीयाच्चिरं सूत्रकृदंत(ग)पुस्तकं ॥ छ । शुभं भवतु ॥ लेषकपाठकयो(:) इयोरपि भद्रमस्तु ॥ N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 48.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रचूर्णि (सूयगडंगसुत्तचुण्णि)
No. 51
Sūtrakrtāngasūtracū rņi ( Suyagadaigasuttacunni)
143 1872-73.
Size.- 13 in. by 4
in.
_I This is not the extent of the niryukti, but the extent of the complete Ms.
7 [J. L. P.]

Page #75

50
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[52.
Extent.-- 159+I+I=161 folios; Is lines to a page ; 68 letters
to a line. Description. Country paper, thin and white; Devanāgari chara
cters with qora STS; bold, big, uniform, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; strips of paper pasted to the edges of the first and the second foll. ; condition on the whole good ; red chalk used; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same page but in different margins ; fol. 125 repeated ; so is the
fol. 152; complete, Age.- Fairly old. Subject.- A commentary partly in Sanskrit and partly in Prākrit
elucidating Sūtrakstängasútra. Begins. --fol. 1 ॐ नमः सिद्धेभ्यः ।
णमो भरहंताणं णमो सिद्धाणं णमो आयरियाणं । नमो उवज्झायाणं । णमो लोए सत्वसाहणं । मंगलादीणि सत्थाणि । मंगलमज्झाणि । मंगलअवसा
जाणं । मंगलपरिग्गहिआ सिस्सा I etc. Ends.-- fol. 159 एतेसिणं भंते पदाणं कतराई पावाई जाई एत्थण सहहण देवु
ताणि । मदीयपक्षस्य तानीत्यर्थः अण्णाणता पवमद्रंणो सहहितं एतेसिणं इमा णं जणवाए एतमद्वस(गट्टम)दहामिंजधसूत्रे तिणतव्वं सव्वमिति ।। छ ॥ नमः सर्वविदे वीराय विगतमौहाय समाप्तं चेदं सूत्रकृताभिधानं द्वितीयमंगामिति ।। भद्रं भवतु श्रीजिनशासमाय श्रीः ।। श्रीः ॥ etc.
सूत्रकृतासूत्रचूर्णि
Sūtrakrtāngasūtracūrņi No. 52
1288.
1887-91. Size.- 102 in. by 44 in.. . Extent.— 245-2=243 folios ; 13 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper, very thin and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, bold, legible and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; red chalk used; a piece of thick paper of the same size as the foll. pasted to the fol. 1a; edges of the foll. 2, 7, 15, 23, 29, 31 to 33 and 86 worn out to a smaller or greater extent; fol. 164 slightly torn; the fol. 245 written on a

Page #76

54.]
II, II Angas
thick paper, but its edges are all the same worn out; condition on the whole very fair ; fol. 9 and 238 missing,
otherwise complete. Age.- Old. Begins.- fol. I ॐ नमः सिद्धेभ्यः ॥
णमो अरहंताणं etc., as in No. SI. Ends.-- fol. 245 एतसि णं भंते पदाणं etc., as in No. 5I. N. B.- For subject see No. SI.
सूत्रकृतासूत्रपर्याय
Sūtrakrtāngasūtraparyāya
786 (3). No. 53
1875-76, Extent.- fol. 26 to fol. 3*. . Description.-- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastuka
736 (1).
____ paryaya No. 1875-76. •
Subject. -- Synonymous words pertaining to Sūtrakrtāngasútra. Begins.- fol. 2 सूत्रकृतांगपर्या(या) यथा । सव्वमे(? व्वाम)गंधं । आध्यक(?धा)
कम्मिकं । पुद्रलाः संस्काराः क्षेत्रज्ञा आत्मान इत्येकार्थाः । etc. Ends.- fol. 3* न अगतं अनागतक्रियं वर्तमानाक्रियं भवतीत्यर्थः । इति समकतांम
पर्यायाः समाप्ताः ॥ छ ।
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Sūtrakrtāngasūtraparyāya
7893). No.54
1895-1902. Extent.- fol. 3a to fol. 36. Description.-Complete. For further details see Pancavastukaparyaya
____No.
789 (1).
NO. 1895-1902. Begins.-- fol. 3* सूत्रकृतांगपर्यायाः । यथा । सव्वामगंधं आधार्मिकं etc., as in
No. 53. Ends.- fol. 3°न अगतं अनागतक्रियं etc., as in No. 53. N. B.- For subject see No. 53.

Page #77

Jaina Literature and Philosophy [57. सूत्रकृतास्त्रपर्याय
Sutrakrtaigasutraparyaya No. 55
736 (25).
1875-76. Extent.-- fol. 31° to fol. 320. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka.
736 (1). . paryāya No.
• 1875-76. Subject.— Some of the words occuring in Sütrakstāngasútrą
elucidated, Begins,-~- fol. 31 सूचकृतांगाय नमः । अनंतरागमः । गमाः सदृशपाठाः पर्यायाः।
अर्थस्वाभिधेयराणाः etc. Ends.- fol. 32 परस्परविरुद्धानां तैलानलवर्तीनां पुरुषार्थवशीकृतानामेककार्यारंभका(कोत्वं तथा गुणानां सघद्वा)दादेककार्यारंभकत्व ।
सूत्रकृतां(ग)पर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।
सूत्रकृतासूत्रपर्याय
Sūtrakrtāngasūtraparyāya No. 56
789 (25).
1895-1902. Extent.— fol. 51' to fol. 536. Description. --- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastuka
ya 736 (1). . paryāya No. 7
Patyay Na 1895-1902. Begins.--- fol. SI सूत्रकृतांगाय नमः । etc., as in No. 55.
fol. 52° पूर्वेति प्रत्यंचा मुष्टिर्वा ॥ छ । सूत्रकृतांगावचूरिः ॥ नमः सूत्रां
गाय ॥ सूत्रकृतमिति सूचा सत्रं etc. Ends.---fol. 53 परस्परविरुद्धानां etc., as in No. 55.
सूत्रकृताङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Sūtrakrtarigasūtraparyāya
No. 57
332(8). A 1882-83.
Extent.- fol. 360 to fol. 41

Page #78

.57.
II. 11 Angas
53
Description.-Complete. For other details see Nandisutravisamapada
paryaya No. _332 (1). .
Begins.- fol. 36° मूत्रकृतांगाय नमः ॥ सूत्रकृतांगपर्यायाः प्रतिषिसं(बा)दित्वात्र
शोधिताः संतीति ज्ञेयं । अनंतगमः गमाः सदृशपाठाः पर्यायाः । शब्दपर्याया
3ref FrafrTUTT: etc., as in No. 55. Ends.- fol. 39 परस्परविरुद्धानां etc., up to मूत्रकृतांगपर्यायाः as in No. 55.
Then from the same fol. 39 we have:
पुनरपि सूत्रकृतांगपर्यायाः लिख्यते गमाः सदृशपाठाः पर्यायः शब्दपर्याया
etc., up to gfar gaf var ferleaf Il on fol. 41". N.B.- For subject see No. 55.

Page #79

54
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 58.
THE THIRD ANGA
स्थानादसूत्र
Sthănāngasūtra (oringa)
(Thāṇangasūtta ) No. 58
260.
1871-72 Size. 10$ in. by 44 in. Extent.— 150 folios; 11 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devanāgari cha
racters with eh ; bold, big, legible and beautiful handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 1* blank; edges of the first two foll., and the last partly worn out; several foll. more or less worm-eaten ; condition on the whole very fair ; complete ; the 10 sthanas ending on foll. 4", 23°, 45°, 84*, 995, 106, 1175, 1284, 136, and 1502
respectively; fol. 1505 practically blank ; extent 3770 ślokas. Age.- appears to be rather old. Author.- Sudharmasvāmin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject. This third anga is divided into 10 chapters styled as sthānas,
each discussing objects according to their number e. g., all those that are one in number are treated in the first chapter.
The seventh chapter ( sūtra 517 ) is utilized while discussing 7 schisms by E. Leumann, in his article “Die alten Berichte von den Schismen der Jaina ” published in Indis
chen Studien (vol. XVII, pp. 91-135 ). Begins. fol. 1b FAT Station
già sở đi 44 quan gì t và tờ etc. Ends.— fol. 150 gr af süf The FTARE THOUGHT at aromat
अणंता पण्णत्ता । संमत्तं च ठाणमिति दस(मं) ठाणं संम्मत्तं छ ॥दसमज्झयणं
संम्मतं ॥१०॥श्रीठाणांगसूत्रं समाप्तं ॥ ग्रंथानं ३७७०॥ Reference. -As editio princeps may be mentioned the publication of
A. D. 1880 by Rai Dhanapatisinha, styled as Agamasangraha vol. III, where the text along with a Sanskrit commentary of Abhayadeva Sūri and a Gujarāti one of Megharāja is published. The text is also published with

Page #80

.
III. 11 Angas
55
N
Abhayadeva Sūri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, in two parts, in A. D. 1918 and 1920 respectively." For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 390 ff., Indian Antiquary vol. XVIII, p. 182 ff., and Winternitz Geschichte vol. II, p. 300. For additional Mss. see B. B.R.A.S. (vol. III-IV., p. 402 ).
स्थानासूत्र
Sthānāngasutra
70.
No. 59
1880–81.
Size.— 134 in. by 21 in.
Extent.-- about 210 leaves ; 4 to 6 lines to a leaf; 55 letters
to a line.
Description.- Palm-leaf thin and greyish; Devanagari characters
with ATTS; small, legible, uniform and good handwriting ; borders not ruled ; the work written continuously, though it appears to be arranged in two separate columns; a hole in each leaf in the space between its two columns; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right hand one as 1, 2, 3 etc., and in the left hand one in letters; e. g. the 147th leaf numbered as a ; about ist 15 leaves broken
ut into two; the last few leaves badly damaged, the intervening ones to a smaller extent; condition rather unsatisfactory; leaf ra blank.
Age.- Old.
Begins.— leaf 1 ....... THETAT I got
Tight page fattar etc.
I
There is a misleading marginal note in the second part; for, though there are no uddeśakas for sthānas VI to X, the 3rd uddeśa is mentioned in case of each of these sthānas.

Page #81

56
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[60.
Ends.-leaf 209 (?)--दसविहा असमाही जाव उच्चारपासवणा(ण)खेलसिंघाणग
पारिद्वावणियाऽसमिती' । दसविहा पव्वज्जा प०तं...... N. B. - For further particulars see No. 58.
स्थानासूत्र
Sthānāngasūtra No. 60
1251.
1884-87. Size.- 98 in. by 4g in. Extent.— 28 folios ; 13 lines to a page; 30 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devana
gari characters; small, legible and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; fol. 1* blank ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; condition very good ; this Ms. commences with the second sthāna and ends with the 777th sútra ; thus it begins abruptly and
ends also abruptly. Age. — Old. Begins.- fol. I श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ।
दोहिं ठाणेहि(हिं) संपत्ते अणगारे अणाईयं । अणवयग्गं दीहमद्धं चउरंतसंसार· कंतारं वितिवतेज्जा । तं जहा । विज्जाए चेव । चरणेण चेव । दुविहा गरहा।
पं०। तं० । मणसा वेगे गरहति । वयसा वेगे गरहति । अहवा गरहा दुविहा। पंदीहं वेगे अद्धं गरहति । रहस्सं वेगे अद्धं गरहति । दुविहे पन्च(क)खाणे । पंतं। मणसा वेगे पच(च्चोखाति । वयसा वेगे पच्च(क)खाति । अहवा पञ्च(कोखाणे दुविहे।पं । तं। दीहं वेगे अद्धं पञ्च(क)खाति । रहस्सं वेगे अद्धं पञ्च(कोखाति दोहिं ठाणेहिं आया केवलिपन्नत्तं धम्मं लभेज्ज सवयणीए । पं ।
तं । जक्खाएसे चेत्र । मोहणिज्जस्स चेव कम्मस्स उद्द(द)एणं etc. Ends.- fol. 28 दस दसाउ । पंतं । बाला किट्टा(ड्डा) मंदा बला पन्ना हा(हाय)णि । . पवंचा प(ोभारा मुमुहा(ही)। सातणीतधा दस अच्छेरगा। पं। उ(व)सग्ग१।
गम्भाब्भ)हरणं । इत्थीतित्थं ३। अभाविया परिसा ४।कन्हस्स अमरकंका ५। उत्तरे(र)णं चंदसूराणं ६। हरिवंसकुलुप्पती ७। चमरुप्पातो त ८। अहसत
1
This is the 711th sūtra ( Agamodaya Samiti, p. 473 ).

Page #82

61.]
İfl. 11 Angas
सिद्धा ९ । असंजात(ते)सु पूया। दस वि जु(अ)णतेणं कालेणं ।२॥लिषतं
शा ६गच्छतिलकजीश्री ६ आचार्यजीजसवतजा(जी)प्रसादातु। सुभ भवतु मंगलमस्तुं लेष्यकपाठक। Then in a different hand we have
ठाणांगचोभंगी। N. B. - For further.particulars see No. 58.
स्थानासूत्र
Sthānāngasūtra दीपिकासहित
with Dipikā No. 61
866.
1895-1902. Size.—101 in. by s in. Extent.-330+ I =331 folios; 9+ 12=21 lines to a page; 39
letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, tough and white; Devanagari cha
racters; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; all the four edges singly; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1a blank; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; it is a fagret Ms.; edges of the first two foll. slightly worn out; foll. 5 to 12 and 309 to 319 somewhat worm-eaten ; a piece of paper of the same size as the foll. affixed to the fol. 330b; condition on the whole good; fol. 145 repeated; complete; extent 18000
ślokas; dipikā composed in Samvat 1657. Age.-Samvat 1888. Author of the dipikā.- Nagarsi Gani. Subject.—The text along with its commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text) fol. 1 ॐ नमः सिद्ध
सुयं मे आउसं तेणं etc. , - (com.) fol. I ॐ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय[ः] । श्रीविजयसेनसूरीश्वरपरम
गुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
प्रणतसुरासुरनाथं सनाथमाभनम्य च रजनिनाथं ।
स्मृत्वा श्रीश्रुतदेवीं श्रीगुरुपादान्नमस्कृत्य ॥१॥ 8 [J. L. P.]

Page #83

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
16.
अतिविस्तरवृत्य(त्यर्थादतिगंभीरभासुरात । मुखावबोधमुद्धृत्य शब्दार्थ च मनोहरं ॥२॥ श्रीसत्स्थानांगसूत्रस्य कुर्वे (5)हं दीपिकां वरां ।
स्ववाचनकृते संतः प्रसीदंतु सदागमः (मम) ॥३॥ etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 329 एवं कण्णेहिं गंधेहिं etc., up to ठाणं संमत्तं as in
No. 58 followed by सम्मत्तं च ठाणं॥ ,, --(com.) fol. 330" इति तदेवं निगमितमनुगमद्वारांशभूतं सूत्रस्पर्शिकनियुक्ति
द्वारं शेषद्वाराणि तु साध्यये(य)नेषु प्रथमाध्ययनवद् वृत्तितो(ऊ)नुगमनीयानि इति श्रीमत् तपागच्छाधिराजभ । पुरंदरसूरीश्वरश्रीविजयसेनसूरिराज्ये श्रीमच्छीविजयदेवमूरि(री)श्वरयौवराज्ये पं। श्रीकुशलवर्द्धनगणिशिष्यनगर्षिगणिना स्ववाचनपरोपकारकृते कृतोद्धाररूपायां सकलवाचकशिरोमाणमहोपाध्यायश्रीविमलहर्षगणिभिः संशोधितायां सुखावबोधायां स्थानांमदीपिकायां दशमस्थानकाख्यं दशममध्ययनं संपूर्ण ।
सौधर्मादिगणाधिपपट्टालंकारधारिणो(s)भूवन् । लब्ध तपाख्याः क्रमशो लसज्जगच्चंद्रसूरीशाः॥१॥ .. तत्पट्टपरंपरया सकलजनानंदकारिणो(s)भूषन् । श्रीआनंदविमलगुरुसूरीशा जगति विख्याताः ॥२॥ श्रीविजयदानसूरीश्वरा अभूवन महीप्रतापधराः। तस्पट्टविमलजलनिधिद्धौ संपूर्णचंद्राभा(:)॥३॥ श्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरा मनोह(हा)रिशांति(त)मूर्तिधराः । तेषां निर्मलपट्टोदयाचले नूतनाळनिभाः ॥४॥ कुमतिमतंगजसिंहा() साहिसभालब्धसाधुवादभराः। श्रीविजयसेनसूरीश्वरा जयंतीह जगतितले ॥५॥ तेषां विराजमाने राज्ये श्रीविजयदेवमूरिवरे । तेषां गच्छे वियुधोर(द)यवर्द्धनगाण(:) प्रधानानां ॥६॥ तच्छिष्यपंडितोत्तमकुंशलवंर्द्धनगाणिप्रसादेन । शिशुना नगार्षिणेयं समुद्धृता दीपका रम्या ॥७॥ श्रीस्थानांगसूत्रार्थतदुभयं यदिहाशुद्धं ।
सायनिहाशाद। लिखितं मया तदखिलं शोध्यं विज्ञैः प्रसादपरैः ॥ ८॥ श्रीमत् पत(तन नगरे शशधररसबाणमुनि(१६५७)प्रमितवर्षे। . वैशाष(ख)सितदशम्यां शुक्रे हर्ष()ण विमलयोगे ॥९॥ श्रीमत् 'तप'गणगगनांगणतरणिनिभैरनेकगुणसदनैः। श्रीविजयसेनसूरीश्वरैः प्रसादीकृताद्वाक्यात् ॥१०॥

Page #84

611
III. II Angas.
वाचकशिरोवतंसैः श्रीमद्भिर्विमलहर्षगणिवृषभैः । ............ संशोधितेयमर्थप्रदीपिका दीपिका रम्या ॥११॥ सा(स)हस्राणि चतुर्दश शताधिकानीत्यनुष्ट(ट)पा(भा) संख्या ।
ज्ञेया(5)त्र वाच्यमाना हसविधुं नंदतु चिरं सा॥१२॥. इति श्रीस्थानांगदीपिका समाप्ता ॥ ग्रंथाचंथ १८००० सर्वसंख्या ॥
संवत् १८८८ वर्षे । वैशाषसिंततृ(त्र)यो १३ दश्यां संपूर्णा कृता भौमवासरे । Reference.-See No. 58.
स्थानाइसूत्र
Sthānāngasūtra बालावबोधसहित
with Bālāvabodha No.62
147.
. .. 1872-73. Size.-101 in. by 41 in. Extent.—186-1 + 101=286 folios ; 18 lines to a page; 48 letters
to a line. Description.-Country paper, rough and white; Devanagari chatar
cters with ATEITS; this is a greft Ms., clear and fair handwriting ; borders ruled mostly in two lines in black ink ; the 2nd fol. partly torn; condition good; the text written in a very big hand at least up to the 12th fol. ; red chalk used; foll. 1485 and 1866 blank ; but the continuity is undisturbed ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; foll. 149 to 186 also numbered as 1, 2 etc. ; the subsequent foll. numbered only as 1, 2 etc.; both the text and bālāvabodha
complete except that the very first fol. is missing. Age.--Samvat 1647 Author of Balavabodha.- Dhanapati (?). Subject.—The third anga with a Gujarati explanation which appears
to shed light on its Sanskrit commentary, too. Begins.- (text) fol. 2 भगवया एवमक्खायं ( 3 )एगे आया etc. , - ( bala° ) fol. 2' उ(ड? )घनाघन मेरुनउ पटल समूह नर विघटा
डवइ० विध्वंसवइ । उल्लसित° उदयउं निर्मल केवलरूप सूर्यमंडल etc. Ends.- (text) fol. I00a (of the second set ) एवं वन्नेहिं etc. , up to
दसमज्झयण as in No. 58 followed by समत्तं १० श्रीठाणांगसूत्र.

Page #85

60
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [63. Ends.-- (balai) fol. IOI" श्रीव(वि)क्रमादित्यना संवत्सर ११२० इग्यारवीसो
त्तरइ ए टीकाका अल्प बुद्धि नर पणि जाणतां सोहिली एहषी मइं गूंथी 'अणहिलवाडापाटण' नइ वसन्हारइं धनपति नाम गणीइं ए टीका नी. पना पछी धुरि तेणई उतारी । __ श्रीमन्महावीरांहिपंकजतदाज्ञाधारकसौधर्मादिदुःप्रसाहां()तायुगप्रधानसश्रमणादिसंघअद्भुतगुणरत्नालंकारालंकृतगात्रमोहभाराक्रांतभवांभोधिनिमग्नजनतारणयानपात्रसमशत्रुमित्रचरणारविंदमकरंदपानषट्पदकल्पेन कान्हजी. त्यभिधानमुनिना संवत् १६४७ वर्षे मार्गशीर्षमासे शुक्लपक्षे पंचम्यां तिथौ शनिवासरे टीका उद्धृत्य अर्थाः समर्थिता अर्हदादिप्रसादेन । यत् किंचिदिह etc., अद्य श्री अमदावादाभिधाननगरीयगीगूकाख्यशाखापुरे ऋ० श्रीकर्मणक० श्रीजाणकाख्यसंनिधौ समाप्तोऽयं सुखावबोधः 1 यावच्छ्रीमन्महावीरतार्थ etc.
स्थानासूत्र
Sthānāngasūtra टब्बासहित
with tabbā
259. No. 63
1871-72. Size.—101 in. by 44. Extent.—273 folios; 5 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, very thin and white; Devanāgari chara
cters; bold, tolerably good and clear hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink and edges in two; red chalk used; this Ms. contains both the text and the tabba ; fol. I blank ; edges of the first fol. partly worn out; strips of paper pasted to foll. 66 and 9b; red chalk used; yellow pig
ment, too; fol. 63rd badly torn ; the foll. 64, 66 and II3 worn out in several places; condition very fair; foll. 45 to 202 also numbered as I, 2, etc.; marginal notes on fol.
136; complete; extent 19000 ślokas. Age.-Samvat I791-1792. Author of the tabbā.- Not mentioned. Subject.-- The text along with its explaination in Gujarati.

Page #86

64.]
... III. II Angas
.
61.
Begins.- (text ) fol.1 श्रीसारदाय नमः॥श्रीसद्रू वणायगजी नमः॥
___ सू(सु)यं मे आउसं तेणं etc., as in No. 58. ,, - (tabba ) fol. I' श्रीसुधर्मास्वामि जंबुस्वामिने कहे छह हे आयुषा
वंत जंबू etc. Ends. -(text ) 2734 एवं बन्नेहिं etc., practically up to श्रीठाणांगमन्त्रं asin
No. 58 followed by सं १७९१ शा.१६५६ का.शु.।५ दिने रु. श्री
नारायणजीसेवकेन लिषनियात् श्री परेंडी ग्रामे ॥ श्री॥ ,, -- (tabbā ) fol.273 दश ठाणुं समाप्तं दशहुँ अध्ययन संपूर्णे॥१० इति
ठाणांगसु(सूत्रटबार्थ लिषितोऽयं ग्रंथाग्रंथ १९ हजार छः ॥ संवत् १७९२ वर्षे कार्तिक शुदि ५ गुरौ श्री पीरसरा'मध्ये लिषितं पूज्यश्रीरु(क)पिश्री ५ विणायगजी तशिष्यपूज्यरु(क)षिश्री५ हेमराजजी तस्यांतेवासी
लिपीकृतं मुनीनारायण स्वयं आत्मार्थे । Reference. -See No. 58.
स्थानाङ्गसूत्र
Sthānāngasūtra टब्बासहित
with tabba
886.. No. 64
1892-95. Size.-Iog in. by 4g in. Extent.--( text ) 2 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 62 letters to a line.. :
, -(tabbā) 2 , ; I2 , , , , 72 " " " " . Description.-Country paper very thin, rough and white; Deva
någari characters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the interlinear tabbā, the latter written in a very small hand; legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; edges of both the foll. partly worn out; con
dition very fair ; complete so far as it goes. Age.-Samvat 1745. Subject. --This Ms. deals with seven svaras, dharmapradeśas, and the - seven nayas, together with their explanation in Gujarati. Begins.-- (text) fol. I श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥ ऐ नमः
से किं तं सत्त नामे सत्त सरा पण्णत्तातं सज्जे १ रिसभे २ गंधारे ३ मज्झिमे ४ पंचम(मे) सरे द्धे(धे)वए चेव ६णेसाए ७ सरा सत्त वियाहिया १

Page #87

620 Jaina Literdture and Philosophy
[65) ... एएसि सत्तण्हं सराणं सत्त सरहाणा पण(ण)त्ता सं(तं)
सज्जं च अग्गजीहाए उरेणं रिसभं सरं
कंठग्गएणं गंधारं मज्झजीहाए मज्झिमं २॥ etc.. Begins.-(rabba) fol. I श्रीजिनेंद्रेभ्यो नमो नमः ॥
... से अथ को कोण तं ते स सात प्रकारे स० सात स० स्वर etc. Ends.-(text ) fol. 2 एवं भणंत समभिरूढं एवंभुउ भणइ जंज मणसि तं सब्धं
कसिणं पडिपुग्नं निरवसेस एगग्गहणगहीतं दे चिन्नेअवत्यूपएसे विनेयवत्यूसे तं पएसदिष्टुतणं से तं नयपमाणे[:] इति श्रीसातनयमूत्रं स्मा(समा)
संपूर्ण कला(ल्याणमस्तु श्री छः छः श्री श्री छः छः --(rabba) fol. 2 एवंभूत नोनयनो(ने) ध(भोणी बोले छइंजे जे धर्मा. ... स्तिकायादिक वस्तु etc. इति श्रीसात नय संपूर्ण स्माप्तम् शुभं भूपान कल्यान
(ण)मस्तु संवत् १७४५ श्रावणवदि Cetc. जिम कोइ नदी सर्वे समुद्र एकहो. (ठो)न थाए सर्वे एतले दर्शनानाम । श्रीवीतरागना मतने विषे ठेपई श्रीवीतरागनो मत कोइ दर्शना(नो)ना मतने विर्षि नथी इति काध्याधीः श्री. छ श्री।
261.
स्थानासत्रटीका
Sthānāngasūtratikā N665
1871-72 Size.-118 in. by s in. Extent.: 261 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.--Country paper, thick, and white; Devanagari . :characters with पृष्ठमात्रा bold, not very small, clear and
fairly good hand-writing ; borders mostly ruled in four lines in black ink; the space between the pairs coloured red; the unnumbered sides marked in the centre with a small circular disc in red colour; the numbered, in the margins, too; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1* blank; edges of the first foll. slightly damaged ; several foll. more or less wormeaten ; foll. 76 to 77 and 124 to 126 darkish ; fol. 261 torn at one of the corners ; condition fair ; complete; extent
14250 slokas ; the commentary composed in Samvat II20. Age.-- Does not seem to be modern.
1. This is a part of the 553rd sutra,

Page #88

651
f1f. 11 Angas Author:-Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.-Commentary in Sanskrit to Sthānanga. It is styled as
vivaraṇa and tīkā as well, by the commentator himself. Begins.-fol. I अहे ॥
श्रीवीरं जिनं नाथं नत्वा स्थानांगकतिपयपदानां ।
प्रायो(s)न्यशास्त्रदृष्टं करोम्यहं विवरणं किंचित् etc. . Ends.--fol. 261* शेषद्वाराणि तु सर्वाध्ययनेषु प्रथमाध्ययनवदनुगमनीयानि छ ।
इति श्रीमदभयदेवसूरिविरचिते स्थानाख्या(ख्य तृतीयांमविचरणे कशात स्थानकाख्यं दशममध्ययनं समाप्तम् ॥
त(स)संप्रदायहीनत्वात् सहृदय(?दूह)स्य वियोगतः। सर्व(स्व)परशास्त्राणामदृष्टेरस्मृतेश्च मे ॥१॥ वाचनानामनेकत्वात्पुस्तकानामसु(शुद्धितः । सूत्राणामतिगांभीर्यात्मतभेदाच्च कुत्रचित् ॥२॥ क्षणानि संभवंतीह केवलं मुविवेकिभिः। . सिद्धांतानुगतो यो(s)र्थः सो(s)स्माद्बाह्यो मवे(न चे?)तरः ॥३॥ सो(शो)ध्यं वै(चै)तयै(?ज्जि)ने भक्तामवद्भिर्दयापरैः। संसारकारणात् घोरादपसिद्धांतदेशनात् ॥ ४॥ . . कार्यातवा(नचा? )क्षम(माs)स्मासु यतो(s)स्माभिरनामहैः । एतद्गमनिकामानमुपगा(का)रीति चविरचितं ॥५॥.... तथा संभाव्य सिद्धांताद् बोध्यं मध्यस्थया धिया। .. .....: द्रोणाचार्यादिभिः) प्राज्ञैरनेकैरादृतं यतः ॥ ६॥ जैनग्रंथविशालदुर्गमवि(ब)नाच्चित्य गाश्रम .. सद्व्याख्यानफलान्यमूनि मयका स्थानांगसाजनैः(ने).1...: संस्थाप्योपहितानि दुर्गतनरप्रायेण लब्ध्यर्थिना
श्रीमत्संग(घ)विभोरतः परमसावेव प्रमाण कृती ॥७॥ श्रीविक्रमादित्यनरेंद्रकालाच्छतेन विंशत्यधिकेन युक्ते ।
समासहस्रेऽतिगते बिदृब्धा स्थानांगटीका(डोल्पधियो(पिगम्या ॥८॥ अब वशमाध्ययने श्लोकाः १७१४
प्रत्यक्षरं निरूप्यास्या ग्रंथमानं विनिश्चितं।
__ अनुष्टुभां सपादानि सहस्राणि चतुर्दश॥ . सर्वाश्ययनेषु ग्रंथांकतो १४२५०। तथासूत्रं ग्रंथ ३७५० उभयं ग्रंथाग्रंथांकतो
१८००० अष्टादश सहस्राणाति ॥शुभं भवतु लेषकबाचकयोः Reference.-Published. See No. 58.

Page #89

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[66.
स्थानासूत्रटीका
Sthānārgāsūtratīkā No. 66
262.
1871-72. Size.—104 in. by 44 in. Extent.—289-55-1+1=234 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 54 letters
to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, small, clear and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the space between the pairs coloured red; fol. 1a decorated with a diagram ; the unnumbered sides marked with a small circular disc in red colour in the centre, the numbered, having two, more ; red chalk used; white paste used at times; foll. 28 to 82 lacking; so is the fol. 138th ; the foll. 139th repeated ; edges of the first foll. slightly worn out; fol. 162 damaged in the centre ; foll. 173 to 192 wormeaten ; condition on the whole very fair ; foll. 247 to 267 also numbered as 2, 3, etc. , foll. 268 to 288, numbered as
1, 2, etc. , too; fol. 289 decorated with figures ; complete. Age.-appears to be rather old. Begins.--fol. 1 statii fata etc., as in No. 65. Ends.-- fol. 288 शेषद्वाराणि तु etc., up to दशममध्ययनं समाप्तं as in No.65
followed by the lines as under :तत्समाप्तौ च । समाप्त स्थानांगविवरणं तथा च यदा(दा)वभिहितं स्थानांगस्य महानिधानस्येवोन्मुद्रणमिवानुयोग(:) प्रारभ्यत इति तच्चंद्रकुलीनप्रवचनप्रणीताप्रतिबद्धविहारहारिचरितश्रीवर्द्धमानाभिधानमुनिपतिपादोपसेविनः प्रमाणादिव्युत्पादनप्रवणप्रकरणविधप्रणायिनः प्रबुद्धप्रतिबंधकप्रवक्तृप्रवीणाप्रतिहतवचनार्थप्रधानवाप्रसरस्य सुविहितमुनिजनमुख्यस्य श्रीजिनेश्वराचार्यस्य तदनु तदनुजस्य च व्याकरणादिशास्त्रकर्तुः श्रीबुद्धिसागराचार्यस्य चरणकमलचंचरी(क)कल्पेन श्रीमदभयदेवसूरिनाम्ना मया महावीरजिनराजसंतानवर्तिना महाराजवंशजन्मनेव ।। संविनमुनिवर्गप्रवरश्रीमदजितसिंहाचार्यातेवासियशोदेवगणिनामा(म)धेयसाधोरुत्तरसाधकस्येव विद्याक्रियाप्रधानस्य साहाय्येन सथितं तदेवं सिद्धमहानिधानस्येव समापि

Page #90

6.]
III. II Angas ताधिकृतानुयोगस्य मम मंगलार्थ पूज्यपूजा नमो भगवते वर्तमानतीर्थनाथाय श्रीमन्महावीराय नमः प्रतिपथप्रथम(मथ ? )नाव श्रीपार्श्वनाथाय नमः प्रवचनप्रबोधिकायै श्रीप्रवचनदेवतायै नमः प्रस्तुतानुयोगशोधिकायै श्री. द्रोणाचार्यप्रमुखं (ख)पंडितपर्षदे नमश्चतुर्वर्णाय श्रीश्रमणसंघभट्टारकायेति । एव च निजवंशवत्सलराजसंतानिकस्येव ममासमान[मिमायाममासमान]मिममायासमतिसफलतां नयंती राजवंस्था(श्या) इव वर्डमानजिनसंतानवर्तन() स्वीकुम्बंतु यथोचितमितो(sर्थजातमनुतिष्ठंतु मुप्यूष्टू(?)चितपुरुषार्थसिद्धिमुपयुंजतां च योग्येभ्य इति किंच ।
Then we have सत्संप्रदायहीन etc., up to शुभं भवतु as in
No. 65 followed by श्रीसंघस्य ॥ छ । यावल्लवणसमुदो etc.. N. B.-For further particulars see No. 65.
स्थानासूत्रटीका
Sthānāngasūtratikā
239..
No.67
1902-1907. Size.-104 in. by 44 in. Extent.—234-21-1=212 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 54 letters to
a line. Description.-Country paper thin and white; Devanagari
characters with occasional TAS ; bold, fair and tolerably big, but not quite clear hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foil. I, 3, 4, 6, SI to 53, 7I, 72, 96, IIo to II3, II6 and 218 to 223 lacking ; the 2nd folio damaged in good many places ; edges of 3rd fol. and those of 141 to 153 and 190 partly worn out ; several foll. darkish to a smaller or greater extent; foll. 77 to 89 slightly torn; corners of foll. 233 to 235 worn out a little; the 234th fol. very badly damaged; conditon fair; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; fol. 198 marked as 199 also, the • following
being hence numbered as 200, 201 etc. Age.-seems to be fairly old. Begins.- fol. 2* देयमित्यवसरो योषि वायमेव etc. ( letters not quite
legible). 9 [J. L. P.]

Page #91

66
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
168.
Ends. fol. 2343 शेषद्वाराणि तु etc., up to स्थानांगटीका ( 5 ) ल्पधिया (s) पि गम्या ॥ 8 as in No. 66 followed by अत्र दस (श) माध्ययन समाप्तः ॥ प्रत्यक्षरं निरूप्यास्य etc., up to ग्रंथाग्रं १४२५० as in No. 65. Then runs the line as under :--
सर्वसंख्या ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ etc. दामोदरेण लिपीकृतं ॥ श्री ॥
N. B. For further particulars see No. 65.
Sthānāngasūtraṭīkā 908. 1892-95,
Facien
No. 68
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent.-369+5+2+1-9=368 folios; 13 lines to a page; 50
letters to a line.
Description.-Country paper thin, rough and grey; Devanagari characters with gens; bold, big, beautiful and legible hand-writing; borders generally ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. 1a and 369b blank; yellow pigment used; foll. 56, 241, 289, 322 and 327 repeated; numbers of foll. 48 to 369 entered twice as usual; fol. 67 repeated twice; the following numbered as 68, etc.; fol. 86 repeated once; foll.. 47, 57, 186, 187, 205, 237, 243, 276 and 321 lacking; several foll. worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; corners of foll. 298 to 367 more or less worn out; condition on the whole good; extent 14250 slokas.
Age.-appears to be old.
Begins.-1"
steft
etc., as in No. 66.
Ends. fol. 3684 शेषद्वाराणि तु etc., up to स्थानांगटीका ( 5 ) ल्पधिया ( 5 ) पि गम्या ॥ ८ ॥ as in No. 66 followed by अत्रे (त्र) दशमाध्ययने ग्रंथ १४२५०.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 65.

Page #92

70 1
Victreertent
No. 69
III. 11 Angas
67
Faragemata
Sthānāngasūtraṭīkā
359.
A 1882-83.
Size-10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 288 folios; 15 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and greyish ;
Devanagari characters with as; neither too big nor too small, clear and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; fol. 1a blank; fol. 218 seems to be wrongly numbered as 219 in the right hand margin; the succeeding foll. numbered as 219, 220, etc.; edges of the first fol. and those of the last, too, slightly damaged; condition on the whole very good; complete; extent 14500 slokas. Age.-seems to be old.
Begins. fol.1
etc., as in No. 66.
Ends.--fol. 2884 शेषद्वाराणि तु etc., up to स्थानांगटीकाल्पधिया (S) पि गम्या ॥ ८ ॥ as in No. 66 followed by ग्रंथाग्रं १४५०० ॥ छ ॥ श्री 'विक्रमनगरमध्ये ॥
N. B. For further particulars see No. 65.
Sthānangasūtraparyaya
736 (4). 1875-76.
No. 70
Extent. fol. 3a to fol. 3b.
Description.-Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyaya No. 736 (1).
1875-76.
Subject.-Difficult words occurring in Sthänängasûtra explained. Begins~~ fol. 36 स्थानपर्याया यथा । वैषद्यं (म्य?) जाड्यं । आश्रावणक्लेशदने लाला निर्गमार्द्रताकृत् अम्ल इत्यर्थः । etc.

Page #93

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[72.
Ends.-fol. 3' इ(अ)नामिका बृहदंगुलिका या लघुतराः मधुमुखा मट्टाः मावल्लाः प्रकृति
विशेषाः जगभवंब्रुवे भवं भवानित्यर्थः । स्थानांगपयायाः समाप्ताः ॥ छ ।
स्थानाङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Sthānāngasūtraparyāya No. 71
789 (4).
1895-1902. Extent.-fol. 3° to fol. 4. Description.-Complete. For further details see Pancavastutka
paryaya. Begins.--fol. 3° स्थानपर्याया यथा । वैषधं जाड्य etc., as in No. 70. Ends.-fol. 4' इनामिका बृहदंगालका etc.
स्थानासूत्रपर्याय
Sthānāngasūtraparyāya No. 72
736(26).
1875-76. Extent.-fol. 32° to fol. 34. Description.—Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyaya
No. 736(1). Subject.-Difficult words occui ring in Sthānāngasūtra elucidated. Begins--fol. 32 अथ स्थानांगाय नमः ॥
• तत्संतानस्येति महाराजतनुपायानि तिउन्मुद्रणा अथ उघोठ इत्यनेन आण...
शब्दसंबंधः etc. Ends.--34* आचारदशा इति दशाश्रुतस्कंधः । दिक्रमोक्षक इति यदा पूर्वा गच्छति ..... कंदार्थ तदा दिक्पालाननुज्ञापयति ।
इति स्थानांगपर्यायाः समानाः ॥ .

Page #94

75. ]
İ11. 11 Ångas स्थानाङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Sthānăngasūtraparyāya No. 73
789 ( 26 ).
1895-1902. Extent.--fol. 536 to fol. 564. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
No. 789 ( 1 ).
* 1895-1902. Begins.--fol. 536 37% FUTAIURE TH: I etc., as in No. 72. Ends.--sol. 562 3rangan at TSTYAFAJ: etc. N. B.-For subject see No. 72.
स्थानाङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Sthānāngasūtraparyāya
332 9). No. 74
A 1882-83. Extent.--fol. 41° to fol. 446. Description.—Complete. For other details see Nandisútravişama
padaparyāya No.
332(1).
A 1882-83 Begins.--fol. 41° 379T FO TO A: -8
Arrietara etc. as in No. 72. Ends.--tol. 44 sfat antySUT: 1 percentar afer etc.
N. B.-For subject see No. 72
स्थानासूत्रबोल
Sthāpāngasūtrabola
867. No. 75
1895-190. Size.--97 in. by 4 in. Extent.-49 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line.

Page #95

Jaina Literature and Philosphy
[75.
Description.-Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari
characters; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink, edges singly; fol. I blank; so is fol. 14* ; several foll. worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; condition on the whole very fair ; white paste used in place of yellow pigment; red chalk very rarely used ;
foll. 21 to 40 also numbered as 1, 2, etc.; complete. Age.-Samvat I890. Author.-Unknown. Subject.-A short summary of Sthānāngasútra in Gujarāti inter
mixed with Hindi words. Begins.--fol. I श्रीबितरागाय नमः ।।
मन समज्झवा हेतु मनं ठाम राषवा हेत सूत्र मै जोइन कहिय छै॥१॥ एगेऽआया एगे दंडे २ etc, एगे लूक्खे ५० ॥ प्रथम ठाणू समत्तं । १ । छै
दरब (द्रव्य) दोय प्रकारका etc. Ends.- fol. 49* पहेलै देवलोक उपना एकावतारी हुवा चार पल्यापमनो आउषो - पाली महाविदेह षेत्र मांहि सीझसी बुझसी कर्म थकी मुकासी जाव अंतं
करते ॥ ५८ ॥ इति श्री दसमु टायूं समतं ठाणामइ अंगसूत्रका मइसु बोल ... . काट्या छह सो लीष्या छह ॥ मी. आसो. कृ० ९ सं० १८९०.

Page #96

-6.]
IV. II Angas
71
THE FOURTH ANGA समवायाङ्गसूत्र
Samavāyāngasūtra (समवायंगसुत्त) .
(Samavāyangasutta )
139. No.76
___1872-73. Size.—104 in. by 4 in. Extent.-65 folios; II lines to a page3 42 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari
___characters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, clear, uniform and good
hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. I and 65b blank ; the dandas or the vertical lines in red ink throughout; marginal notes written at times; complete;
condition very good. Age.-Old. Author.-Sudharmasvāmin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject.—This fourth anga enumerates objects according to their
number. It is, in a way, a continuation of Sthānāngasūtra; for, it enumerates different principles in rising
numerical groups of I to Ioo.and more. Begins.-fol. I" नमो अरिहंताणं । नमो सिद्धाणं । नमो आयरियाणं । नमो उद
ज्झायाणं । नमो लोए सत्वसाहूर्ण । छ ।
सुयं मे आउसं तेणं । भगवया एवमक्खायं । इह खलु समणेणं । etc. - Ends.-fol. 65 इसिवसे ड य जतिवंसे ति य । मणिवंसे ड य सते ति वा । सतगे है
वा । सुतसमासे इ वा । सुयखंधे इ वा । (समाए इ वा) संखे इ वा । संमत्तमक्खायं । अज्झयणति त्ति बेमि ।। छ । सम्मत्तं समवायांगसूत्रं पुस्तकं ॥ छ । इति श्रीसमवायांगसूत्रं चउत्थमंगं समाप्तं ॥ छ । छ ।।। . जावइ लवणसमुद्रो (हो) ता(जावइ नक्खत्तमंडी(डि)ओ मेरो(रू)।
यावच(च)न्द्रादितो(त्यौ) तावदिदं पुस्तकं जयती(ति)॥"
छ ॥ etc. सा. वस्नापठनार्थ ॥ Reference.--As editio princeps may be mentioned the Benares
edition of A. D. 1880, where the text is published together with a Sanskrit commentary by Abhayadeva Sūri and a Gujarāti one by Megharāja. The text is also published

Page #97

72
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[77.
along with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series in A. D. 1918 For contents etc., See Weber II, p. 402 and Indian Antiquary, vol. XVIII, (p. 311 ff.) For additional Mes, see B, B. R, A. S. ( Vol. III-IV, p. 401)
समवायानसूत्र
Samavāyāugasūtra No.77
110.
1869-70. Size.-9.1 in. by 48 in. Extent.-46 + I = 47 folios%3; I3 lines to a page; 40 letters to a
__line. Description.--Country paper thick and greyish ; Devanāgari charac
ters with occasional TVHTETS; bold, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and white paste used; fol. 1 blank ; fol. 19 repeated ; a strip of paper pasted to the edge of fol. 46° ;
condition on the whole good; complete; extent 1667 ślokas. Age.-Samvat 1626. Begins.-fol 1 नमो वीतरागाय ॥
मयं मे आउसं तेणं भगवता etc., as in No. 76. Ends.-fol. 46. गणधरवंसेतिय जतिवंसे ति य etc., :up toति बेमि as in
No. 76 followed by the lines as under:समवाउचउत्थमंगं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ । ग्रंथानं १६६७ ॥ ॥छ । ग्रंथस्य सप्तपष्टयाधिकपोडशशतानि प्रमाणं ॥ छ ।छ। संवत् १६२६ वर्षे माघमासे शुक्लपक्षे पञ्चम्यां तिथौ बुधवासरे वाचनाचार्यवाभीश्रीश्री ३ विनयकलश
तदंतेवासी(सि)मुनिभारमल्लेन लिपीकृतं । यादृशं पुस्तके etc., शमस्तु. N. B.--For further particulars see No. 76.

Page #98

78.]
IV. II Angas
समवायानसूत्र
Samavāyāngasūtra No. 78
215.
1873-74. Size.-II in. by 4g in. Extent.-38 folios ; I3 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line.. Description-Country paper, thin and greyish; Devanāgari characters
with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, clear and good hand-writing; red chalk used; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red; fol. I decorated with a beautiful design ; the unnumbered sides marked with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this, two more, one, in each margin; strips of paper pasted to most of the foll. ; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out ; condition very
fair; complete; extent I767 Slokas. Age,--Samvat I713. Begins:-fol: I ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
मयं मे आउसं etc., as in No. 76. Ends.---fol. 384 इसिवंसे इ य जतिवंसे ति य etc. up to पुस्तकं as in No. 76.'
Then we have:ग्रंथाग्रं १७६७॥ समवाउ(जो) चउत्थमंग समाप्तं ॥ छ।
शिवमस्तु सर्वजगत(:) परहितनिरता भवंतु भूतगणा(क)।
दोषाः प्रयांतु नाशं सर्वत्र सुखीभवतु लोकाः(कः)॥१॥ छ । शुभं भवतु ॥छ॥ श्री मेरा)गच्छेशश्रीसौसामा(१)सुंदरसूरिलिपापितं । सं० श्रीमंडलिके ॥ श्री श्री श्री संवत् १७१३ वर्षे कार्तिक शुदि १५ गुरौ श्री राजपुर वास्तव्य प्राग्वाट'ज्ञातीयवृद्धशाखीयसा। वासण । तत्पुत्रसा। संतोषी । तत्भार्या स्वरूपदे । तत्पुत्रसा। अपई । तत्भार्या । आणंदबाई । तत्पुत्रसा । ताराप्रमुखकुटुंबयुतेन स्वश्रेयो(७)र्थे पं । श्रीजिनविजय. गणीनां श्रीसमवायांगसूत्रपुस्तकं प्रतिलाभितं ॥ श्रीरस्तु । श्रीश्रमणसंघस्य
कल्याणं सूयात् ॥ N. B.--For further particulars see No. 76.
10 [J. L. P.]

Page #99

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[79. Samavāyāngasūtravrtti
समवायानसूत्रवृत्ति
No.79
348. A. 1882-83.
Size.-101 in. by 4* in. Extent.—86 folios ; 15 to 19 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari charac
ters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, legible and tolerably fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. I blank; this Ms. contains the gates only of the original sútra ; foll. 69 to 72 written in a shabby hand; condition very good;
complete ; extent 3575 ślokas. Age.-Samvat 1620. Author.-Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.-Commentary in Sanskrit to Samavāyāngasūtra styled as
vrtti, vivrti and tikā, too, by the commentator himself. .Begins.-fol. I अहम् ॥
श्रीवर्द्धमानमानस्य(म्य)। समया(वा)यांगवृत्तिका। विधीयते अ(5)न्यशास्त्राणां प्रायः समुपजीवनात् ॥
दुःसंप्रदायादसदूहनाद्वा ।
भण्याणिष्य)ते यद्वितथं मयेह । तद्धीधनैर्मामु(म)नुकंपयद्भिः।
शोध्यं मतार्थ कक्ष)तिरस्तु मैवं(व)॥१॥ Ends.-fol. 86' सि(शिष्यस्य संपादितो भवति मुमू(मुक्षूणां चायं मार्गा(ग)[अ] इत्य
दिति(इत्यादित ? )मिति ॥ समवायाख्यं चतुर्थमंगं वृत्तितः समाप्तं ॥ छ । . नमः श्रीवीराय प्रवरवरपाश्वार्धा)य च नमो
_ नमः श्रीवाग्देव्यै वरकविसभाया अपि नमः नमः श्रीसंघाय स्फुटगुणगुरुभ्यो(s)पि च नमो
नमः सव(ब)स्मै प्रकृतविधिस(साहायच(य्यक)कते ॥१ यस्य ग्रंथवरस्य वाक्यजलधिल(धेल)क्षं सहस्राणि च
चत्वारिंशदहो चतुर्भिरधिका मानं पदानामभूत् । तस्योच्चैश्चुलुकाकृतिं निदधतः कालादिदोषात्तथा
तुर्जिया(लेखात्) खिलतां गतस्य कुधिय(:)कुर्बेतु किं मादृशा() ॥२॥

Page #100

80.]
IV. II Angas
स्वं का(क)टे(ड)तिनिधाय कष्टमधिकं मा मे(s)न्यदा जायं(य)तां ...
व्याख्याने(s)स्य तथा विवेक्तुमनसामल्पश्रुतानामम(मुं)। इत्यालोचयता तथापि किमपि प्रोक्तं मया तत्र च
दुर्वा (याख्यानव(वि)शोधनं विदधतु प्राज्ञाः परार्थोद्यताः ॥३॥ इह वचसि विरोधो नास्ति सर्वज्ञवाक्त्वा(?क्यात
वचन तदवभासो यः स मांद्यात(न्तृ)बुद्धेः वरगुरुविरहाद्वा(S)तीतकाले मुनीशै
___ गणधरवच(ना)नां अस्तसंघातनाद्वा ॥४॥ व्याख्यानं यद्यपीदं प्रवरकविः पारतंत्रे(व्येण दृष्ट्रवा
संभाव्यो(s)स्मिस्तथा(पि) क्वचिदपि मनसा मोहतो(s)र्थादिभेद(ः) । किंतु श्रीसंघबुद्धेरनुशरणविधेभा( )वशुद्धश्च दोषो ____ मा मे भूदल्पको(s)पि प्रथ(श)मपरमनास्ताच्च देवी श्रुतस्य ॥५॥ निःसंबंधविहारहारिचरितान् श्रीवर्द्धमानाभिधान्
सूरीन ध्यातवतोऽतितीव्रतपसो ग्रंथप्रणीतिप्रभो()। श्रीमत्सूरिजिनेश्वरस्य जयिनो दपीयसां वि(वा)ग्मिनां
तवंधोरपि बुद्धिसागर इति ख्यात(स्य) सूरे वि ॥६॥ शिष्येणाभयदेवाख्यसूरिणा विवृतिः कृता । श्रीमतः समवायाख्यतुर्योगस्य समासतः ॥७॥ एकादशसु (श)तेष्वथ विंशत्यधिकेषु विक्रमसमानां । 'अणहिलपाटक'नगरे रचिता समवायटीकेयं ॥ ८॥ प्रत्यक्षरं निरूप्यास्या ग्रंथमानं विनिश्चितं ।
त्रीणि श्लोकसहस्राणि पादन्यूना च पदशती ॥ ९॥ छ । ग्रंथसंख्या ३५७५ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ कल्याणमस्तु छ ॥ संवत् १६२० वर्षे जेठव(?)सुदि १ गुरुवारे 'विक्रमपुरे 'खरतर'बेगडगच्छे गु० श्रीवीरमेरुतसिष्या वा ॥ श्रीसागरचंद्रतत्सिष्य पं० उदयतिलक लिषतं ॥ छ।
शुभं भवतु ॥ Reference.-Published. See No. 76.
समवायानसूत्रवृत्ति
Samavāyāṇgásūtravrtti
216. ___No. 80 Size.-1og in. by 44 in. . Extent.--70 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line.

Page #101

76
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[81.
libcription. Country paper, very thin and grey ; Devanāgari
characters with WATES; bold, clear and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red; the unnumbered sides marked with one small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this, two more, one in each margin ; red chalk used ; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to the fol. 18; small strips of paper pasted to the edges of the several foll. ; condition fair ; this Ms. contains the grantees only of the original sūtra; complete;
extent 3575 ślokas. Age.-Samvat 1550. Begins.— fol. ra pa 1 mWC SHTAAVAT etc. Ends.-fol. 70 शिप्पस्य संपादितो भवति etc., up to ग्रंथसंख्या ३५७५ as in
No. 79 followed by the lines as under:छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥ छ ॥ संवत् १५५० वर्षे श्रावणसुदि २
a fou ll 11 5 11 STUENT'TGATE 31 arr'ज्ञातीया त्रवाडी forcer ll ll grill po UTATA 11 Il y ll
PATUTET 11 glu N. B.-For further particulars see No. 79.
समवायाङ्गसूत्रवृत्ति
Samavāyāṇgāsūtravrtti
1362. No. 81
1886–92. Size.--104 in. by 41 in. Extent.–81 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough, thin and whitish; Devanagari
characters with ATEITS; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; foll. 14 and 810 blank except that the title etc., written on them; this Ms. contains only the

Page #102

82. j
Iv. 11 Angas
77
प्रतीकs of the text; complete ; extent 3700 Ślokas; edges of the 81st fol. slightly damaged; condition on the whole good.
Age. — Samvat 1583.
Begins.--fol. rb ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
श्रीवर्द्धमानमानस्य (म्य) समवायांगवृत्तिका etc., as in No. 79.
Ends.fol. 814 शिष्यस्य संपादितो भवति etc., up to पादे न्यूना च षट्स (श)॥९॥ as in No. 79 followed by ग्रंथाग्रं ३७०० ।। सं० १५८३ वर्षे ।। भाद्रवा मुदि १३ सोमे लेषकपाठ (क)यो (:) ॥
पं. कमल विजयगणिशिष्यश (शि) वविजयगणिनी प्रतिः ॥ श्रीः ॥
N. B.--N. B. For other details see No. 79.
समवायाङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
No. 82
Extent.fol. 3b to fol. 44. Description.- Complete. paryāya No.
Samavāyāngasūtraparyāya
736 (5). 1875-76.
For other details see Pañcavastuka736(1).. 1875-76.
Subject. Difficult words etc., occurring in Samavayangasútra elucidated.
Begins.fol. 36 समवायपर्याया यथा वाणमंतराणं सोहम्म्राउ । तेषामपि सभानामेतनामशरीरावयप्रमाणस्पंदिता दिवि । etc.
Bads. fol. 44 नरके सामान्यापेक्षया द्वादश मुहूर्ताः सर्वनरकापेक्षया यतो द्वादशमुहूर्तानंतर सप्तानामेकत्रावश्यं नारकोत्पत्तिः । समवायपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ॥

Page #103

jaina Literature and Philosophy
[8.
समघायानसूत्रपर्याय
Samavāyāngasūtraparyāya No.83
789 (5).
1895-1902. Extent.-fol. 4 to fol. 5. Description.-Complete. For further details see Pancavastukaparyāya No. 709 (1).
1895-1902. Begins.-fol. 4' समवायपर्याया यथा etc., as in No. 82. Ends.-fol. 5 नरके सामान्यापेक्षया etc. N. B.-For subject see No. 82.
समवायाङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
No. 84 Extent.-fol. 34' to fol.35b. Description.- Complete.
Samavāyāngasūtraparyāya
736 (27). 1875-76.
For other details see
Paicavastuka
736(1).
paryaya No.
1875-76.. Subject.-Explanation of some of the words etc., occurring in Sama
vāyāngasūtra. Begins.-fol. 34 अथ समवायांगाय नमः । दुरितानीति योजनशतमध्ये २५५२५२५
__दर्शन इति वैशेषिकमते etc. Ends.--fol. 35 सामान्यत इति देवगतावपि सामान्येन द्वादश मुहूर्ता एवांतरं तदूर्व
केनापि सौधर्मादिके अवश्यमुत्पत्तव्यं । छ। समवायपर्याय समाप्ताः ।।
समवायाङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
No. 85
Samavāyāngasūtraparyaya
789 (27).
1895-1902.
Extent.-fol. 56- to fol. 584.

Page #104

86.] IV. 11 Angas
79 Description.---Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
No. 789 ( 1 ).
1895-1902. Begins. fol. 56* 379T FACTOTT FTA: etc. as in No. 84. Ends.--fol. 584. FIATT ga artaraf etc. N. B.-For subject see No. 84.
समवायाङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Samavāyāngāsūtraparyāya No. 86
_332 (10).
A 1882-83. Extent.—fol. 446 to fol. 472. Description. Complete. For other details see Nandisūtravişamapada paryāya No. __332 ( 1 ).
A 1882-83.. Begins.—fol. 446 378 FarmVT 7A: 1 fata spat etc. as in No. 82 Ends.—fol. 47* FTTT (:) xfetearatalo etc. N. B.-For subject see No. 84.

Page #105

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[87.
THE FIFTH ANGA
भगवतीसूत्र (भगवईसत्त)
Bhagavatīsūtra : ( Bhagavaisutta)
No. 87
56.
1870-71. Size.-9 in. by 4g in. Extent.--379 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, rough, tough and white; Deva- nāgari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, legible and good
hand-writing ; borders mostly ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered twice as usual ; foll. I' and 379b decorated with a pattern; foll. 86 to 88 wrongly, numbered as 87 etc., but subsequently these numbers are corrected ; fol. 216th wrongly numbered as 116 in the right hand margin ; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; fol. 132 partly torn; foll. 344 to 346 torn in the body by one who must have tried to separate them after they had stuck together owing to the presence of gum in ink; condition on the whole good;
complete ; extent 16000o. Age.-Samvat 1620. Author.-Sudharmasvamin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject.-This fifth anga also known as Vivāhaprajñapti and
Vyākhyāprajñapti is mainly busy elucidating the fundamental tenets of Jainism. It contains 41 śatakas or chapters with occasional subdivisions styled as uddeśakas. It com
prises 36,000 questions. Begins.-fol. I' ॐ जिनाय नमः ॥
___ नमो अरिहंताणं नमो सिदाणं नमो आयरियाणं नमो उपज्झायाणं नमो
लोए सव्वसाहूणं ॥ नमो बंभीए लिवीए रायगिहे etc. Ends.-fol. 378 पंचे()दियाणं बारस । संणिपंचे()दियमहाजुमसताइ(इं) एकर
(क)वीसं एग(गिं)दियाइ वसेणं उदि(हि)सिज्जति रासीजुमसतं एग(गिं)दिवसेण उद्विसिज्ज(ज्ज)ति ॥छ॥ पंचमांगसूत्रपुस्तकमिदं ॥ ग्रंथानं १६००००॥
यादृशं पुस्तके दृष्ट्वा ॥ ताद(ह)श लिष्यते मया । यदि शुद्धम(शुद्धं वा । मम दोषो न दीयते ॥

Page #106

87.)
V. 11 Angas
भनपृष्ठकटिग्रीवा । ग्रीवास्यऽहो (?) मुषं(ख)
कष्टेन लिख्यते शास्त्रं । यत्नेन परपालितः॥ संवत् १६२० वर्षे अश्वनमासे कृष्णपष्ये सप्तम्यां तिथौ । ऽर्कवासरे ॥ 'कोरटा'
नगरे मधे लिष्यतेः॥ श्रीरस्तु ।। शुभं भवतु Reference. The specimens of Bhagavatisūra with the commentary
of Abhayadeva Sūri seem to have been published at Bombay in A. D. 1874 and 1877 respectively. The complete text together with Abhayadeva Súri's Sanskrit commentary, paraphrase in Sanskrit by Rāmacandra Gaņi and tabbã or the exposition in Gujarati by Megharāja was published at Benares in A. D. 1882. A tolerably good edition of the text was published with Abhayadeva Súri's commentary by the Agamodaya Samiti in three parts in A. D. 1918, 1919 and 1921 respectively.
A. Weber's "Über ein Fragment der Bhagavati", Berlin 1866-1867 may be mentioned in this connection.
Nigodaşattrimśikā, a portion of Bhagavatisútra (XI, 10) along with a Gujarati commentary was published in Prakaranaratnākara (vol. III) by Bhimsimha Manek, Bombay, 1876-1878. See for other details Weber II, p. 420 ff., Indian Antiquary vol. VIII, pp. 30-31', Indian Antiquary vol. XIX, p. 62 ff., Indischen Studien vol. XVII, Bod. No. 1336 and Winternitz, Geschichte II, p. 300. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. (vol. III-IV, p. 395) and G. O. Series ( vol. XXI, pp. 1, 3, 11, 15 & 21.) For a small portion of the 9th uddeśaka of the eighth Sataka see No. 1os.
The English translation of the 15th śataka prepared by R. Hoernle is published as an appendix in his edition of Uvāsagadasão, Bibliotheca Indica, Calcutta, 1888-1890. This śataka is referred to by W. W. Rockhill in " the life of the Buddha and the early History of his Order". London, 1884.
1. Herein we have an article named “Jainism " by E. Thomas. 2. This deals with the seven schisms mentioned in Bhagavatīsútra V, 9, 33.
11 [ J. L. P. ]

Page #107

82
भगवतीसूत्र
No. 88
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 88:
Bhagavatisūtra
447. 1882-83.
Size. 11 in. by 43 in.
Extent.--372--2=370 folios; 13 lines to a page; 56 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; big, quite legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered only once; the unnumbered sides having a disc in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, too; red chalk used; several foll. awfully damaged so much so that even a part of the margin where the number' of the fol. is entered is gone in the case of 12 foll. preceding the 15th; the 1st and the 4th foll. are even lost; the original pagination of foll. 363 to 372 gone; even some foll. torn; the Ms. requires to be very carefully handled, condition being rather poor; marginal notes occasionally written in Gujarati almost complete; extent 15800 slokas.
I
Age. Samvat 1570.
Begins.fol. 2" अणगारे गोयमसगोत्तेणं सतुस्सेहे समचउरंस ( सं ) ठाणसंटिए etc. Ends. -- fol. 3724 पंचेदिताणं बारस etc., up to उद्दिसिज्जइ practically as in No. 87 followed by the lines as under:
वियसित अरविंदकरा नासिततिमिरा सुताहिया देवी ctc., ( 3720 ) सुयदेवाए निच्च पयओ पणमामि चरणजुगं ॥ छ ॥ etc. ग्रंथाग्रं १५८०० ॥ छ ॥ संवत् १५७० वर्षे आषाढसुदि ३ रवौ 'नागर 'ज्ञातीयत्रवाडी जगा लिषितं ॥
छ etc.
Dr. W. Schubring has numbered them with black lead-pencil below the disc in the middle of the numbered sides.

Page #108

83
..
...
Puuuropini
89.]
V, I Angas भगवतीसूत्र
Bhagavatīsutra
226. No. 89
1871-72 Size.-104 in. by 44 in. Extent.--806 folios ; 9 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper extremely thin and white; Devanagari . ... characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, legible and beautiful hand..... writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in 2 . red ink; marginal notes occasionally written; at times this
"makes the Ms. appear as regret ; fol. 1a blank; so is the
fol. 806th; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; numbers of all the foll. except the first entered only in one margin; only the first fol. numbered in both the margins; edges of the first
few foll. slightly worn out; a piece of paper of the size of the . . fol. pasted to fol. 8069; condition on the whole very good; a
diagram referring to the three steps etc., on fol. 101“; those of प्रतरमध्य etc., on fol. 432, 432', 433* and 6854; bhangas pertaining to various topics have been separately pointed out ; see foll. 244', 289, 291", 416, 591, 5924, 5939, 5959, 596%, 596', 597', 5984, 599', . 601, 603band 617% complete%3; extent 16000 slokas. . .
. Age.-Pretty old. . . Begins.-(text) fol. Ibओ नमो अरिहंताणं etc.
,,-- (com.) fol. I अथ विवाहपण(ण)त्ति त्ति कः शब्दार्थ उच्यते । विविधा .. जीवादिप्रचुरतरपदार्था(:) प्ररूप्यंते इयं भगवतीत्यपि पूज्यत्वेन अभिधीयत
इति etc.. ... Ends-fol. 805" पंचिंदियाणं बारस etc., up to उद्दिसिज्जंति as in No. 87.
followed by the lines as under:... वियसियअरविंदकरा नासियतिम(मि)रा मुयाहिंवा(हिया) देवी
- मज्झं पिदेउ मेहं बुहविबुहणमंसिया णिच्चं। सुयदेवयाए पणमिमो जीए पसाएण सिम्मिवयं णाणं': ।'
. अण्णं पवयणदेवी संतिकरिं तं नमसामि ।। श्रीभगवतीसूत्रं ग्रंथाग्रं १६००० ॥ ॥ श्रीविवाहपन्नत्ती पंचमं अंगं सम्मत्तं । छ । etc. . Then follows in a different hand a line as under :श्रीजीना सिष्य ऋषि कान्हाजांनी भगवती छै ।
......
. मज्झपिद

Page #109

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
190. भगवतीसूत्र (श. ९, उ. ३३) Bhagavatisutra ( IX, 38) No. 90
1874-75. Size.-II in. by 58 in. Extent.--21 folios; 10 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and white; Devanāgari
characters; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; fol. I blank; foll. numbered in both the margins; portions corrected at times; there are some lacune on foll. II', I24 etc.; this Ms. only deals with a part of Bhagavatisútra ; complete so far as the 33rd uddeśaka of the 9th śataka is concerned ; condition very
good.
Subject.-Rsabhadatta and Devananda go to hear Lord Mahavira's
sermon and renounce the world. Life of Jamāli, too, is
narrated in this uddeśaka. Age.-Not quite modern. Begins.-fol. 1 ॐ नमः सिद्धं ॥
तेणं कालेणं माहणकुंडग्गामे नाम नगरे होत्था । वण(पण)ओ । बहुशासा(साल )ए चेतिए वण(ग्ण)ओ तेन्छ( ? तत्थ) गं माहणकुंडग्गामे जगरे
उसमदत्ते णामं माहणे परिषसति etc.. ,, - fol. 4 खत्तियकुंडग्गामे णाम नगरे होत्था । वण(ण्ण)ओ । तत्थ णं वत्ति
कुंडग्गामे णगरे जमाली णाम खत्तियकुमार परिवसति etc. Ends.-fol. 21 जमाली णं भंते देवे तातो देवलोगातो आउकखएणं जाव
कहि उबवजिहिति । गो। पंचतिरिक्खजोणियमणुस्सदेवभवग्गहणाइंसंसारं अणुपरियट्टित्ता ततो पत्था(च्छा?) सिज्झिहिति जाब अंतं काहिति । स(से?)
वं भंते सेव(वं)। भंते ति । जमाली समत्तो। Reference.-See Abhidhānarājendra. For further particulars see
No. 87.

Page #110

85
9.]
___P. II Angas मावतीसूत्र (श. ११, उ. ११)
Bhagavatisūtra (XI, 11 ) ___No. 91
177.
1873-74. Size.-101 in. by 41 in. Extenr.- 14 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.—Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Devanāgari
characters; sufficiently big, clear, uniform and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only ; fol. 1a blank; complete so far as it goes; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged ; condi.
tion on the whole good. Age.--Pretty old. Subject. This is a only part of Bhagavatisutra (XI, II ). It mainly
deals with the life of Mahābala (Mahabbala). Begins.- fol. I तेणं कालेणं । तेणं समएणं । वाणियग्गामे णामं णगरे होत्था।
वण्णओ। 'दूतिपलासए' चोतए वण्णओ जाव पुढविसिला पट्टओ।तत्थ थे। पाणियग्गामे णगरे । सुदंसणा(ण) णामं सेट्ठी परिवसति ॥ अड़े दित्ता विता विच्छ(च्छिन्नविपुलभवणसयणासणजाणवाहणाइणा(ण्णा) बहधणबहजायरूवरयया आउगपउगसंपत्ता विच्छडियविपुलभत्तपाणा । बहुदासदासीगोमहिसगवेलगपभूया बहुजणस्स अपरिभूया समाणा घासए अभिगतजीवाजीघा उवलद्धपुण्णपावा। आसवसंघरनिज्जरकिरिया ।। अहिगरणा(ण)बंधमोक्खकुत्राला असहेज्जदेवास(मु)रनागसुवनजक्खरक्खसकिंनरकिंपुरिसगरुलगंधव्वमहोरगादिएहिं । निग्गंथाओ पावयणा(ओ) अणितिकमज्जा
etc. Ends.-fol. 14 तस्स सुदंसणस्स सेद्रि(स्स) समणस्स भगवतो महावीरस्स । अंतियं
एयमहं सोचा णिसम्म (सु)भेणं(?) अज्झवसाणेणं सोभणेणं परिणामेणं लेसाहिं विस(सु)ज्झमाणा(णि)हिं तदावरणिज्जाणं कम्माणं खओवसमेणं ईहाम()हमग्गणगवेसणं करेमाणस्स सण्णीपुज्जी(ब्वे) जाइसरणे समुप्पणे(ण्णे) एतमई समं अहिसमोति त तेणं सुदंसणे सही समणेणं भगवता महावीरेणं 6भारियं पुव(ब्व)भवे दुगुणाणियसहसंवेगे आणंदसुपुण्णणयणे समणं भगवं महावीर ति(क)खुतो(त्तो) वंदति णमंसति वंटित्ता णमंसित्ता एवं वदासी। एवमेवं भत(?भते) जाव से जहेत तुज्झे बदह त्ति कट्ट उत्तरपुरिछ(च्छि)में दिसीभार्ग अवकमति सेसं जह्मा उसभदत्तस्स । जाव सम्वदुक्खप्पहा(ही)णे णवरं चोदृसपुवाई अहिज्जति बहुपडिपुण्णाइ दुवालस वासाई सामण(ण्ण)परियागं पाउणति सेसं तं चेत्र(व)। सेवं भंते २ महब्बलो सम्मत्तो ॥ ११ ॥श्रीः ॥'
शुभं भवतु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु । श्रेयसुः॥ I See p. 549th of the printed edition (Agamodaya Samiti).

Page #111

86
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[92.
भगवतीसूत्रवृत्ति
Bhagavatīsūtiavetti
307. No. 92
A 1882-83. Size.—124 in. by 4g in. Extent.—277+2=279 folios; 15 lines to a page; 68 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thick, grey and durable ; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; quite bold, perfectly legible, uniform and exceedingly beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the intervening space between the pairs coloured red ; fol. I blank; fol. I decorated with a beautiful picture of a Jaina Tirthankara, probably Lord Mahāvira ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; the unnumbered sides have in the centre a small disc in red ink, the numbered having over and above this, two more, one in each margin%3B a piece of paper almost of half the size as the fol. pasted to the first fol. ; the edges of the first three foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; foll. I3 and 66 repeated ; स्थापनाs of परमाणुs on foll. 248th and 249th; this Ms. contains the tales of the text; complete ; extent
18616 slokas. Age.-Samvat 1516. Author.-Abhayadeva Suri, pupil of Jinesvara Süri and Buddhi
sāgara Süri. Subject.-A Sanskrit commentary to Bhagavatisūtra. This is styled
as vivaraņa, višeşavịtti and vịtti. It is composed in Samvat 1128, with the help of Yasascandra Gani, and is revised by
Drona Suri. Begins.--fol. 1 ॐ नमो जिनाय ॥
सर्वज्ञमीश्वरमनंतमसंगगम्यं
सायिमस्मरमनीशमनहामिद्धं । सिद्धं शिवं शिवकरं करणव्यपेतं
श्रीमज्जिनं जितरिपुं प्रयतः प्रणौमि ॥१॥ नत्वा श्रीवर्द्धमानाय श्रीमते च सुधर्मणे । सर्वानुयोगवृद्धेभ्यो बा(वाण्यै सर्वविदस्तथा ॥२॥ .. एतट्टीकाचूर्णी जीवाभिगमादित्तिलेशांश्च ।। संयोज्य पंचमांगं विवृणोमि विशेषतः किंचित् ॥३॥ ....

Page #112

१२.]
_V. I. Angas ... .. Ends.-- fol. 277 अथवा साधर्म्य साक्षादेव आह । गुणैर्गांभीर्यादिभिर्विशालो
विस्तीर्णः तद्बहुत्वाद्यः स तथेति गाथार्थः । छ । नमो गोयमाईणं गणहराणमित्यादयः ॥ पुस्तकलेखकनमस्काराः प्रकटार्थाश्चेति न व्याख्याताः । छ । इति भगवतीविशेषवृत्तिः समाप्ता ॥ छ ।
यदुक्तमादाविह साधुयोधैः
श्रीपंचमांगोन्नतकुंजरोऽयं । सुखाधिगम्यो(s)स्त्विति पूर्वगुर्वी
प्रारभ्यते वृत्तिवरत्रिकेयं ॥१॥ समर्थितं (त)त्पटुबुद्धिसाधु
स(सा)हायकात्केवलमत्र संतः । सद्बुद्धिदाव्याऽपगुणांलुनंतु
सुखग्रहा येन भवत्यथैषा ॥२॥ 'चांद्रे' कुले सदनकक्षकल्पे
महाद्रुमो धर्मफलप्रदानात् । छायान्वितः शस्तविशालशाखः
श्रीवर्द्धमानो मुनिनायकोऽभूत् ॥३॥ तत्पुण्यकल्पौ विलसद्विहाय(? र).
सद्गंधसंपूर्णदिशौ समंतात् । वभूवतुः शिष्यवरावनीच
वृत्ती श्रुतज्ञानपरागवंतौ ॥४॥ एकस्तयोः सूरिवरो जिनेश्वरः
ख्यातस्तथा(s)न्ये (ऽन्यो) भुवि बुद्धिसागरः । तयोर्विनेयेन (वि)बुद्धिना(5)प्यलं
वृत्तिः कृतेषाऽमयदेवलारणा ॥५॥ तयोरेव विनेयानां तत्पदं चानुकुर्वतां । श्रीमतां जिनचंद्राख्यसत्प्रभूणां विनियोगतः ॥६॥ श्रीमज्जिनेश्वराचार्यशिष्याणां गुणशालिनां । जिनभद्रमुनींद्राणामस्माकं चांहिसेविनः ॥ ७ ॥ यशश्चन्द्रगणै(णे)र्गाढस(सा)हाग्यात्सिद्धिमागता । । परित्यक्तान्यकृत्यस्य युक्तायुक्तविवेकिनः ॥८॥ शास्त्रार्थनिर्णयमुसौरभलंपटस्य विद्वन्मधुव्रतगणस्य (सदैव) सेव्यः ।...

Page #113

88;
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
श्री 'निर्वृता' ख्यकुलसन्नदपद्मकल्पः श्री द्रोणसूरिरनवद्ययशः परागः ॥ ९ ॥ शोधितवान् वृत्तिमिमां युक्तो विदुषां महासमूहेन । शास्त्रार्थनिष्क निकषणकषपट्टककल्पबुद्धीनां ॥ १० ॥ विशोधिता तावदियं सुधीभि
स्तथापि दोषाः किल संभवति । मन्मोहतस्तांश्व विहाय सद्भिस्तद्ब्राह्ममाप्ताभिमतं यदस्यां ।। ११ ।।
[ 93.
यदवाप्तं मया पुण्यं वृत्ताविह शुभाशयात् ।
मोहो (हा) द् वृत्तिजमन्यच्च तेनागो मे विशुद्ध्यतात् ॥ १२ ॥ प्रथमादर्श लिखिता विमलगणिप्रभृतिभिर्निजविनेयैः । कुर्वद्भिः श्रुतभक्तिं दक्षैरधिकं विनीतैश्व ॥ १३ ॥ अस्याः करणव्याख्या श्रुतिलेखनपूजनादिषु यदा ( था ) है । दायिकसुतमाणिक्यः प्रेरितवानस्मदादिजनान् ॥ १४ ॥ अष्टाविंशतियुक्ते वर्षे (र्ष) सहस्रे शतेन चाभ्यधिके (१९१२८) | 'अणहिलपाटक' नगरे कृतेयमच्छुप्तधानिवसतौ ॥ १५ ॥ अष्टादश सहस्राणि षट् शतान्यथ षोडश । इत्येवमानमेतस्याः श्लोकमानेन निश्चितं ॥ १६ ॥
संवत् १५१६ वर्षे भाद्रवा शुदि १ भू ( भौ ) मे । अग्रेह श्री ' पत्तन' वास्तव्य - ब्राह्मण देवा लिखितमस्ति । छ । etc. followed in a different hand by 'आगम' गच्छे श्रीश्री हेमरत्नसूरितत्पट्टे श्रीअमररत्नसूरीणां (णा)मुपदेशेन श्रीभगवत्थंगवृत्ति लिषापिता भांडागारे पं० ललितसागरग 'शिष्य भावुकदपिचंदस्य इयं परति (प्रतिः) प्रदत्ता ॥
Reference.---For additional Mss. sce G. O. Series ( vol. XXI, pp. 8, 16, 18, 22, 32 and 34 ).
भगवती सूत्रवृत्ति
No. 93
Size.-34 in. by 24 in.
Extent.—about 417 leaves; 6 lines to a leaf; about 150 letters to a line.
Bhagavatisūtravṛtti
10.
1881-82.

Page #114

94.)
.
V. 11 Angas.
89
Description. ---Palm-leaf thick and grey ; Devanagari characters with
TEHETS ; sufficiently big, legible, uniform and very good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having being written into three separate columns; but really it is not so, since the lines of the first column are continued to the remaining ones; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink ; leaves numbered in both the margins ; in the right hand margin as I, 2 etc., and in the left hand one as sfr eft at af etc., there are two holes in
? ? (? ) each leaf in the spaces between the columns; in some places ink has faded ; this Ms. is much damaged towards the end; the last four leaves very badly ; condition not satisfactory; leaf 1* blank; two extra blank leaves in the the beginning; red chalk used; almost complete; two wooden planks
encompassing the Ms; it contains the states of the text. Age.- Very old. Begins.--fol. 1b HT alatt 11 Jll.
Fasteftararia etc. Ends. fol. 4156 ... ... Halatiana gran afisaalastfarget ......
felaaruifiti fatale... ... ... ... N. B.- For other details see No. 92.
भगवतीसूत्रवृत्ति
Bhagavatīsūtravrtti:
227. No. 94
1871-72. Size.—104 in. by 43 in. Extent.--383-2=381 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, thick, tough and greyish; Devanāgari
characters with AETS; small, legible and very fair handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the lines coloured red; most of the unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, too; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; a piece of paper of the size of the tol. pasted to fol. 1"; on this
fol. as well as on fol. 3836 the following line is written;12 (J. L. P. ]

Page #115

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
195.
भगवती (सू) टीका । पं. श्री भीमविजयगणि . श्रीगुलाब सत्कनी ज्ञानलाभदाई प्रत्य छें ।
Edges of the first few foll. slightly worn out; the margin of 297th fol. torn in two places; condition on the whole good; the bhangas about sparsas tabulated on fol. 327b; the description about different sorts of living beings regarding their yogas-spandas on fol. 344b; and the results pertaining to satyamană etc., on fol. 345a; foll. 55 and 56 missing, otherwise complete; this Ms. contains the s of the text; an additional fol. at the end gives the list of foll. indicating the beginning and end of each śataka; this fol. is subsequently written in Samvat 1896 as stated therein; extent 18616 slokas. Age. Samvat 1636.
90
Begins. – fol. 14 ॐ नमः सर्व्वज्ञाय नमः ॥ छ ॥
सर्वज्ञमीश्वर etc.
Ends.fol. 382* अथवा साधम्य etc., up to निश्चितं ॥ १६ ॥ as in No. 92 followed by ग्रंथाग्रं श्लोकसंख्यायां १८६१६ ॥ छ ॥ इति श्रीभगवतिवृत्त्य संपूर्ण समाप्तः छ । यादृशं etc., संवत् १६३६ वर्षे अश्वनि मासे कृश्नपन नवमीदिने सोमवासरे श्री' सारंगपुर नगरे लिषतं पडिदासूः ॥ छ ॥ etc. N. B. For additional particulars see No. 92.
भगवतीसूत्रवृत्ति
No. 95
Bhagavatisūtravṛtti
448. 1882-83.
Size.-10 in. by 43 in.
Extent.-400 folios; 15 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, very thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with occasional gas; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. numbered twice as usual; foll. 1a and 400b blank; yellow pigment used; red chalk, too; foll. 76 to 97 numbered as 1, 2 etc. interlinearly; r etc. tabulated on fol. 115b; pradeśas connected with the shape of the slokas etc.,

Page #116

96. 1
V. 11 Angas
represented in diagrams on foll. 275*, 275, 360 and 361*; etc., tabulated on fol. 358b; complete ; extent 18616 slokas; edges of the first fol. slightly gone; conditon very good.
Age.-Fairly old.
Begins. fol. 1 श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥
सर्वज्ञमीस्व (व) र etc.
Ends.fol. 399b अथवा साधर्म्य etc., up to श्लोकमानेन निश्चितः (तं) as in No. 92 followed by प्रथाग्र १८००० शत ६१६ ।। श्लोकमानस्य etc. N. B. For other details see No. 92.
भगवती सूत्रवृत्ति
No. 96
Size.-97 in. by 43 in. Extent.-480+3=483 folios; 15 lines to a page; 45 letters to
a line.
Bhagavatisūtrāvṛtti
171. 1866-68.
Description. Country paper, thick, rough and white; Devanagari characters with as; sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; numbers of foll. entered once; almost all the foll. worm-eaten; some very badly; condition fair; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank; foll. bound together as a volume; foll. 13th, 334th and 357th repeated; the 334th and 357th precede the first fol. instead of their being in their due place; complete; extent 19776 (?) slokas.
Age.-Samvat 1660.
Begins. fol. 1 I
सर्वज्ञमीश्वर etc.
Ends. fol. 479 अथवा साधर्म्य etc., up to श्लोकमानेन निश्चिता (तं) as in No. 92 followed by अंकतो ( s) पि श्लोकसंख्या ग्रंथाग्रं १९७७६ (?) यादृशं etc., संवत् १६६० वर्षे माघ शु. १३ शुक्रे लिषितं ॥ छः etc.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 92.

Page #117

Jaina Literature and Philosophy 197. परमाणुखण्डषद्विशिका
Paramānukhandasattrimsika अर्थलवसहित
with Arthalava
283(b). No. 97
.A. 1882-83. Extent.-- fol. 7a to fol. 96. Description.-- Both the text and the commentary complete so far as
they go. For other details see No. 106. Author of the text.-- Some Jaina saint who flourished before
Abhayadeva Súri. ,,,, (com.).- Ratnasimha Suri. His probable date is men
tioned as 1245 by C. M. Duff in “The Chrono
logy of India” (p. 190 ), Westminster, 1899. Subject.— Exposition of pudgalas regarding their duration from
four different aspects, in 36 verses in Prakrit based upon Bhagavatisūtra (V, 7), together with their elucidation in Sanskrit. This exposition is preceded by that of Abhaya
deva Sūri's. Begins.- (text) fol. 72
खित्तोगाहणदव्वे भावहाणाउ अप्पबहुयत्ते। थोवा असंखयुणिया तिन्नि य सेसा कहं नेया ॥१॥ खित्तो(त्तामुत्तत्तातो तेण समं बंधपच्चया भावा ।
तो पोग्गलाण थोवो खित्तावठाणकालो उ Retc ,, - (com.) fol. 7
यथास्थिताणुजीवादिपदार्थगणदेशक सर्वज्ञं त्रिदशस्तुत्यं वीरं नत्वा जिनेश्वरं । १ । पुदलानां निगोदाना(नां) सत(ोत्त)त्त्वप्रतिपादिकाः
गाथाः किंचिद्विचित्यं(दिच्यं )ते भगवत्यंगत्तित(:) विवाह[:]प्रशा(ज्ञ)प्त्याख्यपंचमांगस्य विवरणे पंचमशते सप्तमोद्देशके पुद्रलवचनप्रस्तावेस्तावे] सूत्रोक्तार्थविवरणरूपा गाथा नवांगवृत्तिद्भिः पूज्यश्रीमदभयदेवसूरिभिलिखिताः किंचिद्विताश्च । तासां संप्रदायगम्यो गुरूपदेशात्किचिदर्थलवो लिख्यते । ताश्वेमाः खित्तो इह पुद्गलानां क्षेत्रे वगाहनायां द्रव्ये भावे(s)वस्थितिकालमाश्रित्य । अल्पबहुत्वविचारे क्षेत्रस्थितिरल्पा अवगाहनादीनां स्थितयः शेषास्तिस्रोऽपि प्रत्येक क्रमेण असंख्यगुणिताः etc.

Page #118

........
.. IT Angas ...
3
Ends.- ( text ) fol. 9
विप्परिणय(यं)मि दवे क(क)मि [वि] गुण[विपरिणई भवे जुगवं । कम्मि वि पुण तदवत्थे वि होइ गुणविप्परीणामो ॥१४ भन्नइ सच्चं किं पुण गुणबाहुल्ला न सव्वगुणनासो।
दव्वस्स तदन्नत्ते वि बहुतराणां गुणाण ठिई ॥१५॥ ......... छ ॥ इति परमाणुविचारप्रतिबद्धा श्रीरत्नसिंहमूरिविवृता खंडषद्: त्रिंशतिका ॥ (com.) fol. 9 भन्नइ० द्रव्यान्यथात्वे गुणान्यथाच(त्वं) द्रव्यतावदस्थे(स्थ्ये) गुणान्यथात्वं च यदुत्तं(क्तं)। तत्सत्यं अनयोरपि भंगकयोः । कथंचित घटनात् किं पुनर्गणानां वर्णगंधरसादीनां बाहुल्यादेकस्मिन् परमाणुस्कंधे भूयसामवस्थानात् । न सर्वेषां गुणानां विनाशो भवति । द्रव्यस्य तदन्यत्वे(ऽपि परमाणुसंगमविगमाभ्यां नाशे(अ)पि बहुतराणां वर्णगंधरसादीनां नष्टष्वपि केषुचित परिणामादिषु गुणेषु (गुणा )नां । स्थितिरित हो(? हे )तोव्यस्थानायुषोः। भावस्थानायुरसंख्यगुणमिति स्थितं ॥१५॥ इति परमाणुविचारप्रतिबद्धा श्री।।
रत्नसिंहसूरिविवृता षडषंडषटत्रिंशकाविवृत्ति(तिः) समर्थितेति ॥छ । Reference. Both the text and the commentary are published by
Jaina Atmānanda sabhā, in Samvat 1969, together with - Pudgalaşaţtrimśikā and Nigodaşaţtrimśikā, along with a
commentary of both of them by Ratnasimha Sūri.
Paramāņukhandasattrimsikā
परमाणुखण्डषदत्रिंशिका ..... अर्थलवसहित
*with Arthalava
... 1139(8). NO. 10 No. 98 .. - ..........
.... 1887-91. Size.- IoT in. by 48 in. Extent. 6 folios ; 25 lines to a page ; 70 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, thin, rough and white; Devanagari
characters ; very small, legible and tolerably good handwriting ; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin B. fol. 66 blank ; this Ms, contains the text as well as the commentary

Page #119

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
commencing on fol. 1a and ending on fol. 1b; both complete ; there are two additional works as under :
(1) पुलपत्रिंशिका with वृत्ति foll. Ib-44
(2) forintqueftatam » » » 44461 . Age.- Old. Begins.- (text) fol. 1* ftantongurea etc. as in No. 97.
- (com.) „ „ Tuanyaterie etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 1b fatafor (f or etc. » - (com.), „ Tautarea etc. N. B.-- For other details see No. 97.
परमाणुखण्डषट्त्रिंशिका
Paramāņukhaņdaşattrirsikā अर्थलवसहित
with Arthalava No. 99
241 ( a ).
1871-72. Size.- 105 in. by 45 in. Extent.- 19 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 37 letters to a line. Description.— Country paper, tough and white; Devanāgari
characters ; it is a foret Ms. containing the text and the ... commentary; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing;
borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used; fol. 1 blank; both the text and the commentary complete; they begin on fol. rb and end on fol. 46: condition very good ; this Ms. contains in addition the following works :... (1) पुलपदिशिका with वृत्ति foll. 5--11b
(2) ARTESITET Age. Not quite modern. Regins.-( text ) fol. 1o eor etc., as in No. 97.
- (com.), „ FEAT FTA:
untutrytoint etc.
(2) FMCFLEIRIT
>
>
II-I9

Page #120

ror. ]
.
VII Angas
.
.
i
Ends.--(text) fol. 4• fac fritt och etc..
„ - (com.) „ „ souterra etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 97.
परमाणुखण्डषदाशिका
Paramāņukhaņdaşattrițsikā अर्थलवसहित
with Arthalava No. 100
.: 224 (a).
1871-72. Size.— 101 in. by 43 in. Extent.— 6 folios ; 24 lines to a page ; 82 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper, very thin, rough and white ; Deva
nāgari characters with Atas; very small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used; edges of almost every fol. slightly :worn out; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete; they begin on fol. I and end on fol I b; this Ms. contains in addition the following works :
(1) पुद्गलपट्त्रिंशिका with वृत्ति foll. 2.-30. (2) famigueiSTEET „ „ „ 4* — 66. (3)
T4T „ „ fol. 64 — 66. Age. — Samvat 1483. Begins.- (text) fol. I f orgotech etc. as in No. 97.
„ - (com.) „ „ Tauferagittale etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 10 forcareia asal etc., up to you for 2411 » -- (com.) „ „ TEATRUUTET etc. N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 97.
पुद्गलषदर्विशिका वृत्तिसहित
No. 101 Extent.— fol. 9b to fol. 14*.
Pudgalaşattrimsikā
with vrtti 2 283 ().
A. 1882-83.

Page #121

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ror.
Description. Both the text containing 36 verses in Prakrit and its commentary in Sanskrit complete. No. 106.
For other details see
Author of the text.
76
"
در
"
""
"
Subject. Exposition of both the types of pudgalas viz. sapradeśa and apradeśa from four view-points. It is based upon Bhagavatisūtra (V, 8 ).
Begins:- (text) fol. gb.
-
Some saint who flourished before Abhayadeva Suri. See the commentary.
com.– Ratnasimha Suri.
वोत्थं (च्छं) अप्पाबहुअं दव्वा खे (त्त) द्धभावउ (ओ) वा वि । अपएससप्पएसाण पोगा (ग्ग) लाण समासेणं १ :
दव्वेण परमाणू खेत्तेणेगप्पएसमागाढा । कालेणेगसमइया अपएसा पोग्गला द्रुति २ etc..
( com.) fol. 9 अथ पंचमशते अष्टमोद्देशके पुद्गलप्रदेश निरूपणस्वरूपे द्रव्यत (:) क्षेत्रतः कालतो भावतश्व सप्रदेशाप्रदेशानां पुद्गलानां सूत्रोक्ताल्पबहुत्वस्य भावनार्थे गाथाप्रपंचो वृद्धोक्तो वित्र (त्रि ) यते स चायं ॥ छ ॥ बोत्थं (वोच्छं) द्रव्यतः सप्रदेशानामप्रदेशानां (च) क्षेत्रतः सप्रदेशानामप्रदेशानां व (? च)। अद्ध त्ति कालतः ॥ etc.
Ends.— (text) fol. 144 नउई [पं] पंचाणउई अहाणउई तहेव नवनउई । एवई (इ)याई सहस्साई सप्पएसाण विवरीयं ३५ एएस जहासंभवमत्थोवणयं करिज्ज रासीणं ।
सभा (भा) व (ओ) य जाणिज्ज ते अणंते ज्जि (जि) णाभिहिए ३६ इति श्रीरत्नसिंहसूरिकृता (? वितृता) पुद्गलषटूत्रिंश (शि) का संपूर्णा ॥ छ ॥ श्री
—(com.) fol. 3* एए एतेषां पूर्वोक्तानां सप्रदेशाऽप्रदेशानां राशीनां यथासंभव (वा) र्थोपनयं अर्थभावनां कुर्यात् [ अर्थभावनां कुर्यात् । " ] अर्थभावना तु सप्रदेशाप्रदेशानां अल्पबहुत्वविचाररूपा पूर्वव्याख्याने कृतैत्रेति हने (नेह) प्रतन्यते अत्र लक्षसंख्यया पुलानामल्पबहुत्वविचारणमव्युत्पव (न) मतिशिष्यव्युत्पादनार्थे परमार्थभ (?)सुतान् पुगलाननंतान जिनाऽभिहितान् जानीयादिति ।। ३६ ॥ इति रत्नसिंहतार (वि) वृत्ता (ता) पुद्गलषट्त्रिंशका [काः ] ॥ छ ॥ Both the text and the commentary are published by Jaina ātmānanda Sabhā, Bhavanagar, in Samvat 1969. See. No. 97. “ The Chronology of India" (p. 190 ) by C. M. ! Repeated in the Ms.
Reference.

Page #122

103.)
V. 11 Angas
97
Duff may be also consulted. The text along with Pañcanirgranthi is noted by A. Weber in his catalogue. See Weber II, No. 1790.
पुद्रलषद त्रिंशिका
Pudgalaşattrirnsikā वृत्तिसहित
with vrtti
1139 (b). No. 102
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 1b to fol. 41 Description.-- Complete. For further details see No. 98. Begins.-- (text) fol. 10 ga taksi etc., as in No. 101.
, - (com.), „ 379 TEA TO STĀSTATERT etc. Ends.-- fol. 4" (text) 738 dalurgs etc. „... - „.4" (com.) gaui gaitarai etc., googlátniącat parenta. N. B.- For other details see No. 101.
.
.
पुद्गलषत्रिंशिका
Pudgalasattrimśikā
with vrtti No. 103
241 (b).
1871-72. Extent – fol. sa to fol. 116. Description.-- Both the text and the commentary complete. For
other details see No. 99. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. s grego Storagzi etc., as in No. 101. *
. -- ( com. ) ,, ,3497 TTARIA etė. ? Ends.----( text ) fol. 110756 Fausg etc. ***
» -- (com.) » » CÀTi garishlari etc- gran ata Tiara N. B.-- For additional particulars see No. 1oj:
13 [ J. L. P. ]

Page #123

98
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[105.
पुद्गलषदाशिका
Pudgalasattrimsikā वृत्तिसहित
with vrtti
224(b). No. 104
1871-72. Extent.-- fol. 24 to fol. 36. Description-Both the text and the commentary complete. For other
details see No. 100. Begins.-( text ) fol 2a TT)= 31c91agai etc., as in No. 101.
» -( com.) „ „ 349 A ga già etc. Ends.-(text ) fol. 36 a3 carose etc., up to PTOTAPET &.
» - com. ) , „ gari garai etc. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 101.
बन्धषत्रिंशिका
Bandhasattrimsikā टिप्पणकसहित
with tippaņaka No. 105
224 ( a ).
1871-72. Extent.- fol. 6* to fol. 66. Description. - A part of the 5th anga together with 36 gäthas in in Prakrit and their tippaņaka in Sanskrit ; the gāthās and the
çippanaka complete. For other details see No. 1oo." Author of the sutra. — Sudharmasvāmin. , , ,, gäthäs. -- Some saint who flourished before Abhaya
deva Súri. Subject. - A portion of Bhagavatisútra (VIII, 9 ) together with
the corresponding gāthās in Prakrit and the țippanaka in Sanskrit, deals with the numbers of living beings having various kinds of bodies, each having different types of
bandhas. Begins.-- (text) fol. 6* atau va
s tafa ST311ERITA 3179f..गाणं देसबंधगाणं सव्वबंधगाणं । अबंधगाण य कयरे कयरेहिंतो अप्पा
वा बहुआ वा जाव विसेसाहिआ वा गोअमा सव्वत्थोवा जीवा आहारसरीरस्स

Page #124

106.]
V. II Angas
०
सव्वबंधगा तस्सेव देसबंधगा संखिज्जगुणा वेठबिअसरीरस्स सत्वबंधगा असांखिज्जयणा ।' etc.
उरालसम्वबंधा थोवा अबं(ब्ब)धगा विसेसहिआ। तत्तो अ देसबंधा असंखगुणिआ कहं नेआ ॥१ पढमाम सवबंधो । समए सेसेसु देसबंधो अ।
सिद्धाईण अबंधो विग्गहगइआण य जिआण(ण) ॥ २ Begins. -(com.) fol. 6 आहारगसरीरस्स अबंधगा विसेसाहिआ' इति सूत्रं ।।
स्थापना चेयं etc. इहाल्पबहुत्वाधिकारं वृद्धा गाथाभिरेवं प्रपंचितवंतः ॥ etc. इहौदारिकसर्वबंधादीनामल्पत्वादिभावनाऽर्थे सर्व बंधादिस्वरूपं तावदुच्यते ।। etc. इह ऋजुगत्या विग्रहगत्या चोत्पद्यमानानां जीवानामुत्पत्तिक्षेत्रप्राप्तिममये
सर्वबंधो भवति ॥ द्वितीयादिषु तु देशबंधः । etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 6 वेउन्विअस्त तत्तो अबंधगा साहिआ विसेसेण ।
ते चेव य नेरइआइविरहिआ सिद्धसंजुत्ता ॥३५ आहारगस्स तत्तो। [अबंधगा अबंधगा साहिआ विसेसेण ।
ते पुण के सव्वजिया आहारगलद्धिए मुत्तुं ॥३६ बंधषत्रिंशिकांऽष्टमशतेन नवमोद्देशके ॥ छ॥ संवत् १४८३ वर्षे ज्येष्ठ
वदि १०॥ छ॥ ,, - (com. ) fol. 6° संख्यातगुणा आयुष्काऽबंधका इति यदुक्तं तत्र प्रश्नः ॥
आह असंखिज्जगुणा । उगस्स किमऽबंधगा न भन्नति ॥
जम्हा असंखभागो उत्वइ एगसमएणं ॥२५ अयमाभप्रायः । एकोऽसंख्यभागो निगोदजीवानां सर्वदोद्वर्त्तते स च बद्धा
युषामेव तदन्येषामुद्वर्तनाभावात् etc. Reference.-- The text is published together with Vanarsi Gani's
avacāri in Samvat 1969, by Atmānanda Sabha, Bhavanagar, as the 12th jewel of its series.
निगोदषत्रिंशिका
Vigodasattrirsikā वृत्तिसहित
with vitti
283 (a). No. 106
A. 1882-83. Size.-1ot in. by 41 in. Extent.--14 folios; 18 lines to a page; 50 letters to a line.
1-2 These two passages are included in the concluding portion of Bhagavati.
sutra ( VIII, 9).

Page #125

too
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[106.
Description.-Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devana...........gari characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्रा ; it is a त्रिपाटी Ms.
containing the text and its commentary ; both written in a small, legible, and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; fol. I blank ; so is the fol. 14%; both the text and commentary complete;
they end on fol. 7a; this Ms. contains in addition the _following works : -
(1) परमाणुखण्डषत्रिंशिका with विवृति foll. 7-9'. . .. (2) पुद्गलषत्रिंशिका , वृत्ति , 9-14 Age. - Old. Author of the text. Some saint who flourished before the time
of Abhayadeva Sūri. Subject. --Exposition of the Nigodas in 36 verses in Prakrit together
with the Sanskrit commentary. This exposition is based upon Bhagavatīsūtra (XI, 10 ) and the verses are quoted
by Abhayadeva Sūri, in his commentary to this fifth anga. Begins.--(text) fol. 10
लोगस्सेगपएसे जहन्नयपयंमि जियपएसाणं । उक्कोसपए य तहा सव्वजियाणं च के बहुया ॥१ थोवा जहन्नयपए जियप्पएसा जिया असंखएणा।
उक्कोसे(स)पयपएसा तउ(ओ) विसेसाहिया भणिया ॥२ etc. -- ( com.) fol. 1 ॐ नमः ॥ अथ पंचमांगे एव एकादशशते दशमोद्देशके
निगोदविचारो वृद्धोक्ताभिः षत्रिंशता गाथाभिरभिधीयते यथा । लोग ।। लोकाकाशस्यैकस्मिन्नभःप्रदेशे निर्विभागे क्षेत्रे जघन्यतः सूक्ष्मनिगोदि(द)जीवानां कति प्रदेशा अवगाढाः स्युस्तथा उत्कृष्टपदे लोकाकाशस्यैव एकस्मिन्नभःप्रदेशे निर्विभागे क्षेत्रे कति जीवानां प्रदेशा अवगाहाः स्युस्तथा सर्वजीवानां समस्तलोकाकाशवर्तिनां सर्वभेदभिन्नानां उत्कृष्टपदे चैकनभ प्रदेशावगाढ
सूक्ष्मबादरादिभेदभिन्नजीवप्रदेशानां बहवः etc. Ends.-- ( text) fol. 6' कोडि उक्कोसपयाम्म बायरजीवप(प्प)एसपक्खेवो।
___ सोहणमित्तियं जिय कायध्वं खंडगोलाणं ॥३५॥ ..
एएस जहासंभवमत्थोवणयं करिज्ज रासाणं।
सम्भावओ उ जाणिज्ज ते य अणंता असंखा वा । ३६ ........ इति भगवती. एकादशशते दशमोद्देशके निगोदषड्वि(दात्रि)शि(श)का

Page #126

108.]
___V. II Angas
101
Ends - ( com.) fol.7 खंडगोलानां खंडगोलकपूर्णताकरणे नियुक्तजीवानां तेषा
मसद्भाविकत्वादिति । ३५। एएसि० इहार्थोपनयो यथास्थानं प्राग्दर्शित एवं अणंत त्ति । निगोदे जीवा यद्यपि लक्षमानास्तथाप्यननानंता) एवं सर्व जीवा अपि । तथा निगोदादयो ये लक्षमानास्तेप्यसंख्येयाः भवसेयाः ३६ इति सूक्ष्मबादरनिगोदगोलकावगाहनाविचारः इति भगवती एकादशशते दशमो. ऐशके निगोदषट्रात्रिंशकावत्तिः ॥छ॥ .., बाबा)लग्गे एगंमी असंखकोडी हवंति गोलाणं ।
' . जावईया खलु गोला तावई उचेव निगोओ वि ॥१॥ Reference. The text along with Ratnasimha Sūri's commentary
... is published as already noted in No. 97. See also No. 87.
निगोदप्रिंशिका
godasattrimsikā वृत्तिसहित
with vrtti No. 107
1139(0).
1887-91. Extent..--- fol. 4. to fol. 6. Description.--. The text as well as the commentary complete. For,
other details see No. 98. Begins.--- (text) fol. 1" लोगस्सेगपएसे etc., as in No. 106. .....
,, ----(com.),, :, अथ पंचमांग एव एकादशशते etc., ... ....... Ends.-- (text )iol. 6. कोडि उक्लोसपयंमि etc. ,, --- ( com.),, ,, खंडगोलानां खंडगोलताकरणे etc., up to निगोवषट्
त्रिशिकावृत्तिः ॥ छ । N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 106.
.
निगोदषत्रिंशिका वृत्तिसहित
Vigodasattrimsika
with vrtti 241 (0). 1871-72.
No. 108
Extent.- fol. II" to fol. 19".

Page #127

-- 102
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[109.
Description.- Both the text and its commentary complete. For
other details see No. 99. Begins.--(text ) fol. II' लोगस्सेगपएसे etc., as in No. I06. __,, -- (conn.) ,, ,, अथ पंचमांगे एव etc. Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 19 कोडि उक्कोसपयंमि etc., up to असंखा बा. Then
we have इति श्रीनिगोदषत्रिंसि(शि)कासूत्रं समाप्त (प्त)। (com.) fol. 19 खंडगोलानां खंडगोलपूर्णताकरणे etc., up to निगोदषत्रिंशिकावृत्तिः. Then we have संपूर्णः followed by the following verse written in a different hand:--
॥ गाथा ।।चुल्लग पासग धन्ने जुए य र(य)णे अ सुमणचक्के य
कुम्माकुग्गे परिमाणं दस दिलंता मणुअलंभे ॥१॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 106.
निगोदषदत्रिंशिका वृत्तिसहित
Nigodaşattrimsikā
with vrtti
For
No. 109
22410).
1871-72. Extent.-- fol. 4* to fol. 6. Description.- Both the text and its commentary complete.
other details see No. 100. Begins.-- ( text ) fol. 4* लोगस्सेगपएसे etc., as in No. 106.
,, -- ( com.),, ,, अथ पंचमांग एव etc. Ends.- ( text) fol. 6. कोडि उक्कोसपयमि etc., up to असंखा वा ३६.
, -- ( com.) ,, ,, खंडगोलानां etc. N. B. - For further particulars see No. 106.

Page #128

III. ] V. 11 Angas
103 निगोदषत्रिंशिका
Nigodasattrirsikā बालावबोधसहित
with Bālāvabodha No. 110
1186
1887-91. Size.--- 103 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 3 folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; this Ms. contains the text as well as its interlinear bālāvabodha, the latter written in a very small hand; legible and good hand-writing: borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin
only; complete ; condition very good. Age.--- Not modern. Author of the bālāvabodha. -- Udayanandi Suri. Subject. --- Exposition pertaining to the Nigodas given in 36 verses
in Prākrit along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- ( text ) fol. I लोगस्सेगपएसे etc.
--(com.) ,, ,, ॐ नमो जिनाय ॥ लोक चऊद रज्वात्मक छह तेहना सघला असंख्याता प्रदेश छ।तेह लोक
माहि एकेकउ निगोद अंगुलनइ असंख्यातमइ भागि क्षेत्रे रहिउ छह । etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 3' कोडि उक्कोसपय etc., up to असंखा वा ॥३६॥ as
in No. 109 followed by इति श्रीभगवतीपंचमांगे एकादशशते
दशमोद्देशके निगोदविचारः । छ । ,, -- (com.) fol. 3: जिहां जिम संभवई तिहा तिम अर्थनी घटना कार परमार्थ
थि कउ ते सास अणती असंख्याती जाणि (अ)त्थोषणयं करिज्ज रासीणं ।। श्रीउदयनदिसूरिभिरेतत् म (?) । गाथाबालावबोधः सर्वसग्धजमोपकाराय
कृतः ॥छ । etc. Reference.--- The text is published. See No. 106.
4
.
..
287..
पञ्चनिर्ग्रन्थसङ्ग्रहणी
Pañcanirgranthasamgrahaņi No. 111
A. 1882-83 Size.- Iot in. by 4g in. Extent.- 5 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a line.

Page #129

104
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ III.
Description.-- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters ; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders
ruled in three lines in red ink ; edges of the first and last
** 'foll. slightly damaged; condition good ; complete. Age.-- Saṁvat 1669. Author.- Abhayadeva Suri. See No. II2. Subject.- This work also known as Pañcanirgranthisútra, and com
posed in 107 verses in Prākrit, explains the nature of the five types of the nirgranthas or the Jaina saints. It is based
upon the sixth uddesaka of the 25th Sataka of Bhagavatisātra. Begins.- fol. I पंडित श्रीउदयरुचिगणिगुरुभ्यो नमः ।
पन्नवण १ वेय २ रागे ३। कप्प४ चरित्त ५ पडिसेवणा६नाणे ७ .. तित्थे ८ लिंग ९ सरीरे १० । खित्ते ११ काल १२ गइ १३ संजम १४
निगासे १५ ॥१॥ जोए १६ वओग १७ कसाए १८ । लेसा १९ परिणाम २० बंधणे २१
. वेए २२। कम्मोदीरण २३ उपसंपजहण २४ । संना य २५ आहारे २६॥२॥ भव २७ आगरिसे २(८) कालं २९ । तरे अ३० समु(ग)घाय ३१ खित्त ३२
फुसणा य ३३ । ....... मावे ३४ परिमाणं ३५ खल । अप्पाबहुयं नियंठाणं ३६ ॥३॥ ....... पंचनियंठा भणिया। पुलाय बउसा कुसील निग्गंथा।
... होइ सिणाओ अतहा। इक्विको भवे दुविहो ॥४॥ etc. Ends.--fol. 5 दारं ३५।
निग्गंथ पुलायण्हाया । बउसा पडिसेषगा कसाइल्ला । - थोवा संखिज(ज्ज)राणा । जहुत्तरं विणिविट्ठा ॥१०६ ॥ . .भगवइपणवीससयस्स । छहउद्देसगस्स संगहणी।
एसा उ निअंठाणं । रइआ भावत्थसरणत्थं ॥१०७॥ इति इति श्रीपंचनिथीसूत्रं समाप्त । पंडितपुरंदर श्री ५ श्रीलक्ष्मीरुचिगणि शिष्यपंडितश्रीविजयकुशलगाणिशिष्यकवींद्रद्वंदपंदितचरणारवंदपंडितश्री ५श्रीउदयरुचिगणिशिष्यभुजिष्यगाणसुमतिरुचिना(s) लेखि संवत् १६६९
बर्षे मा.सु. पूर्णिमादिने 'योधपुरा'सन्न वीसलपुर नगरे । Reference.- This work is noted by A. Weber under the title of ... - Pancanirgranthi. See No. I0I. It is published along with
avacúri and another work named as Prajñāpanopāngatrtiyapada-Samgrahani, by Jaina Atmānanda Sabha, Bhavnagar, in Samvat 1974 as the 62nd jewel of its series.

Page #130

113. ]
पञ्चनिर्मन्थसङ्ग्रहणी
No. 112
V. 11 Angas
Begins. fol. r" नमिऊण महावीरं भव्वहियद्वा समासओ किंचि । वोछा (च्छा) मि सरूवमिणं । पुलायपमुहाण साहूणं ॥
Ends.-- fol. 5 दार ३७ ।
Size.— 92 in. by 44 in.
Extent.-- 5 folios; I I lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; the unnumbered sides have a small design in the centre only, the numbered, in the margins, too; a strip of paper pasted to foll. 22 and 5 ; a portion of the left hand margin of every fol. partly worn out; condition very fair; complete.
Age. - Samvat 1620.
Pañcanirgranthasarngrahani
पण्णवण वेय २ रागे ३ कप्पं ४ चरित ५ पडिसेवणा ६ नाणे ७ तिथे ८ लिंग ९ सरीरे १० खित्ते ११ काल १२ गइ १३ ठिह १४ संजम १५ निगासे १६ ॥ २etc.
N. B. — For other details see No. III.
पञ्चनिर्ग्रन्थसङ्ग्रहणी
IOS
1274.
1891-95.
भगवइपणवीस सयस्स । छहउद्वेसगस्स संगहणी । एसा उ नियंठाणं । रइया भावत्थस (र) णत्थं ॥ ७
इति श्री पंचनिथसंग्रहणी समाप्ता । कृता श्री अभयदेवसूरिभिः ॥ संवत् १६२० वर्षे आषाढ वदि ११ दिने लिखिता भावतिलकेन श्रा० कानूपनार्थे ॥
Pañcanirgranthasamgrahani
163.
1873-74.
No. 113
Size.— rog in. by 4g in.
Extent. - 5 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 41 letters to a line.
14 [J. L. P. 1

Page #131

t06
Juina Literature and Philosophy
114.
Description.- Country paper brittle, rough and greyish; Deva
nāgari characters; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; space between the pairs coloured red indifferently; yellow pigment profusely used; foll. numbered in the rigbt hand margin; the unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; complete; edges of several foll. partly worn out; condition tolerably good;
complete ; 107 verses. Age.--Old. Begins.- fol. Ia A50 #giari etc., as in No. 112. Ends.- fol. 56 oras etc., up to #putin 1180011 as in No. 112 follow
ed by इति पंचनिथीसूत्रं ॥श्रा जसीपठनार्थे ।
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. III.
पञ्चनिन्थसग्रहणी
Pañcanirgranthasargrahaņi
387. 1879-80.
No. 114
Size.-- 105 in. by 44 in. Extent.- 4 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and white; Devanāgari chara
cters with ETS; sufficiently big, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; both the margins of the each of the foll. more or less worn out; condition tolerably good; complete; 106 verses in all.
Age.-Old.
Begins.-- fol. 1a FA: F IT UI
Tau do TRT etc.

Page #132

V. II Angas
Ends.-- fol. 4' भगवइ etc., up to सरणत्थं as in No. 111 followed by १०६ ॥ इति श्री अभयदेवसरिकता पंच निर्ग्रथसंग्रहणी सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥ etc.
N. B.-- For other details see No. III.
115. ]
पञ्चनिर्ग्रन्थसङ्ग्रहणी अवचूरिसहित
No. 115
Size.- 11 in. by 4g in.
Extent. - 2 folios ; 15 + 8 = 23 lines to a page; 60 to 64 letters to a line.
))
Pañçanirgranthasamgrahani with avacuri
Description.- Country paper very thin, rough and greyish; Devanāgari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; this is a पश्चपाटी Ms., containing the text and its commentary, both written in a small but legible, good and uniform hand-writing; borders ruled in 3 lines in red ink; red chalk used; edges of both the foll. slightly damaged; condition tolerably good ; complete, the text containing 106 verses.
Age.- Samvat 1495.
Subject. The text with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.- ( text ) fol. It पन्नवण १ वेय २ रागे ३ etc.
(com.) स्वरूपसंख्यादे(?) प्ररूपणा प्रज्ञापना १ वेद प्रसिद्धः कल्पः स्थविरकल्पजिनकल्पादिः etc.
1
1202. 1884-87.
"
107
...
... रागः
Ends. -- ( text ) fol. 26 भगवइ etc., up to सरणत्थं ॥ १०६ ॥ as in No. 114 followed by इति श्री अभयदेवसूरिवेराचिता पंचनिग्गं (# ) थसंग्रहणी ॥ छ ॥ सं. १४९५ ष० चैत्र शु० ५ गुरौ लि० ॥ छ ॥

Page #133

108
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[II6.
Ends.-- (com. ) fol. 20 तेभ्यः स्नातकाः संख्येयगुणाः । तेभ्यो बकुशा संख्येयगुणाः
तेभ्यः प्रतिसेवना संख्येयगुणाः । ... इति श्रीअभयदेवसूरिविरचिता पंच
निग्र्ग()थ संग्रहण्यवचूरिः ॥ छ । N. B.-- For further particulars see No. III.
पञ्चनिम्रन्थसङ्ग्रहणी बालावबोधसहित
Pañcanirgranthasamgrahani with bālāvabodha
210. 1871-72.
No. 116
Size.-- 104 in. by 21 in.
Extent.-
16 folios; 4 lines to a page ; 32 letters to a line.
Description.-Country paper tough and white; Devanagari chara.
cters; this Ms. contains the text and the interlinear bālavar bodha which may be looked upon as tabbā; the latter written in a very small but quite legible and very good handwriting; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll, numbered in the right hand margin only ; condition very
good; fol. I blank; complete.. Age.- Not quite modern. Author of the balāvabodha.--- Yaśovijaya, pupil of Nayavijaya. Subject.-- The text in 107 verses in Prakrit together with its
explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- (text) fol. I नमिऊण महावीरं etc., up to साहणं as in No.112
____followed by श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥ पन्नवण १ वेय २ रागे ३ctc. ,, -(com.) fol. Ib
श्रीनयविजयगुरूणा(णां) प्रसादमासाद्य सकलकर्मकरं । व्याख्या(ख्या) कुबे कांचिल्लोकगिरा प(पं)चनिग्रंथ्या(ः) ॥१॥
नमीनई श्रीमहावीर प्रतिं भव्य जीवने हेतिं संक्षेपथी कांइक कडीसी स्वरूप प्रतई हुं पुलाक प्रमुख साधुर्मु ॥ १ ॥ तिहां ३६ द्वार कहई छई etc.

Page #134

II7.]
V. II Angas
109
Ends.-(text) fol. 16 भगवह etc., up to सरणत्थं । १०७as in No. III
followed by इति श्रीपंचनिग्रंथी समाप्तेयमिति. .- ( com.) fol. 16• भगवतीना २५ मा शतकनी ६ छठा उद्देशानी नियंठानी संग्रहणी ए अभयदेवसरिं रची भावार्थ संभारवानइ अर्थे १०७ इति श्रीपंच निग्रं(4)थीसूत्र अर्थसहित संपूर्णम् ।।
श्रीनयविजयगुरूणां चरणाब्जोपासनादुदितपुण्यः । पुण्याय यशोविजयो व्यातेने बालबोधमिमं १ यद्यपि गनिर) ममेय(१)करणाभरणं पचेली(लि)ममतीनां । तदपि प्रवचनभक्त पदकिकिणिका भवत्येषा ।। २॥
कल्याणमस्तु ॥ छ। N, B.-For additional details see No. III.
पञ्चनिन्थसग्रहण्यवचूरि
No. 117
Pancanirgranthasaingrahanyavacuri
286. A. 1882-83.
Size.-10 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 4 folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 67 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, rough and greyish ; Deva
nagari characters with occasional पृष्टमात्राs; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs mostly coloured red; red chalk used; edges of a few foll. slightly worn out ; condi
tion on the whole good ; complete, Age. - Pretty old. Subject.— A small commentary in Sanskrit elucidating Pañca
nirgranthasaṁgrahaņi up to 105 verses. Begins. -- fol. I नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥ पन्नवणेति गाथात्रयं प्रज्ञापनाप्रकर्षेण संशीत्यप
नोदनस्वरूपसंख्याभेदादिप्रकारेण प्रज्ञापना प्रज्ञापना १ वेदः स्यादिः रागः
प्रसिद्धः etc. Ends.- fol. " तेभ्यः स्नातकाः संख्येयगुणाः कोटीपृथक्त्यमानत्वात् । तेभ्यो
बकुशाः संख्येयगुणाः कोटिशतपृथकत्वात्तेषां तेभ्यः प्रतिसेवाकशीलाः संख्ययगुणा कथमेतत्तेषामपि कोटीपृथक्त्वस्योक्तत्वात् सत्यं किंत

Page #135

110
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 119.
कुशान्तं यत्कोट शतपृथक्त्वं तद् द्वित्रादिकोटीशतमानं प्रतिसेविकोटीपृथक्त्वं चतुः कोटीशतमानमिति न विरोधः तेभ्यः कषायिणः संख्येयगुणाः कोटीसहस्रपृथक्त्वात् तेषां ॥ इति पंचनिग्रंथसंग्रहण्यवचूरिः ॥
भगवती सूत्रावचूर्णि
No. 118
Size— ro in, by 44 in.
Extent.— 55 folios; 15 lines to a page; So letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; small, quite legible and beautiful hand-writing; borders mostly ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. r© and 55o blank ; fol. rb blotted; सप्प, अप्प etc., tabulated on fol. 18b ; foll. 45b and 46 4 carelessly separated by some body after they had stuck together probably owing to the presence of gum in ink ; condition on the whole good ; complete ; extent 3114 Ślokas.
-
Bhagavatisūtrāvacūrṇī
Age.— Fairly old.
Subject. A small Sanskrit commentary to Bhagavatisūtra.
Begins. fol. 1' नमो जिनवरेभ्यः ॥ तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं समणेण भगवया etc. अथ समस्तप्रत्यवभासन सर्था (?) वित्यविस्तरंति केवलालोकी (कि) तलोकालोकेन etc.
122.
1872-73.
भगवती सूत्रपर्याय
No. 119 Extent. fol. 4a.
Ends. fol. 55* एवमचरमः एगिंदिय महाहुं समयं छ ३५ ।। शेषाणि शतान्य (ने) नैव लक्षणेन गमनीयानि ६ लोगागासपदेसा धमा etc. वेणंतपक्खेवा छ इति भगवत्यवचूर्णिः परिसमाप्ता छ ग्रंथाग्रं ३११४ छः ॥
Bhagavatisūtraparyāya
736 (6). 1875-76.

Page #136

V. 11 Angas:
III
121.] Description.-- Complete.
For other details see Pañcavastuka
paryaya No... 736 (1).
1875-76.. Subject.- Difficult words etc., occurring in Bhagavatisatra
explained. Begins.- fol. 4 भगवतीपाया यथा शते ७ उ. २ तिरियाणं चारित्तं इत्यादि
गाथार्थो यथा तिरश्वां पंचमहाव्रतारोपणं स्यात ctc. Ends.--- fol. 4' साधुसाध्वीद्वयस्य भावात विंशतिरेव तेषां साधुसाध्वीनां श्रूयते इति
भगवतीपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।
भगवतीसूत्रपर्याय
Bhagavatīsūtraparyāya No. 120
789 (6).
1895-1902. Extent.- fol. 5. Description.- Complete. For further details see Pancavastuka
parvăva No 789( 1 ).
paryaya No. 1895-1902. '
Begins.- fol. 5 भगवतीपर्याया यथा । etc. as in No. II9. Ends.- fol. 5 साधुसाध्वीद्वयस्य etc. N. B.- For subject see No. 119.
भगवतीसूत्रपर्याय
No. 121
Bhagavatīsūtraparyāya
736 (28). 1875-6.
Extent.- ful. 35b to fol. 374. Description.- Complete.
For other details see
Pancavastuka
___paryaya NO. 1875-76. Subject.- Elucidation of some of the words etc., occurring in
Bhagavatīsūtra. Begins.- fol. 35° घनोदार इति अग्राम्या द्रव्यास्तिक इति सांख्याः। पर्यायास्तिक
इति बौध(दु ): । etc.

Page #137

II2
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[123.
Ends.- fol. 37a arute perenna Ahuarachor EAGTAEITRAT I
छंदि इति पठितानि । चिउ इति पठितः । भगवतीपर्यायाः समर्थिताः । N. B.-For subject see No. 119.
भगवतीसूत्रपर्याय
Bhagavatīsūtraparyāya No. 122
789 ( 28 ).
1895-1902. Extent. —'fol. 54* to fol. 61o. Description. Complete; there is an illustration of loka on fol. 61'.
789 ( 1 ) For other details see Pancavastukaparyāya No.
1895-1902. Begins.-- fol. 58 ter ga station etc., as in No. 121. Ends.- fol. 61* qerea steret etc. N. B.-For subject see No. 121.
भगवतीसूत्रपर्याय
Bhagavatisātrāparyāya No. 123
332 ( 11 ).
A. 1882-83. Extent.— fol. 47* to fol. 514. Description.- Complete. For other details see Nandisútravisamapadaparyżya No. 332 (1)
'. A. 1882-83. Begins.-- fol. 47" qalar sfa HUTRIT etc., as in No. 121. Ends.-- fol. 51° gerentes terenarta etc. N. B.--For subject see No. 121.

Page #138

124.)
VI. 11 Angas
I13
THE SIXTH ANGA
ज्ञाताधर्मकथासूत्र (OTTOTUATE a )
Jñātādharmakathāvgasūtra ( Nāyādhammakahangasutta )
32.
No. 124
1869-70.
Size.- 1o in, by 48 in. Extent.-- 155 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thick and greyish ; Devanagari chara
cters with AES; big, legible and good hand-writing : ink not faded; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 1* blank; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too ; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side but in different margins; foll. 147 to 152 have their margins slightly worm-eaten ; edges of the 1s5th ( last ) fol. somewhat damaged ; a strip of paper pasted to it; condi
tion on the whole good ; complete ; extent 5500 ślokas. Age.- Old. Author.- Sudharmasvāmin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject. This is the sixth anga. It is divided into two parts
known as śrutaskandha. The former has 19 subdivisions called adhyayanas and the latter, 1o, styled as vargas. This entire work deals with narratives having a moral and religious purpose behind it. These narratives are free from sectarian spirit and are useful to the persons of any and every school of thought. Such a remark is made by Dattātreya Bālakrishna Kālelkar in his foreword to the Gujarati translation of this work published in the Puñjābhai Jaina Granthamālā No, 3, 1931, Ahmedabad. This work is variously named e. g. Jñātadharmakathā, jñātņdharmakatha and Nathadharmakathā; the last two being the names
according to the Digambaras. Begins.--- fol. ih straTU A: 11
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं चपा नाम नयरी डोत्था । ममी । सीसे ण
sorg orig afget etc. 15 [ J. L. P. ]

Page #139

114
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[125.
Ends. fol. 1556 सव्वदुकूखाण (णं) अंत (लं) काहीति ॥ एवं खलु जंबू निकखेवगो || दसमस्स वग्गस्स दसमो वग्गो सम्मत्तो ॥ छ ॥ १० एवं खलु जंबू समणेणं भगवया महावीरेण आयगरेणं (तित्थगरेणं) सय (यं ) स (सं) बुद्धेणं पुरिसोत्तमेणं पुरिससीहेणं जाव संपत्तेणं धम्मकहाणं अयमद्वे पन्नते ॥ धम्मकहासूर्य (क) खंधो समत्तो दसहिं वग्गेहिं नायाधम्मकहाउ समत्ता ॥ छ ॥
इति श्रीज्ञाताधर्म्मकथा समाप्ता ॥ १५००
Reference. As editio princeps may be mentioned the Calcutta edition of A. D. 1876 where the text together with Abhayadeva Suri's Sanskrit commentary and the Hindi gloss of Vijaya Sadhu is published. For the specimen of the text, introduction, analysis, glossary etc. P. Steinthal's "Specimen der Näyādhammakaha, Leipzig, 1881 may be consulted. For exposition etc. of the text see Vidyodaya, Calcutta, 1897ff. A tolerably good edition of the text is published along with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary in the Ägamodaya Samiti Series, in A. D. 1919. The text together with Gujarati translation is published in two parts in Samvat 1986 by the Jaina Dharma Prasaraka Sabha, Bhavnagar. For another Gujarāti translation see the preceding page. For hypermetrical examples from the text see Indische Studien vol. XVII, Leipzig, 1885. For comparing the life of Draupadi with the one given in the Mahabharata see E. Leumann's "Beziehungen der Jaina-Literatur zu andern Literaturkreisen Indiens" (Actes du VIe Congrès international des Orientalistes ), Leide, 1885 and J. Dahlmann's "Das Mahabharata als Epos und Rechtsbuch ", Berlin, 1895. For contents etc. see Weber II, p. 465, Indian Antiquary vol. XIX, p. 66ff. and Winternitz, Geschichte II., p. 301. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 390 ff. and G.O. Series vol. XXI, pp. 6, 7, 13 and 17.
ज्ञाताधर्मकथासूत्र
No. 125
Size. 31 in. by 24 in.
Jñātādharmakathāngasūtra
26 (a). 1880-87.

Page #140

125.1
VI. 11 Angas
I15
Extent.-- 302-2-I + I + I = 301 leaves, 4 to 5 lines to a leaf; 115 to
130 letters to a line. Description.- Palm-leat; Devanagari characters with TFTTTS;
sufficiently big, quite legible and good hand-writing ; this Ms. presents an appearance of having three different columns; but, as a matter of fact it is not so, since the lines are continuously written; every column has its borders ruled in three lines in black ink; all the leaves numbered in both the margins ; numbering in the right hand margin being 1, 2 etc.; some of the leaves out of 1 to 164 numbered in the left hand margin as 3 ; leaves 166 to 302 are however numbered in the left hand margin as 1, 2 etc., while in the right hand one as 166, 167 etc. ; this Ms. contains an additional work viz. ज्ञाताधर्मकथाङ्गाविवृति which begins on leaves 1666 and ends on leaf 302b ; leaf 166a blank; some of the leaves in the beginning fragmentary ; several leaves more or less worm-eaten; condition on the whole fair; complete; two holes in each leaf through which a thread can pass and keep all leaves together ; leaf 47th numbered as 48 and 49; so the
following ones numbered as 50, 51 etc.; 257th leaf also numbered as 258, the following as 259, 260 etc; leaves 72 and 90 repeated ; very thick wooden planks encompassing the Ms.; on both the sides of these wooden planks we have beautiful pictures e.g. those of a temple, a lecturehall, saints delivering sermons to the audience etc.; they are painted in various colours. It seems that the names of various persons depicted in the pictures must have been written above them ; for, above a picture of a saint we have श्रीदेवसूरयो व्याख्यानं कुर्वति. In the centre of the second wooden plank we find the following lines :“संवत् १२९३ वर्षे पौषशुदि १३ महं श्रीअनुपमादेव्या आत्मश्रेणे(s)थै श्री
sharam faqaagamat: 4711” Age.— Fairly old. Begins.--. leal sa ( fragment)
बवा()रकलियं । कालाग(गुरुपवरकुंडुरुक्कधूवडझंतं मघमधितं गंधुक्या#TË gorraguiftri irafç etc.

Page #141

116
Jaina Literature and Philosphy
| 126,
Ends.- leaf. 165*
F U T A Fitfa etc., as in No.1 24 practically up to al 970 I followed by TREI P (2) Tuut qaft बग्गेहिं सम्मत्तो ॥ छ । एवं णायधम्मकहाओ सम्मत्ताओ॥ छ । छ
N. B. --For other particulars see No. 124.
ज्ञाताधर्मकथासूत्र
Jnātādharmakathāngasūtra
No. 126
193. 1871-72.
Size.- 9. in. by 4
in.
Extent.- 103 + 1 =104 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 60 letters to
a line.
Description.--Country paper rough, tough and greyish; Deva
någari characters with occasional TheS; small, legible and very fair hand-writing; borders raled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; fol. 1a blank; corners of foll. 2 to 5 and 72 partly worn out; several foll. smutty; all the the same they are partly readable ; condition on the whole very good ; fol. 102 repeated ; fol. 1036 decorated with a nandyāvarta, one of the eight mangalas; complete ; extent 5750 ślokas.
Age. - Samvat 1625.
Begine.--fol. Ib au froi au FATO
T etc.
Ends.- fol. 103a Feat Ertator etc., up to STF#*Erit as in No. 124 follow
ed by FATTS '3 ' sfat starHFSTİTTEET FATA: 11 g etc. ग्रंथानं श्लोकसंख्या ५७५० ॥छ । संवत् १६२५ वर्षे श्रावणमासे

Page #142

127.)
VI. II Angas TEE atiet a t 'Ariogazott gyana nikapiga
ayla il etc. N. B.--For other details see No. 124..
ज्ञाताधर्मकथाङ्गसूत्र
Jñātādharmakthāngasutra
192. No. 127
1871-72. Size.— 10 in. by 43 in. Extent.- 221-I+2+2-2=222 folios ; n lines to a page ; 34 letters
to a line. Description.- Country paper thick, rough and greyish; Deva
någarī characters with occasional HaraS; big, quite legible and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only ; yellow and white pigments used ; red chalk too; marginal notes written at times, whereby some of the Prākrit phrases etc. are explained in Gujarāti;foll. 146 to 201 also numbered as 1, 2 etc. ; fol. 139th also numbered as 140th, the subsequent ones being hence numbered as 141, 142 etc. ; but no fol. is missing as could be verified even by referring to the printed edition of this work (edn. Jaina Dharma Prasaraka Sabhā p. 62a of pt. II); fol. 146th repeated twice and foll. 13th and 184th repeated only once ; corners of foll. 24 to 26 partly worn out; condition on the whole good; foll. I and 2 missing; otherewise complete ; a table pointing out the no. of the leaf where an adhyayana ends
is given on fol. 2210; extent 5627(?) ślokas. Age.- Old. Begins.-fol. 3* HET I OTTOT [POTT]FREETS I TEACH *a gullmet
HAUTOT etc. Ends.-- fol. 221 peserta Tuj etc., up to aTOTRETS as in No. 124
followed by FTS I J etc. stigar TT (GÅT FFT Z O Y&RU [L] (41?) etc. Then we have in a

Page #143

118
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
| 128.
different hand :-- ग्या(ज्ञानाभ्यासी वरद्धमान सएस करणिपरीग्रह उपरथी........ मोषगरणकी .... .... वेचवाथी लेइ जई पाछी .... ....ते अरीहंत सिद्ध .... ....
पाना
पानां
४८
.6m e want
१४२ १५१
१५५
११६
१९२ २०५ २१० २२१
१२७ ૨૨૮
N. B. - For further particulars see No. 124.
790.
ज्ञाताधर्मकथाङ्गसूत्र
Jñātadharmakathaigasutra No. 128
1895-1902. Size. - Io in. by +din. Extent.---193 folios; II lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and white; Devanagari char
acters with पृष्टमात्राs; big, legible and very good handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; several foll. worm-eaten in more than one place ; edges of the first fol. worn out; condition tolerably fair; foll. 18 and 1936 as well decorated with the same pattern ; marginal notes occasionally written ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin
only; complete ; extent 5250 Slokas. Age.-- Sarvat 1661. Begins.-fol bओ नम(:) सर्वज्ञाय ।
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं चंपा etc.

Page #144

129.]
VI. 11 Angas
Ends.-- fol. 1934 सव्वदुक्खाणं etc., up to छठमंगं सम्मत्तं as in No. 127 followed by छ ग्रंथाग्रं ५२५० ।। छ । etc., भग्न etc., जलाद्रक्षे etc., संवत् १६६१ वर्षे भाद्रपदमासे कृष्णपक्षे द्वादशि तिथौ बृहत्प ( स्प ) तिवासरे 'शक्तिपुर' स्थाने दुनी १८७ चंदलिखितं etc.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 124.
ज्ञाताधर्मकथाङ्गसूत्र fagiaatea
119
Jñātādharmakathāngasūtra with vivṛti
430. 1882-83,
No.129
Size. 10 in. by 1 in.
Extent.
147-3=144 folies; 11 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional; bold, clear and beautiful handwriting; the unnumbered sides marked with one small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this two more, one in each margin; the first three foll. lacking; notes written in all the four margins of each of the foll. 5 to 8; from the 9th fol. numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side but, of course, in different margins; the 4th fol. badly damaged; the fol. 5 to 8 a little bit less; foll. 11, 12, 32, 77, 83, 87, 88, 91, 92, and 99, torn in the middle; foll. 18 to 25, 36 to 48, 53 to 57, 132 to 134, 136 and 142 have their edges more or less worn out; there is a commentary written in the margins on these foll.; so is the case with foll. 30 to 34 and many more; most of the foll. have their corners worn out; the 100th fol. torn in more than one place; the same is the case with the fol. 113th; the 147th (last ) fol. hopelessly worn out; the last few foll. seem to be exposed to rainy water; condition fair; fol. 40th wrongly numbered as 39th in the right hand margin; similarly the 44th as 43rd; the foll. 124 to 126 wrongly numbered as 123, etc. in the left hand margin; the

Page #145

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[130.
fol. 147b decorated with a design in red colour ; complete, if the first three foll. not counted; extent 6000 slokas. Age.-- Sarhvat 1686,
Author of the com. - Abhayadeva Suri,
120
Subject-The text in Prakrit together with its explanation in Sanskrit, Begins.—( text) fol. 42 णं बुद्धिविन्नाणेणं । तस्स सुमिणस्स अत्थोग्गहं करेइ । २ । त्ता धारिणि देविं ताहि जाय हियय etc.
در
22
-
- (com) fol. 44 एवं खलु त्ति । एवंरूपादुक्तफलसाधनसमर्थात्स्वप्नाद्दारक पुनर्जनिष्यसीति संबंध: etc.
Ends. — ( text ) fol. 147 # सब दुक्खाणमंत
एवं खलु जंबू etc., up to practically जाव ठाणं संपत्ताणं as in No. 124 followed by छ । धम्मक हाय (क)खंधो सम्मन्तो । छ दसहिं द (ग्गे)हिं नायधम्मकहाओ सम्मत्ताओ || ग्रंथाग्रं ६००० ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥
संवत् १६८६ वर्षे भाद्रषा सुदि ५ दिने ।। श्री 'विकानेर' मध्ये लिषतं. Then runs the line as under in different hand-writing :प्रत अजाश्री सांरूपांजी की
- ( com. ) fol. 1410 अत एव वरकषज्जितेति etc, up to सिद्धेयं as in No. 130 followed by the lines as under:
प्रत्यक्षरं निरूप्यास्य ग्रंथमानं विनिश्वितं ।
अनुष्टुभां सहस्राणि त्रीणि सप्त शतानि च ॥ १२ (१३१ ) ज्ञाताधर्मकथांगटीका समाप्ता
Reference. - Both the text and commentary published. See No. 124.
ज्ञाताधर्मकथासूत्रविवृति
No. 130
Jñatadharmakathängasūtravivṛti
103.
1872-73.
Sixe.— 97 in. by 4g in
Extent. --- 71 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a linc. Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, clear, uniform and good

Page #146

130.]
VI, II Angas
121
hand-writing; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used ; fol. 1a blank ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side; but, of course, in different margins; condition very good ; this work is composed in Samvat II20%; complete.
Age.- Samvat 1661.
Author.- Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.- The text explained in Sanskrit. Begins.--fol. I श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥
नत्वा श्रीमन्महावीरं प्रायो()न्यग्रंथवीक्षितः ।
ज्ञाताधर्मकथांगस्याऽनुयोगः कश्विदुच्यते ॥१ तन्त्र च फलमंगलादि etc. Ends.- fol. 7 I अत एव वरवर्जितेति शेष सूत्रसिद्धं ॥छ ॥ समाप्तो द्वितीयस्कंधः॥
समाप्ता चेयं ज्ञाताधर्मकथाप्रदेशटीकेति ॥ छ ।
नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय श्रीपार्श्वप्रभवे नमः । नमः श्रीसरस्वत्यै सहायेभ्यो नमो नमः ॥ १॥ इह हि गमानकाथै यन्मया न्यूनयो(मुक्तं
किमपि समयहीनं तद्विशोध्यं शु(सु)धीभिः ॥ नही(हि) भवति विधेया सर्वथा()स्मिन्नुपेक्ष[य]।
दयितजिनमतानां तायिनां चांगिवग्गें ॥२॥ . परेषां दुर्लक्षा भवति हि विवक्षा स्फुटमिदं
विशेषाद् वृद्धानामतुलवचनज्ञानमहसा॥ निराम्नायाधीभिः पुनरतितरां मादृशजनै___ स्ततः शास्त्रार्थो मे [व] वचनमनघं दुर्लभमिह ॥३॥ ततः सिद्धांततत्त्वज्ञैः स्वयमूह्यः स यत्नतः। न पुनरस्मदाख्यात एव ग्राह्यो नियोगतः॥४॥ तथा यस्मात्तु मे पाय(य) संघमत्युपजीवनात् । वृद्धन्यायानुसारित्वाद्धितार्द्ध()(च) प्रवृत्तितः ॥५॥ तथाहि किमपि स्फुटीकृतमिह स्फुटे(s)प्यर्थतः __ सकष्टमतिदेशतो विविधवाचनातो(s)पि यत् ॥ समर्थपदसंश्रयद्विगुणपुस्तकेभ्यो(ऽपि) यत् ।
परात्महितहेतबे(ऊ)नमिनिवेशिना चेतसा ॥६॥ 16 J. L. P.]

Page #147

122
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[131.
यो जि(जै)नाभिमतं प्रमाणमनघं व्युत्पादयामासिवान् ।
प्रस्थानर्विविधर्निरस्य निखिलं बौद्धादिसंबंधि तत् । । नानात्तिकथा[:] कथापथमि(मोतिक्रांतं च चक्रे तपः।
निस्संबंधविहारमप्रतिहि(ह)तं शास्त्रानुसारात्तथा ॥ ७॥ तस्याचार्यजिनेश्वरस्य मदवद्दादिप्रतिस्पर्धिनः ।
तबन्धोरपि बुद्धिसागर इति ख्यातस्य सूरे वि ।। छंदोबंधनिबद्धबंधुरवचःशब्दादिसल्लक्षणाः(क्ष्मणः)।
श्रीसंविग्नाविहारिणः श्रतनिधेश्चारित्रचूडामाण (णेः) ॥ ८॥ शिष्येणाभयदेवाख्यसूरिणा विवृत्तिः(तिः) कृता[:] । ज्ञाताधर्मकथांगस्य श्रुतभक्त्या समासतः ॥ ९ ॥ इति 'निर्वृत(ति)क'कुलनभस्तलचंद्रद्रोणाख्यसूरिमुख्येन । पंडितगुणेन गुणवत्प्रियेण संसो(शो)धिता चेयं ॥१०॥ प्रत्यक्षरं गणनया ग्रंथमानं विनिश्चितं । अनुष्टभां सहस्राणि द्वि चत्वारि (बीण्येवाष्ट) शतानि च ॥११॥ एकादशसु गतष्वथ विंशत्यधिकेषु विक्रमसमानां।
'अणह(हि)ल्ल(ल)पाटक'नगरे विजयदशम्यां च सिद्धेयं ॥१२॥ समाप्तेयं ज्ञाताधर्मप्रदेशटीका इति ॥ संपूर्णाः ॥ सं० १६६१ वर्षे चैत्र वदि ४ गुरौ लिखितं ॥ लेखकवाचकयोः शुभं भवतु ॥५०॥
धम्मो मंगलमुत्कृष्टं । धर्मः सर्वसुखास्पदः ।
श्रीसर्वज्ञमुखादत्त । यत्नेन परिपालयेत ॥१॥ श्रीरस्तुः ॥ छ । Reference.- Published. See No. 124.
ज्ञाताधर्मकथाङ्गसूत्र विवृति
Jiatidharmakathangasutravivrti
No.131
26 (b). 1880-81.
Size.- 31} in. by 24 in. Extent.- leaf 166 to leaf 302. Description.- Complete. This work contains the states of the text.
For further details see No. 125.

Page #148

132.]
VI. I! Angas
123
Begins.-leaf 1666 At alati IT 11
Acar Aheari etc. Ends.-leaf 302 अत एव वर कवर्जितेति etc., up to च सिद्धेयं practically
as in No. 130 followed by a FETAT .... 8f1: 1). N. B. - For other details see No. 130.
ETAT VÅUggaraanat Jñātādbarmakathāngasūtravivsti No. 132
271.
A 1882–83. Size.- 104 in by 44 in. Extent.- 98 folios; 15 lines to a page : 48 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper extremely thin and greyish ; Deva
någari characters ; bold, big, legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 1* blank ; red chalk used; the colour of the paper used for fol. 83rd and the following ones is white; the 95th fol. slightly torn; condition very fair ; foll. from the 83rd up to the last numbered twice on one and the same side ; but, in different margins ; foll. 96 to 98 wrongly numbered as 95, 95 and 96 in the left hand margins ; complete ; this work contains
the stress of the text. Age. - Pretty old. Begins.--fol. 15 afterygdaraat Ho Gayeata TA: 11
Acant sfarhatati etc., as in No. 130. Ends.--fol. 98« pa ga ta(a)ffaia su etc., up to Portugtei
ou as in No. 130. Then we have:-- समाप्तेयं ज्ञाताधर्मकथाप्रदेशटीकेति छ etc. ग्रंथानं वृत्ति ३८१५ एवं
ang gloyyy etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 130.
1 Letters on leaf 302b are not legible, ink having faded.

Page #149

737.
124 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(134. ज्ञाताधर्मकथासूत्रवितात Jhatadharmakathanigasutravivrti No. 133
1899-1915. Size. 9 in. by 4 in. Extent. - 96 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari
characters with TAS; bold, big, clear and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 1* blank; several foll. worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; condition poor; red chalk used; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side, once in each
margin ; complete; extent 4700 ślokas. Age.- Pretty old. Begins--fol. ;6 FAT PAMATO[:]
Frar aftArherait etc. as in No. 130. Ends.-fol. 96. अत एव वरकवर्जितविशेष etc., up to संशोधिता चेयं as in
No. 130 with some variations. Then follows T T etc., sfa श्रीज्ञाताधर्मकथांगटीका समाप्त(ता) ॥छ । प्रत्यक्षरं निरूप्य()स्य ग्रंथAr etc. GeFET 4700 etc. Then runs the line in a different hand as under :
साहश्रीशांतिदासमतपनजीकेन श्री उग्रसेनपुरे पुस्तककोशः कारितः । N. B.- For further particulars see No. 130.
शाताधर्मकथासूत्र
Jñātādharmakathāngasūtra बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha No. 134
702
1892-95. Size.- 10 in. by 4} in. Extent.-- 308 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; 52 letters to a line. Description.--Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with occasional ERTES ; ink faded at times; big, clear and fair hand-writing; fol. 1 blank ; borders ruled

Page #150

134.]
Age.-- At least not quite modern.
Subject. The text along with its explanation in Gujarāti. Begins. ( text ) fol. 1 b तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc.
( bāla3 ) श्रीग उडीपार्श्वनाथाय नमः ॥ श्रीसारदायै नमः ॥ श्रीज्ञाता एवइ नामि छठउ अंग तिहनउं वार्तिकं विवरण लिखियइ छइ etc. End.— (text ) fol. 308 * एवं खल जंबू etc.
(bala° ) 308" इत्यादिक मुक्तिगांमीयै धर्म्मकथानौ बीजौ श्रुतस्कंध संपूर्ण थयौ ॥ १० ॥ नायाधम्मकहाओ सम्मत्ताओ एतलै दशेयै वर्गइ करी ज्ञाताधर्म्मकथा कही ॥ २२५ ॥ इति श्रीणायाधम्मकहाणं ज्झयणं सुत्तं सम्मत्तं । इति श्रीज्ञाताधर्मकथाबाला (व) बोध छठा अंगमउ पूर्ण थयौ छ छ छः ग्रंथाग्रं सूत्रार्थ (म) मीलने १८२०० श्लोक छइ ।। श्री स्यात् ॥ श्रीः
""
"
VI. 11 Añgas
125
even
at times in black ink in two lines, sometimes in four, sometimes in red ink in three lines and at times unruled; red chalk and yellow pigment used; edges of the first six foll. damaged to a smaller or greater extent; the 4th fol. slightly torn; condition on the whole very fair ; the text explained part by part in Gujarati; complete ; total extent 1820o slokas.
-
""
"

Page #151

126
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ I35.
THE SEVENTH ANGA
उपासकदशाङ्गसूत्र . (उवासगदसंगसुत्त)
Upāsakadasāngasutra ( Uvāsagadasanga sutta )
.
No. 135
173. 1871-72.
Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.- 23 folios, ; 13 lines to a page ; 47 letters to a line.
Description.- Country paper, thin and greyish; Devanagari chara
ters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, legible, big, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the intervening space between the pairs coloured red : fol I" blank; a piece of paper of the size of the fol. pasted to the first fol. ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; marginal notes written on several foll. ; unnumbered sides have one small circular disc in the centre; the numbered having two more, one in each margin ; a strip of paper pasted to the
fol. 23° ; condition very fair ; complete; extent 912 ślokas. Age.- Old. Author.- Sudharmasvāmin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject.- Lives of ten lay-disciples of Lord Mahavira narrated. Begins.- fol. 1 तेणं कालेणं । तेणं समएणं । चंपा नाम नयरी होत्था ॥ वन्नो
पुनभद्दे etc. Ends.-- fol. 23* एवं खलु जंबू समणेणं जाव संपत्तेणं सत्तमस्स अंगस्स उवासग
दसाणं दसमस्स अज्झयणस्स अयमढे पण(ण्ण)त्ते । छ। उवासगदसाओ संमत्ताओ छ । उवासगदसाणं सत्तमस्स अंगस्स एगो सुय(क)खंधो दस अज्झयणा एकारं(?कसर)गा दससु चेव दिवसेसु ओ(उ)द्विसंति तउ सुयक्खंधो समुद्दिसदि अणुण्णविज्जइ दोस दिवसेसु अंगं तहेव । छ । ग्रंथानं ९१२ छ
छ । etc. Reference. This seventh anga consisting of ro adhyayanas along
with the Sanskrit commentary of Abhayadeva Súri and a

Page #152

136. ]
VII. 11 Angas
127
Hindi gloss by Vijaya Sadhu was published at Calcutta in A. D. 1876. The text together with Abhayadeva Sūri's commentary, English translation, copious notes and appendices by R. Hoernle was published at Calcutta in the Bibliotheca Indica in A. D. 1888-1890. The text and the Sanskrit commentary are published in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, too, in A. D. 1919. They are also published by Jaina Atmānanda Sabhā, Bhavnagar, as the 65th jewel in Samvat 1977. A Gujarāti translation of the text along with a learned introduction by D. B. Kalelkar is published in the Puñjābhai Jaina Granthamālā as No. 4 in A. D. 1931. For quotations etc., see Weber II, p. 484. For contents etc., see Indian Antiquary vol. XX, p. 18 and Winternitz, Geschichte II, p. 303ff. For further Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 384 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 1. For analysis and episode of Ananda see R. Ch. Dutt's “A history of civilization in ancient India” (vol. II ).
उपासकदशाङ्कसूत्र
Upāsakadaśāngāsūtra No. 136
416.
1882-83. Size.- in in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 29-1 = 28 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, somewhat thin and greyish ; Deva
nāgari characters with EATES; quite bold, perfectly legible, big, uniform and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the intervening space between the pairs coloured red; the first fol. missing, otherwise complete; unnumbered sides have in their centre a small circular disc in red ink; the numbered have, over and above this, two more, one in each margin ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; on several foll. there are written marginal notes; edges of some of the foll, worn out; the 29th fol. slightly torn; condition very fair ; fol. 296 blank ; extent
872 ślokas. Age.- Samvat 1566..

Page #153

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[137.
Begins. fol. 26 मते य कुटुंबेस य राज्झेस य । रहस्से य । निच्छप य । ववहारे य । etc.
128
Ends.—fol. 29 एवं खलु जंबू etc., up to अंग तहेब as in No. 135 followed by छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ८७२ । शुभं भवतु । etc. मु० महीसागरलिषितं । संवत् १५६६ वर्षे पातसाहश्रीग्यासदीनतत्पट्टे पातसाहन (सीरदिन विजय (य)राज्ये 'देवा' नगरे भाद्रपदपक्षे पंचमीदिवसे 'देवास' नगरे साहाभोजाभार्या पूरी । पुत्र साहनांदा मुनिमहीसागरलेषितं साहनांदायोग्यं । कल्याणमस्तु
etc.
N. B. — For further particulars see No. 135.
उपासकदशासूत्र
No. 137
Upasakadaśāngsutra
1110. 1887-91.
Size— rog in. by 4g in.
Extent.— 37–1 = 36 folios; 9 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin and brownish; Devanagari characters with ears; big, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; red chalk and yellow pigment used; a part of the 36th fol. worn out; fol. 37b blank; fol. Ist missing, otherwise complete ; this Ms. seems to be exposed to rain; all the same the condition very fair. Age.- Fairly old.
Begins fol. 24 वाणियगामे जियसत्तू राया वंणउ (वण्णओ) । तत्थ णं वाणियगामे आणंदे नामं गाहावई परिवसइ etc.
Ends. fol. 37 एवं खलु जंबू etc., practically up to अंगं तहेव । छ । as in No. 135 followed by इति उघाश (स) गदशांगसूत्रं समाप्तः ।
N. B. — For other details see No. 135.

Page #154

1381
उपासकदशाङ्गसूत्र aureyrarka
No. 138
در
"
Size.-10 in. by 44 in.
Extent. (text) 62 folios, 7 to 12 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line.
45
-(com.), Description.
""
22
VII. 11 Angas
22
17 [J. L. P.]
23
در
دو
""
دو
Upasakadaśāngasūtra with vyakhyā
174.
1871-72.
129
رو در
""
Country paper, tough and white; Devanagari characters with occasional TTS; it is a faqat Ms. ; the text written in a bigger hand; clear and good hand-writing; fol. 1 blank; edges of the first and the last few foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole very good; red chalk and yellow pigment used; numbers of foll. entered only once; this Ms. contains the text as well as its Sanskrit commentary; both complete, their extents being 812 and 944 slokas respectively.
Age. Pretty old.
Author of the commentary-Abhayadeva Sūri.
Subject. The text in Prakrit together with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.—( text) fol. Ib đôi mèo đui (agor etc.
""
(com.)
श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्प etc.
"" ""
Ends.- (text ) fol. 626 एवं खलु जंबू etc. practically up to अंगं तद्देव as in No. 135 followed by उवासगसूत्रं संपूर्ण । छ । ग्रंथाचं ८१२
-- ( com. ) fol. 626 यदिह न व्याख्यातं etc., up to प्रतिये मे as in No. 139 followed by समाप्तमुपासकदशाविवरणं छ ग्रंथाग्रं ९४४ etc. Reference. Both the text and the commentary published.
See No. 135.

Page #155

130
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
उपासकदशाङ्गसूत्रव्याख्या
Upāsakadasāngasūtravyākhyā
No. 139
"
55 (8). 1870-71.
Size.- 101 in. by 41 in. Extent.— 39 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, thin and greyish; Devanagari charac
ters with पृष्ठमात्राs; quite clear, bold, big, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red ; fol. I decorated with a pattern in red colour; so is the fol. 396 but the pattern is different; red chalk and yellow pigment used; unnumbered sides have one small circular disc in the centre, in red ink, the numbered having three-one in the centre and one, in each margin ; edges of the first four foll. slightly damaged; condition very fair; complete ; this work containing the प्रतीकs of the text ends on fol. 27; on fol. 34b numbers I to s are arranged in a square of s as under :
१|२|३४|५ ३1४/५/१/२ ५|१२|३|४ २३1४/५/१
४/५/१/२३, This Ms. contains two additional works as under :
( 1 ) अन्तकृदशाङ्गसूत्रविवरण foll... 27 - 36
(2) अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्रविधरण ,, 36 - 39* Age.- Old. Author.- Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.-Commentary in Sanskrit to the seventh anga. Begins.- fol. I' श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य व्याख्या काचिद्विधीयते ।
उपासकदशादीनां प्रायो ग्रंथांतरेक्षिता ॥१॥ तत्रोपासकदशाः । सप्तममंगमिह चायमभिधानार्थ उपासकानां श्रमणोपासकानां संबंधेनानुष्ठानस्य प्रतिपाद(दि)का दशा दशाध्ययनरूपा उपासकदशा
बहुवचनांतमेतद्वंथनाम । etc.. Ends. -- fol. 27* यदिह न व्याख्यातं तत्सर्व ज्ञाताधर्मकथाव्याख्यानमुपयुक्तेन
निरूप्यावसयामिति ॥ छ ।

Page #156

40.]
.
VII. 11 Angas
. सर्वस्यापि स्वकीयं वचनमभिमतं प्रायस(श): स्याजनस्य ।
___ यत्तु स्वस्यापि सम्यग ज(नोहि विहितरुचिरः) स्यात् कथं तत्परेषां चित्तोल्लासात्कुतश्चित्तदपि निगदितं किंचित]देवं मयैतत् ।
युक्तं तत्त्वा(? यच्चा)। तस्य ग्रहममलधियं(यः) कुर्वतां प्रीतयो(ये) मे॥ छ । समाप्तमुपासकदशकाः विवरण ॥छ । Reference.-- Published. See No. 135.
उपासकदशासूत्रव्याख्या
Upāsakadasāngasūtravyākhyā
No. 140
164(8).
1873-74. Size.— 104 in. by 48 in. Extent. — 24 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, very thin, rough and greyish ; Deva
nāgari characters with occasional TATIS ; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. I" blank; edges of the first and last foll. slightly damaged ; condition on the whole good; all the foll. except the first numbered in the right-hand margin only; this work ends on fol. 17"; this Ms. contains two additional works as under:
(1) अन्तकृदशाङ्गसूत्रविवरण foll. 17b-220
(2) अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्रविवरण , 22-24'.. Age.-Old. Begins.-fol. I श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य etc. Ends.- fol. 17* यदिह न व्याख्यातं etc., practically as in No. 139.
N. B.-- For other details see No. 139.

Page #157

132
Jaina Literature and Philosophy (112. उपासकदशाङ्गसूत्रव्याख्या
Upāsakadaśāngasūtravyākhyā No. 141
1206 ( a ).
1886-92. Size.— Il in. by 41 in. Extent.— 102 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper, thin and greyish ; Devanāgari charac
ters with arts; small, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank except that 3917 ait: etc., written on it; foll. numbered in both the margins; this work contains only the States of the text; it ends on fol. 156;: this Ms. contains the following additional works :
( 1 ) SHETTI PERUT foll. 156--206 (2) 345FRITTI Dafaarpur, 2006--22 ( 3 ) THGT VUIT dataara „ 222—892 (4) area
„ 899--1026. Edges of the first few foll. slightly worn out; several foll. somewhat worm-eaten ; the left-hand corners of several foll. gone; strips of paper pasted to foll. 52 to 100;
condition on the whole very fair. Age. — Samvat 1553. See No. 1206(e).. Begins. -- fol. ro sfracATZA TRT etc. Ends. -- fol. 156 ofere a etc., practically up to the end as in No. 139. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 139.
उपासकदशाङ्कसूत्रव्याख्या
Upāsakadasāngasūtravyākhyā No. 142
144 (a).
1881-82. Size.-13} in. by s in. Extent.- 26 folios; 15 lines to a page; 58 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, very thin and greyish; Devanagart
characters with TEATS ; quite bold, completely legible, big and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in

Page #158

142.) VII. 11 Àngas
133 black ink; in the case of most of the foll., the intervening space between these pairs is coloured red; some of the unnumbered sides have in the centre a small circular disc in red colour and some numbered sides have over and above this, two more, one in each margin; yellow pigment used; fol. 1 blank; so is the fol. 26"; small strips of paper pasted to the 2nd and the 3rd foll. ; condition tolerably good; the paper used for foll. 22 to 26 ditters in quality and thickness from that used for the preceding ones; this work contains only the res of the text; the commentary complete ; it ends on fol. 18b; this Ms. contains the following additional works :
(1) TESET arapot foll. 186—246
(2) s tufastrar la cu foll. 246--26-. Age.- Old Begins.-fol. 1b šo THI
safra garaty etc., as in No. 139. Ends. — fol. 186 ofee 7 alerri etc., up to the end as in No. 139. N. B.--For further particulars see No. 139.

Page #159

134
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[47.
THE EIGHTH ANGA अन्तकृद्दशासूत्र
Antakyddasāngasūtra (अंतगडदसंगसुत्त)
( Antagadadasaigasutta) ... No. 143
1079.
1887-91. Size.--101 in. by 48 in. Extent.-- 21 - 3 = 18 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 48 letters to ... a line. Description.- Country paper, thin and white; Devanāgari charac
ters; small, quite clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used ; edges of the first and last few foll. slightly worn out ; condition good ; foll. 10 to 12 missing; otherwise complete ; fol. 21b contains some lines such as तुंगे गयणतलमणुलिहंतसिहरे । नाणाविहगुच्छगुम्मलयावल्लि etc.; these do not seem to form the part of the text; moreover, they are written in a different
hand; extent 900 Slokas. Agé:- Pretty old. Author.-- Sudharmasvāmin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject. This 8th Anga consisting of one śrutaskandha with 8
vargas having 10, 10, 13, 10, 10, 16, 13 and 10 uddeśakas respectively, deals with the antakrt-kevalins. They are the persons who lived only for a short time after they had attained omniscience. That is to say there was a very small interval left between their attaining omniscience and final
emancipation. Begins.- fol. I तेणं कालेणं । तेणं समएणं । चंपा नाम नगरी । पुण्णभद्दो(३)
चेतिए । वणसंडे । तेणं कालेणं etc. Ends.- fol. 21* अट्ठय वासा आदी एकुत्तरियाए जाव सत्तरस ।
एसो खल परिताओ सेणियभज्जाण नायवो१। एवं खलु जंबू समणेणं भगवया महावीरेण(ण) आदिकरेणं जाव संपत्तेर्ण अहमस्स अंगस्स अंत्त(त)गडदसाणं अयमहे पण(ण्ण)त्ते । छ । अहम अंगे सम्मत्तं छ । अतगडदसाणं अंगस्स एगो सुयकखंधो । अह वग्गा अहस चेव

Page #160

144.]
VIII. 11 Angas
दिवसेस उद्विस्संति । तत्थ पढमवि(बि)इयवग्गे दस २ उद्देसगा तइयवग्गे तेरस उद्देसगा चउत्थपंचमवग्गे दस २ उद्देसगा छठे वग्गे सोलस उद्देसमा संतम बग्गे तेरस उद्देसगा अहमवग्गे दस उद्देसगा सेस जहा नायधम्मकहाणं॥
5 II etc. JUTS Solli etc. Reference.- The text was published along with a tabbā at Calcutta
in 1875 A. D., while this text together with Abhayadeva Súri's Sanskrit commentary at Surat, by the Agamodaya Samiti in A. D. 1920. In this latter edition are included Anuttaropapātikadaśāngasūtra and Vipākasūtra along with a Sanskrit commentary for each of them. A portion (V. 1) of the text is given as an appendix by H. Jacobi in his article "Die Jaina Legende von dem Untergange Dvāravati's und von dem Tode Krsna's.” See . D. M. G. ( vol. XLII, pp. 493-529, ) Leipzig, 1888. The text is translated into English by L. D. Barnett. For quotations etc., pertaining to the text see Weber II, p. 494ff., and Indian autiquary vol. XX, p. 19. For the description of the contents of the text according to the Sthanakavāsin standpoint see Jaina Tattvaprakasa (pp.197-20*1). The text is translated into Hindi by Amolaka Rșiji.
अन्तकृदशाङ्कसूत्र
Antakrddasāngasūtra टब्बासहित
with tabbā -9
678. No. 144
1899-1915. Size.-101 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- (text) 45 folios; 7 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line.
- (tabbā) „ foll. 9 to 14 „.„; 48 „ „ „ Description.- Country paper rough, brittle and white; Devanagari
characters; sufficiently big, legible and very good handwriting; of course the interlinear tabbā written in a smaller hand; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; a piece of paper of the size of the fol. pasted to foll. 1 and 456; folk. I' and 45b blank; complete; condition very good,

Page #161

136
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[1454
Age.- Old. Subject.- The 8th anga with Gujarati explanation. Begins.--(text) fol. I तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc. ,, -(tabba) , , तेणइ कालइ चउथउ अरु ते लक्षण काल सुधर्मस्वामी
विहार करि त्यां आव्या etc. Ends-(text) fol. 45 अहवासा आदी(य) etc., practically up to सुयक्वंधो
as in No. 143 followed by सम्मत्तो श्रीरस्तुः etc. -- (tabha ) fol. 45*आठ वरसथी आदि मांडी एककनी वृद्धि जा लगी सत्तरि
बरिस थाइते निश्वइ दक्षिा नओ पालिवओ श्रेणिकनी भार्यानओ जाणिवउ
etc., अंतगडदशागतओ एक श्रुतस्कंध छह ते पूर्ण थयओ श्रेय etc. Reference.- Published. See No. 143.
अन्तकृशाङ्गसूत्रविवरण
Antakrddaśāngasūtravivaraņa
55(b). No. 145
1870-71. Extent.- fol. 27s to fol. 36. Description-- Complete in to foll. For further details see No. 139. Age.-- Old. Author.-Abhayadeva Siri. ....... Subiect. A commentary in Sanskrit to Antakrddaśāngasutra. the
8th anga. Begins.- fol. 27 अथांततादादशास किमपि विवियते । तत्रांतो भषांतः कृती
विहितो यौ सूत(?)कता तद्वक्तव्यताप्रतिबद्धा दशाः दशाध्ययनरूपाः ग्रंथ
पद्धतय इति अंतकृत(द)दशा: etc. Ends.-- fol. 36* यदिह न व्याख्यातं तत् ज्ञाताधर्मकथाविवरणादवसेयमेवं च समाप्तमंतकृदशाविवरणमिति ॥ छ ।
अनंतगमपर्यायजिनवरोदिति(ते) शासने
यकेह समयानुगा गमनिका किल प्रोच्यते । गमातरमुपैति सा तदपि सद्भिरस्यां कृता
वरूडगमशोधनं न तु विधी सर्वथा इति॥
Reference. - Published. See No. 143.

Page #162

148. ] VIII. 11 Angas
137 अन्तकृद्दशाङ्गसूत्र विवरण
Antakrddaśāngasūtravivarana No. 146
164 (b).
1873-74. Extent.-- fol. 17' to fol. 22". Description.--- Complete in 6 foll. For further details see No. 140. Age.-- Old. Begins. -- fol. 176 soiagasts etc. Ends. -- fol. 225 IEEE a terra etc., as in No. 145. N. B.- For other details see No. 145.
अन्तकृद्दशासूत्रविवरण
Antakrddaśāngasūtravivarana
1206 ( b ). No. 147
1886-92. Extent. - fol. 15b to fol. 205. Description.- Complete in 6 foll.; condition very fair. For further
details see No. 141. Age.- Samvat 1512. See No. 179 Begins. -- fol. 156 stuiaESTIE Pafo etc. Ends. — fol. 200 atque a etc., up to Haur eta gas in No. 145. N. B.-- For additional particulars see No. 145.
अन्तकृद्दशाङ्गसूत्रविवरण Antakyddasāngasūtravivaraņa
144 (b). No. 148
1881-82. Extent. fol. 186 to fol. 246. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 142. Begins. — fol. 186 seria est fasaft rangea Ends. -- fol. 24 ofag 7 are etc., up to the end as in No. 145
followed by अंतगडदशाविवरणं समाप्त छ । N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 145.
18
(J. L. P.)

Page #163

138
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[149.
असशास्त्रविवरण
Antakrddaśārgasūtravivarana No. 149
121 (a).
1873-74. Size.- Iol in. by 4g in. Extent.-7 folios ; 17 lines to a page; 62 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin, smooth and grey; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders mostly ruled in three lines in red ink; complete ; this Ms. contains over and above this work अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र विवरण' commencing on fol. sb and ending on fol. 7b; edges of most of the foll. slightly worn out;
condition good. Age. — Samvat 1561. See No. 155. Begins.-- fol. I" अथांतकृत(द)दशासु किमपि विनी(वि)यते । तत्रांतो भवांतः
कृतो विहितो यैस्ते अंतकृतास्तद्वक्तव्यताप्रतिबद्धा दशाः etc. Ends.-- fol. 5" यदिह न व्याख्यातं तत् ज्ञाताधर्मकथाविवरणादवसेयमेवं च। समाप्त मंतकृद्दशाविवरणामिति ॥छ॥
अनंतगमपर्यायजिनवरोदिते शासने
यकह समयानुमा गमनिका किल प्रोच्यते। गमांतरमुपैति सा तदपि सादिरस्यां कृताs
वमुढगमशोधनं ननु विधीयतां सर्वथा इति ॥ N. B. - For additional details see No. 145.
I See No. 155.

Page #164

15o.] Ix. II Angas
139. THE NINTH ANGA अनुसरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र
Anuttaropapātikadaśārgasutra ( अणुस्तरोषवाइयदसङ्गसुत्त) (Anuttarovavaiyadasaigasutta )
679. No. 150
1899-1915. Size.-101 in. by 41 in. Extent.- 5 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari chara
cters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, clear and good hand-writing%3B borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; fol.
Ia blank; complete ; extent 192 ślokas; condition excellent. Age.-- Samvat 1544. Author.- Sudharmasvämin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject- This 9th anga is divided into three vargas, each of which
is further sub-divided into 10, 13 and to uddesakas respectively. This work refers to the 33 persons who have been born in the Anuttara vimāna and who will áttain final emancipation after an immediate birth as a human being. For other details see Jaina Tattva prakāśa (4th. edn. p. 201); those details are, however, in accordance with the Sthānaka
văsin stand-point. Begins.-- fol. I' तेणं कालेणं । तेणं समएणं रायगिहे णगरे अज्जमुधम्मस्स समो.
सरणं etc. Ends. - fol. 5 तञ्चस्स अ(पग्म)स्स अयमढे पण्णत्ते। अगुत्तरोववातियदसाउ
संमत्ताउ ॥ छ । णवमं अंग संमतं ॥ छ । छ । श्री ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं १९२ ।। नमः श्रुतदेवतायै ॥ अणुत्तरोववातिअदसाणं एक्को सुप्त(योकसंधो तिणिणि) बग्गा तिसु चेव दिवसेस उद्दिसंति । तत्थ पढमवग्गै दस उद्देसगा। बिति[ति अवग्गे तेरस उद्देसगा ॥ ततिअवग्गे दस उद्देसगा । सेसं जहा धम्मकथाणं तहा तव्वं । छ ।
संवत् १५४४ वर्षे माधवदि २ गुरु । श्रीश्रीश्री शीरोहिका नगरे । रामाराउ
श्रीश्रीश्रीजगमल्लविज्ये(जयिनि राज्ये । श्री'तपागच्छे गच्छनायकभीश्रीश्री. . हेमविमलसूारिराज्ये ॥ महोपाध्या(ब)श्रीअनंतहंसगणीनां उपदेशेन ।
संघवीषीमालिखापितं ॥ जोसीपोपालिखितं ॥ ॥शुभं भवतुः . ..

Page #165

140
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 1st.
Reference. -Published together with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary, at Calcutta in A. D. 1875 and by the Agamodaya Smiti in A. D. 1920. The text with avacüri and Pudgalaparāvartastotra, too, with avacuri are published by the Atmananda Jaina Sabha, Bhavnagar in A. D. 1921. The text is translated into English by L. D. Barnett, in A. D. 1907 For quotations see Weber II, p. 504 ff. Geschichte II by Winternitz may be consulted for contents etc. For further Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 381. The text according to the Sthanakaväsin version has been translated in Hindi by Amolaka Rṣiji as can be seen from p. 3 of Jaina Tattvaprakāśa ( 4th. edn.). For the last few lines of the text see No. 162.
अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र
No. 151
Size. 11 in. by 44 in.
Extent. 41 folios; 15 lines to a page; 64 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari characters with ears; bold, small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; most of the foll. worm-eaten; condition poor; complete; extent 192 slokas; the first fol. numbered as 27, so this seems to be a part of some Ms. ; it contains in addition to this, the following two works -
(1)
( 2 ) विपाकसूत्र
Anuttaropapātikadaśāngasūtra
120 (a).
""
(No. 161).
foll. 29b--48 48--67b (No. 175 ).
1872-73.
Age. Not modern.
Begins. – fol. 27 तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं रायगिहे जगरे अज्जसुधम्मसमोसरणं etc.
Ends. fol. 29
N. B. For other details see No. 150.
etc., up to 3 as in No. 150.

Page #166

153.j IX. 11 Angas
ii अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र Anuttaroyapatikadasaigasutra
1077. No. 152
1887-91. Size.-10] in. by 4g in. Extent.- 8 folios ; II lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari characters
with पृष्ठमात्राs; very big, bold, legible and elegant handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used ; notes
written in the margins; complete; condition very good. Age.- Not later than Samvat I705. Begins.-fol. "तेणं कालेणं etc., as in No. 150. Ends.-fol. 8 तच्चस्स वग्गस्स etc., up to सेसं as in No. ISo followed by
जहा धम्मकहा यव्वं । नवमं अंग संम्मत्तं ॥छ ।। श्रीः । छः ॥ Then we have the lines written in a different hand as under:
॥ संवत् १७०५ वर्षे वैशाख शुक्लद्वितीयायां जगद्गुरुभ०श्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरपट्टालंकारभट्टारकश्रीविजयसेनसरिपट्टोदयाचलदिनकरसमानयुगप्रधानोपमानलं. श्री२१ विजयदेवसूरीश्वराणां आचार्य श्री२१विजयसिंहसूरीश्वरादिप्रवर्द्धमानपरिवारबंधुराणां श्री शत्रुजय'गिरनार प्रमुखानेकमहातीर्थयात्रासंघतिलककृतार्थितमनुष्यावतारया श्रा० फूला । नाम्न्या प्रतिरियं
प्रतिलाभिता वाच्यमाना चिरं जयतु ॥ छः ॥ छः ॥ छः ॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 150.
अनुत्तरोपपातिकवशाङ्गसूत्र No. 153
Anuttaropapātikadasāngasūtra
411. 1882-83.
Size.— 10 in. by 4} in. Extent.-- 9 folios ; 11 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, tough and greyish; Devanāgari cha
racters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. I blank; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 18 ; condition good; complete.

Page #167

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
142
Age.- Pretty old.
Author - Abhayadeva Suri.
Subject.— Sanskrit commentary to the 9th anga.
Begins.fol. 1 ॐ नमः । तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं रायगिहे etc., as in No. 152. Ends.--fol. 96 तञ्चस्स वग्गस्स etc., practically up to धम्मकहा णायव्वा ॥ छ । इति श्रीअणुत्तरोववाईयदशांगं । नवमं अंगं सम्मत्तं ॥ ९ ॥ N. B.-- Fot other detilas see No. 150.
अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्रविवरण
No. 154
Extent. - fol. 36a to fol. 396.
Description.- Fol. 39b blank ; complete in four foll.
[ 154
Anuttaropapātikadaśāngsutra
vivarana
55 (c). 1870-71.
The extent
of this work along with those of the other two is 1300 ślokas. For further details see No. 139.
Age.— Old.
Author. — Abhayadeva Suri.
Subject - Sanskrit commentary to the 9th anga.
Begins.fol. 364 अथानुत्तरोपपातिकदशास किंचित् व्याख्यायते । तत्रानुत्तरेषु सर्वोत्तमेषु विमानविशेषेषूपपातो जन्मामुत्तरोपपातः । स विद्यते येषां ते (अ) नुत्तरोपपातिकास्तत्प्रतिपादकादशाः etc.
Reference-- Published. See No. 150.
Ends. fol. 39 जीवं जीवेणं गच्छति । जीववीर्येण तु शरीरवीर्येणेत्यर्थः । शेषमंतकृद्दशांगवदित्यर्थः । अनु (त्त) रोपपातिकाख्यनवमांगदेशविवरणं समाप्तं । शब्दाः केचन नार्थतोऽत्र बिदिताः केचित्तु पर्यायतः । सूत्रार्थानुगतेः समूह्य भणितो यज्जातमार्ग ( गः ? )प्रदं ॥ वृत्तावs तक (तू) जिनेश्वरवचोभाषाविधौ कोविदैः ।
संशोध्यं विहितादरैर्जिनमतोपेक्षा यमिति (? यतो ) न क्षमा ॥ प्रत्यक्षरं निरूप्यासां ग्रंथमानं विनिश्वितं । वृत्तीनां तिसृणां श्लोकसहस्रं त्रिशताधिकं ॥
छ ।। ग्रं. १३०० । कृतिरियं श्रीमज्जिनेश्वराचार्यपादोपजीविश्रीमद्भय(देवा) चार्याणामिति ॥

Page #168

156.] अनुसरोपपातिकवशाङ्गसूत्र
विवरण
IX. 11 Angas
143 Anuttaropapātikadaśāngasūtra
vivarana
121(b). No. 155.
1873-74. Extent.-- fol. 56 to fol. 76. Description.-Complete. The extent of this together with the com
mentaries of two other angas, one of them viz. Antakrddaśāngasūtra (No. 149 ) and the other probably Upāsakadaśangasútra which is not contained in this Ms., comes to
1300 Slokas. For other detilas see No. 149. Age.-- Samvat 1561. Begins.-fol. 5' अथानुत्तरोपपातिकदशास किंचिद् व्याख्यायते । तत्रानुत्तरेषु
सर्वोत्तमेषु विमानविशेषेषूपपातो जन्मानुत्तरोपपातः etc.. Ends.---fol. 7 जीवं जीवेण गच्छति जीववीर्येण न तु शरीरबीर्येणेत्यर्थः etc., up
to कृतिरियं श्रीमज्जिनेश्वराचार्यपादोपजीविश्रीमदभयदेवाचार्याणामिति ॥ as in No. 154 followed by छ । छ । ग्रं. ४३७ छ ॥छ । सं० १५६१ वर्षे श्री तिमिरी पुरे श्री खरतरगच्छे श्रीसामरचंद्रसूरिसंताने वाचनाचार्यदयासागरगणानां वा ज्ञानमंदिरगणीनां विनेयदेवतिलकेन वृत्तित्रयं शोधितं वाचितं च ॥ वाच्यमानं सततं नंदतु शिष्यश्रेण्य ॥ श्रेयो(s)
स्तु श्रीसंघाय ॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 154.
अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र
विवरण
Anuttaropapātikadaśāngasūtra
vivarana
No. 156
164(0).
1873-74. Extent. - fol. 22b to fol. 246. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 140. Age.- Old. Begins.- fol. 22 अथानुत्तरोपपातिकशास etc.

Page #169

144
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[158.
Ends.---fol. 24° जीववीर्येण etc., up to श्रीमदभयदेवाचार्याणामिति as in
No. 155. N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 155.
अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र
विवरण
Anuttaropapātikadaśāngasutra
vivaraña
No. 157
1206 (0).
1886-92. Extent.- fol. 206 to fol. 22o. Description.- Complete ; condition very fair. For other details
see No. 141. Age.— Saṁvat 1512. See No. 179. Begins.- fol. 200 STUTTG Triq ifaçatia etc. Ends.--fol. 22a staatuor etc., up to FATafafa as in No. 155 followed
by si jari 3300 11 TH ECHT etc., and TET: A
etc. up to AT 11 11 N. B.- For additional information see No. 155.
अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र- Anuttaropapātikadašāngasūtraविवरण
vivarana
144 (0). No. 158
1881-82. Extent.-- fol. 246 to fol. 262. Description.- Complete in 3 foll. The extent of the complete Ms.
is 1400 slokas. For other details see No. 142. Begins. — fol. 246 TUTE ARTIT MACETE etc. Ends. - „ 26a sitaattitor etc., up to NAT as in No. 155 followed by
Elle 3800 lg etc. N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 155.

Page #170

159.]
X. II Angas
.
145
THE TENTH ANGA प्रभव्याकरणागसूत्र
Prasnavyākaraṇāngasūtra (पण्हावागरणंगसुत्त)
- ( Panhavagaranaigasutta)
446. . No. 159
1882-83. ... Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.- 35 folios ; I3 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanāgari chara
cters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, big, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; numbers of foll. I to 4 entered twice as usual ; fol. 1* blank; so is the fol. 350; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged;
condition on the whole good ; complete. Age. - Pretty old. Author.-- Sudharmasvāmin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject.--This tenth anga deals with questions and answers pertain
ing to samvara ( stoppage of karmans ) etc. Begins.-fol. I णमो अरहताणं जंबू
इणमो अण्हयसंवरविणिच्छयं पवयणस्स मिस्संद
वोच्छामि णिच्छयत्थं सुहासियत्थं महेसीहिं ॥१॥ etc. Ends.-fol. 35 पसत्थं पंचमं संवरदारं स(सोमत्तं ति बेमि छ एयाइं वयाइं पंच वि
मुब्वयमहत्वयाइं हेउसयविचित्तपुक्कलाई कहिया अरहतसासणा(णे पंच समासेण संवरा वित्थरेण उ पण्णवीसतिसमियसहियसंपुर)डे सदायतणघडणस विस(बदसंण(णे) एए अणुचरियसंजते चरिमसरीरधरे भविस्सतीति छ
श्री छ इति इति प्रश्नव्याकरणानि समाप्तानि । छ छ etc. Reference.-- As editio princeps may be mentioned the Calcutta
edition of A.D. 1876, where the text together with Abhayadeva Sūris Sanskrit commentary and a Hindi gloss by Vijaya Sadhu is published. The text is also published with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary by the Agamodaya Samiti in A. D. 1919. See for other particulars Weber II, p. 508 ff., and Indian Antiquary (vol. XX, p. 23). A. Weber's Ahalya,
19 [J.L.P.]

Page #171

146
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[160.
Berlin, 1887 may be also consulted. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, pp. 394-395.
प्रश्नव्याकरणाइसूत्र
Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtra
1398. No. 160
1891-95. Size.- iof in. by 44 in. Extent.— 33 folios ; 13 lincs to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanāgari chara
cters with EES; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. 1° and 335 blank; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged; con
dition very good ; complete ; extent 1250 ślokas. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.--fol. 10 áo A#: sftheatre[:] FAT STENTO Àg BUTHT etc., as in
No. 159. Ends. fol. 32 Thea ja etc., practically up to Farafa as in No.159
followed by qugrat OTOT Tott gerlar H 375 puutarस?कसर)गा चउदससु चेव दिवसे(सु) उद्दिसिज(ज्जं)ति एक्कंतरएसु आयंबिलेस निरुद्धेसु आउत्तपाणएणं ॥ छ । अंग जहा आयारस्स ॥ छः ॥ छः ।।
श्रीः ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं १२५० छः ।। N. B. - For further particulars see No. 159.
प्रश्नव्याकरणाङ्गसूत्र
Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtra
120 ( b ). No. 161
1872-73. Extent.— fol. 29b to fol. 48o. Description.- Complete ; extent 1250 ślokas. For other details see
No. 151.
I
See “ Sitzungberichte der Königlich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften.".

Page #172

162.]
X. II Angas
147
Begins.- fol. 29 णमो अरहंताणं । जंबू इणमो etc., as in No. 159. Ends.-fol. 48 पसत्थं पंचमं etc., up to सरीरधरे as in No 159 followed
by भविस्सईति ।। प्रश्नव्याकरणानि समाप्तानि ॥ छ ।। ग्रं० १२५० ॥ छ । पण्हावागरणाणं एगो मुत(योक्खंधो दस अज्झयणा इक्कसरगा चउदससु चेव दिवसेसु उद्दिसिज्जंति इक्वंतरएंसु आयंबिलेसु निरुद्धस आउत्तभत्त
पाणएण अंग जहा आयारस्स ॥ छ । N. B.- For further particulars see No. 159.
70.
प्रश्नव्याकरणाङ्गसूत्र
Praśnavyakarañangasūtra विवृतिसहित
with vivrti No. 162
.. 1866-68. Side.- 101 in. by 4, in. Extent.-- III folios ; IS lines to a page ; 34 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari characters
with occasional Tatars; bold, legible and good handwriting; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a raret Ms., the text being written in a bigger hand-writing; fol. I blank, so is the fol. III' ; leatherbound; several foll. worm-eaten; some of them very badly; condition unsatisfactory; in some cases there are lacune ( vide fol. 95b); numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; a small bit of paper pasted to fol. 33b; borders neatly ruled in three lines in red ink, edges in two; complete ; extent
1250 ślokas. Age.- Samvat 1633. Author of the commentary-Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.-- The text and its Sanskrit commentary. The initial lines
do not belong to प्रश्नव्याकरणान्सूत्र ; they are rather the final
lines of अनुत्तरोपपातिकदशाङ्गसूत्र. Begins.--(text) fol. 1' ॐ नमो सुयदेवयाए । अणुत्तरोषवाइयदसाणं एक्को सुय
क्खंधो तिन्नि वग्गा तिसु चेव दिवसेसु उद्विसंति । तत्थ पढमवग्गे दस

Page #173

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[163.
. उद्देसमा वितियवग्गे तेरस उद्देसगा। सेस जहा धम्मकहाणं तहा नेयव्वा ।
नमो अरहताणं । जंबू इणमो etc. as in No. 159. Begins- (com.) fol. 1 नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय । श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य etc., as in
No. 159. Ends.- (text) fol. 110' पसत्थं पंचमं etc., up to समानानि as in No. 159
followed by ग्रंथानं १२५० ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ ,, -- (com.) fol. IIO का(सत्? )पुरुषतीरितानि etc., up to संशोधिता
चेयं as in No. 163 followed by ग्रंथानं ४६३०॥छ ॥ शुभं भवतु
etc. सं. १६३३ वर्षे कार्तिक वदि ११ शुक्रे लिखितं ॥ N. B:-- For further particulars see No. 159.
प्रभम्याकरणागसूत्रविवृति Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtravivrti
298. No. 163
A. 1882-83. Size.- 9 in. by 44 in. Extent.— 100 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish; Devana
gari characters with mas; tolerably big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. I blank; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged ; condition on the
whole good; complete; extent 5630 Slokas. Age.-- Pretty old. Author.- Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.- Sanskrit commentary to Praśnavyākaraṇāngasútra. It is
styled as vyākhyā and vivști by the commentator himself. Begins.- fol. I श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य व्याख्या काचिद्विधीयते ।
प्रश्नव्याकरणांगस्य वृद्धन्यायानुसारतः ॥ (१) अज्ञा वयं शास्त्रमिदं गभीरं
प्रायो(s)स्य कूटानि च पुस्तकानि । सूत्र व्यवस्थाप्य ततो विमृश्य
व्याख्यानकल्पादित एव चैव ॥२॥ अथ अभव्याकरणाख्यं दशमांगं व्याख्यायते etc.

Page #174

164.1
X. 11 Angas
149
Eads.fol. root सत्पुरुषतीरितानि । निर्वाणगमनस्वर्गप्रणायकानि पंचापि संबरद्वाराणि समाप्तानीति ब्रवीमीति ॥ छ ॥ समाप्ता प्रश्नव्याकरणांगटीका ॥ छ ॥ नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय श्रीपार्श्वप्रभवे नमः । नमः श्रीमत्सरस्वत्यै सहायेभ्यो नमो नमः ॥ १ ॥ इह हि गमनार्थं यन्मया (S) भ्यूहयोक्तं
किम (प) समयहीनं तद्विशोध्यं सुधीभिः । हि भवति विधेया सर्वथा (S) स्मिन्नुपा (पे)क्षा दयितजिनमतानां तायिनां चांगिवर्गे ॥ २ ॥ परेषां दुर्लक्ष्या भवति विवक्षा स्फुटमिदं
विशेषादू वृद्धानामतुलवचनज्ञानमहसां । मिराम्नाया (धीभिः पुनरतितरां ) मादृशजनै
स्ततः शास्त्रार्थो मे वचनमनघं दुर्ला (ल) भमिह ॥ ३ ॥ ततः सिद्धांततत्वज्ञैः स्वयमूह्यः प्रयत्नतः । न पुनरस्मदाख्यात एव ग्राह्यो नियोगतः ॥ ४ ॥ तथैवं मा (1) स्तु मे पापं संघमत्युपजीवनात् । वृद्धन्यायानुसारित्वात् हितार्थे च प्रवृत्तितः ॥ ५ ॥ यो जैनाभिमत (त) प्रमाणमनघं व्युत्पादयामासिवान् ।
प्रस्थानैर्विविधैर्निरस्य निखिलं बौद्धादिसंबांध तत् ॥ नानावृत्तिकथा [ : ] कथापथमतिक्रांतं च चक्रे तपः ।
निस्संबंधप्रति (१ वि) हारमप्रतिहत (हतं) शास्त्रानुसारात्तथा ॥ ६ ॥ तस्याचार्यजिनेश्वरस्य मदषद्वादिप्रतिस्पर्द्धिन
स्तद्वधोरपि बुद्धिसागर इति ख्यातस्य सुरेर्भुवि । छंदोबंधन (बद्ध) बंधुरवचः शब्दादिसलक्ष्मणः ।
श्रीसंविग्नविहारिणः श्रुतनिधेश्वारित्रचूडामणी (? णेः) ।। ७ ।। शिष्येणा भयदेवाख्यसूरिणा विवृतिः कृता । प्रश्रव्याकरणांगस्य श्रुतभक्त्या समासतः ॥ ८ ॥ निर्वृतिककुलनभक्कु (?स्त) लचंद्र द्रोणाख्यस्रारमुख्येन । पंडितणा (जे) न गुणवत्प्रियेण संशोधिता चेयं ॥ ९ ॥
छ । सर्वाग्रंवृत्तिः ५६३० ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
Reference.- Published. For the praśasti see Nos. 162 and 165.
प्रभव्याकरणाङ्गसूत्रविवृति
Praśnavyakaraṇāngasūtravivṛti
22.
1877-78.
No. 164
Size - 1ok in. by 44 in.
Extent. - 92 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line

Page #175

150
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(165.
Description.- Country paper rough, thin and greyish; Devanā
gari characters with ; small, legible and good handwriting ; some of the last few foll. written in a somewhat illegible hand; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used , fol. 1a blank ; so is the fol. 926; foll. mostly numbered in the right hand margin only; this Ms. contains the talas of the text; condition very good ; complete except that it lacks in the colophon given in No. 163.
extent 4800 ślokas. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.-- fol. 16 À FAITHT afairy
fra SATHIFT CUTETT etc., as in No. 163. Ends. -- fol. 92 gcatfata etc., up to FATAT TETEJTaTuiture Tu
ll as in No. 163. Then jorg 8600. N. B.- For other details see No. 163.
प्रभव्याकरणागसूत्रविवृति Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtravivrti No. 165
1206(d).
1886-92. Extent.- fol. 22° to fol. 892. Description- Complete ; condition very fair. For other details see
No. 141. Age.- Samvat 1512. See No. 177 Begins. -- fol. 22° 3 FA: start II
ATAART etc. Ends. -- fol. 89* सत्पुरुषतीरितानि etc., up to संशोधिता चेयं ॥९॥ as in
No. 163. N. B.-For additional details see No. 163.

Page #176

167.1
X. II Angas
151
प्रभव्याकरणासूत्रविवृति Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtravivrti
772 No. 166
1899–1915. Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.— 114 + 1 - 2 = 113 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 48 letters
to a line. Description.- Country paper white and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders mostly ruled in two lines in black ink; fol. 1 blank; yellow pigment used; foll.5 to 27 and 86 somewhat wormeaten:; fol. 29 repeated; foll. 42 and 111 lacking ; ends
abruptly; incomplete; condition fair, Age.— Samvat 1670. Begins. - fol. 1° 3 AA: prie 11
rash ART etc., as in No. 163. Ends. - fol. II4* सत्पुरुषतीरितानि etc., up to बौद्धादिसंबंधि तत् as in
No. 163. Then we have: -
वर्षे व्योमपयोधिषोडश(१६७०)मिते माघस्य पक्षे सिते। - पुष्यःद्वितीयादिने शुभतरे वारे भृगोर्नेदने Then run the lines arara1979T: etc., up to aqugiję as in
No. 163. Here it terminates abruptly. N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 163,
प्रभव्याकरणागसूत्रविवृति Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtravivrti
821. No. 167
1895-1902. Size.— 101 in. by 4} in. Extent.- 70 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, smooth and greyish;
Devanāgari characters with TATES ; legible, small and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; fol. Ia blank; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered twice as usual ; this Ms. contains only the states of

Page #177

152
Age.-Pretty old.
Begins.— fol. rb ॐ नमो (मः ) श्रीवर्द्धमानाय
TM etc., as in No. 163.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 168.
the text; some lacunæ here and there (vide fol. 5*); edges of the first and the last foll. damaged to a smaller or greater extent; condition tolerably good; complete; extent 4630 slokas.
Ends. fol. 7ob gifana etc., up to affa (fa) as in No. 163 followed by छ || प्रश्नव्याकरणांगटीकायां ग्रंथानं ४६३० ॥ शुभं भवतु [:] etc.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 163.
प्रश्नव्याकरणाङ्गसूत्र विवृति
No. 168
Size.- 117 in, by 4 in.
Extent. 86 folios; 15 lines to a page; 56 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and whitish; Devanagari characters with HTETS; big, bold, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank; strips of paper pasted to it; edges and corners of several foll. worn out; in most of the cases pieces of paper are pasted where necessary; the fol. 86 is decorated with a in red ink; two bits of paper pasted to it; condition fair; unnumbered sides have one small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having two more, one in each margin; complete; extent 4630 slokas.
Age. Samvat 1571.
-
Begins. Ends.
Praśnavyakaraṇāngasūtravivṛti
121.
1872-73.
fol. 1b नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ॥ श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य etc., as in No. 163. fol. 85 * सत्पुरुषतीरितानि etc., up to संशोधिता चेयं as in No. 163. Then follow the lines as under :
छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ४६३० ॥ छ ॥ श्रीरस्तु लेखक पाठकयोः वाचकानां f. This is succeeded by the colophon as below:

Page #178

168.]
X. 11 Angas स्वस्ति श्रीप्रदवईमानमगवत्प्रासादविध(प्रा)जिते
श्री संडेर'पुरे सुरालयसमे 'प्राग्वाट'वंशोत्तमः आभूर्भूरियशा अभूत् सुमतिसूभूमिप्रभुप्रार्चित[:]
स्तज्जातोऽन्वयपद्मभासुररविः श्रेष्टी(टी) महानासडः ॥१ सन्मुख्यो मोषनामा नयविनयनिधिः सूनुरासीत्तदीय[:]__ स्तभ्राता वर्द्धमानः समजनि जनतासु स्वसौजन्यमान्यः ॥ अन्यूनाऽन्यायमार्गाऽपनयनरसिकस्तत्मुतश्चंडसिंह(:)
सप्तासंस्तत्तनुजा प्रथितयणगणाः पेथडस्तेषु पूर्वः ॥२ नरसिंहरत्नसिंहो(हौ) चतुर्थमल्लस्ततस्तु मुंजाल: विक्रमसिंहो धर्मण इत्येतेऽस्याऽनुजाः क्रमतः ॥३ संडेरके ऽणहिलपाटण पत्तनस्या
सने य एव निरमापयदुञ्चचैत्यं । स्वस्वैः स्वकीयकुलदैवतवीरसेशं ।
क्षेत्राधिराजसतताश्रितसंनिधानं ॥ ४ बासाऽवनीनेन समं च जाते
कलौ कुतो(s)स्थापयदेव हेतोः 'बीजापुरं क्षत्रियमुख्यबीजा
सौहार्दतो लोककरोऽधकारी॥५ अत्र रीरीमयज्ञातनंदनप्रतिमान्वितं
यश्चैत्यं कारयामास लसत्तोरणराजितं ॥६ योऽकारयत्सचिवपुंगववस्तुपाल
निर्मापिते ऽर्बुद गिरिस्थिर(त)नेमिचैत्ये । उद्धारमात्मन इव बु(ब्रु)डतो ह्यपार
संसारदुस्तरणवारिधिमध्य इद्धः ॥७ गोत्रे(s)त्रैवाद्याप्तबिंबं भीमसाधुविधित्सितं ।। य(त)पित्तलमयं हैमदृढसंधिमकारयत् ॥ ८ चरमजिनवरेंद्रस्फारमूर्ति विधाप्य ।
गृहजिनवसतो प्रातिष्ठपत् शुद्धलग्ने पुर उरुतरदेवौकःस्थितायां च तस्यां ।
समहमतिलघोः श्रीकर्णदेवस्य राज्ये ॥ ९ खरससमयसोमे (१६६०) बंधुभिः षभिरेव ।
सममिह मुविधीनां साधने सावधानाः । · 'विमलगिरि 'शिरस्थादीश्वरं योजयते ।
'यदुकुलतिलकामं नेमिमानम्य मोदात् ।।१०।। . 20 [J. L. P.

Page #179

154
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[168.
निजमनुजभवं यः सार्थकं श्राक् चकार ।
विहितगुरुसपर्यः पालयन् सांघपत्यं । कलसकलकलासत्कौशली निष्कलंकः पुनरपि षडऽकार्षीद यो हि यात्रास्तथैव ॥११॥
त्रिभिः कुलकं ॥ मुनिमुनियक्ष१३७७मितेऽन्दे । दुभि(भि)क्षविलक्षदीनजनलक्षान् । वीक्ष्याऽनू(ना)न्नान्नां(नां) दानात् स्वस्थांश्चयः कृतवान् ॥ १२ ॥ समयश्रुतिफलमतुलं स्वगुरोर्ययोऽ)थैकदा(७)वबुध्य सुधीः । सकलं विमलं सततं । सदो(दा)गमं श्रावय मम त्व ॥ १३ ॥ इत्यार्थितवांस्तस्मै गुरौ प्रवृत्तेऽकरोत्तथा कर्तुं । तद्गमगवीरगौतमनामा! रे(रै )रजत टंकैः ॥ १४ ॥ तेनाऽहणाधनेनाऽलेखयदाप्तोक्तिकोशसुचतुष्कं । सत्यादिसूरिवचनात् । क्षेत्रनवक उप्तवान् वित्तं ॥१५॥
त्रिभिः कुलकं॥ तत्तनयः पद्माः ]स्तदुद्भवो लाड(?ण)स्तदंगभवः । अस्ति स्मा(ssोल्हणसिंहस्तदंगजो मंडलिकनामा ॥१६॥ श्री रवैता'चुद'सुतीर्थमुखेषु चैत्यो
द्धारानऽकारयदनकपुरष्वऽनल्पैः । न्यायार्जितैर्धनभरैर्वरधर्मशालाः।
यः सत्कृतो निखिल(मंडल)मंडलीकैः ॥ वमुरसभुवन(१४६८)प्रामिते वर्षे विक्रमनृपादविनिर्जितवान् । दुःकालं समकालं । बह्वन्नानां वितरणाद्यः ॥१८ वर्षेषु सप्तसप्तत्यऽधिकचतुर्दशशतेषु (१४७७) यो यात्रां। देवालयकलितां किले(ल) चक्रे 'शत्रुजया येषु ॥१९॥ श्रुतलेखनसंघार्चाप्रभृतीनि बहूनि पुण्यकार्याणि । यो(s)कार्षीद विविधानि च पूज्यजयानंदसूरिगिरा ॥२० ।। व्यवहरठाई(?) आख्यो(s)भूदक्षस्तनुत्तं(त्तनु)ज एव विजिताक्षः । वरमणकाईनाम्नी । सत्त्ववती जन्यजनि तस्य ॥ २१॥ तत्कुक्ष्यनुपममानसकासारसितच्छदास्त्रयः पुत्राः। अभवन् श्रेष्ठाः पर्वतडूंगरनरबदसुनामानः ॥ २२॥ तेष्वऽस्ति पर्वताख्यो लक्ष्मीकांतः सहस्रवीरेण । पोईआप्रमुखकुटुंबै । परीकृतो वंशशोभाकृत् ॥ २३॥ डूंगरनामा द्वितीयः । स्ववा(चा)रुचातुर्यवर्यमेधावान् । पत्नी मंगादेवी रमणः कान्हाख्यमुतपक्षः॥२४॥

Page #180

169.]
X. 11 Angas
155
स्वकारिताऽहत्प्रतिमाप्रतिष्ठां
विधाप्य तौ पर्वतढुंगराभिधौ। वर्षे हि नंदेषुतिथौ १५५९ च चक्रतुः
श्रीवाचकस्थापनसन्महोत्सवं ॥२५ खर्तुतिथि(१५६०)मितसमायां । यात्रां तो चक्रतुः मुतीर्थेषु । 'जीरापल्लीपावा॑ ऽर्बुदा'चलायेषु सोल्लासं ॥२६॥ 'गंधार मंदिरे तो जलमलयुगलादिसमुदयोपेताः ।। श्रीकल्पपुस्तिका अपि । दत्त्वाऽखिलसर्वशालासु ।। २७ कृतसंघसत्कृती चावाचयतां तौ च रूप्यनाणकयुग। ददतुश्चसितापुंजं । समस्ततन्नागरिकवणिजं ॥२८ कृतवंतौ तावित्यादिविहितचतुर्थव्रतादरौ मुकृतं । 'आगम गच्छेशश्रीविवेकरत्नाख्यगुरुवचनात् ।। २९
अथोत्तमौ पर्वतकान्हनामको
सार्थोद्यमौ सूरिपदप्रदापने । आकारतानां च समानधर्मिणां
नानाविधस्थानसमागतानां ॥३० पुंसां दुत्कूलादिकदानपूर्वकं _समस्तसद्दर्शनसाधुपूजनात् । महामहं तेनतुरुत्तरंतौ। पवित्रचित्तौ जिनधर्मवासितौ ॥३१
युग्मं ॥ 'आगम'गच्छविभूनां सूरिजयानंदसद्गुरोः क्रमतः । श्रीमद्विवेकरत्नप्रभुसूरीणां सदुपदेशात् ॥ ३२ शशिमुनितिथि(१५७१)मिते(तवर्षे) समग्रासिद्धांतलेखनपराभ्यां । ताभ्यां व्यवहरपरवतकान्हाभ्यां सुकृतरसिकाभ्यां ॥ ३३ निजमानसमोदभराद लेखितमा(?)मविचित्ररचनाढ्यं ॥ प्रश्नव्याकरा(र)णानां । वृत्तिरियं सा चिरं जयतात् ॥३४
त्रिभिर्विशेषकं ।। इति प्रशस्तिः ॥ छ ॥छ॥ N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 163.
295.
प्रश्नव्याकरणाङ्गसूत्रविवृति
Praśnavyākaraḥāngasūtravivrti No. 169
A. 1883-84. Size. — 101 in. by 4} in. Extent.- 67 folios ; I7 lines to a page ; 64 letters to a line.

Page #181

156
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 170.
Description.- Country paper rough, tough and white; Devanāgari
characters with EarS; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; each of the foll. Ia and 676 decorated with the same design in red colour; this Ms. does not seem to contain the complete text; only the gates appear to be given ; complete; edges of the first and the last foll. worn out; condi
tion on the whole good; extent 5016 ślokas. Age. - Samvat 1632. Begins. - fol. 1b
eta gara etc. Ends.-fol. 67o F a fana etc., up to struar ar as in No. 163
followed by संवत् १६३२ वरषे असाढ सुदि १ लष्यतं व्यास अनंत.
Then in a different hand we have juri 408 N. B. - For other details see No. 163.
प्रश्नव्याकरणाङ्गसूत्र
Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtra टब्बासहित
with tabbā
222. No. 170
1871-72. Size.— 104 in. by 4 in. Extent.- ( text ) 95-28-3-1 =63 folios ; s lines to a page; 28
letters to a line. „ -- (tabbā) 63 folios; 5 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper whitish and rough; Devanagari
characters with a ; bold, big, clear but poor handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; fol. 12 blank; edges of the first fol. and also those of the 6th to the 15th slightly damaged; some foll. woi m-eaten ; condition very fair; this Ms. contains both the text and its interlinear explanation in Gujarāti known as tabbā; yellow pigment used; foll. 16 to 43 lacking; so are the foll. 46 to 48 and

Page #182

17I.]
X. II Angas
157
55; foll. 43 etc., up to 54 also numbered as 7th etc.; foll. 56 to 83 numbered also as 2, 3 etc.; the foll. 84 to 95 doubly numbered, the second set being 1, 2 etc. This Ms. terminates at the first #TETT, the work being hence
incomplete. Age.-- Pretty old. Subject.- The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- (text ) fol. I' नमो अरिहताणं जंजु(बू) इणमो etc.
,, -- (com.) ,, ,, नमो वीतरागाय .... .... ....'मस्वामी कहि छह etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 956 सिद्धवरसासणमिमं आघधियं मुदसियं पसत्थं छ पढम
संवरदारं इति समत्तं ति बेमि ॥१॥ समाप्तं श्री छ। , - (com.) fol. 91b पीतरागने कह्यउ ॥ उपदिस्यउ ॥ प्रधान ॥ इति
संपु(पूर्ण॥ श्रीसुधर्मस्वामि जंबुस्वामि प्रति कहि छह ॥१॥ N. B.- For additional information see No. 159.
प्रश्नव्याकरणाङ्गसूत्रपर्याय
Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtraparyāya
___736 (7).
No. 171
1875-76.
Extent.— fol. 4". Description.— Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyaya
No. 736 (1).
1875-76.. Subject.— Difficult words etc. occurring in Praśnavyākaraṇāngasutra
explained. Begins.-fol. 4 प्रश्नव्याकरणपर्याया यथा सूत्रं व्यवस्थाध्यमतो विसृश्य व्याख्यान
कल्पादित एव नैव इति व्याख्यानकल्पात् etc. Ends.- fol. 4* वृद्धोऽयं अंधोऽयमिति भणित्वा ये सा(मा)रयंति ते संसारमोचकाः
व्रणे श्वयथुरायासीत् श्वयथुः शेफः । इति प्रश्नव्याकरणपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।
___ I
Letters gone.

Page #183

158
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(172. प्रश्नव्याकरणागसूत्रपर्याय Prasnavyākaranangasutraparyaya
789 (7). No. 172
1895-1902. Extent.- fol. 56. Description.- Complete so far as it goes. For further details see
787(1). Pañcavastukaparyāya No.
1895-1902. Begins.- fol. 568241* purgator TuT I etc., as in No. 171. Ends.- fol. sa cet(s) Sulsarafat etc. N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 171.

Page #184

173.]
XI. 11 Angas
159
THE ELEVENTH ANGA विपाकसूत्र
Vipākasutra (fairge)
( Vivāgasutta ) No. 173
82.
1869-70. Size.— 101 in. by 4} in. Extent.---- 29+I= 30 folios; 13 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devanāgari chara
cters with occasional IETS ; bold, uniform, legible and beautiful hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; fol. 1* blank; fol. 25 repeated ; condition very good;
complete. Age. - Fairly old. Author.- Sudharmasvāmin according to the Jaina tradition. Subject. - This work forms the 11th anga. It is known as Vipāka
śruta, too. It deals with fructifications of good and bad karmans. It is divided into two parts known as Srutaskandhas. They are styled as Duhavivāga or Duḥkhavipāka and Suhavivāga or Sukhavipāka. Each of them consists of
10 chapters known as adhyayanas. Begins. - fol. 1b qui freu ao FAGU OTA Operft te duurait
goute la etc. Ends.- fol. 296 hy są FHUUT HITE HTTU yeranto HA
अज्झयणस्स अयमहे पण्णत्ते सेवं भंते सुहविवागा छ एक्कार(सोमं अंगं समत्तं छ नमो श्रुतदेवा(ता)ये विवागमुयस्स दो मुय(क)खंधा । दुहविवागो (सुह विवागो य तत्थ दुहविवागे) दस अज्झयण एक्करस(सर)गा दस(सु) चेव
दिवसेसु उहिस्संति एवं सुहविवागे वि सेसं ज[अ]हायारस्सं छ छ । Reference.- Published with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary and a
Hindi gloss by Vijaya Sadhu at Calcutta in A.D. 1876. The text as well as the commentary are published by the Agamodaya Samiti in A. D. 1920 ( see p. 135), and in the Mukti-kamala Jaina Mohanamālā, Baroda, too, in Saṁvat 1976. The text together with the Gujarati translation is published by Jaina Dharmaprasāraka Sabha in Samvat 1987. For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 524ff., Indian Antiquary vol. XX, p. 26 and Winternitz, Geschichte II, p. 306. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 395.

Page #185

160
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(175.
विपाकसूत्र
Vipākasutra
1253. No. 174
1887-91. Size.— 108 in. by 44 in. Extent.- 35 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari
characters with occasional HABITS; big, clear and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; fol. 1 blank; it it little bit torn ; most of the foll. eaten away by white ants to a smaller or greater degree;
condition unsatisfactory; complete ; extent 1250 ślokas. Age. - Old. Begins. fol. rb abruptly sie 11
qui relui au FATO etc., as in No. 173. Ends. - fol. 35° एवं खलु जंबू etc., up to सेस जहा आयारस्स as in
No. 173 followed by fagranee TR 2113811 TË • Per Burg 8740. N.B.--For further particulars see No. 173.
विपाकसूत्र
Vipākasutra
120 (0) No. 175
1872-73. Extent.- fol. 48a to fol. 676. Description.-- Complete. Fol. 675 blank. A piece of paper of the
same size as the fol. pasted to fol. 676. For further details
see No. 151. Begins.-- fol. 484 to retor etc., as in No. 173. Ends.- fol. 67° å ut sig etc., up ro FET 3914177 etc., as in No.
173 followed by afer stiraraya gar sirapani Pet (:)
steret: set: N. B.- For further particulars see No. 173.

Page #186

XI. 11 Angas
161
.76.] विपाकसूत्र दब्बासहित
Vipākasūtra with tabba...
-
102 (8).
No. 176
1872-73. Size.- lot in. by 43 in. Extent. 7 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 35 to 40 letters to a line.*** Description.- Country paper thick and white ; Devanagari charac. ... ters; bold, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in
two lines in red ink, edges singly; this Ms. contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarātī as well, the latter written above the corresponding lines of the former; numbers of foll. entered twice, once, in each of the two margins of the numbered side; fol. 7b blank; only the first chapter known as Subahuajjhayana and its tabba complete; this Ms. con
n जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिगतभरतचरित्र with tabba. Age.- Samvat I758. Subject. The first chapter of the second part of Vipākasūtra deal
ing with the life of Subāhukumära together with its explana
tion in Gujarāti. Begins.- (text) fol. I तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं । रायगिहे णगरे । गुणसिले(लए)
चेइए । सोहम्मे समोसढे । जंबू जाव etc. , - ( tabbā. ) fpl. I ते काल ॥ ते समो चोथइ आरइ ॥ राज्यगृह नामां
नगर ॥ गुणसिलो etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 7° एवं खलु जंबू । समणेणं जाप संपत्तेणं। सुहविवागाणं ।
पढमस्स अज्झयणस्स अयमहे पण(ण्ण)त्ते त्ति बेमि ।। पढमं अज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ।।
लिषितं ऋषि दूदाजी । आर्या स्यांमां गांगबाइ ४ पठनार्थ. ,, -- ( tabba ) fol. 7° सुषविपाकियाना पहिला अध्येनना ए अर्थ कह्या ति
बेमि । सुषविपाकनो । ए प्रथम अध्येन पूर्ण थयो.. N B.- For further particulars see No. 173.
21
IJ.L. P.]

Page #187

162 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[177. विपाकसूत्रवृत्ति
Vipākasūtravrtti No. 177
329.
A.1882-83. Size.- 104 in. by 43 in. Extent.- 17 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 63 letters to a line, Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्रा; bold, clear, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, the space between the pairs coloured red; each of the foll. r* and 170 decorated with a design in red ink ; red chalk used ; unnumbered sides marked with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this two more, one in each margin; condition very good;
complete; extent 1000 ślokas. Age.- Samvat 1603. Author.-Abhayadeva Suri. Subject.- Commentary in Sanskrit to Vipakasutra. Begins.-fol. I' नमः श्रुतदेवतायै ।
नत्वा श्रीवर्द्धमानाय वर्द्धमानश्रुताध्वने
विपाकश्रुतशास्त्रस्य वृत्तिकेयं विधास्यते । अथ विपाकश्रुतमिति कः शब्दार्थः । उच्यते विपाकः । etc. Ends.- fol. 16' इति द्वितीय श्रुतस्कंध(धे) प्रथमाध्ययनविवरणं ॥ एवमुत्तराणि
नवाप्यनुगंतव्यानीति ॥ छ । समाप्तं विपाकश्रुताख्यैकादशांगप्रदेशविवरणं
इहानुयोगे यदयुक्तमुक्तं
तद्धीधना द्राक्परिशोधयंतु । नोपक्षणं युक्तिमदन येन
जिनागमे भक्तिपरायणानां ॥ छ ॥ कृतिरियं संविन(ग्न)मुनिजनप्रधानश्रीजिनेश्वराचार्यचरणकमल(ल)चंचरीककल्पश्रीमदभयदेवाचार्यस्येति ॥छ ॥छ ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथानं १०००॥ छ ॥ षडंगा सूत्रवृत्तिसमन्वितं लेखयांचक्रे॥
पंचांग(गी)पुस्तकमिदं कुमुदोपमानं
पत्रावलीकलितमुज्ज्वलवर्णरम्यं

Page #188

178.] XI. 11 Angas
163 ........ . यत्साधुभिर्मधुकरैः परिचुंब्यमानं
जीयाञ्चिरं सुगुरुराजविकाश्यमानं ॥ अक्षरमात्रपदस्वरहीनं व्यंजनसंधिविवर्जितरफं।
साधुभिरेष मम क्षमितव्यं । कोऽत्र न मुह्यति शास्त्रसमुद्रे ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ शुभं क्षेमं कल्याणं ॥ संवत् १६०३ वर्षे भाद्रपद म(सु?)दि ५
शनउ॥ Reference.-Published. See No. 173. For an additional Ms. see
B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 396.
विपाकसूत्रवृत्ति
Vipākasūtravrtti
185. ___No. 178
1873-74. Size.- Iod in. by 4 in. Extent.- I7 folios ; I7 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description-Country paper, thin and greyish; Devanagari charac
ters; clear, uniform and fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in red ink and edges in two; foll. I. and 17' blank; a strip of paper pasted to fol. 1a ; red chalk used; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side but in different margins; this Ms. contains the acts of the original text; condition good ; complete ; extent 1116(?)
ślokas. Age- Samvat I728. Begins.- fol. 1 नमः श्रुतदेवतायै।
नत्वा श्रीवर्द्धमानाय etc., as in No. I77. Ends.-fol., 17 इति द्वितीय श्रुतस्कंध etc., up to प्रदेशविवरण as in
No. 177 followed by ग्रंथाग्रंथ १११६०(?) Then we have :इहानुयोगे up to श्रीमदभयदेवाचार्यस्येति as in No. 177. This is followed by एवं पंचांगीसूत्रं वृत्तिसमन्वितं पंचांगीपुस्तक etc., up to विकाश्यमानं. Then follow the lines as under:संवत् १७२८ वर्षे मिती कार्तिकवदि ५ दिने 'जेसलमेरु मध्ये वा विनयराज
तेषां शिष्यपं(०)सकलहर्ष तेषां सुशिष्यविनयविमलेन लिपीकृता ॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 177.

Page #189

164
विपाकसूत्रवृत्ति
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Age- Samvat 1512.
Begins. fol. 89© नमः श्रुतदेवतायै ॥
नवा श्रीवर्द्धमानाय etc.
No. 179
Extent- fol. 89a to fol. 102b.
Description-Complete; condition very fair. For other details see
No 141.
विपाकसूत्रवृत्ति
No. 180
Vipäkasūtravṛtti
1206 (e).
1886-92.
[180.
Ends.—fol. 102° इति द्वितीयश्रुतस्कंधे etc., up to श्रीमदभयदेवाचार्यस्येति as in No. 177 followed by श्रीरस्तु etc. संवत् १५१२ वर्षे श्री ' अणहिल्लपाटक' पत्तने 'श्री' खरतर 'गच्छे श्रीजिनवर्द्धनसूरिपट्टे श्रीजिनचंद्रसूरयस्तेनं पट्टे श्रीजिन... श्रीजिन सुंदर सूरयस्तेषां पट्टे श्री ... श्रीजिनहर्षसूरीणा Then we have the line in a different hand as under:पं० श्री भानुमेरुगण्युपदेशात् प्रतिरियं गृहीतेति ॥
Size. 10 in. by 43 in.
Extent. 20 folios; 15 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description.
Vipakasūtravṛtti
330
A. .1882-83.
3
I Letters are not quite legible, since the pigment is used.
2-3 Letters are not legible, owing to the yellow pigment used.
Country paper very thin and white; Devanagari characters with occasional TTS; bold, clear, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; numbers of foll. entered twice on one and the same side, but, of course, in different margins; foll. 1a and 20b blank; yellowish pigment used; this Ms. contains only the s, of the original sutra ; complete ;extent 909 slokas; in the beginning of this Ms. we have a colophon of Praśnavyākaraṇāngasūtravivṛti; condition very good.

Page #190

180.]
XI. II Angas... Birgin-folh. I श्रीजिन ॥
नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय श्रीपार्श्वप्रभवे नमः ॥ [छ ।। नमः श्रीसरस्वत्यै सहायेभ्यो नमो नमः ॥ इह हि गमन(नि)काथै यन्मया(s)भ्यूहयोक्तं . ..
किमपि समयहीनं तद्विशोध्यं सुधीभिः नहि भवति विधेया सर्वथा(s)स्मिन्नुपेक्षा
दर्श)यिति(त)जिनमतानां तायिनां चांगिवर्गे ॥२ . , परेषां दुर्लक्षा भवति हि विवक्षा स्फुटमिदं ।
विशेषाद् वृद्धानामतुलवचनज्ञानमहसां॥ निराम्नायाधीभिः पुनरतितरां मादृशजले (नैः)
ततः शास्त्रार्थ(ों) मे वचनम(न), पु(दुर्लभमिह । छ ॥३ तत च जैः(ततः सिद्धांततत्त्वज्ञैः?) स्वयमूह्यः प्रयत्नतः न पुनरस्मदाख्यात एव ग्राह्यो नियोगतः ॥४ तथैवं मास्त्रा(स्तु) मे पापं संघमत्युपजीवनात् । वृद्धन्यायानुसारिद्धीन(त्वात्) हितार्थे च प्रवृत्तितः ॥ ५ यो जैनाति(भि)मतं प्रमाणमनघं व्युत्पादयामासिवान् ।
प्रस्थानैर्विविधैर्निरस्य निखिलं वादादिसंबंध(घि) तत् ॥ नानावृत्तिकथा(कथा)पथमातिक्रांतं व(च) चक्रे तपः।
निःसंबंधावियाहा)रमप्रतिहतं शास्त्रानुसारात्तथा ॥ ६॥ तस्याचार्यजिनेश्वरस्य मदवद्वादिप्रतिस्पर्द्धिनः .. ...
तबंधोरपि बुद्धिमा(सा)गर इति ख्यातस्य सूरे वि । छंदोबंधानबद्धः बंधुरवचःशब्दादिसल्लाक्ष)णः ।
श्री(सं)विग्नविहारिणः श्रुतनिधेः चारित्रचूडामणेः । शिष्यणाभयदेवाख्यसूरिणा वि(वृतिः) कृता ॥ प्रश्नव्याकरणांगस्य श्रुतभक्त्या समासतः॥८ निर्वृतज्ज्व(?)कुले नभस्तलचंद्रद्रोणाख्यसूरिमुख्येण ।
पंडितगुणेन गुणवत्प्रयण संशोधिता चेयं ॥९॥ छ नमः श्रुतदेवतायै etc., as in No. 177. . Ends.- fol. 20" इति द्वितीय श्रुती(त)स्कंध etc., up to श्रीमदभयदेवाचार्यस्येति
as in No. I77 followed by ग्रंथानं ९०९ । शुभं भवतु ॥ छ । छ छ N. B.-For further particulars see No. 177.
.
.

Page #191

166
53.
jaina Literature and Philosophy . [188. विपाकसूत्रवृत्ति
Vipākasūtravitti No. 181
1870–71. Size.— 101 in, by 43 in. Extent.-- 20 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and white ; Devanāgari charac
ters with occasional TAETS ; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; unnumbered sides have a small disc mainly in red colour, in the centre; the numbered in the margins, too; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll 19 and 206 blank; edges of the first and the last foll. very slightly damaged ; condition on the whole very good; complete; extent 1167 ślokas; this Ms. contains in the
beginning prasasti of Praśnavyākaraḥāngasūtravivsti. Age — Pretty old. Begins.- fol. 10
__ ॐ नमः श्रीवर्द्धमानाय । श्रीपार्श्वप्रभवे नमः
नमः श्रीसरस्वत्यै सहायेभ्यो नमो नमः ॥१ up to Fitfrant ag 11(9)" Then we have :FH: Anecar etc.,
TE BESTAAFraf etc., as in No. 180. Ends. - fol. 20 featuAT etc., up to jaatoi as in No. 177
followed by proof jo 338 11 TH Erg 11 N. B.- For further particulars see No. 180.
1 These 9 verses form the
It
of the commentary of the oth anga.

Page #192

182.]
औपपातिकसूत्र (उववाइयसुत्त)
No. 182
I. 12 Upangas
II. 12 UPANGAS
THE FIRST UPANGA
167
Aupapātikasūtra (Ovavaiyasutta)
72 (c).
1880-81.
Extent. 25 leaves; 4 to 7 lines to a leaf; 140 letters to a line. Description. 129b to 153b leaves; complete; extent 1167 ślokas. For further details see Rajapraśnīyasūtra No. 190.
लेषकपाठकयोः ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
Subject. This upanga is connected with Acarangasūtra, the first anga; hence it is looked upon as the first upanga. It deals with gods and denizens of hells.
Begins.— leaf 1296 नमो वीतरागाय ।
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं चंपा नाम नगरी etc., as in No. 183. Ends. leaf. 1536ff etc., up to Jagley án as in No. 183 followed by ग्रंथाग्रं ॥ छ ॥ मंगलं महाश्रीः ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु
Reference. Published along with the Sanskrit commentary of Abhayadeva Suri and Gujarāti gloss of Amṛtacandra, at Calcutta, in A. D. 1880. The text is edited with introduction, glossary etc., by E. Leumann at Leipzig, in A. D. 1883. A tolerably good edition of the text together with Abhayadeva Suri's commentary is published at Surat, in A.D. 1916 by the Agamodaya Samiti. For analysis etc., see F. L. Pullè's "Della letteratura dei G'aina ", Punte I e II, e Aggiunte, Venezia, 1884-1886, Rajendralāla Mitra's "A Catalogue of Sanskrit manuscripts in the library of his highness the Maharaja of Bikaner", Calcutta, 1880, and Indische Studien vol. XVII, pp. 389-411. For other details see Weber II, p. 536 and Indian Antiquary vol. XX, p. 367ff. For another Ms. see G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 43.

Page #193

168
औपपातिकसूत्र वृत्तिसहित
No. 183
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Size.— 97 in. by 4g in.
Extent. - 83 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and white; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs ; this is a पञ्चपाटी Ms, the text written in the centre and in a bigger hand; legible and very good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; numbers of foll. entered only once; fol. ra blank ; the fol. 83 slightly worm-eaten here and there; condition on the whole very good; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary; both complete ; extent 495; Ślokas. Age.— Not modern.
Author of the commentary- Abhayadeva Sūri.
-
Subject. The first upänga together with its commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.— ( text ) fol. 1 ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।
तेणं कालेणं (तेणं स) मएणं चंपा नाम नगरी होत्था । etc. - (com) fol. rb नमः ॥
श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य etc., as in No. 184.
[ 183:
Aupapātikasūtra with vṛtti 175. 1871-72.
Ends.- (text) fol. 82
सिद्ध त्तिय बो(बु) द्ध त्ति य पारगय ति (त्ति) य परशु ( रंप) रमयत्ति उम्मुक्तकम्मकवया अजरा अम (रा) असंग्ग (गा ) य २० । णिच्छिण्णसव्वदुक्खा जाइजरामरणबंधणविमुक्का
अव्वाबाहं सुक्खं अणुहोती सासयं सिद्धा । २१ अतुल सुहसागरगया अव्वाबाहं [स] अणोवमं पत्ता सव्वमणागतमद्धं चिहंति [सुही] सुहं पत्ता ॥ २२ ॥
छ उ (व) वाइय संमत्तं । छ | ग्रंथाग्रं १५०० ।।
— ( com. ) fol. 824 अजरा etc, up to संशोधिता चेयमिति as in No. 184 followed by छ | ग्रंथाग्रं ३४५५ । छ etc. सूत्रग्रंथ १५०० ॥
ऋ० षमसुंदराय वाचनार्थे । छ । छ । श्रीपार्श्वनाथप्रसादात् कल्याणमस्तु Reference- Published. See No. 182.

Page #194

1873
४
of syllables
.14.1 1. 12 Updagas
16 औषपातिकसूत्रवृत्ति
Aupepātikasüsnyrtta No. 184 Size.- Iod in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 58 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and white; Devanagari charac
ters; clear, small and fair hand-writing; ink faded; borders ** ruled in two lines in red ink, edges singly; dissolution
of syllables indicated by vertical strokes; red chalk and 20. yellow pigment used ; condition excellent ; complete ; ex
tent 3135 Slokas. Age.- Samvat 1892. Author.- Abhayadeva Suri. Şubject. - Commentary in Sanskrit to Aupapātikasūtra., Begins.- fol. I.
श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य प्रायोऽन्यग्रंथवीक्षिता
औपपातिकशास्त्रस्य व्याख्या काचिद्विधीयते ॥१॥ औपपातिकमिति का शब्दार्थः उपपतनं उपपातो देवनारकजन्माऽसिद्धिगमनं
वाऽतस्तमधिकृत्य कृतमध्ययनमोपपातिकमिदं etc. Ends.- fol. 57' तथा अजरा वयसोभाबादमरा आयुषोभावादसंगाश्च सकलक्लेशा
भावादिति । निच्छिन्नगाहा । अतुलगाहा ॥ व्यक्तार्था एवेति ॥छ । औपपातिकवृत्तिः समाप्तेति ॥॥
'चंद्रकुल विपुलभूतलमुनिपुंगववर्द्धमानकल्पतरोः कुसुमोपमस्य सूरणसा(सौरभभारतभुवनस्य ॥१॥ निनिः)संबंधविहारस्य सर्वदा श्रीजिनेश्वरावस्य शिष्येणाभयदेवारव्यसूरिणेयं कृता वृत्तिः ॥२॥ 'अणहिलपाटक'नगरे श्रीमद्रोणाख्यसरिशिष्येण ।
पंडितगुणेन एणवत्प्रियेण संशोधिता चेयं । इति छ। ग्रंथाग्रं ३१३५॥ युगाभ्रतिमि(मिति)संख्ये(s)ब्दे गते विक्रमसंख्ये(७)ब्दे गते विक्रमसंवत्सरात
औपपातिकसूत्रं तु सवृत्ति लिखितं शुभं ॥ . छ ॥ संवत्१८९२ वर्षे माधवकृष्णप्रतिपद्यां तिथौ धरणीसतवासरे लिपीकृतं
धनविजयेन'कुचेरा'मध्ये श्रीभद्रं श्रेयकल्याणं भवतु सर्वदा इदं पुस्तकम् ॥ Reference.- Published. See No. 182. 22 [J. L. P.]

Page #195

170
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1-185.
औपपातिकसूत्रवृत्ति
Aupapātikasūtravrtti No. 185
72 (d).
1880-81. Extent. — 73-3=70 leaves ; 4 to 7 lines to a leaf; 140 letters
'to a line. Description. This work commences on leaf 1546 and ends on leaf
226°. Leaves 221, 223 and 224 missing ; otherwise complete ; this Ms. contains the colophon; total extent 3135
ślokas. For further details see Rājapraśniyasútra No. 190. Begins--leaf IS4 ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ।
श्रीवर्द्धमानमानम्य etc., as in No. 184. श्री
.. Ends.--leaf 226 तथा अजरा वयसो etc., up to संशोधिता चेयं इति ग्रंथानं ३१३५ as in No. 184 followed by अक्षरगणना स्थापितमिति ॥ छ ।
आनंदकंदोद्गमवारिवाहः
सदा सुरश्रोणिनरेंद्रवंद्यः। प्रभाभिरामो भवतां विभूत्यै।
भवेत्यभुश्रीजिनवर्द्धमानः ॥१॥ सच्छायपर्वो घनजैनधर्मः
स्थानेषु सर्वेषु विशेषितश्री। वंश(:) प्रसिद्धो भावे पलिपाला
भिधो(s)स्ति भूभीभृतिलब्धरूपः ॥२॥ अजनिष्ट विशिष्टश्रीः। तत्र मुक्तामणिप्रभः। आरसिंहो महत्तेजो कुमरदेवी च तत्प्रिया ॥३॥ श्रीमन्सूरिजिनप्रभाहिकमले धर्म प्रपद्यानघं ।
यातुर्या प्रतिमा धिवत्सुश्रावकाणां मुदा । श्रद्धावृद्धित पन वित्तवपनं क्षेत्रेषु सप्तस्वथो।
तन्वंती तनुजानसूत मनुजाधीश समाजस्तुतान् ॥४॥ प्रथमोऽजयसिंहाख्योऽभयसिंहद्वितीयकः ।
आमकुमारो मारश्री धांधलो धीरधीरभूत् ॥५॥ अतः(?थ) चतुर्णा गृहिणी स्पृहणीयसतीगुणाः । संततिं पुत्रपौत्राद्यां परिवणे यथाक्रमं ॥६॥ पत्न्याव(?म)जयसिंहस्य हीरुगउरिसंज्ञेति । वील्हण-सांगणौ पुत्रौ हीरुकुक्षिसमुद्भवौ ॥७॥ .

Page #196

186.] 1. 12 Upangas .
17t हांसलख्यो(लाख्या) प्रिया(ss)यस्य नाम्ना झंजबडू (झांझबइ) हतौ। ......... सुहागदेवी सद्धर्मचारिणी सांगस्य तु ॥८॥
वल्लभाऽभयसिंहस्य नायिकिर्नयनामृतं । सुतश्चाल्हणसिहो(ड)स्या [आल्हणदेवी च तत्प्रिया ॥९॥ आल्हणासंहस्वसा स्वास्तिभस्त्रिकुल(ल)भूषणं । सोहगामियदेजास्यः संग्रामः सोहगांगजः ॥१०॥ . पत्नी त्वामकुमारस्य धनदेवी गुणोज्ज्वला[:] । जिनाज्ञासरसीहंसावासचंद्राजडौ सुतौ ॥११॥ . . पुत्रिकात्रितयं चंपल्लतामहणदेव्यथ । सुहवा मल्लसिंहस्तु चंपलायास्तनूरुहः ॥१२॥ जयतलदेवीनाम्ना(s) स्त्यासचंद्रस्य वल्लभा । अमरसिंहप्रभृतयः पुत्राः पितरि वत्सलाः ॥१३॥ तुर्यस्य धांधल(स्य) स्यात्तत्प्रिया धांधलदेविका । तत्सुतसोमनामा(अ)स्ति सहजलास्य च प्रिया ॥१४॥ इतश्च अश्रावि सुश्राविकया कुरंदेव्या(s)न्यदा मुदा । श्रीजिनप्रभसूरीणां गुरूणां धर्मदेशनां ॥१५॥ . उदयं नीतो दिनकृत् शशी च तेनेह दीपितो दीपः । नयनं च कृतं जगतां जिनवचनं लेखितं येन ॥१६॥ अथौपपातिकोपांगराजप्रश्नीयपुस्तकं । निशम्य देशनां तां सा स्वाश्रेयोऽथ व्यलीलिखत(त्) ॥१७॥ श्रीरत्नसिंहसूरीणां गच्छे 'आगमसंज्ञिते । सूर्यउपर्यु)पाध्यायसाधूनां व्याख्यानार्थमदान्मुदा ॥१८॥
शुभं भवतु श्रीसंघस्य ॥ छ ॥ छ । N. B.-For other details see No. 184.
कि .
औपपातिकसूत्रवृत्ति .
: Aupapatikasutravrtti
581. No. 186
1884-86. Size.- Io in. by 4 in. Extent.— 76 folios; 13 to 15 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari charac
ters with occasional WHEITS; small, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; yellow

Page #197

172
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
pigment used; edges of the first and last foll, worn out to some extent ; foll. I' and 766 blank; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; condition on the whole good;
complete ;. extent 3125 ślokas, Age.- Samvat 1665. Begins.--fol. 10 softgana stratef EUAFIT TH: 11
stagihar etc. Ends.-- fol. 76a fer 37 THT etc., up to eat af: as in
No. 184 followed by ai 3324 TETTUTT Forfor etc.
संवत् १६६५ वर्षे पोषमासे शुरूपक्षे चतुर्थीदिवसे लिषतं श्री जेसलमेर मध्ये।
F T T Hal Il y etc. N. B.— For additional particulars see No. 184.
91.
औपपातिकसूत्रवृत्ति
Aupapātikasūtravrtti No. 187
1872-73. Size.— 11} in. by 43 in. Extent.— 75 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 53 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanāgari
characters with HATS; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 1 blank; so is the fol. 750; a portion on the right hand side of fol. 1b is kept blank, probably with a view to decorate it with a picture of a Tirthamkara ; foll. numbered only once; the first few fall. worm-eaten especially at the corners; condition good; yellow pigment used at times; red chalk, too; this Ms. does not contain the text but only the
terass; complete; extent 3125 ślokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins. -- fol. 14 star HITATART etc., as in No. 184. Ends. - fol. 75* FT SHART etc., up to faithean rita, as in
S. No. 184 followed by Heng ??4 11 3 11 N. B. For further particulars see No. 184.

Page #198

88. ]
1. 12. Upangas
173 siqnar ia
Aupapātikasūtravịtti
220. Dia 188
1902–7. Size. — 99 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 65 folios; 15 lines to a page ; so letters to a line. Description. - Country paper rough and white ; Devanagari charges
ters with earaS; small, clear and fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; foll. numbered twice as usual; edges of the first fol, slightly damaged; fol. 1* blank except that the title of this work and its extent are written ; fol. 65b blank; condition
very good ; complete; extent 3125 ślokas; Age.- Pretty old. Begins. — fol. 103 (3) FAT attacion 11
sia SATGART etc. as in No. 184. Ends. - fol. 65* atua ga: ferCharleraiantara saturuaren pre
लिय गाहा॥ सिद्धा इति etc. सकलक्केशाभावादिति । महायर्कार्थे एवेति । छ॥ ीपपातिकवृत्तिः etc., up to संशोधिता चयं as in No.
184 followed by FAT I JUT 3824 i soft etc. N. B.--For other details see No. 184.

Page #199

174
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[189
THE SECOND UPANGA राजप्रश्नीयसूत्र
Rājapraśnīyasūtra (रायपसेणीयसुत्त)
( Rayapaseniyasutta)
1240. No. 189
1887-91. Size.— 104 in. by 4} in. Extent.— 43 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari chara
cters with occasional E ETS; small, legible, bold and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank; so is the fol. 436; a part of the text written on fol. 12; condition very good ; complete;
extent 2509 ślokas. Age.-- Pretty old. Subject. -- This is the second upānga. It mainly deals with the birth
of King Pradesi as Süryäbha deva, his celestial grandeour and enjoyments, his staging of a drama and a dance in the presence of Lord Mahāvīra, description of his vimana ( celestial car ), and a dialogue regarding the identity of soul and body between him and Keśi nirgrantha, follower
of Lord Pārśva. Begins.- fol. I' उ (ॐ) नमो(मः) श्रीवीतरागाय[:]॥
नमो अरिहंताणं नमो सिद्धाणं etc., up to पढमं हवइ मंगलं ॥१॥
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं आमलकप्पा नाम णयरी होत्था । etc. Ends.- fol. 43 सव्वदुक्खाणमंतं करेमि ॥छ । सेवं भंते सेवं मंते भगवं गोयमे
समणं भगवं महावीरं । वंदइ णमंसइ। वंदित्ता नमंसित्ता । संजमेणं तवसा अप्पाणं भावेमाणे विहरति ॥छ॥ णमो जिणाणं जियभयाणं । णमो मुयदेवयाए भगवईए। जमो पण्णत्तीए भगवईए णमो भगवओ अरहओ पासस्स पस्से (पस्से)। पस्सवणी(णा) णमो ॥९। रायपसेणइयं सम्मत्तं ॥ ग्रं.२५०९॥श्री॥छ॥शुभं भूयात् ॥ Then follows a line in different hand as under:
पं. श्रीविजयचंद्रगणि प्रति Reference. The text together with the Sanskrit commentary of
Malayagiri Suri and the Gujarāti commentary of Megharāja

Page #200

190. ]
II. 12 Upangas
845
175
was published at Calcutta in A. D. 1880. The text is also published with Malayagiri Sūri's commentary in the Āgamodaya Samiti Series, in A. D. 1925. For the narrative of King Pradesi etc., see E. Leumann's “ Beziehungen der Jaina-Literatur zu andern Literaturkreisen Indiens.” For the discussion of the title, etc., see “Annals of the Bhandarkar Oriental Research Institute", vol. XIV (1932-33), pp. 145-149. For other details see Weber II, p. 544ff., Indian Antiquary vol.XX, p. 369ff., and Winternitz, Geschichte II, p. 307. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 395.
Rājapraśniyasūtra
72 ( a ); 1880-81.
राजप्रश्नीयसूत्र
No. 190 Size.--338 in. by 24 in. Extent.-- 226—3=223 leaves ; 4 to 7 lines to a leaf ; 140-letters to • a line. Description. - Palm-leaf durable and greyish; Devanāgari characters
with waters; big, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written into three separate columns, but, really speaking, it is not so, since lines of the first column are continued to other columns; borders of each of the columns ruled in four lines in black ink; two holes in each leaf for the string to pass; wooden planks encompass the Ms.; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right-hand margin as 1, 2, etc., and in the left-hand one as in Acărāngasūtracūrņi No. 9; leaf 1* blank; some of the leaves worm-eaten; last few leaves torn into two pieces; condition on the whole fair ; complete; extent 2079 ślokas; this Ms. contains the following works in addition to this :(1) Filaret
leaves SI-128 ( 2 ) 3T99Testa
129-153 (3) signatura
154-226. Leaves 221, 223 and 224 are missing.

Page #201

176 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(192 Age. Fairly pld. Begins.- leat, ID Tarafat
FH entui etc. as in No. 189. End.so leaf. Sob HaugarHT PRIA I gotta a ti etc., up to
TEUTETT llgll et Polg as in No. 189. N. B. For other details see No. 189.
74.
राजपनीयसूत्र
Rājapraśniyasūtra No. 191
1869-70. Size.— 104 in. by 45 in. Extent. 42 folios ; 15 lines to a page; 54 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and grey; Devanagari
characters with occasional TeaTES; bold, clear though somewhat small and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black inkl; yellow pigment used; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out ; a corner of the 2nd fol. damaged; condition on the whole good; fol. 1* blank ; so is the fol. 42b' except that the sentence a sviat a to
is written on it ; complete ; extent 2079 ślokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.- fol. 1 नमो अरिहताणं etc., up to नमो लोए सव्वसाहूण । Then
follows qui fresu etc. as in No. 189. Ends.- fol. 42a Fearghe TTHC etc., up to F T as in No. 189
followed by I' ll eft il jun Roug. N.B.- For further particulars see No. 189.
राजप्रश्नीयसूत्र
Rājapraśnīyasūtra No. 192
125(a).
1872-73. Size.— 12 in. by 4.3 in. Extent.- 88 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 66 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devanāgari charac
ters with occasional HETS; neither too big nor too

Page #202

193.]
11. 12 Upangas
177
small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; unnumbered sides marked with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having two more, one in each margin; foll. 5 and the succeeding numbered twice as usual; this work ends on fol. 3243; this Ms. contains another work viz. राजप्रश्नीयसूत्रवृत्ति (foll. 326-886); foll. I to 31 more or less worm-eaten ; so are the foll. 42 to 60 and 69 to 88; condition tolerably good; complete; extent 2079
ślokas. Age.- Samvat I573. Begins.- fol. ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
नमो अरिहंताणं etc., as in No. I9I. Ends.-- fol. 32* सव्वदुक्खाणमंतं etc., up to सम्मत्तं as in No. I9I. Then
we have the following lines :
॥छ । समर्थितमिदं सूत्रं ॥छ । श्री ग्रंथानं २०७९ ॥ छ॥ मंगलमस्तु । ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ संवत् १५७३ वर्षे आसोमुदि३ रवौ श्री स्थंभतीर्थ वास्तव्य । 'उपकेश'वंशमंडन सो° संग्राममुतसोनाभा. चांदू तत्पुत्री श्री गोरी तेन श्रीराजप्रसेणीसूत्रं लिषाप्य श्रीमद् वृद्धतपा'पक्षे भश्रीलब्धिसागरसरितत्पट्टे सांप्रतविजयमानयुगप्रधानगच्छनायकश्रीधनरत्नसूरिराज्ये उपाध्यायश्रीमुनिसिंघगणितशिष्यपं नयसिंघगाणिभ्यः पुस्तिका प्रदत्ता ।
शुभं भवतु लेखकपाठकयोः ॥श्रीरस्तुः॥ कल्याणं भूयाद्विने दिने ॥ श्री॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 189.
राजप्रश्नीयसूत्र
Rājapraśnīyasūtra वृत्तिसहित
with vrtti No. 193
317.
A 1882-83. Size.- 104 in. by 4 in. Extent.— 109 folios ; 15 to 18 lines to a page ; 30 to 41 letters to
a line. Description.— Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanāgarī: charac
ters with occasional पृष्ठमात्रा; bold, big, legible and good " [J. L. P.]

Page #203

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(194.
hand-writing; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; it is a g re Ms.; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, edges in two; foll. 19 and 109 blank; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole very good; numbers of foll. doubly entered as usual ;
complete; extent 3650 ślokas. Age. - Fairly old. Author of the commentary.- Malayagiri Süri. Subject.— The text in Prākrit along with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins. — (text) fol. 1b qui pretot du FACUT etc., as in No. 189. , - (com.), Ib go FAC:) 11
Juha ate etc., as in No. 195. Ends.- (text) fol. 109* सव्वदुक्खाणं अंतं etc., up to रायप्पसेीएयं as in
No. 189 followed by g je RS Poll g etc. ,, - (com.) fol. I08 जुगुप्साभाषणानि etc., up to वृत्तिका समर्थिता as in
No. 196 followed by all y ll juristas 3640 11 3 Il Reference.-- See No. 189. For an additional Ms. see G. O. Series
vol. XXI, p. 43.
राजप्रश्नीयसूत्रवृत्ति
Rājapraśnīyasūtravrtti No. 194.
125 (b).
1872-73. Extent.— fol. 326 to fol. 886. Description. — Complete ; extent 3700 ślokas ; edges of the last
(88 th) fol. somewhat damaged; foll. 42 to 60 and 69 to
88 worm-eaten; For other details see No. 191. Age.- Samvat 1573. Author.- Malayagiri Sūri Subject.- Sanskrit commentary to Rajapraśniyasútra. Begins.--fol. 326 soran ateratzaparcurgui KATMITTI
अधरीकृतनतवासवमुकुटस्थितरत्नसाचचक्रं ॥१॥
hastaj fagotti TUTTÅ Ukraatorg etc.

Page #204

194.]
II. 12 Upangas
179
Ends. ~ fol. 88 जुगुप्साभाषणानि खिंसनानि धिर (Bोडने(डितेोत्यादिवाक्यानि
तर्जनानि अंगुल्या निक्षेपपुरःसरं निर्भर्त्सनानि ताडनानि । कशादिधाताः ॥ छ॥ इति मलयगिरिविरचिता राजप्रश्नीयोपांगवृत्तिका] समर्थिता ॥ समाप्तमिति ।
प्रत्यक्षरगणनातो ग्रंथमानं घिनिश्चितं ।
सप्तत्रिंशत् शतान्यत्र श्लोकानां सर्वसंख्यया । छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ३७९८ (१३७००)॥छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥छ॥छ । संवत १५७५ वर्षे कार्तिकमासे शुक्लपक्षे अष्टमीदिने रविवासरे श्री स्तंभर्थि'वास्तव्यश्री'उपकेश वंशालंकारविहितश्री शत्रुजय यात्रापात्रादिवित्तव्ययकरणप्रमुखा)नेकधर्मकर्मप्रकार सा० लटकणभार्या संपूराई तत्पुत्र सा जगसी सा. नीनाभा जगसीभार्या श्री० सोमाई तत्पुत्रसा जयवंत सा. श्रीवंतभा० श्रीगोरी तेन श्रीमद् वृद्धतपागच्छगगनांगाणतरुणसमान । कलिकालयुगप्रधानश्रीरत्नसिंहसूरितत्पट्टानुक्रमेण श्रीउदयसागरसूरिश्रीलब्धिसागरसूरितत्पदृवारिधिनिशामणिभूरिमूरिश(शिरोमणिश्रीगच्छनायकप्रभुभट्टारिकश्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीश्रीधनरत्नमरिराज्ये उपाध्यायीमुनिसिंघगणितत्सम्य पं.. नयसिंघगणिमुरण्यु)पदेशेन श्रीराजप्रश्नीयवृत्ति(त्तिर्लिषाप्य वाचनार्थ पुस्तिका प्रदत्ता बुधैर्वाच्यमानं चिरं नंदतु ॥
सूर्याचंद्रमसौ यावत् द्योतयेते महीतलं ।
जीयात् श्रीपुस्तकं यावत् । वाच्यमानं मुनिव्रजैः ॥१॥ तथा च ॥
लेखयंति नरा धन्याः ये जिनागमपुस्तकं ।
ते सर्व वानन्यं ज्ञात्वा । सिद्धिं यांति न संशयः ॥२॥ श्री॥
॥ यादृशं पुस्तकं etc. ॥१॥ - भग्नपृष्टिकटिग्रीवा बद्धमुष्टिरधोमुखं ।
कष्टेन लिषितं शास्त्रं यत्नवत् परिपालयेत् ॥२॥
शुभं भवतु लेषकवाचकयोः ॥ कल्याणं भूयादिने दिने । Relerence.-See No. 189. For an additional Ms. see B. B. R. A.S.
vol. III-IV, p. 395 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 42.

Page #205

180
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 196.
राजप्रश्नीयसूत्रवृत्ति
Rājapraśnīyasūtravrtti No. 195
230.
1871-72. Size.— 104 in. by 4.3 in. Extent.— 73+1-1+1=74 folios : 16 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a
line. Description.- Country paper rough and white; Devanāgari charac
ters; small, clear and fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; most of the foll. numbered in both the margins; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; fol. 39th repeated; the following fol. numbered as 41 and not 40; the Ms. ending abruptly, the last fol. newly added;
condition very fair ; fol. 1* blank. Age.- Old. Begins.-- fol. 1b gutta aitzadar etc. Ends. - fol. 736 TATUETTU ) etc., up to the farat: as
in No. 194 followed by putsafaraît c901ATHùa(T)HIETPUT It ends thus. fol. 745 THÌ HOVOSÌ Stentofterent geruntg CAT II gat TTITèmit
ET 7: etc. N. B. For further particulats see No. 194.
राजप्रश्नीयसूत्रवृत्ति
Rājapraśnīyasūtravrtti
168. No. 196
1881-82. Size.- 134 in. by 5 in. Extent.- 65-1= 64 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 63 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanāgari charac
ters with ATENTS; bold, big, legible and elegant handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk used; fol. 1 blank; foll. 3 and 4 numbered together ; foll. 8 to 15 and 65 slightly worm-eaten ; edges of foll. 24 to 27 and 65 somewhat worn out ; fol. 27" blackish ; the 28th

Page #206

197.]
II. 12 Upangas
181
and the 31st foll. slightly torn in the body; foll. 31 to 53 and 57 to 65 darkish ; some of them are a little bit torn owing to the foll. being brittle; condition fair ; fol. 31 and the following doubly numbered as usual ; unnumbered sides of foll. I to 27 decorated with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having two more, one in each
margin; complete ; extent 3700 Slokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins.-- fol. I' प्रण(म)त वीर etc., as in No. 194. Ends.- fol. 65 जुगुप्साभाषणानि etc., up to कशादिघाताः as in No. 194.
Then we have:
अधरीकृतचिंतामणिकल्पलताकामधेनुमाहात्म्या: विजयंतां गुरुपादा विमलीकृतशिष्यमतिर्वि(वि)भवाः । राजप्रश्नीयामिदं गंभीरार्थ विवृण्वता कुशलं
यदवापि मलयगिरिणा साधुजनस्तेन भवतु कृती छ इति मलयगिरिविरचिता राजप्रश्नीयोपांगवृत्तिका समर्थिता छ ।
प्रत्यक्षरगणनातो ग्रंथमानं विनिश्चितं
सप्तत्रिंशत् शतान्यत्र श्लोकानां सर्वसंख्यया ग्रंथानं छ श्री छ छ छ छ । साधवीरत्नश्रीशियिणीसाधवीरंगश्री
शिायणीसाधवीकपूरश्रीकेन प्रति समर्पिता। N. B.-For further particulars see No. 194.
राजप्रश्नीयसूत्रवृत्ति
Rājapraśniyasūtravrtti
72(b). No. 197
1880-81. Extent.- 78 leaves ; 4 to 7 lines to a page ; 140 letters to a line. Description.- Complete. The work commences on leaf SI" and ends
on leaf 1286. For further details see Rājapraśniyasútra
No. 190. Begins.-leaf SI" प्रणमत वीरजिनेश्वर etc., as in No. 194. Ends.-leaf 128 जुगुप्साभाषणानि etc., up to इति मलयगिरिविरचित
राजप्रश्नीयोपांगवृत्तिका[:] समर्पि(र्थिीता ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ छ ।। N. B.-For further details see No. 194.
-

Page #207

182
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
THE THIRD UPANGA
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्र . जीवाजीवाभिगमसुत्त )
No. 198
[ 198.
Jivajivabhigamasutra (Jivajivabhigamasutta)
1263. 1891-95.
Size. 12 in. by 47 in.
Extent. 134 folios; 13 lines to a page; 46 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and while; Devanagari characters with TS; quite legible, very big, uniform and very beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the intermediate space between the pairs coloured red; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to fol. 1; foll. 1 and 2 decorated with beautiful pictures, the 1st with that of Samavasarana with a Jina delivering a sermon and the 2nd with that of the audience; numbers entered thrice; once at the top in the left hand margin and twice in the right hand margin at the top as well as at the bottom; double set of numbers: 1, 2, 3 as usual and 89, 90, etc. as well; i. e. to say the 1st is also numbered as 89; unnumbered sides are mostly decorated with one circular disc in the centre, the numbered with two more, one in each margin; even these are embordered at times; yellow pigment used; red chalk, too; condition very good; complete; extent 5200 slokas. Age. Samvat 1557 or at least not earlier. Subject.
This third upanga deals with the fundamental principles of Jainism. It furnishes us with details about the animate and inanimate objects.
Begins. -- fol. rb नमो जिनागमाय । नमो उसभादियाणं । चउवीसाए तित्थगराणं । इह खल जिणमयं जिणाणुलोमं (गं)। जिणप्पणीयं जिणप्परूवियं । etc.
Ends. -- fol. 134° अपढमदेवो असंखेज्जगुणा । अपढमसिद्धा अनंतगुणा । अपढमतिरिक्ख अनंतगुणा सेयं दसावहा जीवापन्नत्ता । से तं सव्वजीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ श्लोकग्रंथाग्रं ॥ ५२०० ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ छः ॥ श्रीः ॥ This is followed by the following lines in a small hand :

Page #208

198.]
183
III. 12 Upangas श्रीमन्महे महेभ्यश्रेणिसमृद्धेऽत्र 'भेलडी'नगरे । पूर्व पाल्हणसिंहः 'प्राग़वंश'(शा)वतंसकः समऽभूत् ॥१॥ तत्रैव सुजनरंजन । जिनभवनविधापनकविधिना यः । सुकृतार्थी सुकृतार्थी । चकार निजमर्जितं वित्तं ॥२॥ पाल्हणदेवीनाम्नी । गृहिणी स्पृहणीयसद्गुणा तस्य । निजनिर्मलतरपक्ष । द्वितययुता राजहंसीव ॥३॥ डूंगरनामा तनय । स्तयोरभूद्भरिगुणगणोपेतः । सारूः सा रूपवती । सती च सीतेव ययुवती ॥४॥ तत्तनयो प्रत्तनयो विशिष्टविनयावुभौ शुभौ जाती। प्रथमः सीधरनामा सोभाक सो(शोभते ह्यपरः ॥५॥ निर्मलदृष्टिनिरीक्षण । विशुद्धनाणकपक्षिणपराभ्यां । याभ्या मणहिल्लपुरे' परीक्षकत्वाभिधा दधे ॥६॥ सीधरवधुकपूरीर्गुणैकपूरैः प्रपूरितदिगंता। विनयविवेकविचारस्फारसदाचारशृंगारा ॥७॥ श्रीसीधर (6) प्रतिष्ठां कथं न लभते परीक्षकप्रवरः । श्रीजिनपतिप्रतिष्ठां विधापयामास विधिना याः ॥९(८१)। तत्तनयपासवीरो गुणगंभीरः परीक्षकोटीरः यत्कारितगृहचैत्यं कस्य न चित्तं चमत्कुरुते॥१०॥ नवरदंतभ्रमरी । गजाऽश्वरथनरसुतोरणादियुतं । संप्रत्यपि चैत्यमिदं । नृणां प्रीणाति चित्तानि ॥११॥ पूतलिनाम्नी तस्य च भार्या शुभकार्यकरणनिष्णाता। देवगुरुनिबिडभक्तिव्यक्तिप्रतिवासितस्वांता ॥१२॥ जिनशासनप्रभावकपितृपक्षस्व(श्व)सुरपक्षसंपूर्णा । शोभासौभाग्यवती । पतिव्रता पूतलिर्जयति ॥१३॥ पुत्रास्तस्यास्त्रयो()मी रामादेवाख्य(?क)वर्द्धमानाख्याः । विश्वोपकारकरणप्रगुणाः सगुणा विराजते ॥१४॥ कीकी-मानीनाम्ना । भार्यायुगलं विभाति रामस्य । देवाकस्य रमाई। हांसीरिह वर्द्धमानस्य ॥१५॥ देवस्य वर्द्धमानस्य पुत्रौ जातौ क्रमादिमौ। जगपालसूरचंदौ(द्रौ) सूरचंद्रसमप्रभौ ॥१६॥
ततश्च श्रीसूरीश्वरसोमसुंदरगुरुप्रष्ठः प्रतिष्ठा : ]स्पदं ।
तत्पट्टे मुनिसुंदराख्यगुरवः सौभाग्यभाग्यालया(6)।

Page #209

184
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [198. श्रीमंतो जयचंद्रसूरिगुरवः प्रज्ञाप्रकर्षाद्भुताः। सूरींद्रा गुरुरत्नशेखर इति ख्यातावदातास्ततः ॥१७॥ लक्ष्मीसागरगुरवस्तपट्टे सुमतिसाधुसूरिवराः। तत्पट्टे विजयंते संप्रति गुरुहेमविमलसूरींद्राः॥१८॥ तेषां च विजय(यि)राज्ये श्रीजिनमाणिक्यगुरुविनयानां । श्रीगुरुअनंतहंसप्रवरगुरूणां सदुपदेशात् ॥१९॥ नगशरातिथि(१५५७)मिते(त)वर्षे हर्षेण परीक्षिपासवीरेण । चित्कोशलेखनस्य प्रारंभः कारयामासे ॥२०॥ साधार्मिकवाग्छ(त्सल्य । श्रीकल्पमहाद्यगण्यपुण्यानि । कुर्वन् बंधुसमेतस्तदंऽगजो रामनामा(s)यं ॥२१॥ बहुमूल्यपट्टिकाद्यं स्फारफरंगीकतीफकसुपृष्ठं । सज्ञातरूपरूपं वराक्षरं चतुरचित्तहरं ॥२२॥ षद्लक्षषत्रिंशत्सहस्रमानं समग्रासिद्धांतं । निजजनकप्रारब्धं संपूर्णमलीलिखद्भक्त्या ॥२३॥
कुलकं ॥ संशोधितः स्वशक्त्या शुभभूषणनामपंडितप्रवरैः विबुधजनवाच्यमान(:) चित्कोशो(s)यं चिरं जीयात् ॥२४॥ चातुर्विय मोढ'ज्ञातीयभवाडीवासासुतश्रीनाथ लिखितं ॥ छ । श्रीः॥छः॥श्रीः॥शुभं भवतुः
Reference. The text together with the Sanskrit commentary of
Malayagiri Sūri, the Gujarāti paraphrase etc. was published at Ahmedabad, in A. D. 1883. The text is also published with Malayagiri Suri's commentary in the D. L. J. P. F. Series as No. so in A. D. 1919. For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 549 and Indian Antiquary, vol. XX, p. 371. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 390. See also Rajendralal Mitra's “Notices”, vol. VIII (1885), p. 332 and Studi italiani di Filologia indo-iranica, vol. IV, pp. 19-20.

Page #210

200.] - III. 12 Upangas...:
185 जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्र
Jivājīvābhigamasutra + No. 199
1635.
1891-95. Size.- 101 in. by 41 in. Extent. — 4 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devana
garī characters; sufficiently big, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in two lines in black ink, the space between them coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; condition good; this Ms. seems to iuclude sútras 65 to 95 of the printed edition ; complete so far
as it goes ; fol. 4b blank. Age.- Not quite modern. . Subject. -- Exposition of the hellish beings. Begins.-fol. I॥६०॥ तत्थ पंजे ते एवमासु चतुम्विहा संसारसमावण्णगा जीवा
पण्णत्ता ॥ नेरईया तिरिक्खजोण(णि)या मणुस्सा देवा ।। से किं तं नेरईआ सत्तावहा पण्णत्ता पढमपुढावनेरइया बीयात इयाचउत्थापचमाछहासत्तमापुढ विनेरइया ॥ सत्तविपुढवी णं किंनामा किंगोत्ता घम्मा नामेणं ॥ रयण
प्पभा गोत्तेणं बीया वंसा नामेणं सक्करप्पभा गोत्तेण ॥ Ends. fol. 4. अच्छिनिम्मिय(स)मेतं णत्थि सुहं दुक्खमेव अणुबद्धं॥
: नरए नेरइआणं ।। अहोनिसं पञ्चमाणाणं ॥
इति जीवाभिगमे नरगावचारनारगीवेदनाविचारालापकः समाप्तः॥ भिन्नमुद्रुतो नरएसं ॥ तिरियमणुएस एंति चत्तारि ॥ देवेसु अद्धमासो। उक्तोसविउवणा भणिया॥
-
जीवाभिगमे
Reference. - See No. 198.
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्र
Jivājīvābhigamasutra टब्बासहित
with tabbā No. 200
- 195.
1871-72. Size.- 98 in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 258+1-1-1+1-1=257 folios; 16 lines to a page ;
40 letters to a line. 24 [.J. L. P.]

Page #211

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 201.
Description. Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters with पृष्टमात्राs; bold, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; a piece of paper of the same size as the folio pasted .to fol. 1; it is blank; this Ms. contains both the text and its explanation in Gujarati written above the corresponding lines of the text; fol. 13 repeated, fol. 19 lacking; fol. 172 numbered as 173 also ; fol. 186 repeated; fol. 196 missing; foll. 9, 11 and 13 slightly torn; foll. 217 to 221 worm-eaten to some extent; condition on the whole good; yellow pigment used; _complete ; extent 4700 Ślokas.
Age.—Sarvat 1702 ( ? ).
Subject. The text along with its explanation in Gujarātī. Begins.— (text) fol. r' श्रीभगवत्यै नमः ॥
णमो उसभादियाणं चउवीसाए etc, as in No. 198.
186
"
Ends.
- (com) fol. rb श्रीसारदानि नमीनिं नमस्कार हु रिषभादिक चुवीस तीर्थकरनि नमीनि etc.
(text) fol. 2584 अपढमदेवा असंखेज्ज etc., up to तिरिक्ख अनंतगुणा as in No. 198 followed by the lines as under:
से तं दसविहा सव्वजीवा पं । से तं सव्वजीवाभिगमे ॥ छः ॥ जीवाभिगमसूत्रं ॥ श्लोकसंख्या ॥ ४७०० ॥ शुभं भवतु छः ॥ छः ॥ श्रीरस्तुः ॥ लेषकपाठकयोः ॥ संवत् १७०२ वर्षे चैत्रवदि २दिने । श्रीमस्तु ॥ श्रीरस्तुः ॥
--
etc.
,, – (com) fol. 2584 भेद सर्व जीवना कहीहं । ते जीवाभिगम कहीइ ॥ छ ॥ इति जीवाभिगमटबु समाप्तः । संवत् १७३ (१) वर्षे प्रथम श्रावणदि २ दिने । लषितं । ग्रंथाग्रं सहसहसतः (?) संख्या श्लोकऽनुमानं । श्रीः रस्तुः 1 श्रीपार्श्वनाथप्रसादेन लषितं ॥ etc.
Reference. — See No. 198.
जीवाजीवाभिगम सूत्रविवृति
No. 201
Jivajivä bhigamasutravivṛti
152.
1873-74.
Size.— ro in. by 4g in.
Extent.— 240 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 52 letters to a line.

Page #212

201. ]
III. 12 Upangas
187
Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari charac
ters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used ; a piece of paper of the same size as the folio pasted to fol. It; it is blank; paper used for foll. I to 103 brittle ; foll 12 to 240 numbered twice, once, in each margin, on one and the same side ; this Ms. contains the commentary with the waters of the original text; fol. 48th slightly torn; edges of the last fol. partially worn out ; condition on the whole very good ; complete ;
extent 14000 ślokas. Age.- Samvat I718. Author.- Malayagiri Suri. Subject. - Commentary in Sanskrit to Jivājīvābhigamasútra in
Prakrit. Begins.- fol. Iश्रीवीतरागाय ॥
प्रणमत पदनखतेजःप्रतिहतनिःशेषनम्रजनतिमिरं । धीरं परतीर्थियशोद्विरदघटाध्वंसकेसरिणं ॥१॥ प्रणिपत्य गुरून् । जीवाजीवाभिगमस्य विवृतिमहमनघां।
विदधे गुरूपदेशात् प्रबोधमाधातुमल्पधियां ॥२॥etc. Ends.-- fol. 240° पक्षपातोऽन्यत्र कल्याणहेतुः । राजयक्ष्माहंकारादिदुःखसमुदयस्य
विपर्यस्तदर्शनं त्वनायेति । त्याज्य एतदनुगुणो व्यवहारः, कार्या सदैवसन्मार्गप्रतिपत्तये मार्गानुसारिबोधबहुश्रुतजनैः संगतिः । तद्योगतः सकलापायविरहिणां चिरमभिमतफलसिद्धेः॥
जयति परिस्फुटविमलज्ञानविभासितसमस्तवस्तुगुणः । प्रतिहतपरतीर्थिमतः श्रीवीरजिनेश्वरो भगवान् ॥१॥ सरस्वती तमोदं शरज्जो(ज्ज्यो)लनेव(स्ने) निघ्नती। नित्यं वो मंगलं दिश्यान्मुनिभिः पर्युपासिता ॥२॥ जीवाजीवाभिगमं विवृण्वता(s)वापि मलयागरिणेह । कुशलं तेन लभंतां मुनयः सिद्धांतसद्बोधं ॥३॥
इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचिता श्रीजीवाभिगमटीका समाप्तम् ॥ ग्रंथाग्रंथ १४००० ॥ संवत् १७१८ वर्षे फागु(ल्गुणवदि १३तिथौ ॥ Then follow the lines as under in the same hand-writing but perhaps not belonging to this work :

Page #213

188
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 202.
जीवा द्विविधा() सूक्ष्मा) स्थूलाश्च द्विप्रकारा जावा वर्तते । ते जीवा द्विविकल्पास्तेषां हिंसा प्रकारद्वयेन भवति संकल्पत आरंभि(भ)तश्च तत्र संकल्पतः श्राद्धानां हिंसानिषेधः ते अपि द्विविधाः सापराधा निरपराधाश्च तत्र सापराधानां संकल्पतो(s)पि हिंसाया न निषेधो निरपराधानां तु संकल्पतो निषेध ते(s)पि द्विविधा() सापेक्षाऽथ च निरपेक्षास्तत्रापेक्षया निरपराधानामपि पुत्रादीनां शिक्षानिमित्तं वधादिकरणे न निषेधः । पुनः तत्र सूक्ष्मा(:) पृथिव्यादयः पंच स्थूलास्तु द्वींद्रियादयश्चत्वारः तत्र श्राद्धानां सूक्ष्महिंसायास्तुन प्रत्याख्यानं ततो दश विसोपका गताः दश स्थिताः तदनंतरं संकल्पारंभादिभेदतोऽर्द्धार्द्धकरणेन सपादविशोपका जीवदया भवति श्राद्धानां अतो देशेनेत्युक्तं ।
विदारणाकर्मततर्विराजनात्
तपश्रिया विक्रमतस्तथाऽद्भुतात् । भवत्प्रमोदः किल नाकिनायक
श्वकार ते वीर इति स्फुटाभिधां ॥१॥ Reference.- For an additional Ms. see G. O. Series vol. XXI (p.42).
For further details see No. 198.
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रविवृति
Jivājīvābhigamasūtravivrti
270.
No. 202
A. 1882-83.
Size.- 9 in. by 4g in. Extent.— 238–3+1 =236 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 50 letters to
a line. Description.-Country paper rough, tough and white; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, clear and very fair handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, and edges singly in red ink; a piece of paper of the size of a folio pasted to fol. 14; fol. I blank ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; the first few foll. slightly worm-eaten in several places; fol. 52nd slightly damaged ; an edge of fol. 233 partly gone; condition on the whole very fair ; fol. 28, 58 and 227 missing; otherwise complete; fol. 208th repeated; extent 14000 Slokas.

Page #214

203.]
İll. 12 Upangas
189
Age. - Pretty old.... Begins. - fol. 1 TUTAT TE etc. „ „ 2386 qeract(s) etc., up to wiarnian THEIT
FATH(#1) as in No, 201 followed by g etc. 1.3800 (0) 118 !!
3800011 etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 201.
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रविवृति
Jivājīvābhigamasūtravivrti
No. 203
153.
1873–74. Size.— 101 in. by 4} in. Extent.— 222 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 51 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper thin and grey ; Devanāgari characters
with Arts ; clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled ... in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment
used; a piece of thick and white paper pasted to fol. 1°; numbers of foll. entered twice, once, in each margin, on one and the same side ; foll. 175, 176 etc. are wrongly number.. ed as 164, 165 etc., in the left hand margins; the fol. 2ooth
numbered wrongly as 190th ; condition excellent; complete. Age.- Pretty old. Begins— fol. 1b 3 ataciti!!
TUTHA Tarta etc. as in No. 201. Ends.-- fol. 2226 gennaisega etc., up to 'statarantaetat as in
No. 201. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 201..

Page #215

190
Jaina Literature and Philosophy ( 2050 जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रविवृति Jivājivābhigamasūtravivrti No. 204
1264.
1891-95. Size.— 124 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 301 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 55 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper very thin and grey ; Devanāgari
characters with ATENTS; guite bold, uniform, big, perfectly legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. r' and 3010 blank; a small piece of paper pasted to a corner of the ist fol. ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 57th torn; most of the foll. have their edges worn out; for, the paper is brittle ; a small strip of paper pasted to an edge of foll. 296 to 300 and to both the edges of fol. 3016; condition on the whole
tolerably good; complete; extent 14000 ślokas. Age.-- Fairly old. Begins. — fol. 16 go go thT atacting in
TOTAAT ( eds: etc. as in No. 201. Ends.-- fol. 3000 regretseg etc., up to waTHITACIT as in
No. 201 followed by FALT: 117 il andet #TWT:11 7 Il soft:
etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 201.
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्राविवृति Jivajivabhigamasutravivrti No. 205
700.
1892-95. Size.- 10 in. by 44 in. Extent.-- 289 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari charac
ters with qTATETS; bold, sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; strips of paper pasted to fol. 1* ; small pieces pasted to the corners of foll. 2 to 44; edges of the last fol. slightly

Page #216

207.]
III. 12 Upangas
191
damaged ; condition on the whole very fair ; red chalk used; numbers of foll. entered in two different margins of one
and the same side ; complete; extent 14000 ślokas. Age.- Samvat I618. Begins.- fol. I ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
प्रणमत पदनख etc., as in No. 20I. Ends.-पक्षपातो(s)प्यंत्र etc., up to ग्रंथानं १४००० as in No. 201
followed by the lines as under :
श्रीः । छ ॥ श्रीरस्तुः ॥ श्री ॥ यादृशं पुस्तके etc. संवत् १६१८
वर्षे जेष्ट(ज्येष्ठ) सुदि ७ रवौ लषितं ॥ N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 20I.
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रपर्याय
Jivājīvābhigamasūtraparyāya
736 (8). No. 206
1875-76. Extent.-- fol. 4". Description. Complete: For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
No. 736 (1)...
NO. 1875-76. Subject. — Some of the words etc., occurring in Jivājīvābhigama
sútra explained in Sanskrit. Begins.- fol. 4 जीवाभिगमस्य यथा सतः संभूतभावस्य वाररूपं फलं च यत इति
सतः आप्तात् । संभूतभावस्य शास्त्रस्येत्यर्थः ॥ etc. Ends.- fol. 4* तदाधिपत्यादाभासः सत्त्वार्थेषूपजायते इति सत्त्वार्थेषु पुरुषार्थेषु
इत्यर्थः ।। इति जीवाभिगमपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ॥
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रपर्याय
No. 207
Jivājīvābhigamasūtraparyāya
789 (8). 1895-1902.
Extent.
fol. 5b.

Page #217

192
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 209,
Description.- Complete. For further details see Pañcavastuka
_ paryaya No.1898290 Begins. - fol. 5 जीवाभिगमस्य यथा etc., as in No. 206. Ends. - fol. 5 तदाधिपत्यादाभासः etc. N. B.- For subject see No. 206.
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रपर्याय Jivajivabhigamasutraparyaya No. 208
736 (29).
1875-76. Extent.- fol. 37° to fol. 37'. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka
736 (I). paryāya No. 1875-76. . Subject.- Some of the difficult words etc., occurring in Jivajivabhi
gamasutra explained in Sanskrit. Begins.- fol. 37° इह खलु इति अनुविचिंत्य विमृश्य इहे(है)व मनुष्यलोके इदमध्ययनं ... स्थविराः प्रज्ञापितवन्तः । तञ्च जिनमतं जिनस्य महावीरस्य मतं आचारादि
दृष्टिवादांतं प्रवचनं। १etc. Ends.- fol. 37° उत्पत्ति । समए कालंतरे तस्स पडियं । जीवाभिगमसूत्रंपर्यायाः .. समर्थिताः।.
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रपर्याय Jivajivabhigamasutraparyaya .: No. 209
789(29).
1895-1902. Extent.- fol. 61 to fol. 620. Description. Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
___No.
789 (1).
1895-1902.. Begins.- fol. 61" इह खलु इति etc. as in No. 208. Ends.--- fol. 62° उप्पत्ति समए कालंतरे etc. N. B.- For subject see No. 208.

Page #218

III. 12 Upangas
193
212.] जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रपर्याय
No. 210
Jivājivābhigamasūtraparyāya
332(12). A. 1882-83,
Extent.- fol. SI to fol. 53. Description.- Complete. For other details see Nandisutravisama__ padaparyaya No. 232
A. 1882-83.. Begins.-. fol. SI इह खलु इति अनुविचिंत्य etc., as in No. 208, Ends.- fol. 534 उप्पत्ति । समए कालंतरे etc, N. B.- For subject see No. 208,
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रवृत्तिपर्याय Jivajivabhigamasutravrttiparyaya No. 211
736 (30).
1875-76. Extent.- fol. 37° to fol. 384. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastuka
parvavaN paryāya No.
736(1). 7
_1875-76. Subject. -- Explanation of some of the difficult words etc., occurring
in the commentary of Jivājīvābh Begins.- fol. 37 वचनादिति वचनाजिनसंसिद्धिः । जिनसंसिद्धर्वचनं तत इत्यादि
_ विरोधः । etc. Ends.- fol. 38. चतुरशीतियोनिरतिजातिः गोमयपोहः कुलानि जीवविशेषाः
योनिस्तेषामुत्पत्तिस्थानम् । जीवाभिगमवृत्तिपर्यायः समाप्तः ।
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रवृत्तिपर्याय
No. 212 Extent.--- fol. 62.
5: [J.L. P.]
Jivajivabhigamasutravrttiparyaya
789 (30). 1895-1902

Page #219

194
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(213.
see
Pañcavastuka
Description. Complete. For other details
789 (1). paryāya No.
1895-1902.. Begins. fol. 626 Temafot etc. as in No. 211. Ends. fol. 62b Takofifa etc.
N. B.- For subject see No. 211.
जीवाजीवाभिगमसूत्रवृत्तिपर्याय Jivajivabhigamasutravrttiparyayā
332 ( 13). No. 213
A. 1882-83. Extent.- fol. 534 Description.- Complete. For other details see Nandisútravisama
padaparyāya No. 2
aparyaya no. A. 1882-83.. Begins. fol. 53 fa tan t a fe etc., as in No. 211 Ends.- fol. 534 wakaftfautfarfasta: I etc,
N. B.- For subject see No. 211.

Page #220

214 )
روi
IV. 12 Upangas THE FOURTH UPĀNGA
प्रज्ञापनासूत्र
Prajñāpanasutra ( quorauitera )
( Paņņavaņāsutta )
761. No. 214
1892-95. Size. — 12 in. by sin. Extent.- 164 + 2 + 1 = 167 folios; 15 lines to a page; 50 letters
to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and grey in colour; Devanagari
characters with HATETS; bold, big, uniform, legible and beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the space between the pairs coloured red in most of the cases; the daņdas drawn in red ink; edges of the first two foll. damaged ; strips of paper pasted to the margins of fol. I; two foll. having the same written portion as given in the first two foll. added ; unnumbered sides marked with a small ciucular disc in red ink; the numbered having two more, one in each margin; red chalk used; the yellow pigment, too; strips of paper pasted to the fol. 163 on both the sides; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to the fol. 164th (the last); in spite of that its edges somewhat worn out; the matter written on fol. 164" reproduced on another fol. written on a white paper; condition tolerably good;
fol. 164" blank; complete; extent 7980 ślokas. Age — Samvat 1586. Author - Śyāmācārya ; he is at times identified with Kālikācārya. Subject.—This fourth Upānga which is also called Prajñāpanā-Bhaga
vati throws flood of light on the nine tattvas in special. It
is divided into 36 chapters known as padas. Begins.-fol. ID TAT TATUT I AAT ACTU I FAT 3 TUITIO IFAT 50
ज्झायाणं । नमो लोए सव्वसाहुणं।
ववगयजरमरणभये सिद्धे अभिवंदिऊण तिविहणं। sana furaha neta (EU(6) HETIC 113 11 etc.

Page #221

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Ends.fol. 164 निच्छिण्णसव्वदुक्खा जातिजरामरण बंधणविमुक्का | सासयमव्वाबाहं चिद्वंति सुही सु हं पत्ता ।
196
॥ छ ॥
प्रज्ञापनासूत्र
छ ।। इति श्रीपणवणाए भगवतीए समुग्धायपदं छत्तीसइमं सम्मत्तं
प्रत्यक्षरगणनया अनुष्टुप्छंदसा (सां) मानमिदं ॥ ग्रंथानं ७९८० ॥ यादृष्टं (शं) पुस्तकं दृष्ट्वा etc.
यदक्षरपरिभ्रष्टं स्वरव्यंजनवर्जितं ।
त (त्) सर्व क्षम्यतां देवि (!) किंचित् स्खलतां मम
—
[arj.
तैलाक्षे etc.
संवत् १५८६ वर्षे माहसुदि बारस सोमे लषतः ॥ शुभं भवतु etc. Reference. The text in Präkrit together with the Sanskrit commentary of Malayagiri Sūri, the Sanskrit version of Nanakacandra and the Gujarati commentary by Paramananda was published at Benares in A. D. 1884. The text is also published with Malayagiri Suri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, in two patrs in A. D. 1918 and 1919 respectively. See H. Jacobi's “Das Kalikācārya - Kathanakam” ( Z. D. M. G. vol. XXXIV ). See also Rajendralal's Notices vol. VIII (1885), pp. 60-61 and 70-72, Weber II, p. 559 and Indian Antiquary vol. XX, p. 373 ff. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vol. III-IV, p. 394 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 13.
No. 215
Size.— rog in. by 4g in.
Extent.
Prajñāpanāsutra
216. 1871-72.
316 + 1 + 1 = 318 folios; 11 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line.
Description.— Country paper, thin, tough and white ; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, clear and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; fol. r

Page #222

215.]
IV. 12 Upangas
197
blank; edges of the first five foll. more or less damaged ; some of the foll. worm-eaten ; notes in Gujarati written in the margins of foll. 83, 84 and 213 to 2233; foll. 123 to 315 have their edges more or less worn out; condition on the whole fair ; fol. 199 repeated; so is the fol. 237; the 316th fol. is unnumbered and seems to have been written in a different hand on a different sort of paper; complete ; extent 8100 ślokas.'
Age. — Samvat 1771. Begins.-fol. I ॐ नमो(मः) श्रीवीतरागाय
... नमो अरहंताणं नमो सिद्धाणं etc., as in No. 214. Ends.-fol. 316 जातिजरामरण etc., up to गणनया as in No. 214
followed by अनुष्टुपदं(पहुंद)सा मानमिदं ग्रंथाग्रंथ ८१०० प्रमाण छई इति पण(ण्ण)वणासूत्रं समाप्तं ॥
श्रीमत् तपागणविभासनतापनाभः
_ भव्याशु(सु)मह]हृदयकैरवराजिरंजः . आसीद् गुरुर्विमलसोमगणाधिराजः
सौंदर्यधीरगुणमंडलवारिराशिः ॥१ . . ..... गच्छे तत्र विशालसामगुरवः श्रीसूरयः सांप्रतं ।।
वर्तते महिमंडले गणपदप्ताप्त(प्राप्तप्रतिष्ठास्पदं ॥ नानावाङ्मयसागरांबुतरणे सदबुद्धिनावांचिता।
चारित्राचरणेन दुष्करतपः श्रीस्थूलभद्रोपमाः॥२ तद्गच्छे(भूत् क्रियापात्रं विद्वज्जनशिरोमणी। श्रीमद्विमलष(पं)डितपांडताग्रणी(:) ॥३. तत्सित्यशेवकधनविमल साधुधनविमलसतः । प्रज्ञापनाख्यसूत्रम्(स्य) वार्ता चक्रे मनोहरा ॥४.. यत्क्वचित् लिषितं कूटं सूत्रार्थोभयतस्तथा। विद्वद्भितकमेथ्य सर्वे सो(शो)ध्यं कृपापर(:)। (५) .
संवत् १७७१ वर्षे समाप्ताः ॥ N. B.-For other details see No. 214.
-

Page #223

198
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [216.
Prajñapanāsūtra
प्रज्ञापनासूत्र
No. 216
763. 1899-1915.
Size.— 101 in. by 44 in. Extent. — 233 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line.
Description.- Country paper, thin, rough and grey; Devanagari
characters with frequent पृष्ठमात्राs; big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk and white pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; fol. 1* decorated with a design in red colour; the unnumbered sides have one disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; several foll. more or less worm-eaten ; edges of the first and last few foll. slightly worn out; condition very fair; complete; extent 7787 ślokas.
Age.-- Samvat 1581. Begins.-lol. Ib नमो मुयदेवयाए ॥
नमो अरिहंताणं etc.
Ends.-fol. 2334 जातिजरामरण etc., up to गणनया as in No. 214
followed by अनुष्टुपछंदसां मानमिदं॥छ॥ ग्रंथानं ७७८७॥छ॥श्री॥ संवत् १५८१ वर्षे ज्येष्ट(ट)वदि ११ शुक्रे लिखितम् ॥ छ ॥ श्रीः ॥छ । श्रीरस्तु ॥ संवत् १५८१ वर्षे श्री खरतर गच्छे । श्रीजिनहंससूरिविजय(यि)राज्ये। गंगाजलपवित्रे 'वरहडीयागोत्रे श्री'सातलमेरुवासि पुण्याभासि साहसेषापुत्ररत्नसाहरेक्खा सुश्रावकेण पुत्रसा० आंबा सा. श्रीवंत सा.
आंबापुत्रईसर । षेतसीप्रमुखपरिवारसश्रीकेण श्रीप्रज्ञापनोपांगं लेखितं । श्रीधवलचंद्रमहोपाध्यायशिष्यपंगजसारगणीनामुद्यमेन ॥ वाच्यमानं चिरं
नंदतु ॥श्री॥ N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 214.

Page #224

218. ]
IV. 12 Upangas
199
प्रहापनासून
Prajnapanasutra No. 217
445.
1882–83. Size.— 104 in. by 41 in. Extent. — 325 - 4= 321 folios; 11 lines to a page ; 33 letters to a
line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devanagari charac
ters with occasional ATEITS; big, legible, uniform and good tand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1and to fol. 3256 as well ; strips of paper pasted to foll. 2", 3o, 414, 42", 322* to 324 and 325b; condition tolerably good ; a small disc in red colour in the centre of each side of the foll.; yellow pigment used , red chalk, too ; foll. 148 to 151 missing ; otherwise complete ; foll. 1and 3256
blank ; extent 7787 ślokas. Age. -Pretty old. Begins.- fol. 15 3 FAT facturer
FAT secarui Àfereroi as in No. 214. Ends. fol. 325 starU etc., up to stafaa HR as in No. 214.
Then we have:
Su cor OCW II st. N. B.- For other details see No. 214.
प्रज्ञापनासूत्र
Prajñāpanāsutra टीकासहित
with tikā
762. No. 218
1892-95. Size.-- 10 in. by 41 in. Extent. — 339+1= 340 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 56 to 62 letters
to a line.

Page #225

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 218.
Description. Country paper rough, thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with gears; this is a farret Ms., containing the text and its commentary, the former written in a somewhat bigger hand; clear and good hand-writing; the space for the text not reserved; red chalk and white paste used, the latter profusely; foll. numbered in both the margins; both the sides of the foll. have three discs in red colour, one in the centre and two in the margins; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1a; fol. 339b decorated with a design in three colours; strips of paper pasted to several foll. ; corners of foll. 2 to 4 slightly worn out; condition very fair; diagrams drawn on foll. 6b, 7 etc.; fol. 74th repeated; complete; extent of the text 7787 slokas; that of the commentary 15000 slokas.
Pretty old.
200
Age
-
Author of the commentary. - Malayagiri Sūri.
Subject. The text in Prakrit together with its commentary in
Sanskrit.
""
Begins. (text) fol. 1b
af
Terror etc., as in No. 217.
~ ( com. ) fol. r ॐ नमः सर्वज्ञाय | aufa anque etc., as in No. 219.
Ends.—– ( text ) fol. 3386 जातिजरामरण etc., up to सुहं पत्ता as in No. 214 followed by the lines as under:
इति पण्णवणाए भगवईए समुग्धायपदं छत्तीसइमं सम्मत्तं । छ । प्रत्यक्षरगणनया अनुष्टंपत्थ ( ष्टुपूच्छं ) दस ( सा ) मानमिदं । छ । ग्रंथाग्रं । ७७८७ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ कल्याणमस्तु ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ — ( com. ) fol. 3394 संति (त) स्तिष्ठति etc, up to समर्थिता as in No. 220. Then we have:
ग्रंथाग्रं १५००० छ शुभं भवतु etc.

Page #226

219. ]
VI. 12 Upangas
201
प्रज्ञापनासूत्र
Prajnapanasutra टीकासहित
with tikā
116. No. 219
1872-73. Size.- 9 in. by 4.3 in. Extent.- (text) 835 folios; 12 lines to a page; 30 letters to a line.
» — (com.), „ 14 » » » » 35 » » » » Description.- Country paper thick, tough and grey ; Devanāgari
characters with EAS; this is a rare Ms., the text written in a very big hand-writing ; legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; fol. 18 beautifully decorated; the ist fol. partly worn out; so some letters from the ist two lines are now gone ; corners of some of the foll. torn ; a strip of paper pasted to foll. 99', 1045, 152a etc. ; some foll. wormeaten ; foll. 431 to 440 torn in two pieces ; on the whole condition unsatisfactory ; diagrams about 379AE FUTTAT etc.; on foll. 134 to 14', 1066, 1076, 357, 3585, 359", 3600 etc. toll. I to 395 numbered in both the margins; the rest numbered in the right hand margin only ; both the text and the com. complete; the text has been wrongly noted as the 3rd upānga, perhaps through oversight ; extent of the text and that of the commentary 7787 and 14000 ślokas
respectively. Age.- Samvat 1701'. Begins.-( text ) fol. 1b go hA: sftataTITUI
नमो अरिहंताणं etc. „ -(com. ) #grastrurgiętartfasendaarisent : 1 Bře FTA: FEESTITI
Atla HATAT etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 834 J T TATUT etc., up to youfa(T)# FFHT II
& Il as in No. 214 followed by gat ergouqul TEE Ai qatl ?ast )39ti sigui Ijo LOCUI
1. Some body seems to have tried to change this date. 26 [J. L. P.]

Page #227

202
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[220.
Ends.-- (com.) fol. 834 संत(ः) तिष्ठति up to समार्थता प्रज्ञापनाटीका as in
No. 220 followed by ग्रंथानं० १४००० ॥ प्रातलंभिता चेयं प्रतिः प्रतिबोधिता(5)कब्बरक्षितिपतिप्रदत्तजगद्गुरुबिरुदसुंदरस्वमहिमातिशयावहेलितमंदरसकलसूरिपुरंदरभट्टारकप्रभुभ श्री२१हीरविजयसूरिपट्टनमस्तलालंकरणकिरणमालिप्रतिमाप्रतिमभाग्यसौभाग्यनिधानप्रस( ? )नावधानसंधानप्राप्ता(s)कब्बरभूजानिपर्षद्वादिविजयबहुमानभ श्रीविजयसेनसूरिपट्टै रावतकुंभस्थलपुलोमीपतिसमानापमानितकुमतिमतासंतताभिमानभ श्रीवजयतिलकसूरिपट्टप्रकटसिंहासनसार्वभौमसोमानुकारिहारिप्रतापबृहद्भानुप्रभाप्राग्भारपराभूतप्रभूतापरसूरियशक्षौमश्रीमत्'तपा'गणनरेश्वरशिर कोटीरहीरसंप्रतिविजयमानयुगप्रधानप्रधानश्रीगौतमोपमगुणसमाजश्रीमत् 'तपा'गच्छाधिराजभ श्री२१विजयाणंदसूरीणां संप्रतापसीमा ऋषभदासभार्याश्रीझकू. नाम्नीभ्यां स्वश्रेयो(s)थै लखिता च श्री राजनगर श्रीविक्रमार्कसमयाततिसंवत्१७०१ वर्षे चैत्रशुक्लपूर्णिमातिथौ सोमवासरे लषीतं ज्ञाती 'अउर्दाच्य' सहस्ररा ८(?) मथुरादास ॥ छ ।
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रटीका
Prajñāpanāsūtratikā No. 220
1288.
1886-92. Size. - Iol in. by 48 in. Extent. - 285 - 1=284 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 52 letters to a line. Description. -Country paper, thin, smooth, tough and grey;
Devanagari characters with qentats; bold, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. I and 285 blank; numbers of foll. entered twice, once in each margin of one and the same side; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged ; condition on the whole good; the matter explained with corresponding figures (vide foll.7, 8, 38, 94, 96, 98 to 100 and 283); red chalk used ('see fol. soth. ); yellow pigment, too; the fol. 85th numbered as 86 also, the 86th etc. hence numbered as 87 etc. ; this
Ms. contains the tales of the original sútra ; complete. Age.---Fairly old. Author. - Malayagiri Suri. Subject. - Sanskrit commentary to Prajña panåsutra.

Page #228

.221.]
IV. 12 Upangas
203
Begins.-fol. Ib नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ।
जयति नमदमरम(मु)कुटप्रतिबिम्ब(न्)छद्मविहितबहुरूपः . . उद्धर्तुमिव समस्तं विश्वं भवपंकतो वीरः । जिनवचनामृतजलधिं चंदे यहिँदुमात्रमादाय ।
अमवन्नूनं सत्त्वा जन्मजराव्याधिपरिहाणाः ॥ etc. Ends.- fol. 285• नमत नयभंगकलितं प्रमाणबहुलं विशुद्धसद्बोधं
जिनवचनमन्यतीर्थिककुमतनिरासैकदुर्ललितं ॥ जयति हरिभद्रमूरि(ष)टीकाकृद्विवृत्त(त)विषमभावार्थः यद्वचनवशादहमपि जातो लेशेन विवृतिकरः।। कृत्वा प्रनापनाटीकां पुण्यं यदवाप मलयागरिरनघं ॥ त(ते)न समस्तो(s)पि जनो लभतां जिनवचनसद्बोधं ॥ छ ।
इति श्रीमलयागिरिविरचितायां प्रज्ञापनाटीकायां षदत्रिशत्तम पदं
समर्थितं ॥छ । समर्थिता प्रज्ञापनाटीका ॥छ ॥शुभं भवतुः॥छ । Reference.- Published. See No. 214. For additional Mss. see B. B.
R. A.S. vols. III-IV, p. 394 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, Pp. 13, 14 and 36.
प्रशापनासूत्रटीका
Prajñāpanāsūtratīkā (प्रदेशव्याख्या)
( Pradeśavyākhyā)
48. __No. 221
1880-81. Size.- 22g in. by I] in. Extenc.- 98 leaves ; s lines to a leaf ; about 125 letters to a line. Description.- Palm-leaf thin and greyish; Devanagari characters
with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, partly illegible and tolerably fair handwriting; this Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three separate columns; but, really it is not so, since every line of the ist column extends to the rest; there are two holes in each leaf in the interspaces between the columns; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right hand margir in numbers and in the left hand one, practically as usual in letters; a fragment preceding the 2nd ieaf seems to belong to the Ist; for, its counter part is blank; a few leaves in the beginning have their corners worn out; condition on the whole fair ; complete.

Page #229

204
Age— Old.
Author — Haribhadra Suri.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
"
Subject. Commentary to Prajñāpanasūtra, styled as tika by the commentator but popularly known as Pradeśavyākhyā. Begins.—leaf rb ससाचवाचवायभाय न कालघंटा जैनं वचस्तदिह को
*** *** ***
न रुजेत विद्वान् ॥ तच्चांगोपांगप्रकीर्णका -leaf 3 आसन्नोपकारित्वं कथमिति चेत् ॥ छ ॥ उच्यते यतः सुतरतेण गाहा ॥ द्विविधानि रत्नानि भवति । द्रव्यरत्नानि । भावरत्नानि च । तत्र द्रव्यरत्नानि वैडूर्यमरकतेंद्रनीलादीनि । भावरत्नानि तु सूत्ररचनादीनि भावरत्नैरहाधिकारः । सूत्ररत्नानां निधानं२ निधानमिव निधानं तत्प्रस्तुतास्र (?)यत्वात् ॥ जिनवरेण । केवलिना किंभूतेन । भव्यजननिर्वृतिकरण तत्र अनादिपारिणामिक भव्य भावयुक्तो मोक्षगमनयोग्यो भव्यजनः । निर्वृतिः निर्वाणं भव्यजनस्य सम्यग्दर्शनादिनिर्वृतिमार्गकरणसी (शी) लः भव्यजननिर्वृतिकरः कारणे कार्योपचारात् ॥ छ ॥
221.
Ends. leaf 988 कालमिति समयपरिभाषा ( ?षा) तिष्ठन्ति णिच्छिण्ण सव्वदुक्खा गाहा निगदसिद्धा ॥ सेयं (शेषं) स्तन्त्र (१ सूत्र ) सिद्धं । नवरमियं भावना
दग्धे वीजे यथा (S)त्यंतं । प्रादुर्भवति नांकुर ः
कर्मबीजे तथा दग्धे न रोहति भवांकुरः ॥
प्रज्ञापनाप्रदेस (श) व्याख्यायां षड् ( टू ) त्रिंसत्तमपदव्याख्या समाप्तेति ॥ छ ॥
समाप्ता चेयं प्रज्ञापनाप्रदेस (श) व्याख्येति ॥ छ ॥
आचार्य्यजनभटस्य हि सुसाधुजनसेवितस्य सि (शि) ष्येण ।
Then in a different hand we have:जिनवचनभावितमतेर्वृत्तवतस्तत्प्रसादेन ॥ किंचित्प्रक्षेपसंस्कारद्वारेणेमं कृता स्फुटा । आचार्य हरिभद्रेण टीका प्रज्ञापना श्रु (? ते) ॥
...
***
सर्वहिताय नित्यं ॥ ऽ............
Reference.- See F. Kielhorn's Report and Indian Antiquary vol. X, pp. 100-102, Bombay, 1881.

Page #230

222.]
...
I7. 12 Upangas
205
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रतृतीयपद
Prajñāpanasutratrtiyapadaसग्रहणी
samgrahaņi No. 222
763.
1892-95. Size.- Io in. by 4g in. Extent.- 5 folios ; 16 lines to a page ; 33 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, tough aud white; Devanagari
characters; small, legible and very fair hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; fol. 5 blank ; a portion of an edge of the first fol. worn out; condition on the whole good; foll.
numbered in the right hand margin only ; complete. Age.- Samvat I703. Author.- Abhayadeva Suri. Subject. - This work is based upon Bahuvaktavyatā, the third pada
(chapter of Prajñāpanāsūtra. It deals with the alpa bahutva of living beings as compared with each other; this entire
subject is beautifully represented in 133 verses in Prakrit. . Begins.-fol. I दिसि १ गइ २ इंदिअ ३ काए ४ जाए ५ वेए ६ कसाय ७ ले
सा य ८ ___सम्मत्त ९ नाण १० दसण ११ संजम १२ उवओग १३ आहारे १४ ॥१॥ ___ भासग १५ परित्त १६ पज्जत्त १७ सुहुम १८:संनी १९ भव २० (७)थिए २१ चरिमे २२
जीवे अ २३ खित्त २४ बंधे २५ पुग्गल २६ महदंडए चेव २७ ॥२॥ रुअगा पच्छिमपुव्वा । दाहिणओ उत्तरेण जहसंख । थोवा बहुआ बहुअर । बहुतमगा हुँति जीवाउ ॥३॥ जत्थ वणं तत्थ जिआ। बहुआ तं पुण जलस्स निस्साए ।
ता जत्थ जलं थोवं। तत्थ उ जीवाउ थोवयरा ॥ ४॥ etc. Ends.-fol. 5 सुहम असमत्त अहिआ ६३ सुहुमवणस्सइ असंख पज्जत्ता ८४
सुहुमसमत्ता ८५ सुहुमा ८६ भविआ[ला] य ८७ निगोअ ८८ वणजीवा ८९॥१३१॥
एगिंद ९० तिरिक्खा ९१ मिच्छद्दिष्टि ९२ अविरय ९३ तहेव सकसाया ९४
छउमन्थ ९५ सजोगि ९६ भवत्थ ९७ सव्व ९८ सव्वे विसेसहिआ ॥१३२॥

Page #231

206
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
223.
इअ अहाणउइपय सव्वाजअप्पबहुमिअपयं तइअं पनवणाए । सिरिअभयदेवसूरीहि संगहि ॥ १३३॥
इति श्रीप्रज्ञापनोपांगतृतीयपदं(द)संग्रहणी समाप्ता गणिगजविजयलिखितं 'मेडता नगरे सं. १७०३ वर्षे वैशाष(ख)शुदि ७ दि मु..
वीरविजयपठनार्थम् शुभं भवतु ॥ Reference.- Published with avacāri. See No. III.
18.
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रतृतीयपद
Prajñapanāsūtratrtiyapadaसग्रहणी
sarngrahaņī No. 223
1880-81. Size.- 121 in. by It in. Extent.--- 17 leaves ; 3 to 4 lines to a leaf ; 45 to so letters to
a line. Description.- Palm-leaf durable and greyish; Devanagari charac.
ters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and good handwriting; this Ms. presents an appearence as if the work is written in two separate columns; but, really speaking, lines of the first column extend to the second ; none of the columns has its borders ruled ; red chalk used; leaves numbered in the right hand margin only as sft, 2, 3, 4, 5 etc.; leaf Is blank ; so is the leaf I7' ; a string passes through a hole in the space between the two columns and has a button attached to one end of the string ; several leaves slightly worm-eaten ; condition, however, on the
whole good; complete; two wooden planks encompass
the Ms. Age.- Old. Begins.-leaf : दिसि गइ इंदिय etc. Ends.-leaf 16 सुहुम असमत्त etc., up to संगहियं ॥ १३३ practically
as in No. 222 followed by चतुर्थोपांगतृतीयपदसंग्रहणी
समत्ता ॥ छ etc. N. B.--For other details see Na. 222.

Page #232

225.]
IV. 12 Upangas:
207
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रतृतीयपद.
Prajnapanāsutratrtiyapadaसङ्ग्रहणीवृत्ति
saragrahaņīvrtti
1393. No. 224
1891-9 Size.- 104 in. by 41 in. Extent. - 10 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and yellowish; Devana
gari characters with east at times ; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. mostly numbered in the right hand margin only ; results pertaining to 3igers etc., tabulated on fol. 7a; fol. rob blank; condition very good ; this
Ms. contains the states of the text ; complete. Age.- Pretty old. Subject. -- A commentary in Sanskrit elucidating Prajñāpanātrtiya
padasamgrahaņi. Begins.-fol. I दिसि० भासा परित इति परीताः प्रत्येकशरीरिणः शुक्लपाक्षि
काश्च तद्वारं १६ भवति । भवसिद्धिकद्वारं १० अस्तीत्यस्तिकायद्वारं २१ एते दिग्विभागादि २७ द्वारैः पृथिव्यादीनां अल्पबहुत्वादिनिरूपणाय संग्रहणी
गाथाद्वयं ॥२ etc. Ends.-fol. I0 सर्वजीवा विशेषाधिका(:) । सिद्धानामपि तत्र प्रक्षेपात् । ९८ इअ०
इत्युक्तप्रकारेण प्राक्तनादस्मिन् महाडं(दं)डके भावप्रधानत्वानिर्देशस्य सवजीवाल्पबहुत्वमुक्तं ॥ अष्टनवतिसंख्यानि गर्भजमनुजादीनि पदानि पदानि] यस्मिंस्तत्तथा । अथ । समर्थयन्नाह ॥ त्रि(ततयिं पदं दिगादिसप्तविंशतिद्वारात्मकं बहुवक्तव्यताभिधानं प्रज्ञापनायाः श्रीअभयदेवसूरीभः संगृहीतं ॥ बहवक्तव्योपकारि सारार्थसंग्रहणेनेति ॥ इति श्रीप्रज्ञापनायाः तृताय
पदबहुवक्तव्यतावृत्तिः। Reference.- See No. 222.
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रतृतीयपद
Prajñāpanasutratriyapadaसग्रहण्यवचूर्ण
sargrahanyavacūrņi No. 225
295.
A.1882-83. Size.- Tol in. by 44 in.. Extent.- 3 folios ; 29 lines to a page ; 92 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devana
gari characters; small, legible and tolerably good handwriting ; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk

Page #233

208
jaina Literature and Philosophy
[226.
used; edges of each of the foll. slightly worn out; condition very fair; this Ms.'contains the gates of the text; foll. numbered in the righthand margin only; complete; the last fol. written in a slightly bigger hand; composed in
Samvat I474 (?). Age.- Pretty old. Author.- Kulamandana Gani(?) Subject.- This work seems to be practically the same as No. 233;
for, the opening lines agree. Begins.--fol. I'दिसि भासा परित्त इति etc. as in No. 224. Ends.-fol. 3' सर्वजीवा etc., up to सारार्थसंग्रहणेनेति १३३ as in No. 224 followed by the lines as under:
श्रीदेवसुंदरयुरोः प्रसादतो(s)वगतजिनवचोऽर्थलवः । - कुलमंडनगणिरालखत् अवचूर्णिमेकाब्धिभुवनाब्धे (ब्दे)॥
छ ॥ इति ॥ श्रीप्रज्ञापनातृायपदसंग्रहप्यवचूर्णिः समाप्ता ॥ छ ।
वित्तु । श्री. Reference. - See No. 222.
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रपर्याय
Prajnapanasutrapalyaya
736 (9). No. 225
1875-76. Extent.- fol. 4 to fol. 4. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya
___No. 736 (I).
No 1875-76.. Subject.— Explanation of some of the difficult words occurring in
Prajnapanāsātra. Begins.-fol. 4. प्रज्ञापना(5)ष्टादशपदे देशतो(5)पि स्वावगाहना तत(:) प्रदेशो
यमनाहारकः etc. Ends.-fol.4 अंत: अविच्छिन्नः संततः पाहिंति विच्छिन्न इत्यर्थः
कृत्वत्थमेतां यदवाप्तमत्र
पुण्यं मया तेन भवंतु भत्याः । प्रज्ञापनार्थीव गमात्रशुद्ध
भावान्विताः सत्त्वहिताय नित्यं ॥ छ । इति प्रज्ञापनापर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।

Page #234

229.]
IV. 12 Upangas
209
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रपर्याय
Prajnapanasātraparyaya No. 227
789 (9).
1895-1902. Extent.- fol. sb to fol. 64. Description.- Complete. For further details see Pancavastukaparyaya
789 (1).
1895-1902.. Begins.-fol.5 प्रज्ञापना(s)ष्टादशपदे etc. as in No. 226. Ends.-fol. 6 अंतः अविच्छिन्न: etc. N. B.- For subject see No. 226.
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रपर्याय
Prajñāpanāsutraparyāya
736 (31). No. 228
1875-76. Extent.- fol. 384. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
736 (I).
NO. 1875-76.. Subject.- Explanation of some of the words occurring in Prajñā
panāsūtra. Begins.-fol. 38 विजेऊण इति वीजयित्वा उम्वित्थपंडु इति ईषत् शुभ्रा मृत्तिका
पांडुमृत्तिका । etc. Ends.-fol. 38. इत्थिवउ इति स्त्रीत्वविशिष्टा किंपुहा इति पुडो गाढअणंतर गाहाआदि इति भाषायाः।
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रपर्याय
Prajñāpanasutraparyāya
789 (31). No. 229
1895-1902. Extent.- fol. 62 to fol. 634. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
No. 789 (I).
'' 1895-1902.. Begins.--fol. 62 विजेऊण इति वीजयित्वा etc. as in No. 228. Ends.-fol. 63* इत्थिवउ इति etc. N. B.- For subject see No. 228.
27
[J.L. P.]

Page #235

210
Jaina Literature and Philosophy [232. प्रज्ञापनासूत्रपर्याय
Prajnapanasutraparyaya No. 230
332(14).
A. 1882-83. Extent.- fol. 53° to fol. 54'. Description.-Complete. For other details see Nandisutravisamapada
parvava No332 ( 1 ).
paryaya No. A. 1882-83.
Begins.-fol. 53. विजेऊण इति । वीजयित्वा उन्वित्थ etc., as in No. 228. Ends.-fol. 54 इत्थेवयू इति स्त्रीत्वावशिष्ट किं etc. N. B.- For subject see No. 228.
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रविवरण
Prajnapanāsutravivaranaविषमपदपर्याय
vişamapadaparyāya No. 231
736 (32).
1875-76. Extent.- fol. 38a to fol. 39. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya
No._736 ( I ).
1875-76. • Subject.— Explanation of difficult words occurring in the commen
| tary of Prajapanüsütra. Begins.-fol. 38 सितमिति जीवे बद्धं । योगत्रयव्यापार इति यत्र सूत्रे योगत्रयं न
व्याप्रियते समुद्रव्यस्त एव etc. Ends.-fol. 39" इति पर्यंतांतर्मुहुर्त सेस । इति सेतस्यायुषः शेषं ।। छ ।
प्रज्ञापनाविवरणविषमपदपर्यायाः समाप्ताः । अंगोपांगपर्यायासमार्थताः ॥
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रविवरण
Prajñāpanāsutravivaranaविषमपदपर्याय
visamapadaparyāya No 232
789 (32).
1895-1902. Extent.-- fol. 634 to fol. 644. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
___No. 789 (1).
• 1895-1902.. Begins.--fol. 63a ferarara sita argi etc., as in No. 231. Ends.-fol. 64" इति पर्यंतांतर्मुहूर्त etc. N. B.- For subject see No. 231.

Page #236

233.1
IV. 12 Upangas
padaparyaya No.
Begins. fol. 54a fafafa
Ends. fol. 55
q
प्रज्ञापनासूत्रविवरणविषमपदपर्याय
No. 233
Extent. fol. 54a to fol. 55b.
Description. Complete. For other details see Nandisūtravisama
332 (I).
A. 1882-83.
là
à etc.
N. B. For subject see No. 231.
211
Prajñāpanāsutravivaranavisamapadaparyaya
332 (15).
A 1882-83.
etc., as in No. 231.

Page #237

212
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[234.
THE FIFTH UPANGA
सूर्यप्रज्ञाप्त (सूरियपण्णत्ति)
Sūryaprajñapti (Suriyapannatti)
No. 234
224.
1873-74.
Size.- Iod in. by 4g in. Extent.- 86-I=85 folios ; II lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devanāgari charac
ters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; most of the foll. worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; foll. I" and 86° blank ; each of the foll. 32 and 34 wrongly numbered as 333; fol. 69 lacking ; the folio 74th wrongly numbered as 73rd; complete; condition poor.
Age.-Old. Subject. -- A work on astronomy. This is the sth upānga and it
consists of 20 chapters called prābhrtas. Begins.-fol. 1 नमो(मः) श्रीवीतरागाय ।। नमो अरिहंताणं ।
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं मिथिला नाम नयरी होत्था रिद्धिस्थिमियसमिद्धा
पमुइतजणजाणव etc. Ends.-fol. 86
वीरवरस्स भगवतो जरमरणकिलेसदेसरहितस्स वंदामि विणयपणतो सोक्खुप्पाए सया पाए
छ सूर्यप्रज्ञप्तिसूत्रं संपूर्ण छ सहजइबाइ आर्या धनबाइनी दीष्टा
(१)नी प्रछि सही३ Reference.-- Published along with Malayagiri Sūri's commentary in
the Agamodaya Samiti Series, in A.D.1919. In this connection may be consulted A. Weber's “Ueber die Süryaprajñapti” (Indischen Studien, vol. X, pp. 254-316), Leipzig, 1868, G. Thibaut's "On the Suryaprajnapti" (Journal of the
I
In this edition pp. 97 to 102 have been wrongly numbered as 91 to 96.

Page #238

235.]
V. 12 Upangas
213
Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol. XLIX, pp. 107-127 and 181-206 ), Calcutta, 1880, R. Shamasastri's articles published in the journal of the Mythic Society, vols. XV and XVI, and J. Burgess's “ Notes on Hindu Astronomy and the History of our knowledge of it" (Journal of Great Britain and Ireland, pp. 717-761), London, 1893. For quotations etc., see Weber I. p. 372 and II. p. 574ff., and Indian Antiquary vol. VII, pp. 28-29' and vol. XXI, p. 14ff. A summary etc, of this important work is given in “The Jaina School of Astronomy” published in Indian Historical Quarterly vol. VIII, No. 1, pp. 30-42. “A short chronology of Indian Astronomy" (I. H. Q. vol. VII, No. 1, pp. 137-149 ) may be also consulted. For a discussion in German see G. Thibaut's Astronomie, Astrologie und Mathematik (Grundriss der indo-arischen Philologie und Altertumskunde, Band III, Heft. 9), Strassburg, 1899. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 402 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 1.
सूर्यप्रज्ञप्तिटीका
Sūryaprajñaptitīkā
No. 235
19. 1881-82.
Cotent. - No
m
-leaf;
and very
he work
Size.— 33 in. by 4 in. Extent. - Not possible to state. Description. - Palm-leaf; Devanāgari characters with TSATEITS;
small, legible, uniform and very good hand-writing; this Ms, presents an appearance of the work having been written into three separate columns, but it is not so ; borders for each column ruled in three lines in black ink; in the space between every two columns, there is a hole; leaves numbered in both the margins, as in the case of other palm-leaf Mss.; since this Ms. is extremely damaged, it is
is not so ;
1.
Herein there is G. Bühler's article “ The Digambara Jainas ", which discusses the connection between Trilokasāra and Suryaprajñapti,

Page #239

214
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 235.
not possible to note its beginning etc., moreover, leaves seem to be in disorder; on leaf numbered as we find the line ला } as under :
प्रश्नसूत्रमाह । ता उत्तराहिं इत्यादि । ता इति पूर्ववत् । उत्तरस्यां... condition very poor; the Ms. is placed between two durable and thick wooden planks.
Age. Samvat 1389. This is what is written on a wooden plank and also in the printed catalogue for 1881-82.
Author.- Malayagiri Sūri.
Subject. A Sanskrit commentary to Suryaprajñapti in Prakrit. Reference. Published. See No. 234. For Lord Mahāvīra's description etc, see A. Weber's Über ein Fragment der Bhagavati (Zweiter Theil, 1867, appendix I). For grammar see "The Prakrita-Lakshanam or Chanda's Grammar of the Ancient (Arsha) Prakrit" edited by R. Hoernle, pt. I, Bibliotheca Indica, Calcutta, 1880.

Page #240

236.]
VI. 12 Upangas
THE SIXTH UPĀNGA
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञत्ति (जंबुद्दीवपण्णत्ति)
Jambūdvīpaprajñapti (Jambuddivapannatti)
No. 236
190. 1871-72.
Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent. — 158 folios; 11 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper, somewhat thin and white; Devanāgari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, big, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. I blank; red chalk used; some of the foll. have marginal notes in Gujarāti; white pigment used; a strip of paper pasted to foll. 2 to 5, 91 to 97, 108, 109, 121 to 129 and 148; foll. 75 to 78, 110 to 123 and 136 to 156 slightly worm-eaten; edges of fol. 158th a little bit worn out;
condition tolerably good; complete; extent 4458 Slokas. Age. — Fairly old. Subject. — It forms the sixth upanga and supplies. us with infor
mation in details about Jambūdvipa. In short it is a treatise
on Jaina cosmology. Begins.-fol. I' नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ।। णमो अरिहंताणं ।
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं मिहिला जाम णगरी होत्था । रित्थि
मियसामद्धा etc. Ends.-fol. I58 बहूणं देवाणं बहूणं देवीण मज्झगति(ते)एवमाइक्खति एवं भासति
एवं पण्णधेइ एवं परूवेद जंबुद्दीवे(व)पण्णत्ती नाम (त्ति) अज्झो (झोयणे अहं च हेच पसिणं च । कारणं च वाक(ग)रणं च भुज्जो २उवदंसह त्ति बेमि जंबहीवपण्णत्ती समत्ता[:]॥ ग्रंथानं. ४४५८॥ शुभं भवतु ॥
कल्याणमस्तु:]॥ श्री श्री श्री॥ Reference. - Published with Santicandra Gani's commentary in the
D. L. J. P. F. Series in two parts in the same year ( A. D. 1920). For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 579, Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, 17 and “ Studi italiani di Filologia indo
अह
बहीवपणश्री श्रीandra Ganthe same yasian Anti

Page #241

216
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[238.
iranica", vol. IV, pp. 35-41. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 389 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 6.
saciugafa
No. 237
Size. 10 in. by 48 in.
Jambudvipaprajñapti
fol. rb ॐ नमो जिन । णमो अरहंताणं । ar etc. as in No. 236.
30.
1869-70.
Extent. 98 folios; 15 lines to a page; 47 letters to a line. Description. Country paper somewhat thin and white; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, big, legible, elegant and uniform hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the intervening space between the pairs coloured red rather indifferently; red chalk and yellow pigment as well used; a beautiful pattern on fol. 1a; the same repeated on the last tol. (98b); unnumbered sides marked with a small circular disc in red ink in the centre; the numbered having over and above this, two more, one in each margin; numbers of foll. written in two different margins of one and the same side; complete; condition very good.
Age. Fairly old.
Begins.
Ends. fol. 984 बहुणं देवाणं etc., up to उवदंसे त्ति चेमि as in No. 236 followed by जंबुद्दीवपण्णत्ती समत्ता ॥ छः ॥ श्रीः ॥ Some thing written after this is made illegible by applying red ink to it.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 236.

Page #242

238.]
'जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्ति वृत्तिसहित
No. 238
Size. 9 in. by 41 in.
Extent. Description.
Age. Fairly old.
VI. 12 Upangas
در
Jambudvipaprajñapti with vṛtti
31.
1869-70.
454 folios; 15 lines to a page; 42 to 47 letters to a line. Country paper thin, brittle and grey; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, legible, big and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. 1a and 454b blank; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; it is a fret Ms. ; so, the text written in a bigger hand; space reserved for the text; for, it is not utilized even when not a word of it is to be written on the corresponding page; white paste used as pigment; yellow pigment also used; a very big colophon to be found in the Des. Cat. of B. B. R. A. S. vol. III is wanting here; it is given in No. 240; paper does not seem to be of the same quality throughtout; a strip of paper pasted to foll. 313b to 431b; fol. 372 slightly torn, so are the foll. 374 and 385 to 392; condition on the whole very fair; complete, extent of the text and the commentary being respectively 4146 and 14252 ślokas.
317
Author of the commentary.- Hiravijaya Sūri, pupil of Vijayadāra Suri of Tapa gaccha.
Subject. The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.—( text ) fol. 64 श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः नमो अरिहंताणं ààig etc. as in No. 236.
(com.) fol. 1:
जीयात्तेजस्त्रिभुवनतिलकाभं जैनमेनसा मुक्तं ॥
योगिध्येयममेयं कल्पितकृतिकल्पतरुकल्पम् ॥ १ ॥ etc.
End.—( text ) fol. 4524 बहूणं देवाणं etc., up to उवदंसेति त्ति बेमि as in No. 236 followed by छ इति श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिसूत्रं समाप्तं ग्रंथाग्रं ४१४६ छ श्रीरस्तु
28 [J. L. P. ]

Page #243

218
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 239.
Ends. --( com. ) fol. 453 सत्कथने हि श्रोता विस्मरणशीलोऽलसो वा स्यात्
वारंवारं च कथने कथं भगवान् वारंवारमुपदिशतीति चिंतापरायणोऽलसो(पि श्रवणाभिमुखी स्यादिति सप्रयोजनं वारंवारमुपदेशनामति श्रीसुधर्मस्वामी पंचमो गणधरः श्रीजंबूस्वामिनं स्वाशिष्यं प्रति ब्रमीति ब्रवीति छ.
इति श्रीमत् तपा'गणगगनांगणगगनमाणिसमानश्रीविजयदानसूरश्विरशिष्यश्रीहीरविजयसूरिविरचितायां श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्तौ ज्योतिष्कवक्तव्यताधिकारप्रतिबद्धश्चतुर्थोऽधिकारो व्याख्यातस्तद्व्याख्याने च व्याख्यातं जंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिनामकं ज्ञाताधर्मकथांगस्योपांगामिति । छ । इति श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्तिः समाप्ता छ ।
वृत्तावस्यां सहस्राणि चतुर्दश शतद्वयं ।
द्विपंचाशत्तथा श्लोका ग्रंथमानं विनिश्चितं १ ग्रंथानं १४२५२ ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 236.
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्ति वृत्तिसहित
Jambūdvīpaprajñapti
with vrtti
No. 239
1243. 1886-92.
Size.- Iod in. by 4g in. Extent. -- 402 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper rough and white; Devanāgari charac
ters with पृष्टमात्राs; this is a त्रिपाटी Ms., the text is consequently written in a slightly bigger hand; clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. I and 402b decorated with various beautiful designs; red chalk used; corners of the first several foll. partly worn out; condition on the whole very good; both the text and the commentary complete ; their extents are 4146 and 14252 ślokas respectively.
Age. - Samvat 1652.

Page #244

240.)
Vİ. 12 Upāngas
219
Begins.—(text) fol. 6a sfiyat AA: 11 FAT BREATOT 11
» --- fol. 8a aur ror etc. ,, --- (com.) fol. Ib ertu 51 FH: 11
PROTETT etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 400a ao caro etc., up to je 838€ pe as in
No. 240 followed by frie etc. -(com.) fol. 4015 Fresa Fyà fe up to gra sitsjagtigh : FATA as in No. 238 followed by the lines as under :
छ । संवत् १६५२ वर्षे आसो सुदि २ गुरू दिने लषितं । शुभं भवतु etc. ग्रंथप्रत्तिनु १४२५२. Then is written in adifferent hand a line as below :
___पंडितश्रीशिवविजयगणिशिष्यहर्षविजयमुनिना भांडागारे पुण्यार्थ
sfattori N. B.-- For other details see No. 238.
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्ति वृत्तिसहित
Jambūdvīpaprajñapti
with vrtti
No. 240
382. 1879-80.
Size. — 104 in. by 41 in. Extent.--- 454 + 2 = 456 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 45 to so let
ters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and greyish ; Devanagari charac
ters with THATS ; bold, big, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; it is a fetaret Ms; central space reserved for the text whether written or not; fol. r* blank ; foll. 9 to 32, 77, 78, 102 to 106 and 157 to 168 worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent ; condition on the whole very fair; foll. 329 and 330 seem to be added later on; they are written on a very thin paper; fol. 454 (the last ) also written on a very thin paper; yellow pigment used; both the text and

Page #245

220
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[240.
the commentary complete ; this Ms. contains the colophon also ; extent of the text 4146 ślokas and that of the com
mentary 14252 ślokas. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.-(text) fol. 6 श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥ नमो अरिहंताणं ।
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc., as in No. 236. ,, - ( com.) fol. I श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः
जीयात्तेजस्त्रिभुवन etc., as in No. 238. Ends.-( text ) fol. 4524 बहणं देवाणं etc., up to उवदंसेति ति बेमि as in
No. 236 followed by the lines as under :
॥ छ ॥ इति श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिसूत्रं ॥ समाप्त छ ग्रंथाग्रं ४१४६ सूत्रं छ॥
,
-( com.) fol. 453b सकृत् कथने हि etc., up to ग्रंथाj१४२५२ as in No. 238 followed by the lines as below :
ॐ नमः
आसीद्वास(ब)दमौलिमुकुटभ्राजिष्णुरत्नप्रभा
पूरप्लावितपादपंकजयुगः सिद्धार्थराजांगजः तेजोभः सुभगं व्यधाद्गणधरः श्रीमान सुधर्माभिधस्तत्पढें चरमेतरक्षितिभृतः शंग विवस्वानिव १ विश्वाशयपयोराशिचंद्रा निस्तंद्रवृत्तयः तत्परंपरया(5)भुवन श्रीजगञ्चंद्रसूरयः २ वर्षे विशिखवस्वक्षिकौमुदीकांतसम्मिते १२८५ तपोभिर्दुस्तपैलेंभे 'तपेति बिरुदं च यः ३ आनंदविमलाह्वानाः सूरयः सिद्धिभूरयः तेषां क्रममलंचवः कलहंसा इवांबुजम् ४ पाणिसिद्धीषुशीतांषु(शु)प्रमिते परिवत्सरे १५८२ विदधे यैः क्रियोद्धारः सत्त्वानुग्रहकारीिभः ५ ये वैराग्यवतां व्रजेषु परमाः सूर्या इवार्चिष्मतां
ये मुख्याः सुधियां च येषु मरुतां वृक्षा इवोर्वीरुहाम् ये सौभाग्यभृतां भरेषु सुभगाः सिंहा इवो(वौ)जस्विनां
येचार्या गुणिनां गणेषु सरितामीशा इवांभोभृताम् ६

Page #246

240.]
VI. 12 Upāngas
दितदुरितनिदानः साधुतामाददानः सुविहितहितदानः स्मेग्पद्मोधदानः अजनि विजयदानः सूरिशव शं ददानः कृतमनसिजदानस्तत्पदे श्रीनिदानः ७ प्रगटप्रभावभवनं भुवनार्च्या हीरविजयसूरींद्राः तत्पट्टे विजयंते विजयश्री दोलता ललिताः ८ मेवातमालवमरुस्थलमेदपाट
गौडादिदेशपतिसाहिअकब्बरेण आकारितैः सबहुमानमनिंद्यविधै
यैर्मध्यमंडलमलंक्रियते स्म पूज्यैः ९ यद्वाक्प्रहृष्टहृदयो(S) निजानिमुख्यः
श्रीमानकब्बरनृपः कृपया परतिः
बध्या न देहिन. इहेति वदन वचांसि
दत्ते स्म डाबरसरः शमिसिंधुराणाम् १० यद्दर्शनात्प्राप्तपरप्रमोदः
साहिः स च द्वादश वासराणि श्रीवार्षिके पर्व्वाणि सर्वदेशे
व्यधादमारैः पटहं पटिष्ठम् ११ सिद्धांततर्ककाव्यादिक्रवाङ्मयजलधिकनकशैलानाम् परवादिगर्व्वपर्वतपर्व्वतविद्वेषिलीलानाम् १२
कल्प किरणावलीमुखबहुशास्त्रग्रथनलब्धसिद्धीनाम श्रीधर्म्मसागर। भिधवाचकचक्रैकचक्रभृताम् १३ ऐदंयुगीन सुविहित सदः सदन सदनरत्नसदृशानाम महिममाणमंडितानां वानरऋषिपाडतानां च १४
साहाय्यात्सज्जितोत्साहैर्विश्वोपकृतिकांक्षिभिः
श्रीजीवाभिगमज्योतिः करंडायनुसारिभिः १५ वर्षे श्रीविक्रमाद् ग्रहदहनरसश्वेतरश्मिप्रमाणै (:) १६३९ स्वाती दीपोत्सवीये (S) हनि निखिलकलाकौमुदीकौमुदी शैः तैरेषा शास्त्ररेखा सहृदयहृदयानंदकंदांबुजंबू
221
द्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्तिर्विविधरसमयी निर्ममे निर्ममेशैः १६ कुलकन
तत्पपूर्व पर्व्वतपयोजिनीप्राणवल्लभप्रतिमैः । वरधर्मकम्मनिर्मितिकलाकलापेंदाशतिकंदैः १७
सौभाग्यभाग्यरतिशैलसुतैकपादैः
प्रोत्फुल्लपद्मदलपेशलपाणिपादैः

Page #247

222
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[241.
दुर्बादिवंदवदनांबुजशीतपादैः
सूरीश्वरैर्विजयसेनमुनींद्रपादैः १८ वाचकछंदवतंसैः सकलकलाकमलिनीकमलिनीशेः कल्याणविजयवाचकमुख्यैः संप्राप्तसौख्यैश्च १९ कल्याणकोलनिलयैः श्रीमत्कल्याणकुशलकुशलैश्च श्रीलब्धिसागराभिधविबुधैरुपलाब्धलुब्धश्च २० संभूय भूयसी भक्तिं बिभ्रद्भिर्भगवद्विरि 'पत्तने' शोधयांचक्रे वक्रेतरगणैरियम् २१ तच्चरणनलिननिलयः प्रशास्तमेतां जगत्स्थितिप्रतिमाम हेमविजयकविरकरोत्पुरुषोत्तमपालनप्रथिताम् २२ यावत् शीतमरीचिमंडलामिदं व्योमागणं गाहते
यावत्पंकजिनीपतिर्वितनुते भासां भरैश्वातपम् रम्यालंकृतिशालिनीवरपदन्यासा लसवर्णभाक्
तावद्वत्तिरियं वशेव कुरुतां कामोत्सवानगिनाम् २३
इति श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्तिप्रशस्तिः छः N. B.- For further particulars see No. 238.
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञाप्ति प्रमेयरत्नमञ्जूषासहित
Jambūdvīpaprajñapti with Prameyaratnamañjūsā
No. 241
1244. 1886-92.
Size. — 101 in. by 43 in. Extent. - 387 folios; 15 to 18 lines to a page ; 48 to 53 letters to
a line.
Description. -Country paper, thick and grey; Devanagari charac
ters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, legible, and good hand-writing : borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; each of the foll. I and 387 decorated with the same beautiful diagram in red and green colours ; foll. 11, 29, 263*, 2829, 302, 383 and 3874 have some space

Page #248

241.]
VI. 12 Upangas
223
kept blank on the right hand side, whereas foll. 1984, 275", 283, 284, 290', 296', 378, and 380', on the left hand side, probably with a view to utilize it for drawing illustrations of the Jinas or some diagrams; mostly un. numbered sides marked with a square in red ink in the centre; the numbered having over and above this, two small circular discs, one in each margin; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; the latter entitled as प्रमेयरत्नमञ्जूषा; it is a त्रिपाटी Ms.; both the text and the commentary complete ; foll. numbered in different margins on one and the same side of the fol. ; measurements of Bharata kşetra etc., tabulated on foll. 656 and 310*;
diagrams on foll. ISIb, 152 and 242%; condition very good. Age.-- Fairly old. Author of the commentary.- Upadhyaya Santicandra Gani, pupil
of Sakalacandra Gaại. Subject. - The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.--( text ) fol. 70 ॐ नमः णमो अरिहंताणं
तेणं कालेणं । तेणं समएणं etc., as in No. 236. -( com.) fol. I ॐ नमः सिद्धां(द)॥ श्री श्रुतदेव्यै नमः। श्रीहीरविजयसूरिगुरुभ्यो नमः
जयति जिन सिद्धार्थः । सिद्धार्थनरेंद्रनंदनो विजयी अनुपहतज्ञानवचाः सुरेंद्रशतसेव्यमानाज्ञः॥१॥ सर्वानुयोगसिद्धान् वृद्धान् प्रणिदध्महे महिमऋद्धान् प्रवचनकाश्चननिकि(क)पान् सूरीन श्रीगंधहस्तिमुखान् ॥ २॥ यज्जातं(तोवृत्तिमलयजराजिजिनागमरहस्यरसनिवहः संशयतापमपोहति । जयति स सत्यो(5)त्र मलयागिरि ॥३॥ श्रीमद्गुरोविजयदानसहस्रभानो(:)।
सिद्धांतधामधरणात् समवाप्तदीप्तिः॥ यो दुःषमारजनिजातमपास्तपारं।
प्राणाशयद्भरतभूमिगतं तमिश्र ॥४॥ दीपः स रत्नमय एव परानपेक्षं
प्रोद्दीपयन विशदयन् स्वपदं स्वभाभिः ।

Page #249

224 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 241. गौरैयणैरिह निदर्शितपूर्वसूरिः।
श्रीसूरिहीरविजयो विजयाय वो(७)स्तु ॥५॥ युग्मं यत्प्रभावादश्मनो(s)पि मम वाणीरसो(5) भवा(व)त् । ते श्रीसकलचंद्राख्या । जीयासुर्वाचकोत्तमाः॥६॥ जंबूद्वीपादिप्रज्ञप्ते । दृष्टशास्त्रानुशा(सा)रतः ॥
प्रमेयरत्नमंजूषा । नाम्ना वृत्तिविधीयते ॥७॥ etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 383 बहूणं देवाणं etc., up to उवदंसेइ ति बेमि as in
No. 236 followed by the lines as below:
छ ॥ इति श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञाप्तिसूत्रं समाप्तं ग्रंथानं ४१४६ । जंबूद्दीपपन्नत्ती
सूत्र संपूर्णमस्तु ॥ ,,-com.) fol. 385 अत्रच ग्रंथपर्यवसाने श्रीमन्महावीरनामकथनं चरममंगलमिति.
इति सातिशयधर्मदेशनारससमुल्लासविस्मयमानऐदंयुगीननराधिपतिचक्रवर्तिसमानश्रीअकब्बरसुरत्राणप्रदत्तपाण्मासिकसर्वजंतुजाताभयदान'शत्रुजया 'दिकरमोचनस्फुरन्मानप्रदानप्रभृतिबहुमानयुगप्रधानोपमानसांप्रतं( त )विजयमानश्रीमत् तपा'गच्छाधिराजश्रीहीरविजयसूरीश्वरपदपद्मोपासनाप्रवणमहोपाध्यायश्रीसकलचंद्रगाणाशष्योपाध्यायशिांतिचंद्रगाणीवरचितायां जंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्तीरत्नमंजूषानाम्न्यां ज्योतिष्काधिकारवर्णनो नाम सप्तमो वक्षस्कारः समाप्तः तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्तेयं श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्त्युपांगवृत्तिः॥ छ । श्रेयाश्रीप्रतिभू [तप्रभूततपसा यो मोहराजं रिपुं
दधं(ध्वं)से सहसा श्रितो गतमलं ज्ञानं च यः केवलं यो जुष्टश्च स्व(स?)दा त्रिविशिष्टपसदा(दां) देस्तथा तथ्यवाग्
यस्तीर्थाधिपतिः श्रियं स ददतां श्रीवीरदेव(6) सतां ॥१॥ अर्हत्स्विवात्र निखिलेषु गणाधिपेषु
वामयदेव इव यो विदि(तो)जगत्यां आदेयना(ता)मदधदद्भुतलाब्धधाम:
श्रीगौतमो(s)स्तु सम(मम?) पूरितसिद्धिकामः॥२॥ यं पंचमं प्रथमतो()पि रतोपयेमे
श्रीवीरपट्टपटुलाक्षीक्ष्मि)सरोरुहाक्षी रुद्रांकितेषु गणभृत्सु सुधर्मनामा
भूयादयं सुभगतानिधिरिष्टसिद्धये ॥३॥ तस्य प्रभोः स्थविरद्वंदपरंपरायं(यां)
तत्तल्लसत्कुलगणावलिसंभवायां जातः क्रमाद् 'वट'गणेद्रतपस्विसूरि (रेः)
श्रीमांस्तपा'गण इति प्रथितः पृथिव्यां ॥४॥

Page #250

2417
29 [J. L. P. ]
Vl. 12 Upāngas
पद्मावतीवचनतो (S) भ्युदयं विभाव्य यत्सूरये स्तवन सथ (त) शतीं स्वकीयां सूरिजिनि (न) प्रभ उपप्र ( ददे प्रथायै
सो (S) यं सतां 'तप' गणो न कथं प्रशस्यः १ ॥५॥ तत्रानेके बभूवुः सुविहितगुरवः श्रीजगञ्चंद्रमुख्या
दोषायां वा दिवा वा सदास रहि (ह) सि वा स्वक्रियास्वेकभावाः । आदिक्रोडैरिवोर्बी चिकिलत (भ) रगता दुःप्रमादावमग्ना
यैरुद्वध्रे वितंद्रैः । स्वपरहितकृते सतक्रिया सत्क्रिया ॥ ६ ॥ अदुष्यं वैदुष्यं चरणगुणवैदुष्यसहितं
aag
प्रमादाद्वैमुख्यं प्रवचनविधे (:) [स] सत्कथकता गुणौधो यस्येत्थं न खलदुर्वाक्य (स्य) विषय (ः)
क्रमादासीदस्मिन् परमगुरुरानंद विमलः ॥७॥ अ (अंतर्बाह्यमिति द्विधा ( ( ) पि कुमतं श्रद्धावतां स्वां (स्वागत निःश्रद्धैस्तु यथाशयं प्रकटितं विच्छिदतो (S)स्य प्रभोः बाह्यध्वांतविभेदिनो दिनमणेः साम्यं न रम्यं न बा
ध्वांतद्वैतभिदो (S) पि मंदिरमणेः संरक्षतोऽधस्तमः ॥८॥ स्वगच्छे स्वास्मंश्र्व प्रथयतितरां स्म प्रथमत
स्तथा साधौश्व (धोश्र्व) र्या ध्रुवसमय एव प्रभुरसो यथा सैतत्पट्टाधिपतिपुरुषे संयतगणे
क्रमाद् गुर्ची (गुर्वी) प्रजनितशरका ( यशस्का ऽनुववृते ) ॥९॥ तत्पट्टभूषणमणि (:) सुगुरूप्तधर्म
बीजप्रवृ(a) र्द्धनपटुर्भरतक्षमायां
सूरीश्वरो विजयदानगुरुर्बभूव
के वादिनो विजयदा न बभूवुरस्य ? ॥१०॥ नालीकनीरनिधिनिर्जरासिंधुसेवां
चक्रुश्वतुर्मुखं (ख) चतुर्भुजचंद्रभू (तू) डाः यस्य प्रतापपरितापभृतो न भीता
एते जडाश्रयिण इत्यपवादतो ( ७ )पि ॥ ११ ॥ तत्पठ्ठे गुरुहीरहीरविजयो विभ्राजयामासिधान्
जाग्रद्भाग्यनिधिः प्रियागमविधिश्वात्रिणां चावधिः यं संप्राप्य जगत्त्रयैकसुभगं मुक्तो मिथो मत्सरः
श्रीवाभ्यामिव दीर्घकालजनितो ज्ञानक्रियाभ्यामपि ॥१२॥ सौभाग्यं यस्य नाम्नो नृपसदसि गुणिष्वादितायां प्रसिद्धेः ।
सौभाग्यं देशनाया अकबरनृपतिः पादयोः पातुकार्था ॥

Page #251

Jaina Literature and Philosophy सौभाग्यं यस्य पाणेरुपपदविजयः सेनसूरीश्वरो(s)सौ ।
सौभाग्यं दर्शनस्य त्वहमहमिकया स्वान्यलोकोपपात॥१३॥ इदानीं तत्पट्टे गुरुविजयसेनो विजयते
कलौ काले मूर्तः सुविहितजनाचारानिचयः॥ विरेजे राजन्वाना(न)शशधरगणो येन विभुना
गुणग्रामो यस्माद् भवति विनयेनैव सुभगः ॥१४॥ खलास्तेजोराशिं चरणगुणराशिं सुविह(हि)ता
विनेयाश्चिद्राशिं प्रतिवचनराशिं कुमतिन: कविः कीर्ति(ते) राशिं वरविनयराशि च गुरवो
विदुः स्थाने जाने शुचिसुकृतराशिं पुनरमुं ॥१५॥ गुरोरस्य श्रुत्वा श्रवणमधुरं चारु चरितं ।
_[स्वरितं स्वगंधर्वोद्गीतं शुचिगुणगणोपार्जनभवं ।। चमत्कारोत्कर्षां)त्ससलिलसहस्रानिमिषटक्
पटक्लेदात्(द)केशं सुबहु सहते गिर्यसहत(न): ॥१६॥ तेषां गणे गुणवतां धुरि गण्यमानः
श्रीवाचकः सकलचंद्रगुरुर्बभूव ॥ मेधाविषु प्रथमतः प्रथमानकीर्तिः
____ स्फूर्तिर्यदीयकविकर्मणि सुप्रसिद्धा ॥१७॥ पुनः पुनः संस्मृतिमीयुषीणां ।
प्रतिक्रियेयं यदुपक्रियाणां ।। पुनः पुनर्लोचनसांद्रभावः ।
पुनः पुनर्नि(:श्व)सनस्वभाव (6) ॥१८॥ तेषां शिष्याणुनेयं गुरुजनविहितानुग्रहादेव जंबू
द्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिति(ः) स्वपरहितकृते शांतिचंद्रण चक्रे । वर्षे श्रीविकमार्काद्विधुशरशरभूवनधात्री(१६६१)प्रमाणे . स(रा)ज्ये प्राज्ये श्रिया श्रीअकबरनृपतेः पुण्यकारुण्यसिंधोः॥१९॥ अस्योपांगस्य गांभीर्यान्मदीयमतिमांद्यतः। संप्रदायव्यपायाश्च पूर्ववृत्तिनिवृत्तितः ॥२०॥ विरुद्धमागमादिभ्यो यदत्र लिखितं मया धीलोचनैस्तदालौ(लो)च्य शोध्यं सानुग्रहर्मयि ॥२१॥ तुष्यंतु साधवः सर्वे मा रुष्यंतु खला मयि । नमस्करोमि निःशेषान् प्रीत्या भीत्या क्रमादिमान् ॥२२॥

Page #252

24.]
VI. 12 Upāngas
227
गंभीरमिदमुपांगं यथामति विवृण्वता विशदमातिना। यदवापि मया कुशलं कुशलमतिस्तेन भवतु जनः॥२३॥ अये यावल्लीलो(लौ)कसि नभसि नक्षत्रकुसुम
व्रजं राज्ञः श्यामाभिगमसमये पूरिततरं सृजाक(का)रः सूर्यः करबहुकरेणापनयति
ध्रुवं(वा) तावद् भूयादियमखिललोकै(:)परिचिताः ॥२४॥ अथ शोधनसमयगता पुरो(s)नुसंधीयते प्रशस्तिरियं । 'तप'गणसाम्राज्यरमां श्रयति श्रीविजयसेनगुरौ ॥२६॥ यत्सौभाग्यमनुत्तरं गुणगणो येषां वचोगोचरः(रा)
तीतः को(5)प्यभवत पुरा(s)पि विनयाधारः सतां पूजितः ॥ हित्वा येन पतिवरो(रा)वदपरान यानेव सञ्चातुरी
युक्ताचार्यपदन्युदाररचिता सौवश्रिये(s) शिश्रियत् ॥२७॥ यपं मदनं सदा विदम(? मद)नं निर्माति रम्यश्रिया
यत्कीर्तश्च पदातिकं वितनुते कात्या निशानायकं ॥ : चित्रं संचिनुते च चेतसि सतां यद्देशनाया सुधा
देश्या शासनदीप्तिकृच्च सतपो यद्ध्यानमत्यद्भुतं ॥२०॥ ते श्रीअकळारमहीधरदत्व(त्त)मान- ..
विख्यातिमद्विजयसेनगणाधिपानां॥ नंदति पट्टयुवराजपदं दधानाः
श्रीसूरयो विजयदेवयतिप्रधानाः ॥२९॥ श्रीविजयसेनसूरीश्वरगणनायकनिदेशकरणघ(च)णाः । चत्वारो(s)स्या वृत्ते शुद्धिकृते संगता निपुणाः ॥३०॥
तथाहि
श्रीसूरेविजयादिदानसुगुरोः श्रीहीरसूरेरपि ।
प्राप्ता वाङ्मयतत्त्वमद्भुततरं ये संप्रदायागतं ॥ ये जैनागमसिंधुतारणविधौ सत्की(कर्णधारायिता ।
ये ख्याताः क्षितिमंडलेभ्र(च) गणितग्रंथज्ञरेखामतः॥३॥ 'लंपाक'मुख्यकुमतै(क)तम प्रपंचे
___ रोचिष्णुचंडरुचयः प्रतिभासमानाः ॥ श्रीवाचका[:] विमलहर्षवराभिधाना[:]
स्तेऽत्रादिमा गुणगणेषु कृतावधानाः ॥३२॥
I This verse as well as the following ones are here wrongly numbered. Similar is the case with the printed edition; for there, too, the verses 24th and the following are numbered as 25, 26 etc.

Page #253

228
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[241.
ये संविग्नधुरंधराः समभवन्नाबालकालादपि
प्रज्ञावत्स्वपि ये भ (च) बंधुरतस (रा.) प्रापुः प्रसिद्धिं परां ॥ श्रीबीरे गणधारिगौतम इव श्रीहीरसूरौ गुरौ
ये राजद्विनयास्तदाननसुधाभानोः पटुर्वासुधां ॥३३॥ सत्तक(क)लक्षणविशालजिनागमादि
शास्त्रावगाहनकलाकुशलाद्वितीयाः ॥ श्रीसोमयुगविजयवाचकनामधेया--
स्ते सद्गुणैरपि परैर्बुवमप्रमेयाः ॥३४॥
ये वैरंगिकतादिकैवरगुणैः संप्राप्तसद्गौरवाः
सर्वादेयगिरः कलावपि युगे साम्नायजैनागमाः॥ जजुः श्रीवरवानरर्षिविबुधास्तच्छिष्यमुख्याश्च ये
किं तन्मूर्तिरिवापरेत्यभिमतास्तैस्तैर्गुणैर्धीमतां ॥३५॥ प्रज्ञागुणगुरुगेहं परिभावितभूरिशास्त्रवरतत्त्वाः। श्रीआनंदावजय(
विबुधपुंगवास्ते तृतीयास्तु ॥३६॥ अपि चये(5द्वैतस्मृतयः कुशाग्रधिषणाः सल्लक्षणांभोधरा
___ श्छंदो(s)लंकृतिकाय(व्य)वाङ्मयमहाभ्यासैभ्रशं विश्रुताः ।। सिद्धांतोपनिषत्प्रकाशनपरा विज्ञावतंसायिता
स्तत्ता(त्तोन्नूतनशास्त्रशुद्धिकरणे पारीणतां संश्रिताः ॥३७॥ श्रीकल्याणविजयवरवाचकशिष्येषु मुख्यतां प्राप्ताः। श्रीलाभविजयविबुधास्ते तुर्या इह बहूद्युक्ताः ॥३८॥ एतेषां प्रतिभाविशेषाविलसत्तीर्थे प्रथामागमे(ते)
नानाशास्त्रविचारचारुसलिलापूर्णे चतुर्णामपि ॥ स्नाता वाचकवाच्यदूषणमलान्मुक्ता सुवर्णाचिता
सत्यश्रीरजनिष्ट शिष्टजनताकाम्यैव वृत्तिः कनी ॥३९॥ श्रीमद्विक्रमभूपतोंबरगुणमाखंडदाक्षायणी
प्राणेशांकितवत्सरे १६६० तिरुचिरे पुष्येंदुभूवासरे ॥ राधे शुद्धतिथौ तथा रसमिते श्री राजधन्ये पुरे ।
पार्श्वे श्रीविजयादिसेनसगुरोः शुद्धाः समग्रा(s)भवत् ॥४१॥ श्रीशांतिचंद्राभिधवाचकेंद्र
शिष्यष्वनेकेषु मणीयमानाः ।

Page #254

242,]
VI. 12 Upangas
229
ध्वस्तांतरध्वांतजिनेंद्रचंद्र
राद्धांतरस्य(म्य)स्मृतिलब्धमानाः ॥४१॥ अस्यामनेकशा(शो) लिखनशुद्धिगणनादिविधिषु साहाय्यं । गुरुभक्ताः कृतवंतः श्रीमंतस्तेजचंद्रबुधाः ॥४२॥ देवादिंद्रातिथितां गतेष्विदंत्तिसूत्रधारेषु । तन्मंत्रिनिजमनीषाविशेषमिव वीक्षितुं व्यक्तं ॥४३॥ तेषामंतिषद(दा)मखिलशिष्यसमुदायमुख्यतां दधतां । गुरुकार्ये धुर्याणां पंडितवररत्नचंद्राणां ॥४४॥ श्री'तपंगणपूर्वागिरिसूरैः श्रीविजयसेनसूरिवरैः । निजहस्तेन वितीर्णा प्रवर्तनी(ना)यै प्रसादपरैः ॥४५॥ बहुभिश्व संमतेयं कृता तदा विदितसमयतत्त्वार्थः। श्रीविजयदेवसूरिश्रीवाचकमुख्यगीतार्थैः ॥४६॥ रत्नानीय प्रमेयानि नानाशास्त्रखनीनि चेत् । भूयांसि लिप्सवो यूयं विज्ञरत्नवणिगवराः ॥४७॥ श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तरुपांगस्य सविस्तरा । प्रमेयरत्नमंजूषा वृत्तिरेषा तदेक्ष्यतां ॥४८॥ शिांतिचंद्रवाचकशिष्यवरो विबुधरत्नचंद्रगणिः । अस्या बह्वादर्शानऽलीलिखद् भक्तियुक्तमनाः ॥४९॥ वान्यमाना श्रूयमाणा गीताथै (:) श्रावकोत्तमैः । शोध्यमाना लेख्यमाना जीयासुस्ते चिरं भुवि ॥५०॥ ताच्छष्यो धनचंद्रः स्फुरदुरुधीलिप(पि)कलाविधिवितंद्र ।
अकरोत्प्रथमादर्श सूत्रार्थविवेचने चतुरः ॥५१॥ इति शिांतिचंद्रगाणवाचकावरचितायाः प्रमेयरत्नमंजूषानाम्न्या(:) श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिवृत्तित्तेः) प्रशस्तिः संपूर्ण() छ॥छ।छ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्ति
Jambūdvīpaprajñapti टब्बासहित
with tabbā
726. No. 242
1899-1995. Size.- 9. in. by 45 in. Extent.- 140 folios ; 25 lines to a page; 55 to 60 letters to a line.

Page #255

Jaina Literature and Philospohy
[242.
Description.— Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters; bold, clear and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; all the four edges ruled in two lines in red ink ; this Ms. contains both the text and its explana tion in Gujarāti; the latter written above the corresponding lines of the former; portions separated by vertical lines in red ink; numbers of foll. 1 to 4 entered in two different margins on one and the same side; diagrams on foll. 354, 784, 914, 934 and 119; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol, pasted to the first fol, and the last as well; fol. 6oth slightly torn; condition on the whole fair; results tabulated on foll. 88, 96a, 105, 113a and 125a; both the text and the tabba complete; extent 15000 slokas,
230
Age.- Not quite modern.
Author of the tabbā. - Jivavi (? Jivāvijaya) Gani. Subject.
The text along with its explanation in Gujarāti. Begins. - (text) fol. 1 श्रीजिनाय नमः ॥ णमो अरिहंताणं । णमो सिद्धाणं । णमो आयरियाणं । णमो उवज्झायाणं । णमो लोए सव्वसाहूणं । तेणं कालेणं तेणं etc. as in No. 236.
- ( com.) fol. 1 श्री जिनाय नमः ॥
महान(मस्कार हुआ अरिहंतनइ काजे तिहां नामजिन ऋषभादि etc. Ends. (text) fol. 1404 बहु ( हूणं देवि (वीणं मज्झगए एवमाइक्खइ etc. up to उवदंसेइत्ति बेमि as in No. 236 followed by the lines as under :इति जंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्ती (प्ति) सूत्रार्थ समाप्तमिदम् ॥
लिपि (पी) कृतं 'नागपुर मध्यः (ध्ये) ॥ श्रीरस्तु ॥
""
Ends.—(com) fol. 1404 भु० वार वार उपदेसे देषाडे भगवत इम को छै इसी सुधर्मस्वामी जंबूस्वामि प्रते कहे छैः ॥ इ० इति श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्ती (प्ति)सूत्रस्य गणिजिववि (जीवविजय ) कृतटबार्थ संपूर्णम् ॥ सर्वग्रंथाग्रंथ सूत्रार्थ मिली १५०००.
Reference. — See No. 236.

Page #256

231
244.]
vi. 12 भरतचरित्र
Bbaratacaritra (भरहचरित्त)
(Bharahacaritta) टब्बासहित
with tabbā
102(b). No. 243
1872-73. Extent.-4 folios; I2 lines to a page ; 38 to 46 letters to a line. Description.-Numbers of foll. entered as I, 2 etc.; this Ms. contains
both the text and its explanation in Gujarati as well; comp
lete. For further details see No. 176; condition very good. Age.-- Samvat 1758. Subject.- Life of Bharata cakravartin narrated. It forms a part of
the third vakşaskära ( sütras 68 to 70, pp. 270° to 2786 ) of
Jambūdvi paprajñapti. It is explained in Gujarāti. Begins.- (text) fol. I" तए णं से भरहे राया। दुवालससंवच्छरयिांसि ।
पमोयंसि निवत्तंसि समाणंसि । जेणेव मज्जणघरे तेणेव उवागच्छति etc. -(com.) fol. I"ॐ नमः । तिवार पछी ते भरथ राजा ॥ बार बरसनो
प्रमोद महोछव etc. Ends.- (text) fol. I' कालगए बिइक्वंते समुज्जाए छिण्णे जाईजरामरणबंधणे
सिद्ध बुद्ध मुत्ते परिनिव्वुडे । अंतगडे । सव्वदुक्खप्पहीणे । इति भरहचरित्तमिति । जंबूद्वीपपन्नत्तीनो आधिकारः संपूर्ण । लिषितं ऋषिदासूरजी आर्या स्यांमां गांगगाइ सषरवेलगाई पठणा(ना)र्थे । श्रीरस्तु । शुभं भवतु
लेषकपाठकयो। ..., -(com.) fol. 4 अंत कर्यो। सर्व दुःख क्षय कीधा । इति श्रीभरथचरित्र
संपूर्ण ॥ ए आधिकार जंबूद्वीपपन्नत्ती मध्ये छे सही ॥ संवत १७५८ वर्षे फाल्गुनमासे शुक्लपक्षे सप्तमीतिथौ राववासरे लिखितमिदं । श्रेयं इति मंगलं
श्री etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 236.
भरतचरित्र
Bharatacaritra टब्बासहित
with tabba
619. _No. 244
1884-86. -Size.-- 94 in. by 43 in. Extent.- (text) 54 folios; 7 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line.
, - (tabba ),, ,, 7 , , , , 46 , ,, , Description.- Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari charac
ters with occasional TYHTEITS; small, clear and good hand

Page #257

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[245.
writing ; borders ruled in four lines in red ink; foll. ra and 54b blank ; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out ; condition fair; yellow pigment used; both the text and the tabba complete; the former written in Prakrit and the latter in Gujarati.
Subject.– Life of Bharata. It starts with the beginning of the 3rd vakşaskāra ( sūtra 41 ) and ends with sūtra 70 (p. 378b of the printed edition ).
Age.- Not quite modern.
232
Begins.—(text) fol. 1 श्रीवत्रा (तरा ) गाय नमः ॥ श्रीगुरवे नमः ॥
"
एवं वुञ्चति । भरहे वासे २ गोयमा भरहेणं वासे वेयदृ ( ? ढ)स्स पव्वयस्स दाहिणेणं चोद्दसुत्तरं जोयणसयएक्कारस एगमूणूवी सतिभागे जोयणस्स अबाधाए गंगाए महानदीए पच्चत्थिमेणं etc.
- (com.) इम कहिउं । भरतषेत्रइ । गौतम भरतषेत्रइ । वैताढ्य पर्वत थकी दष्णइ एकसु चउदसुत्तर जोयन उगणीस भाग योजननी आबाधाई etc.
Ends.- (text) fol. 54 खीणे वेयाणिज्जे आउए णामे गोए कालगए वीकंते समु ज्जाए छिणे जाइजरामरणबंधणे सिद्धे बुद्धे मुत्ति (त्ते) परिनिबूडे अंतगडे सव्वदुक्खपणे ॥ छ ॥ इति भरहचरितं ॥ छ ॥ ल. ऋ. जयराज आत्मार्थ ॥
"
की
- ( com.) fol. 5; क्षय गयउ वेदनी कर्म आयु नाम गोत्र कालगत हूवा तिहां छेदी जाति जरा मरण बंधन साधी बुझ्या मकाणां संसारथी पार पाम्या अंत कीधरं । सर्व दुषथी मुकाणा पार पाम्या । इति भरत चरित्रं संपूर्ण लषतं ऋ० जयराज आत्मा अर्थ ॥
भरतचरित्र टब्बासहित
No. 245
Bharatacaritra with tabba 604. 1895-98.
Size.— rog in. by 4g in.
Extent.- 4 folios; 6 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.
Country paper thick, tough and white; Devanagari characters with TTS; this Ms. contains the text in Prakrit and its interlinear tabba in Gujarati; foll. numbered in both the margins; complete ; fol. 4th slightly torn ; conditiongood ; this is the same work as No. 243 with a line or so more in the beginning. It, too, commences on p. 2704 of the printed edition.
Age.—– Pretty old.

Page #258

246.] VI. 12 Upangas
233 Begins.- (text) fol. I" श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ॥
उपि(पि) पासायक(ब)रगए । फुद्रमाणहिं मुइंगमच्छं(त्थ)एहिं । जाव भुजमाणे विहरइ तए णं से भरहे राया दुवालससंवच्छरियांस । पमोयांस । निवत्तांस । सि(? स)माणास । जव मज(ज्ज)णघरे तेणेव उवागच्छइ उवा
गच्छइत्ता । जाव मंज(मज्जणघराउ(ओ) पडिनिष(करख)मइ २त्ता । eto. , -(tabba) fol. I श्रीवीतरागाय नमः॥
पीटणी उपरि ।। मृदंग वाजतइ हुतइ । शब्दादिक भोगवइ तिवार पछी भरथ राजा बार वरस पछी ॥प्रमोद हुति थाक ॥प्रमोद हुंता थकी ॥ मोह
छव थाय ॥ मर्दन कराववानो घर छे । तिहां गया । etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 4 खीणे वेयाणजे etc., up to अंतकडे सवदुष(क्ख)पहिणि
as in No. 244. Then we have:
तिबे० ॥ इति श्रीभरथेसर अलावो समाप्तं ।। श्री ॥ -(tabba) fol. 4 एकेंद्री आदि जरा मरण रूप अनादि कालनी गांठि कर्मनी तेत्रोडि तेह वीषरी शुक्ल ध्याने बुध थया कर्म थकी मुंकाणा प्रकर्ष वीशेर्षे निवृते स्थानके अंत कीधो भवरूप बोल छदि सर्व दूष(ण) थकी मुंकाणा श्रीभर्थेश्वर. It ends thus.
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञाप्तचूर्णि
Jambūdvīpaprajñapticūrņi (जंबुद्धीवपण्णात्तचुण्णि)
( Jambuddivapaņņatticuņņi)
149. No. 246
1873-74. Size. - I3 in. by 4g in. Extent. — 30 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 66 letters to a line.
Description. - Country paper, thin, brittle, and grey ; Devanāgari
characters with EHETS; bold, clear, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, with slight space between the pairs; fol. I blank ; so . is fol. 300 ; numbers of the foll. entered at two places on one and the same side; those written on the right hand side of the bottom mostly gone, owing to several
foll. having their edges and corners worn out to a smaller 30 [J. L. P.]

Page #259

234
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[246,
or greater degree; condition very fair; red chalk and yellow pigment used; complete ; extent 2023 Ślokas,
Age.-— Sarivat 1625.
-
Subject. A commentary to Jambudvipaprajñapti in mixed Sanskrit and Prakrit. It supplies us with some Mathematical formulå ( karana-gāthās ).
Begins.
fol. 1 परमगुरुश्रीजिणेश्वरसूरिपट्टप्रभाकरखरतरनवांगीवृत्तिकारश्री अभयदेवसूरिसद्गुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
नमिऊण ( विजय ) विरतियकरयलकयमत्थयंजली पयतो । सुरवरमणिरयणुक्कडफुरंतपरिघट्टपावीढं ॥ १
वरबसहमत्तगयवर सललिय बिक्कंतकंतगति (ग)मं (म) णं । वरहेमत वियपयदिणकरकरसप्पहं उसहं ॥ २
अवसेसे य जिनिंदे णमिओ (उं) चंदिदधणयपरि (? णि ) पतितें । करणविभावण वोच्छं जंबुदी (ही) वस्स हं इणमो ॥ ३etc.
Ends.-- fol. 30° आदिलं परावत्तेऊण उवयव्वो । चउभागद्धभागेहिं उब (? ड्ढे ) आगयं उस्ससो (? स्सेहो ) । एकौ (? क्को) धणू एवं उबरिल्लभागस्स तेरासियं चेव० (प) उजियव्वं । विरुव्वेहा बट्टाउ (? बुड्डीओ ) आणेयव्वा । उ ॥ छ जंबुद्दीवपण (ण्ण) त्तिकरणाणं चुण्णी सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं० २०२३ ।। ॥ छ ॥ ॥ संवत् १६२५ वर्षे माग्ग (र्ग) शीर्षशुदि १५ शनौ । अयेह श्री ' अहम्मदावाद' राजनगरमध्ये । द्विजमहं रेवासुत । रामचंद्र
स्वयं हस्ते लक्षितं ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ This is followed
by the following lines most probably written in a different hand:
श्रीवृह ( त्)' खरतर 'गच्छाधीश्वरश्रीपूज्यराजश्रीजिनराजसूरिपट्टालंकारश्रीजिनभद्रसूरि संतानयि । श्री पूज्यश्रीजिनचंद्रसूरिविजयिराज्ये (with some letters made illegible by yellow pigment ) इयं श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिचूर्णिर्लिखिता श्रीज्ञानभांडागारे ॥ शुभमस्तु श्रीसिद्धान्तभक्तितः ॥ श्रीविजयलाभो ( 5 ) स्तु नित्यम् ॥ श्रीजिनधर्म्मवृद्धिः स्तात् ॥ ॥ श्रीः ॥
Reference.
I have not come across a printed edition of this work. There are 3 Mss. in Jesalmere. See G. O. Series vol. XXI, pp. 22, 23 and 41.

Page #260

247. ]
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिचूर्णि
No. 247
VI. 12 Upāngas
ইकड
Jambudvipaprajñapticūrņi
592.
1884-86.
Size. 12 in. by 4 in.
Extent.— 35–1 = 34 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 34 letters to a line. Description. -~ Country paper very thin, smooth and greyish ; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, bold, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, with space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; the 1st fol. missing; foll. 2 to 7 and 34 to 35_more_or less badly damaged ; the 11th fol. slightly torn ; so are the foll. 20th, 21st, 3oth and 31st ; an edge of the 32nd fol. worn out to some extent; condition on the whole poor; extent 1823 ślokas.
Age.—Samvat 1576.
Begins. fol. 24 एवं दाहिणड्डूभरहस्स जीवावग्गो पक्खिपति जीवावग्गे इमो । ३४३०८०९७५००० etc.
Ends. fol. 35° आदिलं परावत्तेऊण उवट्टेयध्वो etc., up to विरुब्बेह वडीओ आणेयव्वा उ as in No. 246 followed by जंबुद्दीवपण्णत्तिकरणाणं चुणी सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥ जंबुद्दीवपण्णत्तिचुन्नी सम्मत्ता ॥ ग्रंथसंख्या श्लोक १८२३ ॥ छ ॥ मंगल (म) स्तु शुभं भवतुः ॥ छ ॥ etc., Then follow the lines as under:—
N. B. — For further particulars see No. 246.
संवत् १५७६ वर्षे पौषवदि १ सोमे । श्री' आगम' गच्छे श्रीजयानंदसूरिपट्टानुक्रमेण । श्रीविवेकरत्न सूरि (रीणामुपदेशेन । श्री 'गंधार' मंदिरवास्तव्ये । श्री' प्राग्वट' वंशाभरण .... व्यवहारिवर । श्रीआचार्यपद बिंब प्रतिष्ठातीर्थयात्रादिमहापुण्यकरणीयकारकाभ्यां 1 व्य' श्रीपेथडसंताने ठाईआकुलदीपकाभ्यां व्य 'परबत व्य० कान्हाभ्यां श्रीज्ञानभक्तये । व्य० डुंगरश्रेयोऽर्थे च । श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिउपांगचूर्णिलिखिता वाच्यमाना चिरं नंदतात् ॥ छ ॥
O

Page #261

236
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 249.
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिचूर्णि
Jambūdvīpaprajñapticūrņi
695. No. 248
1892-95. Size. — 101 in. by 41 in. Extent. -48 folios ; 13 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari charac
ters with occasional alats; bold, big, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. 1* blank ; foll. 14 to 28 worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; condition on the whole good;
red chalk used ; complete ; extent 1860 ślokas. Age. — Fairly old. Begins. — fol. 10 FA: STÅTIT II
OTRÀFor forecarfau 75F(TFT)Adi quat etc., as in
No. 246. Ends. — fol. 486 meg miat50 ağusat etc., up to egtaat strot
yearaît as in No. 246 followed by sigēra quoratoriai gcuft संमत्ता ॥ छ । जंबुद्दीवपण्णत्ती समाप्ताः ॥ ग्रंथायं १८६० ॥ शुभं भवतुः।।
El lli: 11 : 11 ll ft: 11 N. B.- For further particulars see No. 246.
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिविवृति
Jambūdvipaprajñaptivivrti
1259. No. 249
1891-95. Size. — 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 101 + 1 = 102 folios ; 25 lines to a page ; 60 letters to
a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and white; Devanāgari
characters; very small but clear, uniform and good hande writing ; borders unruled; yellow pigment profusely used up to 20 foll. ; foll. 1a and roll blank; this Ms. does not seem to contain the original text; only the gates appear to

Page #262

50.]
VI. 12 Upanigas
337
be given ; foll. 25 to 35 and 61 to 67 worm-eaten to a smaller or greater extent; condition on the whole good; at times letters made illegible by applying black ink; diagrams on foll. 53 and 67b ; results tabulated on foll. 71%,
71', 74', 75 and 75; fol. 84th repeated ; complete. Age.- Fairly old. Author.- Brahman Muni, pupil of Parsvacandra Suri. See No. 250. Subject.- Commentary in Sanskrit to Jambudvipaprajnapti. It is
named as vivști and ţikā as well, by the commentator himself.
Begins.- fol. I'सिद्धिरस्तु ॥ ॐ नमः सिद्धं ॥
अपारे किल संसारे । मज्जतामानशं सतां । आदौ पोतायितं येन । स श्रीनाभिसुतः श्रिये ॥१ जयतात् स जिनो वीरो । यद्वाचामावली भुवि । सोपानश्रेणिवद्भाति । आरुरुक्षोः शिवालये ॥२ समस्तगुणभूरिभ्यः मूरिभ्यः सर्वदा नमः। यत्प्रसादान्ममाप्येवं । जायते शक्तिरद्धता ॥३ चरणकमलं गुरूणां नत्वा सद्यः प्रसादसदनाभं । रविमंडलामिव वस्तुप्रकाशकं पाटलच्छायं ।।४।। कुर्वे जंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्त्या लेशतो(s)पि वितिमहं।
पूर्वविबुधप्रणीतप्रमाणतंत्रावलोकनतः ॥५॥ युग्मं etc. Ends. - fol. IoT भूयो भूयो विस्मरणशीलश्रोत्रनुग्रहार्थ उपदर्शयति अनेकशः
प्रदर्शयति । इति ब्रवीमीति । श्रीसुधर्मस्वामी जंबूनामानं शिष्यं प्रति ब्रूते । नेदं स्वमनीषिकया उच्यते । किंतु तीर्थकरगणधरोपदेशेनेति । अनेन गुरुपार
तंत्र्यमभिहितं । इति ॥ छ ॥ श्रीभूयात् ॥श्रीः ॥ श्रीः ॥ श्रीः ॥ Reference.-- See R. G. Bhandarkar's Report for 1883-84.
जम्बूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिविवृति
Jambūdvipaprajñaptivivrti No. 250
272.
1883-84. Size:- lot in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 235 - I = 234 folios; 17 lines to a page ; 62 letters to
a line.

Page #263

278
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[250.
Description.- Country paper thick and grey ; Devanāgari charac
ters with TATETTS; bold, clear, uniform and good handwriting; borders ruled in four black lines; this Ms. does not contain the original text but it only gives its प्रतीकs; fol. 1* blank; out of the foll. 42 to 45 and 234 to 235, unnumbered sides are marked with a small circular disc in the centre, the numbered having over and above this, two more, one in each margin ; red chalk used; information about the Asurakumāras and others tabulated on the 181th fol.; the topics pertaining to various Vyantaras similiarly tabulated on fol. I82°; measurements of Jambudvipa etc., presented in a tabular form on fol. 188a ; foll. 167 to 233 also numbered as 1, 2 etc. ; foll. 209 and 210 numbered as 42 (1) and 42 (2); fol. 177th missing ; otherwise complete;
this Ms. contains the colophon; condition very good. Age.- Not modern. Begins.- fol. 1 सिद्धिरस्तु ॥ॐ नमः ।
अपारे किल संसते(सारे) मज्जतामनिशं etc. as in No. 249. Ends.- fol. 235 भूयो भूयो विस्मरणशील etc., up to पारतंत्र्यमभिहितं ।
इति as in No. 249 followed by the lines as under:___ सकलसुविहितसैद्धांतिकशिरोरत्नालंकारश्रीपार्श्वचंद्रसूरितच्छिष्यश्रीश्रीविजयदेवसूरिसतीयेंचरणांभोजमधुकरश्रीब्रह्मसनिविरचितायां श्रीजंबू
निटीकायां ज्योतिश्वक्रादिविचाराधिकार समाप्तः ॥छ । श्रीसाधुरत्नाभिधपंडितेशाः।
सुकीर्तिविद्योतितसर्वदशाः॥ यथास्थितं जैनमतं जनानां ।
प(प्र)काशयंत सुखदा अभूवन् ॥१ तदीयपादाम्बुजयुग्मभृङ्गा
स्त्यक्ता खिलारंभपरिग्रहौधाः ॥ जयंति संवेगसुधैकपानाः।
श्रीपार्श्वचंद्राभिधसूरयो(5)मी ॥२ सूत्रं समालोक्य गुरोरयं यैः।
प्रकाशितः श्रीजगदीशपंथाः।

Page #264

250.]
VI. 12 Upangas.
239
यमाश्रिता भव्यजना लभंते।
सुखं सुखानां परमात्रतां तं ॥३ ये वादिनः कर्कशतक(?)वित्ति ।
स्तब्धाः स्वभिन्नानबुधान्विदंति ॥ विलोक्य विद्यादिगुणैः समेता।
__ नेतालतास्ते(s)पि भवंति सद्यः ॥४॥ एतेर्हताञ्चैत्यमुदाहरंति।
मुक्त्यर्थ(र्थि)भिर्मुक्तिनिमित्तमय ।। पुष्पादिपूजां चरितादिवादैः।
प्रकाशयंतो न निषेधयंति ॥५॥ गीतार्था जिनशासने बहुतराः संत्येव साहित्ययुक।
षट्तीपरितर्ककर्कशतमप्रज्ञाबलोल्लासितः ॥ कित्वेतैः सदृशो न को()पि भुवने दृष्टः श्रुतो वा कृती।
विज्ञाश्चेदनृतं वदाम्यहमिदं तत्कथ्यतामेष मे ॥६॥ तेषां गुरूणां गुणसागराणां।
श्रीपार्श्वचंद्राभिधसूरिराजां। शिष्यो(s)स्त्ययं ब्रह्ममुनिर्विपश्चिन्
'चुलुक्यवंशोद्भवराजपुत्रः ॥७
'(अ)णहिल्लपुर पत्तनं जयति नाम्ना परं स्फुरद्वरं(र)जिनालयैः । जिनवेरद्रपूजामिलन्महाजनमनोधनप्रमदपूरसंपूरकैः ।।८ टीकेयं तत्र कृता । ब्रह्मविदा ब्रह्मसाधुना(s)नेन । श्रीमज्जंबूद्वीपप्रक्षप्तेर्मतिमतामुचिता ॥९ यद्यपि जंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिबहुनया गभीरार्था । व्याकर्तुमिह न शक्या विबुधैरपि किं पुनर्मनुजैः॥१० अर्थस्तथापि कथितो मया पदस्याः सुतुच्छमतिना(s)पि। निजगुरुकरुणापूर्वाचार्यग्रंथप्रभावो(ड)यं ॥११ श्रीमद्विजयदेवाख्याः सूरयो विजितारयः। ये क्षमाराजिता नित्यमक्षमाराजिता भुवि ॥१२ धर्मम्ने(स्ने)हधरैरेषा । शोधिता यत्नतोति(?ऽपि) तैः। न्यायलक्षणसाहित्य । प्रभृतिग्रंथपारगै() ॥१३

Page #265

240
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 250.
जिनवरवचननिरुद्धं किमपि मया यत् प्रमादतो भणितं । संशोध्यं विबुधवरैर्मेथ्या मे भवतु तद् दुरितं । १४ त्रिभिर्विशेषकं खेदः को (s) पि न तत्र नः खलजनो निंदत्यमूं यत्कृतिं । हर्षेनाप्यथवा स्वभावसुजनः स्तौति प्रकृत्यैव यत् ॥ किंवेद्गुणभूषणे दृढतरे जातस्य एव स्तुति
निंदा वा भवतीया मतिमतामेषैव मोदादिकृत् ॥ १५ इति श्रीविजयदेवसूरिचरणप्रसादरचिता श्रीजंबूद्वीपप्रज्ञप्तिटीका समाप्ता कल्याणमस्तु छ शुभं भवतु । यादृशं etc. Then we have :'तप' गणगगननभो । मणिसूरिश्रीविजय सेनशिष्याणां । वाचकनयविजयानां । शिशुना बुधकीर्तिविजयेन ॥ १ मुनिरसचंद्र ( १६७ ? ) मिते । वर्षे चित्कोशवृद्धये स्वस्य ।
मुक्ता श्रीमद 'कब्बरपुरे' सदा (1) सौ प्रतिर्जीयात् ॥ २
छ
N B. For further particulars see No. 249.

Page #266

251. ?
VII. 12 Upangas
341
THE SEVENTH UPANGA
चन्द्रप्रज्ञप्ति
Candraprajñapti ( quate)
( Candapannatti )
429. No, 251
1882-83. Size.- 19 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- 65 - I = 64 folios; 11 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, extremely thin and grey ; Devanagari
characters with getETS ; bold, very big, clear, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; a piece of paper of the same size as the fol. pasted to foll. Ia and 65b; the fol. 22 numbered as 23 also, the succeeding foll. hence numbered as 24, 25 etc.; foll. 43 and 44 have a big strip of paper pasted; the fol. 47th and the following, a small strip in a corner; condition tolerably good ; com
plete; extent 2058 ślokas. Age.-Fairly old. Subject. This work which forms the 7th upānga is divided like
Suryaprajñapti into chapters known Prābstas (Pr. Pāhudas). It is more or less of an astronomical nature and has many points in common with Suryaprajñapti. In many a place even the wording is the same ;' so one is tempted to believe
that this differs from Suryaprajñapti only in name. Begins.- fol. 1* THT SPEATUI
जयति णवण(लिण कुवलयविगसियसयवत्तपत्तलदलछो(च्छो)।
ATT TECHNO in Haig etc. „ – fol. 2a qui nu au FAGU ANETT OTTA ATT gizett etc. Ends.- fol. 654 det fafaegro( )7169mhacarita farasi Oui
I
Cf. the following verse occurring in Siddhāntāgama-stotra of Jinaprabha Suri
"प्रणमामि चन्द्रसूर्यप्रज्ञप्ती यमलजातके नव्ये। गुम्फवपुषैव नवरं जातिभिदात्मनाऽपि ययोः॥"
-Kāvyamālā, pt. VII, p. 91. 31 (J.L.P.]

Page #267

242
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[252.
धारेयव्वं णियमा ण य अविणीएसु दायव्वं ॥ छ ॥ इति चंदपण्णत्ती सम्मत्ता॥छ ।
ग्रंथायं श्लोक २०५८ ॥ छ ॥ छ श्रीरस्तु ॥ छ॥ Reference.- This work is published together with the Hindi trans
lation of Amolaka Rși. Consult Rājendralāla Mitra's “Notices” vol. VIII (1885), pp. 113 and 114. See Weber II, p. 597 and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 20. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 389 and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 31; a note is written on this work by me and it is published in “ The Indian Historical Quarterly ” vol. VIII, No. 2, pp. 381-382.
चन्द्रप्रज्ञप्ति
Candraprajñapti
No. 252
189. 1871-72.
Size.— 104 in. by 41 in. Extent.- 68 folios ; II lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough, thick and white; Devanāgāri
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, very big, perfectly clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; foll. 14 and 95b blank; complete; extent 2000 ślokas; con
dition very good. Age.-Old. Begins.- fol. Ib ॐ नमो अरहताणं ।
जयति णवणालण etc., as in No. 25I. Ends.- fol. 68
तम्हा धितिउहाणुच्छाहकम्मवरवरिय(?)नाणं ।
धारेयव्वं णिययं णय अविणीएसु दायव्वं ॥ छ ॥ इति चंदपण्णत्ती सम्मत्ता ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथानं २००० ॥ शुभं
भवतुः ॥ छ । N. B.- For subject etc. see No. 251.

Page #268

253.1
चन्द्रप्रज्ञप्ति
No. 253
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 58 folios; 13 lines to a page; 39 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, thin, smooth and grey; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, very big, legible and very beautiful hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; fol. 1a blank; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; fol. 41 slightly torn; foll. 50 to 58 more or less damaged; strips of paper pasted in corresponding places; condition tolerably good; this Ms. seems to be incomplete in spite of what has been said in the last line. Age.- Fairly old.
VII. 12 Upangas
Begins. - fol. rb ॐ नमो वीतरागाय । नमो अरहंताणं ॥ afa etc. as in No. 251.
Ends. fol. 586
अणदसमग्गे पुणरति. hand as under :
इति श्रीचंद्रप्रज्ञपनती (ति) सूत्र संपूर्णम्
aggaia विवरणसहित
No. 254
Size. 101 in. by 4 in. Extent.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 251.
faqa
ट्टे कतिक ज्जे । This is followed by a line in a different
Candraprajñapti
688. 1892-95.
243
Candraprajñapti with vivarana
147. 1873-74.
238 folios; 13 lines to a page; 50 letters to a line.
Description. Country paper tough and white; Devanāgri characters with occasional ; big, quite legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; only

Page #269

244
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[254.
the first 3 foll. numbered in both the margins%3; fol. " blank; fol. 258° is practically so; fol. 97th partly torn; condition on the whole very good ; yellow pigment rarely used; fol. 186th numbered as 1486; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary ; both complete; extent
9500 ślokas. Age.- Pretty old. Author of the com.- Malayagiri Sūri. Subject.- The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.- (text) fol. I' जयइ नवनलिणकुवलय etc. , - (com.) ,, ,, श्रीवर्द्धमानाय नमः ।
म(मुक्ताफलमिव करत(ल)कलितं विश्वं समस्तमपि सततं । यो वेत्ति विगतका जयति (स) नाथो जिनो वीरः १ सर्वश्रुतपारगताः प्रतिहतनिःशेषकुपथसंतानाः। जगदेकतिलकभूता जयंति गणधारिणः सर्वे २ विलसतु मनसि सदा मे जिनवाणी परमकल्पलतिकेव । कल्पितसकलनरामरशिवसुखफलदेन दुर्ललिता ३ चंद्रप्रज्ञप्तिमहं गुरूपदेशानुसारतः किंचित् । विवृणोमि यथाशाक्त स्पष्टं स्वपरोपकाराय ४
तत्राविघ्नेनेष्टप्रसिद्धयर्थमादाविष्टदेवतास्तवमाह ॥ etc. Ends. --~- (text) fol. 238* तम्हा ठि(धि)इउ ठाणुच्छाह कम्मबलविरियसिक्खियं
etc. up to दायव्वं as in No. 251. (com. ) fol. 238" या(य)स्मादेवं तस्मा धृत्यु(त्यु)नोत्साहकर्मबलवीर्य यत् चंद्रप्रज्ञप्तिलक्षणं ज्ञानं मुमुक्ष(क्षु)णा सता सि(शि)क्षितं तनियमादात्मन्येवधर्तव्यं न तु जातुचिदप्यविनीतेषु दातव्यं ते(तद्दाने उक्तप्रकारेण आत्मपरदीर्घसंसारिताप्रसक्तेः
बंदे यथास्थिताशेषपदार्थप्रविभासकं नित्योदितं तमो(3)स्पृष्टं जैन सिद्धांतभास्करं १ विजयंतां गुणगुरवो २ जिनवचनभासनकपराः। य(व)वशादहमपि जातो लेशेन पटुबुद्धिः २ चंद्रप्रज्ञप्तिमिमामि(मोतिगंभारी (?भीरां) विवृण्वता कु(श)लं
यदा(द)वापि । मलयगिरिणा साधुजनस्तेन भवतु कृती ३ इति श्रीमलयगिरिविराचतायां चंद्रप्रज्ञप्तिटीका समाप्ताः ॥ छ ॥ग्रंथानं
९५०० ॥ etc. Reference.-- See No. 251.

Page #270

255.]
VIII-XII. 12 Upangas
245
THE EIGHTH to TWELTH UPANGAS
निरयावालिकाश्रुतस्कन्ध
Nirayāvalikāšrutaskandha (निरयावलियासुयखंध) ( Nirayāvaliyāsuyakkhandha ) No. 255
112.
1872-73. Size.- 10 in. by 41 in. Extent. — 40 folios; 11 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, smooth and white; Devanagari
characters with CHETS ; bold, big, clear and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. I* and 406 blank; notes
added at times in margins ; complete. Age.- Old. Subject.-This Ms. contains five works which form the last five
upāngas viz., (1) Nirayāvaliyă (Nirayāvalikå ), (2) Kappavadimsiya (Kalpăvatamsikā ), (3) Pupphiyă (Puspika ), (4) Pupphacúliyā (Puşpacúlikā ) and (5) Vanhidasă ( Vrsnidaśa). All these five works together form Nirayavalikaśrutaskandha, which is also styled as Nirayāvalikāsūtra. The first work is known as Kalpika,' too. It consists of ten adhyayanas ( chapters ) named as ( 1 ) Kāla, (2) Sukāla, (3) Mahākāla, (4) Krşña, () Sukrsna, (6) Mahākrsna, (7) Virakļşņa, (8) Rāmaksşņa, (9) Pițrsenakrsna and (10) Mahasenakņşņa. These are the names of the 10 sons of king Śrenika. Their lives are narrated in these chapters.
Kalpävatamsikà consists of 10 adhyayanas, and deal with the lives of the 10 sons of Kāla and others. It describes Kalpāvatamsa, a celestial vimäna.
Puşpikā describes 10 gods such as the Moon, the Sun and others. It, too, consists of 10 adhyayanas.
1. See the second page of Prameyaratnamañjüşā noted in No. 241. 2. They are named after the names of their mothers. See the commentary
(P. 3).

Page #271

246
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[255.
Puşpacülikā, also known as Puspacủla consists of 10 adhyayanas. This upänga furnishes us with some details about Io goddesses viz. Sri, Hri, Dhrti and others.
Vrsņidaśā, the last upānga consists of 12 adhyayanas and deals with the lives of twelve princes of Vahņi race, their
names being Nişadha etc. Begins. - ( निरयावलिका) fol. I ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ।
तेणं कालेणं । तेणं समएणं । रायगिहे नामं नगरे होत्था रिद्धा गुणसिलए चइए । वन्नओ । असोगवरपायवे । पुढविसिलापट्टए । तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं । समणस्स भगवओ महावरिस्स । अंतेवासी अज्जमहमे(म्मे) नामं अणगारे जातिसंपन्ने जहा केसी जाव पंचहिं अणगारे(र) सएहिं सद्धिं संपरिवुडे etc. - fol. I'. एवं खल जंबू समणेणं भगवया जाव संपत्तेणं एवं उबंगा(ण) पंच बग्गा पन्नत्ता । तं जहा। निरावलियाओ ।कप्पबढेसियाओ । पुप्फियाओ । पुष्पि(प्फ)चूलाओ वन्हिदसाओ । etc. fol. I' (marginal com.) तत्र निरा(र)यावलि(का)स्योपांगग्रंथस्यार्थतो महावीरनिरंगतवचनमभि(धि )त्सराचार्यः सुधर्मस्वामी' सूत्रकारः । तेणं
कालेणमित्यादि ग्रंथं तावदाह । अत्र णं वाक्यालंकारार्थः। etc. Ends. - fol. 16 सुकुमाले ततेणं से मुकाले कुमारे अन्नयाई तिहिं दंतिसहस्सेहिं
जहा काले कुमारे निरवसेसं तं चेव महाविदेहे वासे अंतं कारेहिति। छ । एवं सेसा वि अट्ट अज्झयणा नेयव्वा पढमसारसा णवरं मातातो रिससण्णामा(ओ) निरयावलियातो सम्मत्तातो ॥ छ । निक्खेवो सव्वेसिं
भाणियव्वो तहा । छ।१। Begins.- (कल्पावतंसिका) fol. 16 जइ णं भंते समणेणं भगवया जाब संपत्तेणं
उवंगाणं पढस(मस्सं(स्स) वग्गस्स निरयावालियाणं अयमहे पन्नत्ते। दोच(च)स्स पं भंते वग्गस्स कप्पवडसियाणं । समणेणं जाव संपत्तेणं कह अज्झयणा पन्नत्ता । एवं खलु जंबु(बू)। समणेणं जाव संपत्तेणं कप्पवडिंसयाणं दस अज्झयणा पन्नत्ता। जहा। पउमे। महापउमे । भद्दे सुभदे(हे) पउमभद्दे । पउमसेणे पउमएम्मे नलिणिगुम्मे । आणंदे ने(न)दणे। जइ णं भंते समणेणं
जाव संपत्तणं कप्पवडिंसियाणं दस अज्झयणा पन्नत्ता etc. Ends.-fol. I7* महाविदेहे वासे जहा दृढपइन्ने । जाव अंतकाहिति तं एवं खलु
जंबू समणेणं जाव संपत्तेणं कप्पवडिसियियाणं । पढमस्स अज्झयणस्स अयमहे पन्नतं । छ । छ॥
1.
These lines are found in Sricandras commentary to Niryävalikäsūtra.

Page #272

255.] VIII-XII. 12 Upangas
247 Ends.- fol. 17 सेणिय नसूण परियातो । उववातो आणुपुव्वीते पढमो सोहम्मे
बितितो ईसाणे ततितो सणंकुमारे चउत्थो माहिंदे पंचमओ बंभलोए छहो लंतए सत्तमओ महासुक्के अहमओ सहस्सारे नवमतो पाणते दसमओ अच्चुए सव्वत्थ उक्कोसहिई भाणियब्वा महाविदे(हे)सिज्झिहिति कप्पवडिसियाओ
समत्ताओ। छ । बितितो वग्गो दस अज्झयणा । Begins.- (पुष्पिका ) fol. 17 जति णं भंते । समणेणं भगवया महावीरेण । जाव
संपत्तेणं उबंगाणं दोच्चस्स कप्पवडसिंयाणं अयमहे पन्नत्ते । छ । तबस्स णं भंते वग(ग्गर)स उवग्ग(वंगाणं पुष्फि(
फियाणं के अहे पन्नत्ते एवं खलु जंबू । समणेणं भगवया महावीरेणं जाव संपत्तेणं उवंगाणं तच्चस्स वग्गस्स पुष्फि(प्फि)याणं दस अज्झयणा पन्नत्ता । तं जहा ।
चंदे सूरे सुक्के बहुपुत्तिय पुत्त(न)भद्दे माणिभद्दे य ।
दत्ते सिवे बंभोया। अणाहि(ढि)ए चेव बोधवा।
जइणं भंते समणेणं । जाव संपत्तणं । etc. Ends.- fol. 33 एवं खलु जंबू निक्खेवउ । छ । फु । एवं दत्ते ।७ स्सिवे । ।
बले। ९। अणाढिते । १० । सव्वे जहा पुन्नभद्दे । देवे सव्वेसि दो सागरोवमाइं ठिई विमाणा देवसरिसनामा पुन्वभवे दत्ते चंदणाणामए सिवे महिलाए बलो हथिणपुरे नगरे अणाढितो काकंदीए इं(इया) जहा संगहणीए।
ततिउ वग्गो सम्मत्तो । छ । Begins.- (पुष्पचूलिका) fol. 33* जइ णं भंते समणेणं भगवता उक्खेवतो । जाव दस अज्झयणा । पन्नत्ता । तं० ।
सिरि हिरि घिति कित्ति बुद्धि लच्छी य होइ बोधव्वा ।
इलादेवी सुरादेवी रसदेवी गंधदेवी य। जइणं भंते समणणं भगवया महावीरेण । जाव स(सं)पत्तेणं उवंगाणं । चउत्थ स्स वग्गस्स पुष्फलाणं दस अज्झयणा पन्नत्ता। पढमस्स णं भते
उक्खेवओ । etc. Ends.- fol. 35 एवं सेसाण वि नवण्हं भाणियबं । सरिसनामा विमाणा सोहम्मे
कप्पे पुत्रभवे नगरे(र)चेइयपिइमादीणं अपणोय नामादी जहा संगहणीए सबा पासस्स अंतियं निक्खंता (ता)तो पुप्फचूलाणं सिस्सिीयातो सरीरपातोसिायातो सव्वाओ अणंतरं चइत्ता । महाविदेहे वासे सिज्झिहिति । चउत्थो वगो(ग्गो) सम्मत्तो । छ ।
Begins.- (वृष्णिदशा) fol. 35 जइणं भंते उक्खेवओ उबंगाणं चउत्थस्स वग्गस्स
पुष्प(प्फ)चलाणं । अयमहे पन्नत्ते । पंचमस्स णं भंते वग्गस्स उवंगाणं वन्हिदसाणं समजेणं भगवया जाव संपत्तेणं etc.

Page #273

248
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 256.
Ends. fol. 404 एवं खलु जंबू समणेणं भगवया महावीरेणं जाव निक्खेषओ । छ । एवं सेसा वि एक्कारस अज्झयणा नेयव्वा । संगहणी अणुसारेणं अहीणमइरित्त एफारसा (स) सुवि। छ । निरयावलियासुयकखंधो संम्मत्तो । छ । संमत्ताणि य उवंगाणि । छ । निरयावलियाउवंगेणं एगो सुयक्खंधो पंच वग्गा | पंचसु दिवसेस उद्दिस्संति । तत्थ उ ( उ ) सु वग्गेसु दस २ उद्देगा पंचमागा (मवग्गे) बारस उद्देसगा । छ ॥ ॥ निरयावलियासुयक्खंधो सम्मत्तो । छ । निरयावलीसूत्रं समाप्तं । छ । निरयावली संमतं । श्री ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ etc.
Reference. Published with Śricandra Suri's commentary in the Agamodaya Samiti Series in A. D. 1922. For its contents etc. see Weber II, p. 601, Indian Antiquary vol. XX, p. 20 ff., and Z. D. M. G. vol. XXXIV, p. 178. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 393, and G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 33.
निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्ध व्याख्यासहित
No. 256
Size— ro‡ in. by 4g in. Extent.—(text) 34 folios; 2 to 14 lines to a page; 58 letters to a line.
65
- ( com.),, 14 to 19 Description. Country paper thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with occasional years; bold, clear and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; some of the foll. marked with three circular discs in red ink, one in the centre and one in each margin; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; this is a त्रिपाटी Ms. ; the text is written in the middle and in a bigger hand; red chalk and yellow pigment profusely used; foll. 1a and 34b blank; condition tolerably good; the commentary composed in Samvat 1228. See No. 257; extent of the text 1109 slokas, and that of the commentary 605.
"
Nirayavalikāśrutaskandha with vyākhyā
158.
1873-74.
"
"
" "
""
"
" "
"

Page #274

257.1
Age.- Old.
Author of the com.
Subject.
Begins.
در
دو
Śricandra Sūri.
The text along with a commentary in Sanskrit. roi à go etc., as in No. 255.
(text) fol. 1
- (com.)
VIII-XII. 12 Upangas
श्री
पार्श्वनाथं नमस्कृत्य । प्रायो (S) न्यग्रंथवीक्षिता ।
निरयावल[का] श्रुतस्कंधे व्याख्या काचित्प्रकाश्यते ॥ १etc.
Ends. (text) fol. 33 g etc., practically up to as in No. 255 followed by the lines as under :
ग्रंथाग्रं ११०९ ।। इति श्रेयो (S) स्तु लेषकवाचकयोः ॥ छ ॥ पंडितश्रीरंगfaster: 11
در
249
- (com) fol. 33" सकलकर्मकृतविकारविरहतया तात्पर्यार्थमाह । सर्व्वदुःखानामतं करेंति । इति श्रीश्रीचंद्रसूरिविरचितं निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कंधविवरणं समाप्तमिति ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ॥ ६०५ ॥ शुभं भवतु लेखकपाठकयोः ॥ चिरं नंदतु पुस्तिका ।
Reference. See No. 255.
निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धव्याख्या
Nirayavalikāśrutaskandhavyākhyā
738.
1892-95.
No. 257
Size. 10 in. by 41 in.
Extent.
12-1=11 folios; 17 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, brittle and greyish; Devanagari characters with ; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; mostly unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre; the numbered, in the margins, too; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1a missing; otherwise complete; edges of some of the foll. slightly worn out; condition tolerably good; this Ms. does not give the text continuonsly; it is rather given in parts; total extent 1746 slokas; the commentary composed in Samvat 1228.
22 IJ. L. P. ]

Page #275

25p
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[258
Age.- Samvat 1623. Author.- Śricandra Súri. Subject.- A Sanskrit commentary explaining Nirayāvalikāśrutar
skandha. Begins.- fol. 24 क(:) सारो वर्णातिशयस्तत्प्रधानो यो निकषो रेखा तस्य यत्प
क्ष्म बहुलत्वं तद्वद्यो गौरः स कनकपुलकनिकषपक्ष्मगौरः । तथा उग्र etc. Ends.- fol. 12" सकलकर्मकृत etc., up to ग्रंथाl as in No. 256 followed
- by ६३७ सूत्रवृत्तिसर्चसंख्या १७४६ शुभं भवतु ।। संवत् १६२३ वर्षे श्री जेसलमेरौं पं०कल्याणधीरेणालाख । स्ववाचनाय ॥ श्रीः॥
वसुलोचनरवि(१२२८)वर्षे श्रीमत्श्रीचंद्रसूरिभिदृब्ध्बा(ब्धा)।
आभडषसाकवसतौ निरयावलिशास्त्रवृत्तिरियं ॥१॥
छetc. Reference.- See No. 256.
निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धव्याख्या Nirayāvalikasrutaskandhavyakhya
607. _No. 258
1884-86. Size.- 101 in. by 4} in. Extent.- 12 folios; 18. lines to a page ; 54; letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, rough and greyish; Devanagari
characters; small, clear, bold and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; complete ; composed in Samvat 1228; extent,
650 ślokas; condition very good. Age.-Old: Begins.- fol. I ॐ नमः श्रीमते शांतिनाथाय ॥
पार्श्वनाथं etc. as in No. 256. Ends.- fol. 120 सकलकर्मकृत etc., up to विवरणं समाप्तं as in No. 256
followed by the lines as under :-- छ । छ । श्री।
वसुलोचनरवि( १२२८)वर्षे श्रीमच्छीचंद्रसूरिभिदृब्धा ।
आभडवसाकवसाता(सतौ)॥ निरयावलिशास्त्रवृत्तिरियं ॥१॥
ग्रंथानं ६५०मितं ।।। N. B.- For further particulars see No. 256..

Page #276

VIII-XII. 12 Upangas
259.1
· निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धव्याख्या
251
Nirayavalikāśrutaskandhavyākhyā
निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धव्याख्या
No. 259
Size. 10 in. by 48 in.
Extent. 9 folios; 18 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, thin and grey; Devanagari characters with occasional gears; small, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; some lacunæ (vide fol. 4th); fol. 9b blank; complete; extent 7037(?) slokas; condition tolerably good. Age. Pretty old.
1277. WT
Begins. fol. 1
etc. as in No. 256.
Ends.— fol. 9* स( कल ) कर्म्मकृतविकार etc., up to श्रुतस्कंधविवरण as in No. 256 followed by संपूर्ण ॥ श्री etc. ग्रंथाग्रं ७०३७ (७३७१) ॥ श्री etc. N. B. For further particulars see No. 256.
1886-92.
Begins. fol. 130 ĦĦ: 11 Mixà zifa-1214 ||
Á
etc. as in No. 256.
Nirayavalikāśrutaskandhavyākhyā
739.
1892-95.
No. 260
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 15 folios; 15 lines to a page; 48 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, rough aud white; Devanagari characters with gears; bold, sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; complete; edges of some of the foll. slightly worn out; condition tolerably good.
Age.- Old.

Page #277

252
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[261.
Ends. fol. 150 सकलकर्म्म. etc., up to श्रुतस्कंधविवरणं as in No. 256. Here it terminates.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 256.
निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धव्याख्या
Age. Samvat 1931.
Begins. fol. rb श्रीगणेशाय नमः ॥
No. 261
Size. 11 in. by 5 in.
Extent. 21 folios; 12 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line. Description. Country paper, rough, tough and white; Devanagari characters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; fol. 1a blank; so is the fol. 21b; complete; condition good.
etc. as in No. 256.
Ends. fol. 21 सकलकर्म्मकृत etc., up to समाप्तमिति as in No. 256 followed by the lines as below:
शुभं भवतु संवत् १९३१ ज्येष्ठशुक्लनवम्यां चंद्रवासरे व्यलीलिखत् व्यासटीकमदास श्री ' जेसलमेरुदुर्गे' श्रीवै (?) रीशालराज्ये शुभं भूयात् श्रीरस्तु.
N. B. For further particulars see No. 257.
निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्ध टब्बासहित
No. 262
Nirayavalikāśrutaskandhavyākhyā
Size. 10ğin. by 4 in. Extent.
""
روز ور
159.
1873-74.
22
(text) 53 folios; 8 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line.
- (tabbă),,
; 44 33 33 33
33 33
Nirayāvalikāśrutaskandha
with tabbā
754. 1899-1915.
در

Page #278

262.]
VIII-XII. 12 Upangas
253
Description.- Country paper, tough and white; Devanagari charac
ters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the tabba, the latter written in a very small hand; legible and very fair handwriting; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk used; fol. I blank; a big strip of paper pasted to fol. 1a; small strips to corners of several other foll.; foll. 35 to 44 slightly worm-eaten ; condition on the whole very fair ; foll. numbered in both the margins ;
both the text and the tabbā complete ; extent 1100 ślokas. Age.- Samvat 1765. Subject. The text in Prākrit together with its interlinear explana
tion in Gujarāti. Begins.- (text) fol. I श्री गुरुभ्यो नमः ।
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc., as in No. 255. - (tabba) fol. I ॐ नमो भगवत्यै नमः ।
तेणइ कालि चोथे आरइ ॥ तेणे समइ तेणइ ॥ प्रस्तावि ॥ राजग्रह नामि ॥ नगरइ ॥ हुईं । गुस्ता(ण)सा(शि)ल नामि ॥ चैत्य ॥ हुँतो॥
वर्णण वन ।। अशोकं बर प्रधान वृक्ष हुतो ॥ etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 53 एवं खलु जंबूसमणेणं etc., up to बारसउद्देसग
निरयावला(लि)यासुयक्खंधो समतो छ as in No. 255 followed by ग्रंथाग्रंथ ११०० इति श्रीनिरयावलिया उप्पांग समापतं संवत् १७६५ वरषे आसोमासे शुक्लपक्षे चउदस रविवासरे 'वांकानेर'नगरे ल. पु. ऋऽश्री५महावजी ततसीष्यकऽश्री५ प्रेमजी ल. ऋ. वीरजी ऋ । जगा ऋ ।
वालजीनी प्रत छै सही ३ , -(tabba) fol. 53* इम सेष थाकतां इगियार अध्येन जाणवां ॥ कहवां सर्वः
संगृहणीने अनुसारइ ॥ अद्धीक उनो ॥ इगीयारनि इम जाणवो ॥ निराव[ण]लिनो ॥ श्रुतस्कंद्ध ॥ समाप्त ॥ समतो एनी ग्रंथनि ।। निरावलीका ॥ उपांगनि ॥ एक श्रुतस्कंध ॥ पांच वर्ग ॥ पांचे दीवसे कहेवा उदेस्यो । तीहां चउथो वर्ग ॥ दस उदेशे करी सहीत ॥ पांचमे वर्ग बार उद्देसा कर्या निरयावलीनो श्रेयस्कंद्धो ॥ समाप्त ॥ ग्रंथाग्रंथ ॥ पाठ
११०० इती निरयावलीया । उपांग समाप्तः॥ Reference.--- See No. 255.

Page #279

254
Jaina Literature and Philosophy निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धपाय Nirayāvalikasrutaskandhaparyaya __ No. 263
736 (16).
1875-76. Extent.-- fol. 156 to fol. 16a. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pañcavastukaparyāya
No. 736 (I).
- 1875-76.. Subject.— Difficult words etc., occurring in Nirayāvalikāśrutaskandha
elucidated. Begins.-fol. IT' पाक्षिकवृत्तौ पक्खसंधी आ(अ)मावास्या।
तो कह निज्जुत्तीए एमइ इति आवश्यकनियुक्तिः । etc.
निरावलीश्रुतस्कंधपर्याय यथा विहरइ etc. Ends.-fol. 16 इति पुरुषा वागुरेव सृगबंधनमिव सर्वतो भवनात् तया परिक्षताः । बहुपडिपुलाई बायालीसा इति । पणयालीसं पाठांतरं ।
इति निरा(रया)वलिकाश्रुतस्कंधपर्यायाः समाप्ताः ।
निरयावलिकाश्रुतस्कन्धपर्याय Nirayāvalikasrutaskandhaparyaya
789 (16). No.:364
1895-1902. Extent.— fol. 246. Description.- Complete. For other details see Pancavastukaparyaya
No_789 (I).
10. 1895-1902.. Begins.-fol. 24° पाक्षिकवृत्तौ पक्खसंधी अमावास्या etc., as in No. 263. Ends.-fol. 24° इति पुरुषा वायरेव सुगबंधन etc. N. B.- For subject see No. 263.
-2
मिरयावलिकाबालावबोध
Nirayāvalikābālāvabodha No. 265
160.
1873-71... Size.- 11 in. by 67 in. Extent. — 3+1=4 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 28 letters to a line.

Page #280

26.]
VIII-XII. 12 Upangas
295
Description.- Country paper, thick, rough and white; Devanagari
characters; bold, very big, quite legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in two lines in red. ink, edges singly; complete ; thisMs. contains an additional fol. numbered as I and containing the colophon.; condition
very good. Age.- Samvat 1930. Author..-- Not mentioned. Subject.- A Gujarati commentary to Nirayāvalika. Begins.-fol. I अर्ह । श्रीपार्श्वनाथाय ॥ नमो अरिहंताणं । नमो सिद्धाणं । नमो
आयरियाणं । नमो उवज्झायाणं । नमो लोए सव्वसाहूणं ॥१॥ ___ अथ निरयावलीसूत्र अवचूरि लिख(ख्य)ते । अध्ययन समुदाय ॥ पत्र प्रथम ॥१॥ संग्रामाकार पत्र ॥२॥ आयु तेहूं जांणुं जीपसइ ।
के नही जीपइ । भासजइ । के नही भाजइ etc. Ends.-fol. 3* नव हात देह प्रमाण इत्यादि श्रीपार्श्वनाथनुः वर्णक जाणवु ॥ छ ।
पत्र १॥ सदा उझ चनु ठाम पत्र ॥३३॥ सामुदा। हर्षनी भेरी । यथायोग धने करी ॥ पत्र ॥३४॥ इति निरयावली अवचूरि संपूर्णः। सं० १६७५ वर्षे चैत्र वदि । १०॥ लषितं । साहा श्री ५जीवापठनार्थे ।
ईति जनि पर्त माहेथी। सं। १९३० वरचे पोश वदि ८॥ दिने रवीवारें ॥ लषितं ॥ श्री थिराद मध्ये ॥ श्रीसेवक ठाकोर । मे आरांमसत मांणकचंद ॥ श्रीश्रु(स)रकार साहिबनें लपी आप्यु छि । ए परत । मेंता भगवानलाले लषावी । अंगरेच सरकार वास्ते ॥ श्रीसु(शुभं भवतु ॥ श्री ॥ इति निरयावली अवचूरि समाप्तं ॥ श्रीमेंहं मायादेवी न्मं ॥ श्रीसरस्वती तुभ्यं न्मो ॥ श्री. ॥ श्री ॥ए सर्वे थइनं पांनां दशे दश
लष्यां छे॥ Begins.- fol. la श्रीनमः ॥
'श्रीमाली'वरवंशमौक्तिकसमस्फूर्जश्रिया(5)लंकृतो
मंत्री गोवलनामतः समभवत् श्रीपाडलीया'न्बये। सूनुस्तस्य च पाल्हणाख्यसचिवस्तज्जो(s)पि पेथाभिधो
बुद्ध्या श्रेणिकनंदनस्य सहशश्चातुर्यधैर्याश्रितः॥१॥ प्रासादोद्धरणप्रकृष्टपदवीबिंबप्रतिष्ठापक
स्तस्यासीद्व(छ)रमातराख्यतनुजस्तद्वल्लभा(s

Page #281

256
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[265.
सत्पुत्रो(डास्ति तयोः सुधर्मनिरतः श्रीधर्मसिंहाभिधः
सर्वेभ्येषु च सभ्यसद्गुणगणारामाभिरामः सदा ॥२॥ सत(त् )शी(च्छी )लभूषणविभूषितचारुदेहा
सोहीरभूत् प्रथमका किल तस्य कांता। तस्याः सुतः कमलसिंहवराभिधानो
विद्याधरो गुणनिधिस्तनयस्तदीर्यः(? यः)॥३॥ पतिव्रताधर्मसदानुरक्ता
भार्या द्वितीया मरघू प्रसिद्धा ॥ तस्याः सुतः श्रीनरसिंहनामा
ख्यातः सदाचारविचारविज्ञः॥४॥ स्वभुजोपात्तवित्तस्य व्ययात् श्रीकल्पपुस्तकं धर्मसिहधनीनाम्ना । लिखापयदिदं महत् ॥५॥ 'राका'पक्षीयगच्छी(?च्छे) प्रचरणयुता जैत्रचंद्राभिधानाः
सूरिः श्रीपूज्यपादा जे(ज)गति विजयते सूरयो भावचंद्राः। श्रीमच्चारित्रचंद्राभिधवरगुरवश्चारुचारित्रभाजः
सर्वे श्रीसंघलोके प्रवितरतु सुखं शास्वतानंदरूपं ॥६॥ तेषां च पट्टे महिमा(म)प्रभात्याः
सूरीस्व(श्व )राः श्रीमुनिचंद्रपादाः भानोः समाः संप्रति विद्यमानाः
श्री भीमपल्लीय'गणे जयंति ॥७॥ कालाद्विक्रमभूपतोरषुशर-पंचैकके( १५५५) वत्सरः(रे)
__ वैशाषस्य गभस्तिनाम्न्यनुमिते घने सिते शीतगे। श्रीकल्याभिधशास्त्रपुस्तकामिह श्रीमद्गुरोरर्पयत् ___मंत्रीशो बहुभाक्तपूरितमनाः श्रीधर्मसिंहः कृती ॥८॥ जीयाच्चिरं महाशास्त्रपुस्तकं साधुसाधुभिः वाच्यमानं सभामध्ये सुधियां हर्षकारकं ॥९॥ श्रीमतश्रीमुनिचंद्रसूरिसुगुरोः प्रौढप्रसादात् क्षिता
वधूंकुक्षिसमुद्भवो नरमाणः श्रीधर्मसिंहः कृती। इभ्यः सभ्ये (भ्य)तमः कलत्रतनयः साकं चिरं जीवतात्
स्फूजस्वीयपवित्रगोत्रशिरसि स्वणाच( ? )तं स्तोपम ॥१०॥ इति प्रशास्ति ॥ इति लषितं श्रीसेवकश्रीम्पारांमस्तूत्तमाणकचंद श्री थराद'मधे( ध्ये) वास्तव्यं ॥

Page #282

266.]
I. 10 Prakirnakas
III. PRAKĪRNAKAS (A) 10 PRAKIRNĀKAS
THE FIRST PRAKĪRNAKA
चतुःशरण
( चउसरण )
257
Catuḥsarana
( Causarana ) 316 (1).
A. 1882-83.
No. 266
Extent. - fol. 234 to fol. 254.
Description. Complete. For other details see Bhaktamarastotra 316 ( a ). A.1882-83. '
No.
- Not modern.
""
Age.
Author. — Virabhadra.
Subject. This work also known as Kuśalānubandhi 'adhyayana ( Kusalānubandhi ajjhayana ) deals with four śaranas in 63 verses in Prakrit, the portion preceding the 1st verse being in prose. The other name is probably due to the 9th verse. See fol. 23a.
Begins.—fol. 23* चत्तारि मंगलं अरिहंता मंगलं सिद्धा मंगलं । साहू मंगलं । केवलिपण (ण्णत्तो धम्मो मंगलं ॥ १ । चत्तारि लोगोत्तमा । अरिहंता लोगोत्तमा । सिद्धा लोगोत्तमा । साहू लोगोत्तमा । केवलिपण (ण्णत्तो धम्मो लोगोत्तमो ॥२॥ चत्तारि सरणं पवज्जामि अरिहंते सरणं पव्व (व) ज्जामि ॥ सिद्धे सरणं पव्व (व) ज्जामि साहू सरणं पव्त्र (व) ज्जामि केवलिपण (ण) त्तो धम्मो. सर (णं) पव्व (व) ज्जामि ॥ ३ ॥
सावज्जजोगविरई उक्कित्तण गुणवओ य पडिवत्ती
खलियरस नं (निं) दणा वणवि (ति) गच्छ गुणधारणा चैव ॥ ४. etc. -- fol. 234 अमरिंद[कुंभ] नरिंदमुणिंदवंदियं वंदिउं महावीरं । कुसलाणुबंधिबंधुरमज्झयणं कित्तयस्सामि ॥ १२ ॥
Ends.fol. 25* इय जीवपमायहारिवीर भद्दतमेयमज्झयणं ।
झाएस तिसंझमवंझकारणं निव्व(बु) इसुहाणं ॥
कुसलाणुबंधिज्झयणं सम्मत्तं ॥ ६६ ॥ इति चउसरणं सम्मतं ॥ छ ॥
Reference.— This work was published in A. D. 1886 by Rai Dhanapatisinh Bahadur along with the following nine prakirnakas:—
33 [J. L. P. 1

Page #283

258
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(267.
( 1 ) Tandulavaicārika, ( 2 ) Devendrastava, 63 ) Gaộividyā, (4) Samstāraka, (5) Aturapratyākhyāna, ( 6 ) Bhaktaparijñā, ( 7 ) Candravedhyaka, ( 8 ) Mahāpratyākhyāna and 09 ) Maraṇavibhakti. The last is also known as Maranasamadhi. Agamodaya Samiti, too, has published this work along with chāyā, in its series as No. 46. Herein are included the following nine prakirņakas: -
( 1 ) Aturapratyākhyāna, ( 2 ) Mahāpratyäkhyāna, (3) Bhaktaparijña, (4) Tandulavaicārika, Samstāraka, (6) Gacchācāra, ( 7 ) Gaộividyā, ( 8 ) Devendrastava and (9) Maranasamadhi. Thus, in this list we find Gacchācāra in place of Candravedhyaka.
The text together with avacūri was published in D. L. J. P. F. series as No. 59 in A. D. 1922.
For contents etc. see Weber. II, Nos. 1861-1864, p. 608 and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 108. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 389. .
For the opening lines beginning with safe and ending with धम्मो सर(णं) पव्वज्जामि see Bhaktaparijna No. 298.
There is another work having Catuḥsaraņa for its title; but, as it does not seem to have any other point in common with this work, it is not being included under this group of prakirņakas, but is incorporated under miscellanea.”
चतु:शरण
Catuḥsarana
1280 (C). No. 267
1891-95. Extent.--fol. 4• to fol. 56. Description. - Complete. The number of verses is mentioned as 63,
though WTFT is numbered as 4th. For other details see Bșhadaticāra No. 1891-95.
1280 (a). Begins -- fol. 46 THIÊT HAS etc., as in No. 266. Ends.- fol. s gu taghty etc. up to ETUI 'as in No. 266 followed
by 11 gra Figiga3755U FR 113 N, B.— For other details see No. 266.

Page #284

föll.
268. I. io Prakitnakas
299
Catuhsana No. 268
386 € ).
1879-80. Size.- 92 in. by 4.3 in. Extent.-- 132 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper thin, fough and white; Devanagati
characters with frequent &#TETS; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. numbered in both the margins; yellow pigment used; fol. 1* decorated with a design in various colours ; similar is the case with fol. 132b; foll. 62 to Tiż more or less worm-eaten ; edges of the last two foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole tolerably good; this work ends on fol. 36; 63 verses; complete ; this Ms. contains in addition the following 14 prakirņakas :(1) sitatearen
36 to 6b (2) far 3)
सेरतारक तेन्दुलवैचारिक
चन्द्रवेध्यक (7) set (8) गणिविद्या
47 , 50 (9) महाप्रत्याख्यान (10) वीरस्तव (i) अजीवकल्प
7 (12) TESTER (13) मरणसमाधि
622 , 889 (14) ateicoties
88 , 1324 The total extent of this Ms. is 1565 ślokas, the number of
No 386 ( n ). . gāthās being 1233. See No. 3
.
1879-80. Age.- Samvat 1671. Begins.-fol. 10 FITETTATİME etc. Ends.- fol. 3b zu stia etc., up to gero as in No. 266 fotłowed
by ६३ चउसरणं सम्मत्तं छ N. B. - For additional details see No. 266.
302
366
360 » 47*
562
$7° , 616

Page #285

260
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1269.
चतु:शरण
Catuḥsaraña No. 269
14168).
1872-73. Size.- 11 in. by 4j in. Extent.-96-1=95 folios; 13 lines to a page; so letters to a line. Description.--Country paper thin, and greyish; Devanagari charac.
ters with occasional Teas; sufficiently big, clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; this Ms. seems to be ex. posed to fire; fol. I blank; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; marginal notes here and there; fol. 67th missing; otherwise complete ; some foll. worm-eaten; condition not satisfactory; this Ms. contains the following 14 additional works :
(I) आतुरप्रत्याख्यान 'foll. 34 to 5b (2) भक्तपरिज्ञा
5,, Io (3) संस्तारक (4) वीरस्तव
७) गच्छाचार (6) अजीवकल्प (7) चन्द्रवेध्यक
19 , 27 (8) देवेन्द्रस्तव
27, 35 (9) गणिविद्या
35*, 37 (10) महाप्रत्याख्यान
37 ,, 40 (II) तन्दुलवैचारिक
40° , 49 (12) मरणविधि
49* ,, 66 (13) आराधनापताका
68, 92 (14) सारावली
92b, 950 Age.-Old. Begins.-fol. bॐ नमः श्रीजिनागमाय ॥
___ सावज्जजोगविरई etc. Ends.-fol. 3 इअ जीव etc., up to निवुइसुहाणं as in No. 266.
This is followed by the line as under :
इति बृहश्चतु:शरणप्रकीर्णकं ॥ छ ॥१॥ N. B. -For further particulars see No. 266.
1 There is a work named वृद्धचतुःशरण noted in Jaina Granthāvali ; but it seems to be different from this.

Page #286

270.)' ... 1. 10 Prakirnakasan
26T चतुःशरण
Catuḥsaraña - No. 270
1358 (a).
1891-95 Size.— 104 in. by 4: in. Extent. — so folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description. — Country paper, thin, rough and greyish ; Deva
nāgari characters with occasional TEATEITS; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only ; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; a piece of paper of the size of a fol. pasted to fol. 1°; this Ms. contains the names of the ten prakīņakas etc.; complete; a portion of fol. 135 worn out; bits of paper pasted to foll. 5, 246 and 25"; edges of the last few foll. damaged; condition toterably good ; 63 verses; complete ; this Ms. contains the following In additional works :(1) TETA
foll. 3 to 6 (2) HATTE (3) TEET (4) Anggaran (5) Toga
265 , 32* (6) dreta (7) HETSTEUTETT (8) Trofag (9) THE (10) 351
496 » Sob Age.— Fairly old. Begins. - fol. 1b 3 FAT statant II
FCCHAFTEN I etc., End3.- fol. 3' ga faqaty etc., up to faca (E)FUET 11 6 3 11 followed
by कुसलाणुबांधज्झयणं सम्मत्तं. N. B. — For additional details see No. 266.

Page #287

262
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 2936 चतुशरण ।
Catuḥsarana
1262 (c). No. 271
1891-95. Extent.-—- fol. 4 to fol. 62. Description.- Complete. For other details see Jivavicāra No. 2
cara No 1262(a)..
1891-95 Begins.--fo. 48 a At firar etc.
FIEWITT etc. Ends.—fol. 68 u HATATT etc., up to Fin# as in No. 266. N. B.-For further particulars see No, 266.
चतुःशरण
Catuhsarana No. 272
579 (d).
1895-98. Extent. fol. 1 24 to fol. 13".. Description.- Complete. For other details see Maranavidhi No.
579 (a):
1895-98. Begins.fol. 128 Flaw lers etc. Ends.fol. 138 u stafary etc., up to gero as in No. 266 followed by 11 3
TO HEAR IIg Il N.B. - For other details see No. 266.
चतु:शरण
Catuhsarana No. 273
1168 (d).
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 7to fol. 86. Description. - Complete. For additional particulars see Samståraka
No. 317. Age.- Samvat 1491. Begins.-fol. 78 FIFA fare etc.
1 This verse is here numbered as the 4th as in No. 266.

Page #288

275.)
1. 10 Prakirnakas
263
Ends.-fol. 8 इथ जीवपमाय etc., up to सुहाणं ।।६३ कुसलाणुबांधज्झयणं
समत्तं followed by मंगलमस्तुः ॥ छ । सं० १४९१ वर्षे फागुणवदि ७ ut forted It Tesi etc., AT E I ET TAPaft: llll Ti
T ut: 11 3 11 N. B.- For other particulars see No. 266.
चतुःशरण
Catuhsarana 613 (j). 1884-86.
No. 274 Extent.- fol. 45a to fol. 47a. Description. — Complete. For other details
No 613 (a).
see
Pākṣikasútra
No. 1884-86. *
as in No. 266
Begins.-fol. 45a FTTHFITTE etc. Ends.-fol. 478 su faqart etc., up to yetu
followed by the line as below:
1163 43FRU TATA: 1511 N. B.- For other details see No. 266.
चतुःशरण
Catuhsarana अवचूरिसहित
with avacūrí
645 (a). No. 275
1884-86. Size.— 101 in. by 44 in. Extent. - 8 folios ; 26 lines to a page ; 56 to 74 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper, very thin, rough and greyish ; Deva
nāgari characters; this is a quatre Ms. containing the text and the commentary, the latter in a very small hand; legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; bordets ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and white pigment used; the Ist fol. slightly torn; each fol. worm-eaten to some extent; a strip of white paper pasted to fol. 8; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete; this Ms. contains the following 3 additional works:

Page #289

264 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[-276. (1) आतुरप्रत्याख्यान with अवचूरि foll 2 to 30 (2) भक्तपरिज्ञा
, , , 3, 6 (3) संस्तारक
, , , 6 , 86 Age.- Samvat I484. See No. 319. . Subject.- The text along with a small commentary in Sanskrit. - Begins.--( text) fol. I" नमो जिनेंद्राय ॥
सावज्जजोगविरइ(ई) etc., as in No. 266. -(com.) fol. I सामायिक (letters scratched out) उत्कीर्तना २४ जिनस्तवेन २ ज्ञानादि गुणवत्प्रतिपत्तिः ३ खलिप्रति ४ ख (व)ण कायोत्सर्गः ५ गुणा विरत्यादयः ६ इति षडावश्यकसूचा ॥ १ इहैव जिनशासने स नान्यत्र २चतुर्विशि(शतेरात्मनांजीवानां जिनसंबंधिनां स्तवः क्रियते । यत्र चतुर्विंशत्यात्म(क)स्तवेन । आदिशब्दाद् दर्शनचारित्राचरणग्रहाः । तत्संपन्नज्ञानादिगुणयुक्तभक्तिकरणात् । ज्ञानवानपि दर्शनचारित्रगुणयुक्त एव वंदनकप्रतिपत्तियोग्यः। विधिना ३२ दोष २५ (आ)वश्यकशुद्धिः क्रियते तेषां
ज्ञानाचारादिनां तुः पुनरर्थे ४ etc. Ends.-(text ) fol. 24 इअ जीवपमायमहारि etc., as in No. 266. ,, -( com.) fol. 24 हे जीवात्मन् वीरं सुभटकल्पं । भद्रं यस्मात् । भद्रांत
मोक्षप्रापकं । एतत् ऽध्ययनं । जीअ इति पाठो जितप्रमादमहारिवीरभद्र
स्येदं तदेव । उक्तः साधो लक्षणमध्ययनमतिः (?) ६३ छः श्रीः छ । Reference. - See No. 266.
चतुःशरण अवचूरिसाहत
Catuḥsaraña with avacuri
-
No. 276
260. A.1882-83.
Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.- (text) 8 folios%3 22 lines to a page; 55 letters to a line.
, - (com.),, , , , , , , 62 " ," "

Page #290

5297, ]
1. 10 Prakirnakas
"
263
Description.- Country paper rough and white; Devanagari charac
ters; this is a farrer Ms., the text written in a bigger hand as compared with the commentary ; legible and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. numbered in right hand margin only; both the text and the commentary complete ; condition very good; the
commentary seems to be almost the same as in No. 278. Author.- Gunaratna Sūri. Age. --- Samvat 1645. Begins.-(text) fol. 1' SE FA: I
सावज्जजोग etc. » (com.) „ „ ETAETTİ TAT etc. Ends.--(text) fol. 86 cu atat etc., up to UETUD 116 11 as in
No. 272 followed by là ad constituit Àng etc. „ - com.) fol. 86 roggy etc., up to rural: as in No. 278.
followed by the lines as under:--
छ ॥ इति चतुःशरणप्रकीर्णकाऽवचूरिः .) सम्मत्तं शास्त्रं ॥ संवत्१६४५ ।। वर्षे भाद्रपदमासे शुक्लपक्षे नवम्यां तिथौ रविवारे.
Then in a different hand we have मासाधविजय । Reference. - See No. 266.
Catuḥsarana अवचूर्णिसहित
with avacūrņi
720. No. 277
1899–1915. Size.-104 in. by 44 in. Extent.- (text) 5 folios; 7 lines to a page; 36 letters to a line. „'-( com.) s folios; 15 lines to a page ; 104 letters to a
line. Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish ; Devanagari
characters with Taras ; bold, legible and elegant handwriting ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; it is a
Tagret Ms. containing both the text and its commentary, 34 [J. L. P.]

Page #291

266
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1278.
the latter written in a very small hand; both complete; condition very good, though the edges of all the foll. slight
ly damaged. Age.- Fairly old. Subject.- The text along with a small commentary' in Sanskrit. Begins.- ( text) fol. I सावज्जजोगविरई १ उक्तित्तण २ etc.
-(com.) fol. 14 इदमध्ययन परमपदप्राप्तिबीजरूपत्वात् श्रेयोभूतमतस्तदारंभे ग्रंथकृन्मंगलरूपसामायिकाद्यावश्यकार्थकथन सर्वभावमंगलक(का)
रणद्रव्यमंगलभूतगजादि१४ etc. Ends.- (text) fol. sb इअ जीवपमाय etc., up to निव्वुइसुहाणं as in
No. 266 followed by the lines as below:
इति चतुःशरणप्रकीर्णकं ॥ लिखितं गच्छाधिराजश्रीमुनिसुंदर
सूरिशिष्येण ॥ ,, -(com. ) fol. b प्रत्येकबुद्धा अपि तावंत एव प्रकीर्णकान्यपि तावंति भवं
तीति गाथार्थः॥ ६३ ॥ इति चतुःशरणप्रकीर्णकावचूर्णिः ॥ श्रेय
स्तात् ॥ श्रीः ॥ Reference.- See No. 266.
188.
चतुःशरण
Catuþśaraņa अवचूर्णिसहित
with avacūrņi . No. 278
1871-72.. Size.-94 in. by 44 in. Extent.- (text) II folios ; I8 lines to a page; 44 ietters to a line.
" -- (com.), , , , , , ,;53 , , , Description.- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; this is a त्रिपाटी Ms.... the text written in a slightly bigger hand; borders ruled in three lines in black ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment,
too; condition very good; both the text and the commen. . tary complete.
1. This small commentary seems to be the same as one given in the printed edition (D. L. J. P. F. Series, No. 59).

Page #292

279.]
I. 10 Prakirņakas
,
267
Age.- Samvat 1686. Subject. The text along with a small commentary agreeing in
main points with No. 277. Begins.- (text) fol. I" सावज्जजोगविरई etc.
--(com.),, ,, इदमध्ययनं परमपदप्राप्तिबीजभूतत्वात् श्रेयोभूतं अतस्तदारंभे ग्रंथकृन्मंगलरूपसामायिकाद्यावश्यकार्थकथन१भावमंगलकारणद्रव्यमंगल
भूतगजादि१४स्वप्नोच्चारव्याजसर्वतीर्थकद्गुणस्मरण२ etc. . Ends.- (text) fol. II' इअ जीवपमाय etc., up to सुहा' as in No. 272
followed by a line as under:
इति श्रीचतु(:)शरणप्रकीर्णकसूत्रं संपूर्ण ॥ ,, -(com.) fol. II प्रत्येकबुद्धा अपि तावंत एव प्रकीर्णकान्यपि तावति भवं
तीति ज्ञापितं भवतीति गाथार्थः ६३ इति श्रीचतुःशरणप्रकीर्णकाव
चूर्णिण(6) संपूर्णा लिखिता संवत् १६८६ वर्षे वैशाषवदि १२ दिने प्रथम___प्रहरे 'मीर्या' पुरे मुनिहारलिखितं ॥ छ । Reference.- See No. 266.
चतुःशरण
Catuḥsarana टिप्पणकसहित
with tippaņaka
247 (8). No. 279
1871-72. Size.- IIT in. by +] in. Extent.- 7 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 70 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used; marginal notes added at times; foll. do not appear to have been numbered; the text and notes complete; every fol. more or less worm-eaten ; condition very fair ; this Ms. contains the following 3 additional works:(I) आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
foll. 2 to 3. (2) भक्तपरिज्ञा
3. ,, 6. (3) संस्तारक
, 6, 7 Age.- Sarivat I468. See No. 310.

Page #293

268.
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[280.
Begins.--(text) fol. ra सावज्जनोगविरई etc.
--(com.) , कुशलस्य पुण्यानुबंधिपुण्यस्य अनुबंधो निरंतरता ete..' ... Ends.-(text) fol. 28 इय जीव etc., up to सम्मत्तं as in No. 266. , -(com.) fol. 2" सम्यग मनोवाकायैः क्रियमाणं स्वर्गापवर्गाय । कुशलेन
पुण्यानुबंधिपुण्येन जीवं अनुबध्नाति योजयति अत एव कुशलानुबंधि तच्च
तदध्ययनं च कुशलानुबंध्यध्ययनं । Reference.-- See No. 266.
चतु:शरण
Catuḥsarana टब्बासहित
with tabbā
1143. No. 280
1887-91. Size.- Io in. by 43 in. Extent.-- (text) 9 folios; 15 lines to a page; 34 letters to a line.
, -(tabba ),,, , , , ,, ,,45 " "" " Description.- Country paper rough and grey; Devanagari charac
ters with पृष्टमात्राs; hand-writing of the text very big; legible and very fair hand-writing on the whole ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; foll. 14 and 96 blank ; condition very good ;
both the text and the interlinear tabbá complete. Age.- Samvat 1688. Subject.- The text along with an explanation in Gujarati. Begins.--(text) fol. I श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः ।
सावज्जजोगविरई etc. ,, --(com.) ,, ,, स्थविरश्रीजीवणजीगुरुभ्यो नमः ।
___ साव सावद्य जोगनै वरजै ते सामायिक कहिइं etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 9* इय जीव etc., up to सुहागुं(ण) as in No. 266
followed by a line as below:
- इति चउसरणपइन्नं सम्मत्तं ॥ etc. ,, -(com.) fol. 9. निवृत्तिनुं कारण । सु० मोक्षतुं कारण ॥ ६३ ॥ इति
श्रीचउसरणपइनु टबो सविस्तार संपूर्णः । लषतं ऋषि श्री ॥ रामजाजी तत्सस्य(च्छिष्य)मुनि वीरजीना लेषतं । etc. संवत् १६८८ वर्षे अश्वमासे

Page #294

28131
.
..I.. 10 Prakirnakas...
26900
..........।
कृष्णपष्ये तथौ ४ शनीवासरे 'सीहोरि मध्ये । कल्याणं Reference.-- See No. 266.
चतुःशरण
Catuhsarana टब्बासहित
with tabba No. 281
713 (b).
1899-1915... Extent.- fol. 3. to fol. 76. Description.- Both the text and the tabba incomplete, since they
commence abruptly. For other details see Sthavirávali
No.
713 (a).
NO. 1899-1915. Age.-Samvat 1703. Subject.— The text together with its explanation in Gujarāti. Begins.-(text) fol. 33
(सव्वाज)याणमहिंसा अरिहंता सञ्चययणमरिहता।
बंभव(ब)यमरिहंता । अरिहंता हुंतु मे सरणं ॥ १७ ॥etc. , -(com.) fol. 3° प्रतिपालता हिंसा अगकरता वली सत्य वचन बोलतां छह
श्रीजिनवरेंद्र अनइ ब्रह्मचर्य समग्र प्रतिपालता छइ etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 7 इय जीवपमाय etc. up to सम्मत्तं as in No. 266
followed by संवत् १७०३ वर्षे फागुणशुदि ४ शनिदिने । श्री अणह(हि)ल्लपुर पत्तने । लिखितं ॥ श्रीः॥ -(com.) fol. 7 ए अध्ययन सुभट छइ। ए ध्यायाथी भद्र कल्याण हुइ अधीयणऽथवा सिष्य आमंत्रण हे वीर हे भद्र जीवतय(व्य)ना अंत लगइ.ए' अध्ययन ध्यावू निश्चइ । ध्यातां त्रिकाल त्रिण्य संध्याई अवंध्य फल सहित
Reference.- See No. 266.
चतु:शरण टब्बासहित
No. 282 Size.-- 101 in. by 4g.in. ..
Catuḥşaraña with tabbā
428. 1882-83..

Page #295

270
Jaina Literature and Philospohy
[ 283.
Extent.— ( text ) 9 folios; 4 lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line.
(tabba ),,
; 14
; 48 ” ” ”
Country paper thin and grey; Devanagari characters; bold, clear and fair hand-writing; borders ruled in two to three lines in red ink; edges of foll. 4 to 7 somewhat damaged ; condition tolerably good ; this Ms. contains both the text and its tabba; both complete; fol. 9b blank.
22 -
Description.
Age.-- Sarvat 1759.
Subject. The text with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.—(text) fol. 1 सावज्जजोग etc.,
""
१७
- (com.),,,, महावीरं ज (जि) नं नत्वा शिवजाख्यं तु ( ग ? )च्छपं चतुःशरणशब्दार्थ संप (य) तः करोम्यहां ( हैं ) ॥ १ ॥
चतुःशरणनु पडिवजवुं etc.
Ends. -- (text) fol. 9 इअ जीवपमाय etc., up to निव्वुइसुहाणं ६३ as in No. 277 followed by इति चोसरण समाप्तं । संपूर्ण । संवत १७५९ वर्षे ॥ पं० । नर संघलिषतं श्री 'विकानेर' नगरे फागुण व. ११.
Reference. -- See No. 266.
" " "
— (com.) fol. 94 कारण छ प (?) अध्य फल छइ वले कहेवा छ यत इत्यर्थः ६३ इति श्रीचोसणसूत्रं समाप्तं वाचनाचार्य्यश्री जैरतन्नगणिजी शिष्यवाचना चाहेमप्रमोदगाणशिष्यवाचनाचार्यरंगविमलगणाशेष्य पांडेतनर संघलिषतं । भ्रातृपंडितलालजीसहितान् ११. संवत् १७५९ वर्षे मती फागुणसुदि १ दिने सस्वत्रवारे श्री 'विकानेर 'नग (र) मध्ये लिषतं ।
चतुःशरणावचूरि
Catuḥ śaraṇāvacuri
261 (a). A. 1882-83.
No. 283
Size.- ro‡ in. by 4g in
Extent. 9 folios; 21 lines to a page; 72 to 74 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; bold, clear, small and very good.

Page #296

384)
II. 10 Prakirņakas
1271
hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ; the Ist fol. lacking; so incomplete"; the Ms. starts with the explanation of the 14th gatha of Tur and goes up to the end ; this Ms. contains over and above this the following 3 works:
( 1 )
s uteTaErCom foll. 46 to 7 (2) 77raqit
Dj 7* ,, 86 w (3) fantasy wotera atrof
86,, Iob." Age.- Old. Author.-- Probably Gunaratna Súri. See No. 321. Subject.— A small commentary in Sanskrit elucidating Càtuḥśaraña. Begins.- fol. 24 gr NTATTUi EsaTagara: 1 (i ) (s) ga: -
वंतो ये ते शरणं etc. Ends.--fol. 46 faianten graafr: faqala:)gma à atraret: 1163
समाप्ता चतुःशरणावचूरिः Reference. This seems to be the same as one published with the
text together with Tandulavaicārika, in the D. L. J. P. F. Series, No. 59. For contents etc. see Weber II, p. 608 and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 108.
चतुःशरणविषमपद
Catuħsaraṇavişamapudas विवरण
vivarana
1364 (a). No. 284
1891-95. Size. — 104 in. by 44 it. . Extent.- 13 folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 62 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari
characters with east ; bold, small, legible and tolerably good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink ;

Page #297

372 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[284. - ' red chalk used ; complete; this work is styled as Catuhsa}... ranavacuri, too. This Ms. contains the following additional
works:(1) आतुरप्रत्याख्यानाविवरण
grotararo foll. Sú to 96 (2) भक्तपरिज्ञाऽवर्णि
9,, II (3) संस्तारकावचूरि
___, II, I30 Age. - Pretty old. Subject.- Explanation of difficult words, phrases, etc., occurring in
Catuhsarana. Begins.-fol. I" अहं चतुःशरणविषमपदविवरणं साव० सह अवद्येन पापेन वर्तत
इति सावद्याः युजं(ज्योत इति योगः etc. • Ends.-fol. 5 केषां निवृत्ति(तिः) मोक्ष इति तस्याः निवृत्ते(ते) सुखानि तत्सुखानि २
.. तेषामित्यर्थः॥६३॥ चतुःशरणाव

Page #298

285.1
II. 10 Prakirṇakas
THE SECOND PRAKĪRNAKA
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान ( आउरपच्चक्खाण )
No. 285
Extent. fol. 3b to fol. 6a.
Description.- Complete; 84 verses in all. For further details see No. 270.
Author.- Virabhadra Sūri. See No. 291.
Aturapratyakhyāna (Aurapaccakkhāņa)
1358 (b).
273
1891-95.
Subject. This is one of the ten important prakīrņakas mostly composed in verses in Prakrit. After the 10th verse, there is a Prakrit passage in prose which is followed by verses as before. This prakīrņaka which is also styled as Bṛhadaturapratyakhyāna' deals with various types of death, and indicates the stages arrived at by these types, pointing out means leading to them.
Begins. fol. 3 fare etc.
Ends. fol. 64 धीरो जरमरणविऊ etc., up to सन्नदुरियाणं ॥ पच (च) क्खाणं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥
1.
See No. 287.
35 [J. L. P. J
४ ॥ आउर
Reference. Published by Rai Dhanapatisinh Bahadur in A. D. 1866 at Calcutta, along with nine other Prakirņakas, this See No. work forming the 6th number in the lot of ten. 266. It is also published with chaya by the Agamodaya Samiti,in its series as No. 46. For contents etc., see Weber II, p. 612 and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 110. For an additional Ms. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 382..
There is another work of this name, but as it seems to have only one verse in common with the present work, it is not incorporated here; it is however mentioned under
cc
supernumery prakīrņakas", since it is styled as prakīrņaka in one of the Mss.

Page #299

74
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1-286.
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Āturapratyākhyāna
13866b.). No.1386
1879-80. Extent.- fol. 3' to fol. 6. Description... Complete; 67 verses in all. For further details see
No. 268. Begins.- fol. 3' देसिक्के(क)देसविरओ etc., as in No. 293. Ends.-fol. 6. धीरो जरमरण etc., as in No. 293 followed by
आतुरपच्चक्खाणं सम्मत्तं ॥छ॥२ N. B.- For other particulars see No. 285.
धातुखत्याख्यान
Āturapratyākhyāna No.287
'141(b).
1872-73. Extent.--- fol. 3* to fol. 5. Description.- Complete ; 67 verses. For othen details see No. 469. Age.-Old. Begins.-fol. 3* देसिक्कदेसविरओ etc. Ends.-fol. 5 धीरो etc., up to खयं as in No. 293 followed by सव्व
'दुरिमाणं ।। ६७ इति वृहदातुरप्रत्याख्यानप्रकीर्णकं॥छ ।॥२॥ N. B.- For further. particulars see No.,285.
'आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Āturapratyākhyāna No. 288
247 (b)
1871-72. Extent.- fol. 24 to.fol. 3*. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 279. 'Begins.-fol. 2 देसिक्कदेसविरओ सम्मदिंडी etc., as in No. 293. Ends.-fol. 3"धीरो जरमरणविऊ धीरो etc., up to सव्व as in No. 293
____followed by दुरियाणं ॥ ६०॥ ८४ (2) आउरपच्चक्खाणं ॥७॥ N, B.- For additional particulars see No. 285.
--

Page #300

2391 ]
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
No. 289
Extent. fol. 6a to fol. 7. Description.
raka No. 317.
II 10 Prakirnakae
Complete; 84 verses. For further details see Samsta
सम्मत्तं ॥
N. B. For additional particulars see No. 285.
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
No. 290
Begins. – fol. 6 देसिक्के (क) देसावरओ etc.
Ends. fol. 7* धीरो जरमरण etc. सब्वदुरियाणं ॥ ८४ ॥ आउरपञ्चक्खाणं:
273
Aturapratyakhyāna 1168 (c).
1887-91.
Begins. fol. 13
Ends. fol. 14
as in No. 293 N. B. For further particulars see No. 285.
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान विवरणसहित
No. 291
Aturapratyakhyana
579 (e).
Extent: fol. 13 to fol. 14. Description. 84 verses in all; complete. For other details see Maraṇavidhi No. 579 (a). 1895-98.
etc, practically as in No. 293.
r etc., practically up to a 11 28 followed by LYSSHEJÓİ BAĽÁ || 5 |||
1895-98.
Aturapratyākhyāna with vivarana
124. 1873-74.
Size. 93 in. by 4in.
Extent. 27 folios; 13 lines to a page; 42 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thick and greyish; Devanagari charac ters; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; yellow pigment used; numbers of the first and the last foll.

Page #301

276
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[29.
entered twice, the rest numbered only once ; this Ms. contains both the text and its commentary; fol. I blank;
condition excellent; both complete; extent 850 ślokas. Age.-- Not modern. Author of the com.- Bha(?u)vanatunga Suri, pupil of Mahendra
Sūri, pupil of Dharmaghosa Suri, successor of Jayasimha
Suri, successor of Aryaraksita Suri. See No. 318. Subject.- The text along with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.-(text) fol. I' देसिक्कदेसविरओ etc. , -(com.),, ,, श्रीसर्वज्ञाय नमः ॥ अर्ह ॥
नत्वा वीरजिनं वक्ष्ये मुग्धो(5)पि स्वगुरोर्मुखात् । आतुरप्रत्याख्यानस्य कियत्पदविवरणं ॥१
नन शास्त्रादौ सर्वत्रेष्टदेवतानमस्कारो दृश्यते etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 26 धीरो जरमरण etc., up to सव्वदुरियाणं as in
No. 289 followed by ॥ ८४॥ ,, -(com.) fol. 276 अस्मिन्पाठे शास्त्रकाराभिधानमपि गुप्तमुक्तं भवति ।
यतोऽस्यापि प्रकीर्णकस्य वीरभद्रः कर्ता श्रूयते । भक्तपरिज्ञायामतिदेशकरणात् सा तु तेन कृतेति व्यतिक्रमे वाऽस्तीत्यतो ज्ञायतेऽस्यापि स एव कर्तेति ॥ ८४॥
समाप्तमातुरप्रत्याख्यानविवरणं ॥ छ । विवरणमेतद् ब्रुवता यदि विपरीतं मया किमप्युक्तं । तन्मयि कृतानुकंपैर्विचिंत्य शोध्यं सदा विबुधैः॥१॥ सार्वज्ञशासनलवस्य श्रीधर्मघोषसुगुरोर्जयति प्रसादः छ । प्रथितमतिरार्यरक्षितसूरि विधि'पक्षदेशकः पूर्व । शमनिधिरभूदमुष्माच्छ्रीजयासिंहसरिगुरुः ॥१॥ तत्पट्टोदयगिरिवरभानुः श्रीधर्मघोषसूरीशः। तस्मान्महेंद्रसूरिईरीकृतकुमतमतिवादः ॥२॥ श्रीभ(? भुवनतुंगसूरिस्तस्मात्स्वस्योपकृतिकृते चक्रे । विवरणमात्रमिहातुरप्रत्याख्यानप्रकीर्णस्य ॥३॥ मिथ्या यदत्र भणितं मयका मतिमांद्यतो महार्थेषु । तन्मयि कृतानुकंपैः शोध्यं विबुधर्विशेषेण ॥४॥
समाप्ता(s)तुरप्रत्याख्यानविवरणप्रशस्तिः॥
ग्रंथमानं ८५० ॥ श्रीः ॥ Reference.- See No. 285.

Page #302

-392.1
II. 10 Prakirnakas
277
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Aturapratyākhyāna अवचूरिसहित
with avacūri
645 (b). No. 292
1884-86. Extent.- fol. 24 to fol. 3b. Description.- Both the text and the commentary complete. After
the portion ir prose following the roth verse is completed, verses are not numbered in continuation but as 1, 2
etc. For other details see No. 275. Author of the com.- Bhuvanatunga Sūri, pupil of Mahendra Sūri,
pupil of Dharmaghoṣa Sūri. Subject.— The text together witḥ a small commentary in Sanskrit
as its explanation. Begins.-(text) fol. I देसिकदेसविरओ etc., as in No. 293.
-(com.) fol. I देशस्य त्रसकायस्स एकदेशः । संकल्पजनित्तिरूपः । सो(s)पि सापराधनिरपराधत्वेन द्विधा । सम्यग्दृष्टिः अविपरीतमतिः १ सर्वतो १२ व्रतभेदतः । देशतः एकव्रतपालनतः । देशयतिश्राद्धः २ विरतिरूपाणि ३जं च सव्ववएसु जयमाणा ठविआ ते पुण दिवसओ ओसारेइ। आवश्यकचूौँ । सव्ववयाणं करिज्ज संखेवं । तन्मतमाश्रित्य सर्वव्रतयणकारकत्वा
देशावकाशकस्यापि गुणवतत्वं ४ etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 3b धीरो जरमरण etc., up to सव्व as in No. 293
followed by दुरियाणं ॥ ५८ ॥ आउरपञ्चकूखाणं ॥ छ । , -(com.) fol. 3 धिया राजते शोभते धीरस्तीर्थकृत् ॥ धियं राति विज्ञानं
विशेषावबोधरूपं ज्ञानं सामान्य ऽथ वीर इति पाठः एवं शास्त्रकन्नामापि ६८
श्रीधर्मघोषसूरिशिष्यमहेंद्रसूरिताच्छिष्यभुवनतुंगसूरे कृतिरियम् ॥ छ । Reference.- See No. 285.
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Aturapratyākhāņa अवचूर्णिसहित
with avacūrņi
622. No. 293
1892-95. Size.— tog in. by 48 in. Extent.-- (text ) 4 folios ; 10 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line.
, -- ( com.) ,, ,, ; 20 , , , , ; 98 , , , ,

Page #303

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[2936
Description.- Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari
characters with occasional TTTTS ; clear and good handwriting ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary ; lines of the commentary indiscernible at times; this is a raret Ms. as usual ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used ; edges of the foll. somewhat worn out; condition good; hand-writing of the commentary very small; 81 verses; complete; at the end of the commentary called avacūri and avacūrņi as well, it is stated that the author is Virabhadra, pupil of Mahendrasūri, pupil of Dharmaghoşa Sari; but it seems that through oversight
Virabhadra is mentioned for Bhuvanatunga. Age.- Fairly old. Author of avacūrņi.- Virabhadra ( ? Bhuvanatunga ) Sūri. Subject. The text together with a small commentary in Sanskrit
___explaining it. Begins.- (text) fol. I देसिक्कदेसविरओ सम्माही मरिज्ज जो जीवो ।
तं होइ बालपंडिअमरणं जिणसासणे भणियं ॥१॥ etc. ,,, ~~( com. ) fol. I अथातुरप्रत्याख्यानावचूरिर्लिख्यते । इह सर्वेषां
जीवानां नवहस्तकुंतस्याग्रस्येव सकलायुषोऽत्यावस्थाराधनस्यैव सार
त्वात् । etc. Ends.---(text) fol. 4b धारो जरमरणविऊ धीरो विन्नाणनाणसंपन्नो।
लोगु(ग)स्सुज्जोअगरो दिसउ खयं सव्वदुक्खाणं ॥८१॥
इत्यातुरप्रत्याख्यानं परिपूर्ण ॥ शुभं भवतु , -(com.) fol. 4b इदं विशेष्यपदं । विशेषानि विशेषणानि तथैव । अस्मिन्
पाठे शास्त्रकाराभिधानमपि गुप्तं ज्ञातव्यं यतोऽस्यापि प्रकीर्णकस्य वीरभद्र एव साधुः कर्ता श्रूयते भक्तपरिज्ञाया तत्कृताया भत्राध्ययनेऽतिदेशकरणादपि ज्ञायते अस्यापि स एव कर्तेति ॥ ८४ ॥
इति धर्मघोषसरिशिष्यश्रीमहेंद्रसूरिशिष्यश्रीवरिभद्रसूरिविरचिता(55)तुरप्रत्याख्यानावचूर्णि(ः) समाप्ता वैशाखवदि पंचम्यां भूलार्केऽलेखि
समयरत्नगणिना मध्ये सुरकुलपाटकं ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ Reference.-- See No. 285.

Page #304

294..]
मातुरवत्याख्यान टब्बासहित
No. 294
""
Description.
Size.
rog in. by 48 in.
— (tabba),,
39
532
" " -99
Extent.— (text) 9 folios ; 4 to 9 lines to a page ; 30 letters to a line. ; 18 Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; this Ms. contains both the text and its tabba, the former written in a bigger hand; this is a पञ्चपाटी Ms.; hand-writing legible and fair; borders ruled sometimes in four lines and sometimes in three and edges mostly in one, in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used ; fol. ra blank ; so is the fol. 9b; edges of the first and the last foll. slightly worn out; condition good; complete.
-
"
II. rot Prakirnakas
-
,"
93
"" ""
""
Aturapratyakkana · with tabba
Age. Samvat 1648.
-
Subject. The text together with an explanation in Gujarati. Begins.—(text) fol. rb श्रीवांतर (गाय नमः ॥ देसिक्कदेसविरओ etc.
125.
1873-74.
399
"
- ( com.) fol. 94 लोगसु० लोक मांहि उद्योतकर । दिसउ सर्व दूखि पाइयां कर्मनि ॥ ६० ॥ इति
सव प्रर्थ्या(?) संपूर्णः ॥
Reference. — See No. 285.
—(com.) fol. rb देसक ० छ कायना वेस (?) आश्री देस हुंत्ती विरतः सापराद्धा निरापराद्ध आदिथी देखनउ अधिकारी श्रावक सम्वग्रदृष्टी जो जीवो etc.
Ends.—(text) fol. 9 धीरो जरमरणविऊ etc., up to सव्वदुक्खाणं as in No. 293 followed by ६० ।। इति आउरपयनूं संपूर्णः ॥ शुभु (भं ) भवतु etc. लाखतं श्रीआचार्यजी ऋक्षि (षि ? ) श्री ६ वरसिंहजीनात्सक्षानशषिमुवी जादव मूलीगरापठनार्थ बाई लषमा । भूषि जयणा करी भणं । श्रीः॥ छः ॥ संवत् १६४८ वर्षे कार्त्तिग़ मासे कृष्णपक्षे वदि २ वार शनै लषेत 'दीव' मंदेरि ॥ श्रीः etc.
क्षय करीनह । श्रीआतुर पयइनूं

Page #305

280
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[295.
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Aturapratyākhyāna अक्षरार्थसहित
with aksarartha
681. No. 295
1899-1915. Size. - Ios in. by 4g in. Extent.-- (text):6 folios ; 7 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line.
, -(com.), " " " " " " 70 " "" " Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish ; Devanāgari charac
ters with पृष्ठमात्राs; this Ms. contains the text and its commentary; the former written in a bigger hand, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; the commentary written above the correspondidg lines of the
text ; fol. ja blank; condition quite satisfactory; complete. Age.- Not modern. Subject. - The text along with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins. -(text) fol. b देसिक्कदेसविरओ etc., as in No. 293.
-(com) ,, ,, देश कहतां पृथ्वीकायादिकनुं देश सकाय तेहनी जे
हिंसा तेहतुं जे एक देश आपणइ हा थइ हणवउं तेह थिकु विरमिउ etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 6b धीरो जरमरणविऊ etc., up to सव्वदुक्खाणं as in
No. 293 followed by ६९ इति आउरपच्चक्खाणं पइन्नं ॥ -(com.) fol. 6b लोकनइ उद्योतनु करण्हार दिउ क्षय विनाश सर्व दुःखनु एतलइ मुक्ति दिउ ॥६९॥ इति आउरपच्चक्खाणनु अक्षरार्थः पं. कानू. जीशिष्य मुनी रतनवि।(ज) यलिषतं ।।
आतुरप्रत्याख्यानविवरण
Aturapratyākhyānavivarana No. 296
261 (b).
A. 1882-83. Extent.-- fol. 46 to fol. 7a. Description.-- Complete. For additional details see No. 283. Author.-- Seems to be Gunaratna Sûri. See No. 321. Subject.-- Explanation in Sanskrit to Aturapratyākhyāna. Begins.-fol. 4b देशस्य त्रसकायस्य एकदेशः । संकल्पजन(निवृत्तिरूपस्य तस्यापि
सापराधनिरपराधत्ते त्वे)न द्विप्रकारत्वात् । etc. Ends.-fol. 73 क्षयं विनाशं सर्वदुरितानां सर्वपापानां सर्वकर्मणामित्यर्थः । समाप्त
मातुरप्रत्याख्यानविवरणं । छ ।

Page #306

81
297.1
. 11. 10 Prakirnakas आतुरप्रत्याख्यानविवरण
Āturapratyākhyānavivaraña No.297
1364 (b).
1891-95.. Extent.- fol. sb to fol. 9b.. Description.-- Complete. For other details see No. 284. Subject.-- Aturapratyākhyāna explained in Sanskrit. Begins.-fol. 5 देशस्य त्रसकायस्य एकदेशः संकल्पजनिवृत्तिरूपस्तस्यापि सापरा
धनितिं]परार्थ(ध)त्वेन नहि (द्वि)प्रकारत्वात् । etc. Ends.-fol. 9b लोकस्य चतुर्दशरज्ज्वात्मकस्योद्योतकरो दिशतु करोतु क्षयं विनाशः
सर्वदुरितानां सर्वपा[णा]पानां सर्वकर्मणामित्यर्थः । समाप्तमातुरप्रत्याख्यानविवरणं । छ॥
36 [J. L. P.]

Page #307

282
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[298.
THE THIRD PRAKIRNAKA
भक्तपरिक्षा
Bhaktaparijñā (भत्तपरिणा)
( Bhattaparinna) No. 298
579(f).
1895-98 Extent.-- fol. I44 to fol. 16b. Description.-- 173 verses in all ; complete ; the passage in prose just
at the beginning is not found in the printed edition of the Agamodaya Samiti Series. Moreover, it generally precedes Catuhsarana. See Nos. 266 and 267. For other details see Maraṇavidhi No.->7
579 (a). .
____I895-98. Author.-- Virabhadra Gani. See No. 306. Subject.-- This is the third prakirnaka out of the ten well-known
ones, and it deals with ethical precepts. Begins.--fol. I48चत्तारि मंगलं । अरिहंता । मंगलं । सिद्धा मंगलं। साह मंगलं ।
केवलिपन्नत्तो धम्मो मंगलं । चत्तारि लोगोत्तमा । अरिहंता लोगोत्तमो। सिद्धा लोगोत्तमा । साह लोगोत्तमा । केवलिपन्नत्तो धम्मो लोगोत्तमा । चत्तारि सरणं पवज्जामि ॥ अरिहंते सरणं पवज्जामि । सिद्धे सरणं पवज्जामि । साह सरणं पवज्जामि । केवलिपन्नत्तं धम्म सरणं पवज्जामि ॥छ ।
नमिऊण महाइसयं । महाणुभावं मुणिं महावीरें।
भाणिमो भत्तपरिन । नियम(?स)रणहा परहा य ॥१etc. Ends.--fol. 16b इय जोईसरजिणवीरभदृभणियाणुसारिणीमिणमो।
भत्तपरिवं धन्ना पहंति भावंति सेवंति ॥७२॥ (स )त्तरसयं जिणाण ब गाहाणं समयखेत्त पन्नत्तं । आराह ते(? हंतो) विहिणा सासयसौ(सो)क्खं लहइ मोक्खं ॥१७३
भत्तपरिना सम्मत्तामिति ॥छ । Reference.-- Published by Dhanapatsinh at Calcutta, in A. D. 1886
along with nine other prakirnakas. See No. 266. It is also published with chāyā in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 46. For contents etc. , see Weber II, and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, pp. IIO-III.

Page #308

301.]
III. 10 Prakirnakas
283
भक्तपरिज्ञा
Bhaktaparijñā : No. 299
386 ( c). .
1879-80. Extent.-- fol. 6b to fol. 12b. Description.-- Complete ; 172 verses in all. For other details see
No. 268.. Begins.--fol. 66 afh(35) HEISHO RETTá etc., as in No. 298. Ends.fol. 12 THE FUTUT T TIETUP etc., up to ar as in No.
298. This is followed by Il puer II TITIGT FATAT I J 1 N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 298.
भक्तपरिक्षा
Bhaktaparijñā No. 300
247 (c).
1871-72. Extent.-- fol. 3a to fol. 61. Description.-- Complete; 172 verses in all. For other details see
No 270 768 (a ).
No 279. 1892-95.
Begins. -fol. za afh50T HETEHT HETUSTE etc., as in No. 298. Ends.- fol. 6a (FAT FOTOT TIETO etc., up to ET ATRO plex
as in No. 298 followed by gitaru FATHTARIJI N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 298.
भक्तपरिज्ञा
Bhaktaparijñā
768 (d). 1892-95.
No. 301 Extent.-- fol. rob to fol. 17b. Description.-- 172 verses in all ; complete.
For other details see
No. 768 ( a ).
1892-95 Begins.--fol. Iob ATA SUT HEEFT etc. as in No. 298. Ends.-fol. I7b सत्तरिसयं जिणाण etc., up to भत्तपरिन्ना संमत्तं ॥ as in
No. 298. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 298.

Page #309

284 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[303. भक्तपरिक्षा
Bhaktaparijñā No.302
_141 (c).
1872-73. Extent.-- fol. 56 to fol. 10-. Description.-Complete; 172 verses in all. For other details see
No. 269. Begins.--fol. 5 .. नमिऊण महा(इ)सयं महाणुभावं मुणिं महावीरं ।
भाणिमो भत्तपरिनं निअसरणहा परहा य ॥१॥ etc. Ends.--fol. Ioa
अ जोईसरजिणवीरभभाणआणसारिणीमणमो।
भत्तपरिनं धन्ना पढंति भावंति निसुणंति ॥ ७१॥ ..... सत्तरिसयं जिणाण व गाहाणं समयाखित्त पन(ण्ण)तं
आराहतो विहिणा सासयसुक्खं लहइ मुक्खं ॥ १७२॥
इति भक्तपरिजाप्रकीर्णकं ।। छ ॥३॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 298.
भक्तपरिक्षा
Bhaktaparijñā No. 303
1234 (d).
1886-92. Extent.--- fol. II to fol. 13. Description.- . Complete, the last verse numbered as 73(173). For
other details see Gacchācāra No. 1234 (a).
0
1886-92..
Begins.--fol. 11a FIT35UT HEIGHT etc. Ends.--fol. I3b इय जोईसर etc., up to मुक्खं as in No. 302 followed
by ७३ ॥ भत्तपरिन्नापइन्नं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ॥
N. B.- For additional information see No. 298..............

Page #310

306.]
III. 10 Prakirnakas
285
भक्तपरिक्षा
Bhaktaparijñā No. 304
1168 (b).
1887-91. Extent.--- fol. 2* to fol. 6. Description.-- Complete%3; ITI verses%3 extent ITI Slokas. For addi
___tional details see No. 317. Begins.--fol. 2 नमिउ(ऊ)ण महाइसयं etc. Ends.--fol. 6 सत्तर(रि)सयं जिणाणं गाहाणं etc., up to मोखं ॥७१ भक्तपरिमा
शकरणं समाप्तं ग्रंथानं ॥१७॥ N. B.- For further details see No. 298.
भक्तपरिक्षा
Bhaktaparijñā No. १05
___1358 (d).
1891-95. Extent.-- fol. 10° to fol. 15b. Description.--- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 45 ( 145 ). . For additional particulars see No. 270. Begins.--fol. 10 नमिऊण महाइसयं etc. Ends.- fol. I5b.सत्तरितयं etc., up to मोक्खं ॥४५॥ भसपरिमाप्रकरणं
समाप्तं ॥ गाथा १७१॥ N. R.- Fot other details see No. 298.
भक्तपरिज्ञा
Bhaktaparijñā अवचूरिसहित
with avacūri No. 306
645 (0).
1884-86. Extent.--- fol. 36 to fol. 6b. Description.--- Both the text and the commentary complete ; 171
verses for the text. For other details see No. 275. Subject:--- A prakirnaka with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.-(text) fol. 3b नमिऊण महाइसयं etc. as in No. 298. , -(com.),, ,, भृ धातुर्धारणे पोषणे च । ऽत आत्मनः स्मृतये परस्य
च' अथवा स्वस्य परस्य च । पुण्यपुष्टये १ लीना श्रिताः काननवत् सुभगं
शुभदं सुखदं वा २।३ अद्य आर्येति संबोधनं वा ४ ता तस्मात् ५ यत् आज्ञाया - आराधनं सुखसाधकं भवति तस्यां आज्ञायां ६ etc.. Ends.-(text) fol. 6b सत्तरिसयं जिणाण व गाहाणं etc., up to लहइ as in
No. 298 followed by the line as under:

Page #311

286
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[308.
मुक्खं ॥ १७२ भत्तपरित्नापइन्नं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ । , -(com.) fol. 6 मुबंधुना अमात्येन ६२ योगिनामीश्वरो जिनो वीरस्तस्य
मुभाणतानुसारेण । वीरभद्रगणिभक्तपरिज्ञाप्रकरणकर्ता च । इणमो इमां
७१ भक्तपरिज्ञा आ(अ)वचूरिः ॥ Reference. - See No. 298.
भक्तपरिज्ञावचूरि
Bhaktaparijñāvacuri No. 307
261 (c).
A. 1882-83. Extent.--- fol. 7e to fol. 8b. Description.--- Complete. For further particulars sec Catuhsarana
No. 283. Author.--- Seems to be Gunaratna Suri. Subject-- A small commentary in Sanskrit to Bhaktaparijñä. Begins.-fol. 7. भृञ् ज्ञा(धा)नुर्धारणे पोषणे च । अत आत्मनः स्मृतये परस्य च ।
अथवा स्वस्य परस्य च पुण्यपुष्टये ॥१etc. Ends.-fol. 8b वीरस्तस्य सुभाणितानुसारेण वीरभद्रगाण(:) भक्तपरिज्ञाप्रक
रणकर्ता च इणमो० ॥ ७१ इति भाक्ति(क्त)परिज्ञावरि(ः) ॥ छ । Reference.- See No. 298.
भक्तपरिज्ञावचूर्णि
Bhaktaparijñāvacūrņi No. 308
1364 (c).
1891-95. Extent.--- fol. 9b to fol. 11a. Description.--- Complete. For other details see No. 284. Subject.--- A small commentary in Sanskrit, explaining Bhakta
parijna. Begins.-fol. gb भृत्र(३)धातुर्धारणे पोषणे च । अत आत्मनः स्मृतये परस्य च ।
अथवा स्वस्यापरस्य च पुण्यपुष्टये। १। आलीना आश्रिता काननवतातसुभर्ग . शुभदं सुखदं वा।२ etc. Ends.-fol. II योगिनामीश्वरो योगीश्वरो जिनो वीरस्तस्य सुभाणतानुसारेण
वीरभद्रगाणभक्तपरिज्ञान] प्रकरणकर्ता च । इणमो इमां १७१।
इति भक्तपरिज्ञावचूार्णः।

Page #312

žto. )
IV. 10 Prakirnakas
287
THE FOURTH PRAKIRNAKA संस्तारक
Samstāraka (sau)
( Santhāraga ) No. 309
579 (g).
1895-98. Extent.--- fol. 166 to fol. 18^. Description.--- 121 verses in Prākrit ; complete. Yellow pigment used. For other details see No. 379 (a).
1895-98.. Subject.--- This work which is named as Santhāra and Santhāraya
too, comes under the class of prakirņakas. It deals with the importance of samstäraka, eulogy of one who rightly resorts to it and happiness due to samstāraka. It contains references pertaining to Arņikāputra, Sukošala Rşi, Canakya, Gajasukumāla and others who gave up attachment to body
etc. and attained final emancipation. Begins.-fol. 16b
काऊण नमोक्कारं जिणवरवसहस्स वद्धमाणस्स ।
Fyria Taas gerufale farHTAE 11 3 etc. Ends.-fol. 18a
एवं मए आभित्थुया संथारगइंदखंधमारूढा ॥ मुसम[ रे ]ण नरिंदचंदा मुहसंकमणं मम किंतु ॥ १२१
FEST FRII g 1 g Reference.--- Published by Dhanapatisinha in A. D. 1886, together
with nine other prakirnakas. See No. 266. It is also published with chāyā, in the Āgamodaya Samiti Series as No. 46. For contents etc. see Weber II, p. 615, Indian Antiquary vol, XXI, p. III, and Mitra's Notices vol. VIII ( 1885), pp. 236--237.
संस्तारक
Samstăraka
247 (d). 1871-72.
No. 310 Extent.-- fol. 6° to fol. 7b.

Page #313

288
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
(312.
Description.--- Complete ; this Ms. contains notes at times. For other
details see No. 279. Age.-- Samvat 1468. Begins.--fol. 6a #1550T FATF#Ti etc. as in No. 309. Ends.-fol. 7b एवं मए आभस्थुया etc., up to संथारो सम्मत्तो as in
No. 309 followed by the line as below:-- .
संवत् १४६८ वर्षे कार्तिकशुदि १० सोमे लिखितं ॥ छ । N. B.-- For additional information see No. 309.
संस्तारक
Sarnstāraka No. 311
(234 (e).
1886-92. Extent.--- fol. 13b to fol. 15. Description.-- 121 verses ; complete. For other details see Gaccha
cara No 1234 (a).
căra No.
1886-92.
Begins.-fol. 13b *1550 Fri etc. Ends.--fol. 15a AT agar etc., up to #PHU as in No. 309
followed by Aut TR311
इति संस्तारकप्रकीर्णकं समाप्तं पन्नइगं ॥ N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 309.
संस्तारक
Saristāraka No. 312
138,
1872-73. Size. — 104 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 6 folios ; 11 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish ; Devanāgari charac
ters; big, clear and very fair hand-writing ; borders ruled in red ink ; ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; edges of all the foll. slightly worn out; condition fair ; complete;
the last verse numbered as 122. Age.- Samvat 1551, śáka 1417.

Page #314

314.1
.
1V. 10 Prakirnakas: ...
289
Begins:--fol: काऊण नमुक्तारं etc. Endsky-fol. 6b एवं मए आभिथुआ etc., up to संकमण as in No. 309
followed by the lines as below :--
सया दिंतु । १२२ इति संथारगपइन्नं समाप्तः ॥ ... ......" ..... संवत् १५५१ वर्षे शाके १४१७ प्रवर्त्तमाने चैत्रशुदि ३ रवी साह कोवरजाय.
पि(प)ठनार्थ॥ श्रीः ॥ N. B.-- For further information see Nor-309. ..
संस्तारक
Samstāraka
1386 (d).:: No. 313
1879-80. Extent.- fol. 12b to fol. 17"." Description.-- Complete ; 122 verses in all. For other details see - No. 268. Begins.--fol. I2b काउ(ऊ)ण नमुक्कारं etc. as in No. 309. . . , Ends:-fol. 17 एव(व) मए आभत्थुया etc., up to सया दिंतु १२२ as in No. ... 309 followed by संथारगपइन्न सम्मत्तं ॥ छ । ग्रंथसर्वसंख्या गाथा ४४० ग्रंथा५५०
. ......... N. B.-- For additional information see No. 309.
'संस्तारक
Samstāraka No. 314
1768 (e).
1892-95... Extent.--- fol. I7b to fol. 22a. Description.--- The last verse.numbered as 122; complete. For other details see No. -
768 (a).
1892-95. Begins.--fol. 17b काऊण नमुक्तारं etc. Ends.--fol. 224 एवं मए आभिथुआ etc., up to १२२ ॥ इति संथारंगपानं
as in No. 312 ॥ followed by संम्मत्तं ॥ N. B.--- For further, particulars see No. 309..
,
This is not the number for this work; båt it is a suma total of all the găthás written in this Ms. up to föl. 17a/i.imo n i J. L. P.]
37

Page #315

290
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
संस्तारक
No. 315
Extent. fol. 10 to fol. 13.
Description. Complete; the last verse numbered as 122. For other details see No. 269.
संस्तारक
[31
Begins.--fol. 1023
etc.
Ends.--fol. 13bag etc., up to fas in No. 314 followed by ।। १२२ इति संथारगपइन्नं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥ ४ ॥
N. B. For additional particulars see No. 309.
Sarnstaraka
141 (d).
1872-73.
काउ (ऊ) ण नमोक्कारं etc.
Samstaraka
1358 (c)..
1891-95.
No. 316
Extent. fol. 6a to fol. 10.
Description. Complete; the last verse numbered as 21 (121). For additional details see No. 270.
Begins. fol. 62 T
Emds:-fol. 9b एवं मए अभिषा etc. मम दिंतु ॥ २१ ॥ संस्तारकः समासः ॥ ।। गाथा ।। १२१ ॥
N. B. For further particulars see No. 309.
Samstaraka
1168 (a). 1887-91.
संस्तारक
No 317
Size. 13 in. by 5 in. Extent. 27 folios; 19 lines to a page; 64 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thick, rough and white; Devanagari characters with ques; small, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk

Page #316

318.)
IV. 10 Prakirnakas
291
Foll.
WI32.....
... used; foll. seem to have been numbered just in a corner of
the right hand margin ; but mostly they are now gone, - the corresponding portion worn out; condition on the
whole good; complete; 121 verses; this work ends on fol. 2b; this Ms. contains in addition the following 12 works: (I) भक्तपरिज्ञा (2) आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
6a, ma (3) चतु-शरण (4) तन्दुलवैचारिक
(5) चन्द्राध्यक .. (6) देवेन्द्रनाक
16 , 208:. .. (7) गणिविद्या (8) महाप्रत्याख्यात
,, 23b ... (9) वीरस्तव
23b,,24a ( 10 ) पुद्गलपरावर्तस्वरूप (II) संसक्तनियुक्ति
oll. 24a to 25 (12) गच्छाचार Age.-- Saṁvat 1491. Begins.- -fol. IA अहे।
काउ(ऊ)ण नमोकारं etc.. Ends.---fol. 20 एव(व) मए etc. मम दिंतु ॥२१॥ संस्तारका समाप्ताः N. B.- For additional information see No. 309.
२२
संस्तारक
Sarstāraka विवरणसहित
with vivarana .... No.318
398
1879-80. Size.- 10 in. by 48 in. Extent.--- (text) 18 folios; 4 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. __,, -(com.) ,, ,, ; 14 , , , , , ,, Description.- Country paper rough aud greyish; Devanagari charac
ters with occasional पृष्ठमात्रा; this is a बिपाटी Ms. containing the text and its commentary as well, the former

Page #317

292
Jaina 'Literature and Philosophy
[318.
written in a bigger hand; legible. and. good hand-writing; borders ruled in four.lines.in black ink; red chalk used ; yellowpigment, too, foll... numberad in the right hand
margin only; almost all foll. slightly worm-eaten; condition ' tolerably.good; foll. ra and..18b blank ; both the text and
the commentary complete ; this Ms. contains the colophon
t. of the commentator. Age.--- Samvat 1669. . Author of the commentary.---Bhuvanatunga Sūri, pupil of
Mahendra Sūri. See No. 291 where other details are given. Subject. --The text in Prākrit together with its explanation in
Sanskrit. Begins.--(rext, fol. Ib काउ(ऊ)ण नमुक्तारं जिणबरवसहस्स etc. as in
No. 309. " ---(com.) fol. Ib ॐ नमः ॥ . .. नमः शमितनिःशेषकर्मणे वरशमणे।
। श्रीवीराय भवांभोधिलब्धतीराय तापिने ॥१॥. तनुमतिना(s)पि विचिंत्य स्वस्मृत्यै क्वापिः पदविभागेऽत्र।
संस्तारकप्रकीर्णे पर्यायाः केचिदुच्यते ॥२॥ इह हि सव(5)पि शास्त्रकाराः । शास्त्राणि चिकीर्षवः। पूर्वमऽभीष्टदेवतानमस्काराभिधेयंप्रयोजनसंबंधादयोऽभिदधति । तत्रायमपि शास्त्रकारः सं. स्तारकप्रकीर्णक बिमणिषुः । काउ(ऊ)ण नमुक्तारं । जिणवरवसहेन्यादिना ।
अभीष्टदेवतानमस्कारं । संथारमित्यनेन शास्त्रनाम्नैव तदऽभिधेयं । etc. Ends.--(text) fol. 184 एवं मए आभथुया etc., up to ममं दितुं ॥१२१॥ as
"in No. 309 followed by इति संस्तारकप्रकीर्णकं संपूर्ण शुभं भवतु
लेखकपाठकयोः । श्री। --(com.) fol. 18 सुहसंकमण त्ति सुखस्य मुक्तिरूपस्य शुभस्य वा विशिष्टे(गंति) (ट)पुण्यप्रकृतिरूपस्य संक्रमणं संक्रांति संसारदुःखादऽशुभाद्वा निस्सारणेन मम दिंतु। नरेंद्रचंद्रा अपि रणाशरास गजेंद्रस्कंधावि( धिरूहा लब्धजयपताका! कास्तल्लोकमागधजनानां विपुलं जीका(? वा है प्रीतिदानं ददतीति तैरुपमा
कृतेति भद्रं । १२१ । इति संस्तारकाविवरणं परिसमाप्तामति । - यः पूर्व कलिकालतामसभर(च्छन्नाचा ? च )रित्रक्रियां
निःसंगः प्रग(कोटीचकार सुकृती चारित्रचूडामाणिः ..... आसीद रक्षितसूरिरद्भुतयशा विश्वंभराभूषणं । । तत्पट्टे जयसिंहसूरिरभवद्वादीभपंचाननः ।।

Page #318

IV. 10 Prakiryakas
293
. तस्मासिंधु सपादलक्षविषयश्रीचित्रकृटावनी -
श्रीमद् गुर्जर'बोधबंध(धुरमतिः श्रीधर्मघोषः प्रभुः तेभ्योऽपि प्रग(कोटप्रतापवसतिः श्री(मन् माहिं(ह)द्राभिधः।
सूरि रियशा प्रपंचतुरस्तीथेशितु...... ।२। श्रीभ(? भुवनतुंगसूरिस्तस्मात्स्वस्योपकृतिकृते चक्रे संस्तारकप्रकीर्णकविवरणमल्पावबोधा(धोऽ)पि : ३ । मिथ्या यदत्र विवृतं मयका मतिमाद्यंतो महार्थे(s)स्मिन् तन्मयि कृतानुकंपैः शोध्यं विबुधैर्विशेषेण । ४।
इति संस्तारकविवरणप्रशस्तिः ॥ शुभं भवतु कल्याणमस्तु लेखकपाठ... कयोः । इति संवत् १६६९ वर्षे । कार्तिकमासे शुक्लपक्षे चतुर्दशीदिने रविवारे
नन नगरे । ऋषिकेशवाख्यन लिपीकृतेयं स्वयं वाचनाय । इति संस्तारक
प्रक(कीर्णावचूरिसूत्रं समाप्तं । छः ॥ श्री ॥ छ । श्री ॥ श्री ।। श्री ॥ Reference.--- See No. 309.
संस्तारक
Sarnstāraka अवचरिसहित : ...
. .. . with avacuri
645 (d). ..No. 319
1884-86. Extent.-- fol. 6b to fol. 8b. Description.-- Both the text and the commentary complete; the
last verse numbered as 122. For cther details. see No. 275. Age. - Samvat I484. .. .: Author of avacāri.-- Gunaratna Suri. Subject.-- A prakirnaka with a small commentary in Sanskrit. Begins.---(text) fol. 6b काउ(ऊ)ण नमुक्कारं जिणवर etc. as in No. 309. , ---(com.) fol. 6b एष संस्तारः किलाराधनाचारित्रस्याराधनं एष मनोरथो
वांछा सुविहितानां एष किल पश्चिमाते सुविहितानां पताकाहरणं । यथा
मल्लानां पताकाहरणं भवति etc........ ...... .......... .. Ends.---(text) fol. 8b एवं मए अभित्थुआ etc. ॥ १२२ ॥ इति श्रीसंथारापइन्नं. समाप्तं ॥ शुभं भवतु :. .
......... श्रीश्रीश्रीचतुर्विधसंघस्य ।। संवत् १४८४ वर्षे भाद्रवदि ६ सोमे लिखित __---(com.) fol. 80 एवं एवं पूर्वोक्तप्रकारेण मयाऽभिष्टुताः स्तुताः । संस्तारक
गजेंद्रमारूढाः संतः । सुसम नरेंद्रा हि प्रौढा गजेंद्रस्कंधमारोहंति । सुहस० 1. Some of the letters are gone.

Page #319

294
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
| 320.
सुखस्य मुक्तिसुखस्य । शुभस्य वा संक्रांति ॥ संसारदुःखाद्वा निसृत्य प्राप्ति समददतुः १२२ संस्तारकप्रकीर्णावचूरिः ॥ परमगुरु भट्टारकप्रभुश्रीश्रीश्रीगुणरत्नसूरिकृता ॥ संवत् १४८४ वर्षे 'वीरमग्रामे लिखिता ॥ शुभं भवतु
चतुर्विधश्रीसंघस्य ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥ छ ॥
Reference. -- See No. 309. For an avacūrni by an author of the same name see No. 321.
संस्तारक बालावबोधसहित
Samstāraka
with bālāvabodha
874. 189-95.
No 320
Size.-- roğ in. by 4g in
Extent. - 28 folios; 16 lines to a page ; 49 letters to a line. Description. Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari characters ; big, clear and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in red ink; edges coloured red; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. ra blank; edges of the first fol. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; both the text and its bālāvabodha complete; bālavabodha composed in Samvat 1603.
""
Age.-- Samvat 1639.
Author of bālāvabodha. -- Samaracandra ( ? Amaracandra ), pupil of Pārśvacandra.
Subject. A prakirṇaka with an explanation in Gujarāti. Begins.—(text) fol. 1b काउ (ऊ)ण नमुक्कारं etc. as in No. 309.
--(com.) fol. 1b श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः श्रीगौतमाय नमः ॥
श्रीमद्वीरं नमस्कृत्य । श्रीगौतमं गणाधिपं
संस्तारक प्रकीर्णस्य । कुर्वे बालावबोधकं ।
शास्त्रनइ आरंभिदं इष्टदेवतानइ नमस्कार करिवउ ए उत्तमन आचार
छइ etc.

Page #320

32t.]
IV. 10 Prakirnakas
295
Ends.-(text) fol. 284 एवं मए अभिथुआ संथारग etc. , up to संकमणं मन
दिंतु १९ as in No. 309. ---(com.) fol. 28a एणी उपमाइ मुनीस्वर माहि राजान समान संथाराना धणी (मवा)मुक्तिनउ राज पामानइ अम्हनइ पुण संतुष्ट यथा हूंता मुक्तिमुष आपउ इत्यभ्यर्थना ग्रंथकारे कृता ११९ इति संस्तारकप्रकीर्णस्य बालावबोधः संपूर्ण श्री ॥
श्रीमद् बृहत्तपा'गच्छे श्रीपूज्या गच्छनायका(:)। सूरीशाः पावचंद्राहा() तेषां शिष्या(ष्य)स्तु पाठक(6)१ नाम्ना समर(?)चंद्राख्य स्तेन चक्रे सु(विस्तृतः बालावबोधग्रंथो(5)यं ज्ञात्वा वृत्त्यनुसारतः २ अज्ञानाबदसु(छ)दं हि अंथो(थेऽस्मिन् विहितं मया सुधीभिस्तच्च संशोध्यं कृपां कृत्वा ममोपरि ३ वत्सरशतषाशके त्रिभिरधिके (१६०३) मासि कार्तिके विहितः ग्रंथो()पं वाच्यमानः जयताच्चिरं सुभद्रकर(:)४ इति श्रीरस्तु ग्रंथानं शतसो पोडसो साढसश्लोक ॥ छ । संवत् १६३९. वर्षे कार्तिकवादि ९ दिने बुधिवारे लिष्यतं वा० श्रीरत्नचंद्रण शिष्यआणंद. लिप्यकृतं श्री'बाजीद'पुरग्रामे. In the margin we have:--
१३५० ॥चतुर्मासमध्ये श्री। Reference --- See No. 309.
संस्तारकावचूर्णि
Sarnstārakāvacūrņi No. 321
261(d).
A. 1882-83. Extent.- fol. 8b to fol. Iob. Description.-- Complete. For further details see Catuhsarana
No. 283. Author.--Gunaratna Suri. Subject.-- A small commentary to Samstäraka. Begins.-fol. 8b वसंतपुरे गायनः पुष्पशालसुस्वरः परमातकुरूपः । तेन सर्व लोका(को)
गीतनाक्षिप्तः सार्थवाहो धनो देशांतरं etc. Ends.-fol. Iob सुखस्य मुक्तिसुखस्य शुभस्य वा संक्रांति । संसारदुःखाद्वा निमृत्य ___प्राप्तिं मम दतु (दित)॥ १२२ संस्तारकप्रकीर्णकावचूर्णिः । कृतिरियं श्री
गुणरत्नसूरीणां ॥ छ । शुभं भवतु । कल्याणमस्तु ॥ छ । Reference.-See No. 309.

Page #321

296
Jaina Literature and Philosophy संस्तारकावचूरि
Sarristārakāvacúri
1364 (d). No. 322
1891-95. Extent.-- fol. 11a to fol. 13b.. Description.-- Complete ; this work appears to agree with No. 321;
probably the author is the same, in case Ganaratna is to be
read as Gunaratna. For other details see No. 284. Author.-- Ganaratna Suri. Subject.-- A small commentary in Sanskrit explaining Saṁstāraka. Begins.-fol. II वसंतपुरे गायनः । पुष्पशालसुस्वरः । परमारि(मोति(?)कुरूपः etc. Ends.--fol. I3b एवं पूर्वोक्तप्रकारेण मयाऽभिष्टुताः स्तुताः संस्तारकगजेइ(जेंद्रामा
रूढाः। सतः पुसम ॥ नरेंद्रा हि प्रौढा गजेंद्रस्कंधमारोहंति सुहमं सुखस्य । मुक्तिसुखस्य । शुभस्य वा संक्राति संसारदःखाद्वा नि()मृत्य प्राप्ति (?) मम दतु॥ १२२ इति प्रकीर्णावचूरि(ः) श्रीगणरत्नसूरिकृताः ॥ छ ।
॥ श्री ॥ शुभं भवतु । सु । कल्याणमस्तु ॥ ११००

Page #322

323.]
V. 10 Prakirnakas
297
THE FIFTH PRAKĪRNAKA तन्दुलवैचारिक
Tandulavaicārika (तंदुलवेयालिय)
( Tandulaveyāliya ) No. 323
579 (h).
1895-98. Extent.- fol. 18 to fol. 23*. Description.-- Yellow pigment profusely used ; complete. For other details see No. _579 (a).
1895-98.. Subject.- This is one of the ten well-known prakirnakas. The
main topics dealt with, in this work are as under :
Embryology, food in the embryonic condition, births as a celestial being and a hellish being, ten conditions of a living being, description of the yugmins, six types of ossessus structure and those of the shape of the body, calculation of rice, number of veins, impurity of body, condemnation of
women, and resort to dharma. Begins.-fol. I8a अर्ह नमः॥
निजरियजरामरणं वंदित्ता जिणवरं महावीरं ।
घुच्छं पइन्नगमिणं तंदुलवेयालियं नाम ॥ १ etc. Ends.---fol. 23a
एवं सगडसरीरं जाइजरामरणवेयणाबहुलं । तह घत्तह काउं जे जे(ज)ह मुच्चह सव्वदुक्खाणं ॥१८ इति तंदुलवेयालियपइन्नगं समाप्तं ॥ इय तंदुल( वेयालिय )पइन्नगं जो उ चिंतइ महप्पा इह लोए परलोए सो एसो भावल्लमु(सल्लु)द्धारकारणं लहइ सिवसुक्खं ॥
Reference.- This work along with 9 other prakirnakas was publish
ed by Dhanapatisinh in A. D. 1886. See No. 266. It has been also published in the D. L. J. P. F. Series, as No. 59 and by the Jaina Dharma Prasäraka Sabha, too. Agamodaya Samiti has published this work along with chāyā, in its Series as No. 46. For its contents see Weber II, p. 615 and Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 111. , .
-
-
8
J.L.P.

Page #323

298
तन्दुलवैचारिक
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
Age.-- Pretty old.
Begins. fol. 1b
निज्जरिय etc.
No. 324
Size.-- 10 in. by 44 in.
Extent. 8 folios; 15 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line.
Description. Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with as; small, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; red chalk and yellow pigment rarely used; unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; complete; condition very good; tol, 1a blank,
तन्दुलवैचारिक
[325.
Tandulavaicārika
Ends. --- fol. 8b एयं सगडसरीरं जाइ etc., up to पइन्नगं as in No. 323 followed by सम्मतं ॥ छ ॥ etc.
N. B. For other details see No. 323.
extent 400 slokas,
704.
1892-95.
Age. Pretty old,
Tandulavaicārika
No. 325
Size. 10 in. by 44 in.
Extent. 17 folios; 11 lines to a page; 34 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari characters; big, legible and good hand--writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; fol. ra blank; edges of some of the foll. slightly damaged; condition on the whole good; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; complete;
1159.
1887-91.

Page #324

327.)
V. 10 Prakırnakas
299
Begins.---fol. ib salary Th: N
faftu THU etc. Ends.---fol. 176 g Fishiti etc., up to d atensa as in No. 323
followed by पइन्न सम्मत्तमिति ॥ ग्रंथानं ४०० ॥ Then in a different hand we have the following line :
Calara Fagot taft. N. B.--- For additional particulars see No. 323.
तन्दुलवैचारिक
Tandulavaicărika
1234 (b) No. 326
1886-92. Extent.--- fol. 2b to fol. 7a. Description.--- Complete. For other details see Gacchäcāra No. 378. Begins.---fol. 2b fotoTATUD etc. Ends.--fol. 7a gü FTCh etc., up to 7 as in No. 233 follow
ed by सम्मत्तं ॥ छ । N. B.--- For further details see No. 323.
तन्दुलवैचारिक
Tandula vaicārika
386 (e). No. 327
1879-80. Extent.-- fol. 17a to fol. 304. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 268. Begins.---fol. 17a RawfOFIA( Doi etc. Ends.--fol. 30a rů HTC etc., up to mpi as in No. 323
followed by FAT 3 y. N. B.- For additional details see No. 323.
1.
This verse is however here numbered as 16th and not 18th.

Page #325

300
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[330.
तन्दुलवैचारिक
Tandulavaicārika
141 (1). No.328
1872-73. Extent.-- fol. 4ob to fol. 49A. Description.- Complete ; extent 400 slokas. For other details see
No. 269. Age.- Old. Begins.--fol. 40b निजरियजरामरणं etc. Ends.---fol. 49 एयं सरीरसय(गोडं जाइ etc., up to दुक्खाणं as in No. 323
followed by ॥छ ॥ तंदुलवेयालियं नाम पयन्नज्झयणं संमत्तं ॥ छ ।
ग्रंथाग्रं० ४००॥१२॥ छ । N. B.- For further information see No. 323.
तन्दुलवैचारिक
Tandulavaicārika No. 329
1358. (e).
1891-95. Extent.-- fol. 156 to fol. 266. Description.- Complete ; 424 gathās. For additional details sce
Catuhsarana No. 270. Begins.- fol. IT' निजरियजरामरणं etc. Ends.- fol. 26b एवं सगडसरीरं etc. सम्बदुक्खाणं ॥ छ । तंदुलत्यालियं नाम
पइन्नगं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ । गाथा ४२४ ॥ ॥ N. B:- For other particulars see No. 323.
तन्दुलवैचारिक
Tandulavaicārika No. 330
1168 (e).
__1887-91. Extent.-- fol. 8b to fol. 134. Description.- Complete. For other details see Samstäraka No. 317. Begins.- fol. 8b ॐ नमः ॥
निज्जरियजरामरणं etc.

Page #326

301
33..]
V. 10 Prakirnakas : Ends.- fol. 13* एयं सगउसरीरं etc., up to सम्बदुकाला॥ Then we have the following line:--
यालियं नाम पइन्नगं सम्मतं ॥ छ.।। N. B.- For other particulars see No. 323.
तन्दुलवैचारिक
Tandulavaicārika बालावबोधसहित
with balāvabodha No. 331
298.
A. 1883-84. Size.- Iol in. by 4g in. Extent. — 25 folios; 17 to 19 lines to a page ; 34 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and whitish; Devanagari
characters with occasional पृछमात्राs; this is a पश्चपाटी Ms.; but there seems to be hardly any difference between the sizes of the hand-writings for the text and the commentary ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; both the text and the commentary complete ; condition very good except that an edge of the first fol. is slightly damaged; fol.
Ta blank; yellow pigment used. Age,- Samvat 1675. Author of bālāvabodha.- Upadhyaya Pasacanda ( Pārsvacandra ),
pupil of Sadhuratna. Subject.- One of the prakirņakas together with a Gujarati
explanation. Begins.- (text) fol. Ib ॐ नमः सिध(द)। श्रीवीतरागाय नमः ।
निजरिय etc. ,, -( com. ) fol. Ib ॐ नमः सिधं(ई)
कल्याणवली(ल्ली)न(त)तिवारिवाइं.
श्रीसिधि(दि)(ब) प्रतिःसार्थवाह स केवली लोकदिनेस(श)तुल्यं.
श्रीवर्धमानं प्रयतः प्रणम्य ॥१॥ श्री तपागच्छसरोमाल
श्रीसाघुरत्नासिक धर्मसिम्पलेमाभिक्षियलेशः)

Page #327

302
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[333.
प्रकीरण(ण)कस्यास(स्य) करोति वार्ता
___ रूपं प्रबंध किल पाश(व)चंद्रः २ etc. निजरिअत्थ ग्रंथकर्ता कहइ छ। तेउ तंदुलवेयालय ए हवा
नामि etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 25 एयं सगडसरीरं etc., practically up to सिवसुक्खं
as in No. 323 followed by the line as under :
इति श्रीतंदुलवेयालियं पइन् सम्मत्तं । छ ॥ etc.
संवत् १६७५ वर्षे मार्गशीर्षमासे कृष्णपक्षे तृतीयां सोमवासरे मृगशीर्षनक्षत्रे शुभदिने संपूर्णकृता लिषतं सा(०) वीरदास राइसंघाणी स्वहस्ते पुण्यार्थे ॥ -(com.) fol. 25 मुक्ति पहुचावइ ए भाव जाणी विराग्य आणि ज्यो मुक्ति जाइ ज्यो ॥ इति श्रीतंदुलवेयालीबालावबोधः उपाध्यायश्रीपासचंदकृतं । etc.
श्रीमत्त'लुका गच्छाधीश्वरः गणिवरश्रीश्रीमल्लजी तत्पट्टालंकारभूतआचार्य श्री६ रत्नसीजीविजय(यि)धर्मराज्ये प्रवत्तमाने ऋषि श्री ५ गांगा
काश्री ५ लाला ऋ० बालचंदपठनार्थ लिषतमिदं पुन्यार्थ । etc. Reference.- See No. 323.
तन्दुलवैचारिक
Tandulavaicārika बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha
705. No. 332
1892-95. Size.- 104 in. by 48 in. Extent.- ( text) 36 folios ; 5 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line.
,, - (com.),, , ; 7 to Iolines to a page; 54 , , , Description.-Country paper thick, tough and white; Devanagari
characters, the text written in a bigger hand as compared with the balavabodha ; legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines and edges in two, in red ink; red chalk used ; fol. ra blank ; so is the tol. 36b; both the text and the bālāvabodha complete ; condition very good; this Ms. seems to be less erroneous than No. 331 ; foll. numbered in both the margins.

Page #328

332. ]
Age.- Not quite modern. Begins.——(text) fol. rb निज्जरिय etc.
""
V. 10 Prakirnakas
"
33 99
-(com.) श्री परमात्यनै (ने) नमः कल्याणवल्लीततिवारवाहं etc.
Ends. — ( text ) fol. 36 एयं सगडसरीरं etc., up to पइन्नं as in No. 331 followed by समाप्तमिदं । यादृशं etc.
303
—(com.) fol. 36" ए भावता एहवो वैराग्यनो कारण जाणी सर्व स(शल्य काढीने धर्म करवो इति तंदुलवियालीया पयाना जेहवो पुस्तक दीठो छई etc.
संग छांडी
संपूर्णम् ।

Page #329

304
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[334.
THE SIXTH PRAKIRNAKA चन्द्रावेध्यक
Candrāvedhyaka (चंदाविज्झय)
(Candavijjhaya) No. 383
579 (b).
1895-98. Extent.- fol. 9b to fol. 12a. Description.- Complete, the last verse numbered as 175. For other _details see Maranavidhi No. _579 (a).
1895-98. ' Subject. This prakirņaka which is also named as Candagavijjba
(Candrakavedhya ) explains how one should behave at
the time of death. Begins.-fol. 96
जगमत्थयथयाणं वियसियवरनाणदंसणधराणं॥
नाणुज्जोयगराणं लोगंमि नमो जिणवराणं ॥१॥etc. Ends.- fol. I2.
तह घत्ते(तोह काउंजे जहमुव्वहगम्भवासवसहीणं। मरणपणब्भवज म(पु)ण दुग्गइविणिवायगमणाणं ॥ १७५
इति चंदगविज्झं नाम पइन्नं सम्मत्तमिति ॥ छ। Reference. -- Published by Dhanapatisinh in A. D. 1886 along
with 9 other prakīrņakas. See No. 266. For contents etc., see Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 112.
चन्द्रावेध्यक
Candrāvedhyaka
386 (f). __No. 334
1879-80. Extent.- fol. 30a to fol. 36b. Description.- Complete%3; 174 verses in all. For other details see
No. 268. Begins.- fol. 30 जगत्थियथयथयाणं etc., as in No.333. Ends.- fol. 36b तह घत्तह काउंजे जह etc., up to विणिवायगमणाणं as in No. 333. Then we have the following line: -
॥छ ॥ चंदाविज्झयं पय(इ)न्नं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ ॥६ N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 333.

Page #330

337.] VI. 10 Prakirnakas
305 चन्द्रावेध्यक
Candrāvedhyaka No. 335
141 (h).
1872-73. Extent.-- fol. 19b to fol. 27a. Description.- Complete. *For other details see No. 269. Begins.-- fol. 19b TATT etc. Ends.- fol. 27* 975 F15 etc., up to TUTTO as in No. 333
followed by the line as below:
.: Rec jate ho 3 ll xft II Col N. B. - For additional information see No. 333.
चन्द्रावेध्यक
Candrāvedhyaka
1238. No. 336
1886–92. Size.--- 104 in. by 43 in. Extent.- 9 folios ; 12 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin and white; Devanagari charac
ters; very big, uniform, legible and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. gb blank;
complete ; condition very good. Age. - Fairly old. Begins.--fol. 1* FTATU etc. Ends. fol. 90 E PO(T) T8 T5 up to TAUTO II prou ll as in No. 333
followed by sarayonu 3TCHT FH II II etc. N. B.- For other details see No. 333.
चन्द्रावेध्यक
Candrāvedhyaka No. 337
1358 (f).
1891-95. Extent.— fol. 260 to fol. 32a. Description.- Complete. For additional particulars see Catuhsa
rana No. 270. 39 1.L.P. ]

Page #331

306
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 338.
Begins.-fol. 26 जगमत्थग(य)त्थयाणं etc. Ends.-fol. 32° तह पत्त काउं etc., विणिवायकम्माणं ॥७२॥ चंदाविज्झयण(ग)
सम्मत्तं ॥ ॥ श्री गाथा १७४॥ ॥ N. B.- For further information see No. 333.
चन्द्रावेध्यक
Candrāvedhyaka No. 338
___1168 (1).
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 13 to fol. 16. Description.-- Complete ; 174 verses. For other details see Sam
___staraka No. 317. Begins.-fol. I3 जह(ग)मत्थग(योत्थयाणं etc. Ends.-fol. 16 तह घत्त(ह) काउंजे etc., विणिवायकम्माणं ॥७४ (१७४)।
चंदाविज्झयणं सम्मतं । मंगलं महाश्रीः । देहि विद्या परमेश्वरी ॥१॥ छ । N. B.- For additional details see No. 333.

Page #332

340.]
VII. 10 Prakirnakas
307 .
THE SEVENTH PRAKIRNAKA
देवेन्द्रस्तव (देविदत्थय)
Devendrastava ( Devindatthaya)
No. 339
386 (g).
1879-80. Extent.- fol. 36s to fol. 47*. Description.- Complete ; 292 verses in all. For other details see
___No. 268. Subject.— A certain Śrävaka was singing the merits of Lord Mahā.
vira. His wife was sitting by his side, who incidentally asked him questions pertaining to 32 Indras, their residential quarters, vimanas, cities, etc. These are answered in details. They give us information about all the four types of gods
and in addition throw light on the problem of the liberated. Begins.- fol. 36
अमरनरवदिए (बं)दिउ(ऊ)ण उसभाइए जिणवरिंदे ।
वीरवरअपच्छिमंते तिलुक्कगुरु(रूं) पणमिऊणं । १ etc. Ends.-fol. 47 तेसि(सिं) मुरासुरगुरू सिद्धा सिद्धिं उ(व)विहि(?णमं)तु
भा(भो)मेज्जवणयराणं जोइसियाणं विमाणवासीणं ॥ ९२॥
देविनिकायाणं थओ इह संमत्तो अपरि(से)सो ॥३०॥
देविदत्थओ संमत्तो ॥ छ ।। Reference. - Published as one of the ten prakirņakas :by Dhana
patisinh in A. D. 1886. See No. 266. It is also published with chāya in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as No. 46, where the last verse here given is numbered as 307.
देवेन्द्रस्तव
Devendrastava
141(i). No. 340
1872-73. Extent.- fol. 27. to fol. 35. Description.- Complete. For other details see No. 269. Begins. --fol. 27* अमरनरदिए etc,

Page #333

Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 342.
Ends.fol. 35* तेसिं सुरासुरगुरू etc., up to बासणिं ॥ ९२ ॥ practically as in No. 339. Then without any gap we have :देवनिकायाणं up to अपरिसेसो ॥ ३०० ॥ followed by देविदत्थओ संमत्तो ॥ छ ॥९॥
N. B. For additional information see No. 339.
308
देवेन्द्रस्तव
No. 341
Extent. fol, 7a to fol. It.
Description. Complete. For other details see Gacchăcăra No. 378. Begins. fol. 7 etc.
Ends. fol. 7 तेसि अ सुरासुरगुरू etc., up to विमाणवासीण as in No. 340 followed by ८६ ॥ इति देविंदत्थओ समत्तो || पइण्णयं ॥
N. B. For further particulars see No. 339.
देवेन्द्रस्तव
Devendrastava
1234 (c).
1886-92.
No. 342
Extent. fol. 32a to fol. 41b.
Description. Complete. For other details
Devendrastava
1358 (g). 1891-95.
see
Catuḥsarapa
No. 270.
Begins. fol. 354 अमर ( नर ) वंदिए etc.
Ends.fol. 41 Here the first linear etc. seems of be omitted. Then we have भोमिज्जवणयराणं etc., up to अपरिसी (से) सौ ॥ ९३ ॥ fagreren amai || 5 |||
N. B. For additional details see No. 339.

Page #334

343.1
VII. 10 Prakirnakas
369
देवेन्द्रस्तव
Devendrastava
___1168 (8).
18
No. 343 Extent.- fol. 16 to fol. 20*. Description.-- Complete. For other details see Saṁstāraka
No. 317. Begins.-fol. 16- अमरनरवदिए etc. Ends.--fol. 20° The first line of the 292th verse is omitted. The Ms.
gives only भोमिज्जवणयराणं etc., up to अपरिसेसो ॥ २९२ ॥ छ ।
देविदत्थओ सम्मत्तो॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 339.
अपरिसंसा iued The MS

Page #335

310
morfarum (forface)
No. 344
omens etc.
Extent. fol. 25" to fol. 26.
Description. Complete; the last verse numbered as 86. For other details see Maraṇavidhi No. 579 (a). 1895-98.
Begins. fol. 25"
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
THE EIGHTH PRAKIRNAKA
Subject. The contents of this prakīrņaka are of an astrological character. For instance this prakīrņaka points out the auspicious and inauspicious days, constellations, muhurtas,
Ends. fol. 26b
Reference.
[ 345.
Gaṇividya (Gaṇivijjā) 579 (k). 1895-98.
बुच्छं बलाबलविहिं नवबलविहिमुत्तमं विउपसत्थं । जिणवयणभासियमिणं पवयणसत्थामं (म्मि) जह दिहं ॥। १ etc.
एसो बलाबलविही समासओ कित्ती (ति) ओ सुविहिएहिं । अणुओगनाम (ण) गज्झो नायव्वो अप्पमत्तेहिं ॥ ८६ ॥ गणिविज्जाप्रकीर्णकं समाप्तमिति ॥ छ ॥
Published with chayă in the Agamodaya Samiti Series, as No. 46. It was formerly published by Dhanapatisinh in A. D. 1886. See No. 266. For contents etc., see Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 112.
Torfaen
No. 345
Extent. fol. 35. to fol. 37°.
Description. Complete. For other details see No. 269.
Begins. fol. 35 que amamfaft etc.
Ends. fol. 37 qr etc., up to gastofa in as No. 344 followed by
समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥ १० ॥
N. B.- Fot further particulars see No. 344.
Gaṇividya
141 (j).
1872-73.

Page #336

348.]
Vilt. 10 Prakirnakas
.
3"
गणिविद्या .
Ganividyā No. 346 . .....
386 ().
1879-80. Extent.- fol. 47 to fol. 50. Description.-- Complete ; 85 verses in all. For other details see
No. 268. Begins.-fol. 47° बुच्छं बलाबलविहिं etc. Ends.-fol. 49 एसो बलाबलविहि(ही) etc., as in No. 344. N. B.-- For additional information see No. 344.
गणिविद्या
Gaộividyā No. 347
1358 (i).
1891-95. Extent.-- fol. 45b to fol. 48o. Description.- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 85. For
additional details see Catuhsarana No. 270. Begins.--fol. 45 वुच्छं बला(बल)विहिं etc. Ends.--fol. 480 (ए)सो बलाबलविही etc., up to अप्पमत्तेहिं ॥८५॥ गणिविज्जा
नाम प्रकीर्णकं समाप्तं ॥ छ । N. B.- For other particulars see No. 344.
गणिविद्या
Ganividyā No.348
11684(h).
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 20* to fol. 21. Description.- Complete; the last verse numbered as 85. For .
___other details see Saimstaraka No. 317. Begins.-fol. 20* बुच्छं व(ब)लावं(बोलविही हिं) etc. Ends.-fol. 21 एसो बलाबलव (विही etc. up 10 अप्पमत्तेहिं ॥८५॥ गण
(णि)विज्जा नाम प्रकीर्णकं समाप्तं ॥छ । N. B. - For further information see No. 344.

Page #337

312
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
! 33p.
THE NINTH PRAKĪRNAKA महाप्रत्याख्यान
Mahāpratyakhyāna (महापश्चक्खाण)
(Mahapaccakkhana ) No.349
579(i)
1895-98.. Extent.- fol. 23* to fol. 24°. Description.-- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 42 ( 142 );
the 24th folio slightly torn; yellow pigment used. For other details see Maranavidhi No. 579 ( a );
1895-98.. Subject.- This is one of the ten prakirnakas. It deals with rules
pertaining to confession, renunciation and denials. In all
there are 142 gāthās. Begins.- fol. 23
एस करेमि पणामं तित्थयराणं अणुत्तरगईणं ।
सबसि जिणाणं सिद्धाणं संजयाणं च ॥१ Ends.- fol. 246
एवं पञ्चक्खाणं अणुपालेऊण सविहिभो (स)म्म । वेमाणित व देवो हविज्ज अहवावि सिज्झिज्झा(ज्जा) ॥ १२
इति महापच्चक्खाणं समाप्तं ॥ छ । Reference.- This work together with 9 other prakirnakas was
published by Dhanapatisinh, in A. D. 1886. See No. 266. It is also published with chāyā by Agamodaya Samiti, in its
series as No. 46. For contents etc. see Indian Antiquary vol. .XXI, p. II3.
महामत्याख्यान
Mahāpratyākhyāna ___No. 350
___-886 (i).
1879-80. Extent. — fol. 50* to fol. 546. Description.- Complete ; 143 verses in all. For other details see
No. 268. Begins.-fol. 50* एस करेमि पमाणं etc.... Ends.-fol. 54 एयं पचक्खाणं etc., as in No. 349. N. B.- For additional information see No. 349.

Page #338

महाप्रत्याख्यान
3551] IX. to Praktriatas
383
Mabā prätyskliyada No. $51
1234 (f).
1886-92. Extent.- fol. 15b to fol. 16. Description.- Complete. For other details see Gacchācāra No. 378. Begins.--fol. 150 GR FITA CHIU etc. Ends.-fol. 166 gr qalereroi etc., up to PPE MOTORER OPERATO in No:
349 followed by F I EX 1511 NB: - For additional information see No: 349
महाप्रत्याख्यान
Mahāpratyakhyān.
141 (k). No. 352
1872-73. Extent. - fol. 374 to fol. 406. Description. - Complete; the last verse numbered as 43 (143).
For other details see No. 269. Begins.- fol. 37a GĦ FIA etc. Ends.-fol. 400 gü qetj etc., as in No. 349 followed by # 83
EITETETUP FH II 1133 11 N. B.--- For further particulars see No. 349.
महाप्रत्याख्यान
Mabāpratyākhyāns No. 353
1358 (b).
1891-95. Extent.- fol. 411 to fol. 456. Description.- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 42 ( 142 ).
For additional particulars see Catuḥśaraņa No. 270. Begins.- fol. 410 G F gurA etc. Ends.--fol. 450 ga yetkej etc. arra fair WIT 11 87 " AGI
FRETOI FRATII II N. B.— For other details see No. 349.
2.40 I J. L. P. !

Page #339

3146 Jaing Literature and Philosophy
[354 महाप्रत्याख्यान
Mahāpratyakhyāna
1168 (i). No. 351..
1887-91.
188 Extent.-- fol. 210 to fol. 23. Descriptiom: Complere. For additional particulars see Samed
stāraka No. 317. Begias.tirfok. 27 एस करेमि पणाम etc... ..... .....Ends.- fol. 23° एवं पचक्खाणं etc., up to अहवावि सिज्झिज्जा॥१४३॥
महापच्चक्खाणं:समान । छ......१३॥. मंगलं. महाश्री क्षेहि विधा।
परमेश्वरिः॥ छ ॥ मंगलमस्तुः ॥ छः॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 349.

Page #340

2357-1
वीरस्तव (afterera)
No. 355
Extent. fol. 24" to fol. 25°.
Description.
...
--
वीरस्तव
TO
details see Maraṇavidhi No.
Subject. This work which forms one of the ten prakīrņakashas for its main topic, various names of Lord Mahavira Begins. fol. 24b
Ends.- fol. 25°
X. 10 Prakirnakas
TENTH PRAKIRNAKA
Complete; the last verse numbered as 43. For other
579 (a). 1895-98.
इय नामावलि संधुयसिरिवीर जिनिंदमंदपुन्नस्स । विक्खरुणाइ जिणवरसिवपयमणहत्थिरं वीर ॥ ४३ ॥ इति वीरस्तवप्रकीर्णकं समाप्तं ॥ छ ॥
Reference. See Indian Antiquary vol. XXI, p. 177.
No. 356
#freead
नामऊण जिणं ज (य) जीवबंधवं भवियकुमुयनियरं । वीरं गिरिंदधीरं थुणामि पसत्थनामेहिं ॥ १ etc.,
1. 4:
Jusia Virastava
(Viratthava)
579 (j).
1895-98.
315
T
No. 357
Extent. fol. 13 to fol. 14.
Extent. fol. 54b to fol. 56. Description. Complete; 43 verses in all. For other details see No. 268.
R & M
Begins. fol. 54°) for etc., as in No. 355. Ends. fol. 56 etc., as in No. 355. N. B. For further particulars see No. 355.
Virastava
386 (j). 1879-80
Virastava 141 (e). 1872-73.

Page #341

Jaime Laitmatusse.and Philosophy Description.– Complete. For other details see No. 269. Begins.fol. 130 RTTASSUT Boi etc., as in No. 355. Ends..-fol. 146 37 ataranas etc., practically as in No. 355. N. B.- For additional information see No. 355.
+
Virastava No. 358
1168 (i).
1887-91. Bitt fal. 2zł to fol. 24%. Description:- Complete. Eor other details sec Samståraka No. 317. Begins.--fol. 236 A 550T for etc., as in No. 355... Ends. --fol. 24' 9 Frete etc., up to site 1183 aftently N. B.- For further information see No. 355.
वीरस्तव
Virastava No. 359
1358 (i).
1891-95, Extent.-- fol. 486 to fol. 496. Beseription.- Complete; the last verse numbered as 42. For other
details see Catuḥśaraña No. 270. Begins:--fol. 48 3's
... T ot feroi etc. Eads.-fol. 496 ya hisia etc. ofte 1182 11 aiceanetto Il Tu N. B.- For further particulars see No. 355.

Page #342

.:360.]
अवचूलिका . ( अंगचूलिया )
1 Supernumerary Prakirnakas
( B ) Supernumerary Prakirnakas
THE FIRST PRAKĪRNAKA
Angaculikă (Anigaculiva )
Age.—– Seems to be modern. Author. - A Jaina saint.
763. 1895-1902.
No. 360
Size.- rok in. by 42 in.
Extent. - 26 folios; 14 lines to a page 34 letters to a line. Description. Country paper tough and white; Devanagari characters; big, quite legible and good hand - writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; numbers of foll. entered in both the margins as usual; fol ra blank; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten; condition very good; complete.
Subject.-Angaculika generally refers to the culikäs of the angas like Acăränga. A work of the same name has been mentioned in Nandisūtra as a kind of kalika śruta. It is also referred to in Sthānanga (X). But it is difficult to say whether the work written in this Ms. is the same as the canonical work above referred to.
In the beginning we find the explanation of the word angaculika and the part which angacülikās play in adorning the 11 angas. The present work deals with the discipline of a Jaina saint. It is written in Jaina Prakrit. Begins. fol. rh नमो सुयदेवयाए भगवईए ॥
नमो अरिहंताणं नमो सिद्धाणं नमो आयरिआणं नमो उवज्झायाणं नमो लोए सव्वसाहूणं तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं च (चंपा णामं जयरी होत्था वण्णओ । पुण्णभद्दचेतिए । तेणं etc.
R
Ends. fol. 266 एवं भूइस्स पुरओ बूइ । आतारिसाए दिट्ठीए विहरंताणं । णो आणा विरहाणी सगण परगण परगणे संविगो साहूणं ही नाममा विहीलिस्संति सेसं उ वंगचूलियातो गहेयव्वं । विज्जामंतप्पओग (गे) तत्थ संति । सेवं भंते त्ति तमेव सच्च (चं) [ति] णिस्संकंजे जिणेहिंपचे ॥ मलिया समाजा ॥

Page #343

****
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[361.
See "subject". The introductory portion is quoted in Abhidhanarajendra (vol. I, pp. 37--38), Rutlam. See its introduction (p. 33), too.
Reference.
stureferent
No. 361
-
Size.
107 in. by 5 in.
Extent. 42 folios; 8 lines to a page; 38 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari characters; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; numbers of foll. entered only once; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; this Ms. contains so to say a tabba up to fol. 17; condition excellent; complete; fol. 42b blank.
Age. Not quite modern.
Angaculika
Begins. (text) fol. 1a
1226.
1891-95.
rear etc., as in No. 360.
— (tabba) fol. r* नमस्कार अरिहंतने नमस्कार सिद्ध भगवंतनें नमस्कार आचार्य etc.
Ends. fol. 42
—(tabbā) fol. 17* काउसग्ग करे सत्तावीस सासो स्व (स्वा) सनों शिष्य भगवंतने गुरुनै नमस्कार करै चडवीसत्थो पढै वार ३ मंगल उच्चार करेg etc., up to
as in No. 360
followed by अंगचूलिआ सम्मत्ता ॥
N. B. For other details see No. 360.
Angaculikā
ww 1227.
1891-95.
अंगचूलिका
No. 362
Size. 7 in. by 11 in.
Extent. 30 folios; 20 lines to a page; 24 letters to a line.

Page #344

363-1 1. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
3196 Description.--.Country paper rough and white; Devanagari charach , i ters; big, bold, legible and very good hand-writing ; bor.... ders not ruled ; numbers of most of the foll. entered twice was usual; every fol. seems to have been pressed against a wooden plank having strings fixed to it at equal intervals ;
red chalk used ; yellow. pigment, too ; condition excellent ; Ho scomplete. Age. - Samvat 1948. Begins.-fol. I श्रीजिनाय नमः॥ _ नमो अरिहंताणं etc., as in No. 360...
..... Ends.--- fol... 30° जहा विवाहपण्णत्तीए दियंगयंदचूहस्स पुरओ (जू)ह etc., : -up to सम्मत्ता as in No. 360 followed by शुभं भवतु etc...
यादृसं(शं) पुस्तकं दृष्ट्वा ताइसो(दृशं) लिपि(खितं स(म)या ... यदि सुद्धमसुद्धं वा मम दोषो न दीयते ॥१॥ यावत्पृथी(थ्वी) रचिर्यायावत् यावञ्चंद्रद्र)हिमाचलौ । नाच्यमानं बुधैस्तावत(देतत् मंदत(नंदतु) पुस्तकं
सं[सं०]१६ आषाढो दि. १६ प्रवर्तमाने स्वगच्छपरोपकारायमणमाय(?) वाचनार्थ(थ)मिदं पुस्तिका मांगल्यमस्तु
श्रीसारदाई नमस्तुभ्यं मनोवांछितदायक ममामि समि तं देवि भक्तस्य वरदायिनी
इति श्री संपूर्णम् लिष्यतम तुलसीराम सावासी निरामनपुक्खालिषी 'जयपुर मध्ये लिषायतम जतीजीश्री१०८ ज्ञानानंदजी महाराज
मुभम्भवतु १ संवत् १९४८ का. भा. १०३ N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 360.
-
अचूलिका
Aligaculka
No. 363
1160. 1884-87.
Size.- I0. in. by 4g in... Extent.- 16-17!s folios ; ış lines to a page; so letters to a line,

Page #345

320
Jatra Literature and Philosophy
[36z.
Description.-- Country paper rough and grey'; Devanăgari charac
ters; small, clear and fair hand-writing ; border's ruled in four lines in black ink ; yellow pigment rarely used ; almost all the foll. slightly worm-eaten; the first fol. does not belong to this work; it is written in a different and better hand and has its edges slighty worn out; really speaking the ist fol, of this work is lacking; the 15th, too, lacking ; other. wise it is complete, on the ist fol. of a different origin red chalk is used; it contains : (I) नन्दिस्तुतयः, (2) दिक्पालाबूवाननमन्दिस्तोत्रम् and (3) some other work, perhaps Nandisutra%;
condition very fair. Age.- Sarivat 1607. Begins.-(abruptly) fol. 2* काउसग्गं सत्तावीसुस्ससे चिंतणं चउधीसत्थयभणन
पुटवं तओ खमणे सीसो भणइ । इच्छकारि भंते समण मे हावणं करेंह etc. Ends.- fol. 16 इदंभूइस्स पुरओ etc., practically up to पवेइयं as in
No. 360 followed by the lines as under :
हता जंबू तमेघ सच्चं णिस्संकज जिणेहि पवेइयं । छ । अंगलिया सम्मत्ता ।। शुभं etc.
Then we have the lines as under written in a bigger, if not different hand :
___ संवत् १६०७ वर्षे आसौ शुदि १ गुरुवासरे श्री पेरोजपुरु'निवासीयसाठाकुर साजगपालप्रमुषसमस्तश्रीसंघेन श्रीउपाध्यायश्रीभांलब्धि
साधु उपदेसेन लिषाषिता श्रीसाधुशरोमणिश्रीक श्रीपतिपूज्ययोग्यं तत्र
. वाचवी संघाग्ने. Begins. -fol. 1*
अर्हस्तनोतु स श्रेये (यः) स्मि(श्रियं यद्ध्यानतो नरैः। ............ अध्यद्री सकला(त्रै)हि रहसा सह[:]सोच्यते ॥१॥ ओमिति मंता यच्छासनस्य । नंता सदा यदंडीश्च
आश्री(श्रियते श्रिया ते भवतो भवतो जिनाः पातु ॥२॥ etc. Ends. -- fol. i*
संघ(5) ये गुरुगुणोघनिधे(s)स्तु वैया
वृत्त्यादिकृत्यकरणैकनिबद्धव(क)क्षाः । ते शांतये सह भवंतु सुरासुरीभिः
सुट्ट(स)ष्टयो निखिलविघ्नविघातदक्षाः ॥ ८॥ इति दिस्तुतयः । ॥.. . : .......

Page #346

I. Supernumerary. Prakiryakas ___321
321 Begins.-fol. 1a ...... - ओमिति नमो भगवओऽरिहंतसिद्धायरिअउवज्झाए।
- बरसव्वसाहुम(मोणिसंघधम्मतिथप्पवयणस्स ॥१॥ Ends.---'fol. r.
- साहंतस्स समक्खं मज्झमिमं चेव[ध] मणुहाणं ।
सिद्धिमविग्धं गच्छउ जिणाइ नवकारओ धणिों ॥५॥
दिग्पालाह्वानननंदिस्तोत्रं ॥ छ । Begins.-fol. I" नमस्कार ३ नाणं पंचविहं पन्नत्तं, तंजहा । अभिणिबोहयनाणं etc. Ends.---fol. I' कप्पिआकप्पिअस्स । चुल्लकप्पसुअस्स महाकप्पसुअस्स । उवाइयस्स
रायपसेणियस्स जविभिगमस्स पन(न)वणाए महापन्नवणाए नंदीए अणुओगदाराणं । दे. It ends here..
41
[J. L. P.]

Page #347

327
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
THE SECOND PRAKIRNAKA अलविद्या
Angavidya (अंगविज्जा)
Angavijjā)
541. No. 364
1895-98. Size.- Iog in. by 5 in. Extent.-230 folios; 14 lines to a page; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and white; Devanāgari charac
ters%3 big, legible and very good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; numbers of foll. entered once only ; foll. 97 to 230 also numbered as I, 2, etc., lacune on foll. 679,69b etc.; fol. I" blank, so is the fol. 230b; an edge of each of the foll. 196th and 230th slightly worn out ; condition on the whole very
good; complete. Age. - Seems to be modern. Author.-- A Jaina saint. Subject.-- This is a prakirņaka.' It is to some extent a nimitta
śāstra and thus it reminds us of Nimittapāhuda. It is written in Präkrit in mixed prose and poetry. Its extent
is indicated in Jaina Granthävali as 9000 ślokas, Begins.-fol. I ॐ नमः ॥
णमो अरिहंताणं etc. णमो लोए सध्वसाणं नमो जिणाणं नमो ोधिजिवाणं नमो परमोधिजिणाणं णमो सयो(व्व)जिणाणं णमो अणंतोहिनिणाणं जमो भगवओ अरहओ महापुरिसस्स महाधीरषद्धमाणस्स णमो भगवई य महापुरिसदिन्नाय अ० अंगविज्जाय सहस्सपरिधाराय [ सपरिव राय ] अधापुव्वं खलु भो महापुरिसदिन्नाय अंगुपतीणा (प्पत्तीणं) मज्झाउ पढमो तं खलु भो तमणुवस्वामि etc. -fol. 30 बंभणं खत्तियं घेसं तओ वण्णे यथाविहिं
अंगमज्झावएसिस्सं अंगविज्जाविसारदे १ etc. ---fol. 58 मज्झिमाण पडलाणि सम्मत्ताणि ॥
---fol. 70° सामकण्हाणि सम्मत्ताणि , ---fol. 197' चिताम()णामज्झायो अट्ठावणो सम्मत्तो॥
1. It is so damed in Yogavidhi No.
1655. 1891-95.

Page #348

84.]
it. Supernumerary Praðirritas
323
Ends.- fol. 230* इति सिरोपपत्ती अर्पणमा वि(म)जेया इति इति खलु भो महा
. . पुरिसदिनाय मंगविज्झाव उपपत्तीविजयो णामझायो सहितिमो • सम्मत्तो ॥ छ ॥ णमो भगवतो अरहतो य सवतो महापरिसस महावीर
बंधमाणस्स णमो भगवतीय महापुरिसदिन्नाय अंगविजाय सहस्स परीवाराप भगवतीय अरहंतेही अणंतणाणीहिं तुबदीहाय अणंतगमसंगहसंजुत्ताय पण्ण समणसुतणाणि पीजमति अणुगताय अणंतागमपज्जोया । णमो अरिहंताणं etc., up to साहूणं ॥ छ ।। णमो भगवतीए सुतदेवताए
श्रीं'थॉरापद्र गच्छभु(भाषणमणेः श्रीशांतिम(सू)रिप्रमीः
'चंद्रकुले एताओ गाथाओ संलावजोणीपडले आदि दितिकाउ पुढीगत जी कायौं समायुती कंधाभवे ऑधारितणि सितं? कंधत्ताण व पुच्छति etc. - तेणी व पंडीरूवण तथा वाजमार्दिसे ॥ ई ॥ श्री अंगर्विज्जापुस्तकं
संपूर्ण समाप्त॥ Reference. For description see Abhidhanarajendra. For another Ms.
see G.O. Series, vol. XXI, p. 25. See also Jaina Granthavali (p. 64 ). This work (Afgavidya ) was studied by Vira Súri (Saifivat 938-991). See Prabhāvakataritra (p. 208). P. Peterson, Report III, p. 231 may be also consulted.

Page #349

334
jaina. Literature and Philosophy
[ 366.
THE THIRD PRAKIRNAKA,
अजीवकल्प
Ajivakalpa (अजीवकप्प)
(Ajivakappa )
14105). ... No. 365
1872-73. Extent.-- fol. 184 to fol. 19. Description,- Complete. For further particulars see No. 269. Author.- A Jaina saint. Subject,--- This prakirnaka deals with certain articles like a stick,
a needle, a nail-cutter etc., which a Jaina saint is likely to have with him. In all 16 types of ajivakalpa are mention
ed here in 44 verses in Prakrit. Begins-fol. 182 ..:7: आहारे उबहिमि अ उवस्सए तह य पस्सवणए अ। .
सिज्जनिसज्ज(णठाणे दंडे चम्मे चिमिलिलिमिणी(ए) ॥ १॥ .. अवलेहणिआ दंताण-धोवणे कन्नसोहणे चेव । ..
पिप्पलग सूद नक्खाण छेअणे चेव सोलसमे ॥२॥etc. Ends.--fol. 196
एसो उ सोलसविहो अजीवकप्पो समासओ भाणिओ ।
इत्तो उ मीसकप्पं बुच्छामि अहाणुपुत्वीए ॥४४॥
. अजीवकल्पप्रकीर्णकं ॥ छ॥ Reference. -- See Jaina Granthāvali ( p. 62 ).
अजीवकल्प
Ajivakalpa
386 (k). ___No. 366
1879-80. Extent.- fol. 56. to fol. 574 Description.- Complete ; 45 verses in all. For other details see
No. 268. Begins.-fol. 56 आहारे उवह (हि)म्मिय etc., as in No. 365. Ends.- fol.STAएसौ उ [s] सोलसविहो etc., up to अहाणुपुवीए as in
No. 365 followed by अजीवकप्पो समत्तो ११ ॥छ॥ श्रीः ॥ N. B. - For additional information see No. 365.

Page #350

368.1 III. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
325 अजीवकल्प
Ajivakalpa No. 367
124 (b)..
....1872-73..... Extent. - fol. 706 to fol. 716. Description.- Complete; the last gathā is numbered as 45 and not
- as 44. For further particulars see Gacchacara No. 378. Age. - Samvat I569 (?) Begins.-fol. 70 (46) आहारे उवह(हि) म्मि etc., as in No. 365. . Ends.fol. 71 एसो उ सोलसविहो etc., up to अहाणुपुवीए ॥४५॥ as in
No. 365 followed by अजीवकप्पो सम्मत्तो॥ ॥ छ । श्रीः ॥
संवत् १५६९ वर्षे शाके १४३४ प्रवर्त्तमाने । श्री श्रीमाल ज्ञातीय । सा० ..... जूठाभा जसमादे। सु माहपतिरूपा । चउथा ५ हर्षासाहसाप्रमुख
कुटुंबयुतेन । सा० चउथाकेन । श्री वृद्धतपागच्छे । श्रीलब्धिसागरसूरीणामुपदेशेन पं० गुणसारगणि। चारित्रवल्लभगण्यो समुद्यमेन चिरं
नंदतु ॥ छ । N. B.- For other details see No.365...
.
अजीवकल्प
Ajivakalpa * No. 368
1358 (E).
1891-95. Extent.-- fol. 495 to fol. 506. , Description.-- Complete. For other details see Catuhsarana
No. 270. Begins.- fol. 49" आहारे उवह(हि)म्मि य etc. Ends.- fol. 50' एसो उ सोलसविहो etc. अहाणुपुब्बीए ॥४५॥ अजीवकप्पो
. समत्तो । छ॥ श्री ॥ शुभं भवतु ॥ छ । N. B. - For further information see No. 365.

Page #351

श्री
farina Etterature and Phitospolsy 1369.
THE FOURTH PRAKIRNAKA आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Āturapratyākhyāna (आउरपञ्चक्खाण)
( Aurapaccakkhana)
16. No. 369
1872-73. Size.- 10 in. by41 in. Extent.- 1 folio ; 21 lines to a page ; 48 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper thin and white; Devanagari charace
ters%3 small, legible and fair hand-writing; borders not ruled; complete so far as it goes%3 edges of the first fol. slightly worn out ; condition good; this Ms. has Io verses followed by 18; it appears that the first ten verses do not form a separate work but are only a part of the whole made
up by 18 verses. Age.- Not modern. Subject.- Glorification to five paramesthins. Begins.- fol. 1a
अरिहंता मंगलं मु(म)ज्झ अरिहंता मु(म)ज्झ देवया अरिहंता कित्तइत्ताणं वोसिरामि त्ति पावगं १ eto. कलहं अब्भक्खाणं पेस(स)न्नं अरहरइसमाजुत्तं
परपरवाय माया मोअं(सं) मिच्छत्तसल्लं च १० इच्चेईयई अहारसपावठाणाइं जावजीवाए तिविहं etc. followed by संवं तिविहेण वोसिरीयं
ईच्चेईयं निरागारपञ्चक्खाणं तु कित्थीरतीय कालस्स परिमाणं तु सागारं तु वीयाहियं १ भावओं भाषीयप्पा अणुव्वयाई य भावणा सव्वे ।
खामेमि सव्वसत्ते खेमी(?खमि)यव्वं सव्वसत्ताणे २ Ends.--fol. 1b
संजोगला जीवेण पत्ता दुक्सपरंपरा।
तुस्ना (?तम्हा) संयोगसंबंध सव्वं तिविहेण बोसिराय(?)१८ इति आउरपच्चदखाणं पयन्न समाप्त
1. This is the second verse in No. 370. 2. This is the 27th gatha of the Aturapratyākhyāna included under ten
prakirpakas.

Page #352

371. 1
IV. Supernumerary Prakirnekas
337
भातुरप्रत्याख्यान
Aturapratyākhyāna No. 370
77 (m).
1880-81. Extent.- leaf 1784 to leaf 1824. Description.- For additional particulars see Agamikavastuvicārasăra
.
No.
77 (a).
No. 1880-81. Begins.-leaf 178 अरिहंता मंगल मज्झ etc. Ends.---leaf 182 संजोगमूल(ला) जीवेणं etc., up to तिविहेण as in No. 369
followed by वोसिरह ॥ १६ ॥ छ ।
इत्य(त्या)तुरप्रत्याख्यानं समाप्त । छ uetc. N. B.- For orber details see No. 369.
आतुरप्रत्याख्यान
Aturapratyākhyāna No. 71
1229 (b).
1884-87. Extent.- fol. 3' to fol. 5. Description.--- Complete. For other details see Vairāgyaśataka No.
1229 (a).
1884-87. Begins.---fol. 3.
अरिहंता मंगलं मज्झ । अरिहंता मज्झ देवया
__ अरिहंते कित्तइत्ताणं वोसिरामि ति पावगं ॥१॥ Ends.---fol. 56
संजोगमल(ला) जीवाणं पत्ता दुखमरंपरा। तम्हा संजोगसंबंध सव्वं तिविहेण बोसिरे ॥ १६॥
इति श्रीआतुरप्रत्याख्यानं समान(4) छ । N. B.-For further information see No. 369.

Page #353

328
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[372.
THE FIFTH PRAKĪRNAKA
........numbered
आराधनापताका
Ārādhanāpatākā ( आराधनापडाया)
(Ārādhanāpadāyā)
1178. No. 372
1886-92. Size. — 104 in. by 44 in. . Extent.---- 20 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and white; Devanāgari
characters with TATES ; small, legible uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red ; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; fol. I decorated with a "design in red colour; fol. 20° practically blank; for, only
the title etc. written on it; complete ; 990 gāthās in all ; . .. condition very good ; composed in Samvat 1078. Age.-- Pretty old. Author.- Vīrabhadra Súri. Subject.— A work in Prākrit in 990 verses dealing with what one
ought to do at the time death approaches. Begins.- fol. I0
नियसुचरियरणमाहप्पदिण(ग्ण)सुररायसिद्धिवित्थारो। जयइ सररायपूइयगुणमाहप्पो महावीरो ॥१ आरोहणासरु(रू)वं अणुहवसिद्धं च फलमसंदिट्ट(द)। भणियं तेण भगवया गोयममाईण जं पुध्वं ॥२ तं पुज्वप(पुोरिससकमकममागयभावसंकममुदारं। . संखेवओ महत्थं भणामि सुत्ताणुसारेण ॥ ३ .. जिणषयणसुइपवित्तं मणुयत्तं पाविऊण सम्पुरिसा। ..
सासयसुहकामेणं होयव्वं होउ कामेहिं ॥ ४ etc. Ends.-- fol. 20*
जह खलु दिवसम्भत्थं रयणीए सुमिणमि पिच्छति। तह इह जम्मब्भत्थं सेवंति भवंतरे जीवा ॥८२ इय विसयवइरिवहवीरभद्दमाराहणं पसाहस । उपएसपएहिं इमेहिं धीरधीराण समग्गो ॥ ८३

Page #354

373.]
V. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
329
जिणमयमयरह रुप्पण्णसेयमाराहणामयं पाउं। विसउण्हतहमवहाय साहुणा(?णो) निव्वुइमुर्विति ॥ ८४ इय सुंदराई (जिण)वीरभद्दभणियाई पवयणाहिंतो। चिरसच्चिणिमुम एसा रइया आराहणापडाया ॥८५ बस्साणमाणुपुची गाहद्धपयाण पाययाणं च । कत्थइ कहिंचि रडया पुश्वपसिद्धाण समईए ॥८६ आराहणापसत्यमि एत्थ सत्थंमि गंथपरिमाणं । ना(न)जयाइं नवसयाई अत्थागाहमि गाहाणं ॥८७ विक्कमनिवकालाओ अत्तरिमे समासहस्संमि। .एसा सव्वंगिहिआ गहिया गाहाहिं सरलाहिं ।।८८ मोहेण मंदमइणा इममि जमणागम मए लिहियं । तं महरिसिणो मरिसिंतु । अहव सोहिं तु कर(रुणाए ॥८९ भवगहणभमणरीणा लं(ल)हति निव्वुइमुहं जमल्लीणा। तं कप्पडुमसुहयं । नंवर जिणसासणं सुइरं ॥ ९९०
आराधमापताकाकृतिरियं श्रीवीरभद्राचार्यस्थ ॥ छ । Reference.- See Jaina Granthāvali (p. 64 ) where this work is styled
as prakirpaka.
42
[J. L. P.]

Page #355

330
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[373.
The sixth PRAKIRNAKA कवचद्वार
Kavacadvāra (कवयद्दार)
(Kavayaddara) No. 373
579 (m).
1895-98. Extent.--- fol. 30a to fol. 31b. Description.- Edges of foll. 30 and 31 somewhat damaged. For other details see Maranavidhi No.579
1895-98. . Subject. -- A prakirņaka according to Jaina Granthāvali. Begins.--fol. 302
तिन्नो महासमुद्दो । तरियध्वं गोययं तुहयाणं ।
समइक्वंतो मेरू परमाणू चिट्टए इन्हि ॥१etc. Ends.-fol. 31b
एवं खबउ कवचेणुवग्गहिओ । तेह परिस्सह वूणं । जायइ अलंघणिज्जो । झाणसमा(मत्थो य जिणइ जई ॥ १२९ ।।
कवचद्वारं समाप्तं ॥ छ । छ ॥ etc. Reference. See Jaina Granthāvali ( p. 66).
I.
I4I. This verse forms the 892th verse of Aradhanapataka bhagavati No..
1872-73. This latter work has कवचद्वार.

Page #356

374. ]
VII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
331
THE SEVENTH PRAKĪRNAKA
गच्छाचार
Gacchācāra (गच्छायार)
(Gacchāyāra ) No. 374
141 (f).
1872-73. Extent.- fol. I4° to fol. 184. Description.- Complete ; the last verse numbered as 37 (137).
For other details see No. 269. Subject.-- This prakirnaka based upon Mahanisitha, Vyavahāra etc.,
as indicated in the 135th verse of this very work deals with the following topics:--
The fruit accruing from staying in gaccha, characteristic of a gani ( suri), prowess of gitārtha, distinguishing features of gaccha, avoidance of contact with äryäs, and behaviour
of āryās. Begins.--fol. 146
नमिऊण महावीरं तिअसिंदनमंसिअं महाभागो(? गं)।
गच्छायारं किंची उद्धरिमो सुअसमृद्दाओ॥१॥ Ends.- fol. 184
महानिसीहकप्पाओ ववहाराओ तहेव य । साहुसाहुणि अहा(ए) गच्छायारं समुद्धिअं(हिओ) ॥३५॥ पढंतु साहुणो एण(यं) असज्झायं विवज्जिउं । उत्तमं सुअनिस्संदं गच्छायारं सु(? तु) उत्तमं ॥३६ ।। गच्छायारं सुणित्ता णं पठित्ता भिक्खुभिक्खुणी। कुणंतु जं जहाभणिय इच्छंता हियमप्पणो ॥ ३७ ॥ (१३७)
इति गच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकं ॥ छ ॥६॥ Reference. The text together with the Sanskrit commentary by
Vānara as well as the text along with chāyā are published in the Agamodaya Samiti Series as Nos. 36 and 46 respectively. For quotations etc. see Weber II, p. 622 ff., and for an additional Ms. with a Gujarati translation see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III-IV, p. 464.

Page #357

332
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[376.
गच्छाचार
Gacchācāra
386 (1). No. 375
। 18.9-80. Extent.- fol. S7b to fol. 610. Description.- Complete ; 137 verses in all. For other details see
No. 268. Begius.- fol. 57' नमिउ(ऊ)ण महावीरं तियसिंद etc., as in No. 374. Ends.-fol. 61° पढमंतु साहुणो etc. up to हियमप्पणो as in No. 374.
Then we have :'
इति गच्छायारं पयन्नं ॥ सम्मत्तं ।। १२ श्रीरस्तु ॥ N. B.-- For additional information see No. 374.
गच्छाचार
Gacchācāra
1168 (m). No. 316
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 25 to 27*. Description.- Complete ; fol. 276 blank. For other details see
Samstāraka No. 317. Age. - Samvat I491. Begins.-fol. 25* नमिऊण महावीरं ete. Ends.-fol. 29* पढंतु साहुणो एयं etc., up to हियमप्पणो ॥ १३८ ॥ गच्छा
यारं संमत्तं ॥ followed by सं० १४९१वर्षे चैत्रसुदि ११ शुक्रे । श्रीतपागच्छे । श्रीश्रीजयशेषरसूरि ॥ 'देउलवाहा'नगरे राणाश्रीकुंभकर्णराज्ये । 'तुंबड'ज्ञातीय । श्रेष्टि(टि)सिंघाभार्या चांपू । आत्मश्रेया(योऽथ सहश्र(स्रद्वयं ॥ श्री श्रीमाली वशेषु श्रेष्टिमाला(१)सुत ऋषीश्वरझंटाश्रेया(योड) इदं पुस्तकं लिखापितं...' ॥ उपदेशेन ॥ ११ Then in a different hand we have :-- ... इति प्रशस्ति ए प्रति संवत् १७४३वर्षे श्रीआचार्यजी ऋषिश्र
....'वृद्धिभंडारि मुक ॥ .. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 374.
1. Letters are made illegible by applying black ink.

Page #358

378. ]
गच्छाचार
VII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
No. 377
Size. 11 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 5+ 17 22 folios; 13 lines to a page; 58 letters to aline. Description.- Country paper rough, very thin and greyish; Devanagari characters with as; small, legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only but in two sets: the foll. 1, 2, etc. up to 5 as 67, 68 etc. also; and then again foll. 1, 2, etc. up to 17 numbered as 85, 86 etc. as well; unnumbered sides have a small disc in red colour in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; fol. 67 (1) blank; so is the fol. 85; the first few foll. are slightly torn and their edges, too, are partly gone; condition tolerably fair; complete; this Ms. contains the following two works in addition to this:foll. 70 to 71b. 85b 101b. Age.-- Samvat 1569 (?) See Ajivakalpa No. 367.
35
""
—
(I) अजीवकल्प ( 2 ) मरणविधि
Begins. fol. 67b (1) Ends.
Tai etc. as in No. 374. fol. 70b ( 46 ) qa(?) argar etc. as in No. 374. N. B. For other details see No. 374.
गच्छाचार
Gacchācāra
124 (a).
1872-73.
No. 378
Size. 10 in. by 43 in. Extent.
333
Gracchācāra
1234 (a). 1886-92.
16 folios; 23 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line.
Description. Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters with occasional s; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; foll. numbered in the

Page #359

334
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[379.
right hand margin only; complete; condition very good; this Ms. contains the following s additional works :
(1) तन्दुलवैचारिक foll. 2b to 71 (2) देवेन्द्रस्तव
, 7 , HA (3) भक्तपरिज्ञा
II ,, I3° (4) संस्तारक
136 ,, IS (5) महाप्रत्याख्यान
IS , 160 Age. - Pretty old. Begins.-fol. It नमो जिनवचनाय ॥
. नमिऊण महावीरं etc. Ends.-fol. 2' पढंतु साहुणो etc., up to हियमप्पणो as in No. 374 follow•
ed by ३६ ॥ इति गच्छायारपइन्न सम्मत्तं ॥ N. B. - For additional information see No. 374.
गच्छाचार
Gacchācāra
No. 379
1140 (b).
1837-91. Extent.- fol. ISI to fol. ISSA. Description.- Complete; metres are referred to in this Ms. as गाथा
छंदः , विषमाक्षरेति गाथा and अनुष्ट्रपू; extent 167 Slokas. For
other details see No. 384. Begins.-fol. ISI श्रीआनंदविमलसूरीश्वरेभ्यो नमः ॥
__नमिऊण महावीरं etc. Ends.-fol. I55" पढंतु साहुणो etc., up to हिअमप्पणो as in No. 374.
followed by १३७ विषमाक्षरेति गाथा . इति श्रीगच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकसूत्रं समाप्तं ।
छ । छ । ग्रंथानं १६७ छ etc. N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 374.

Page #360

382.]
VII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
335
गच्छाचार
Gacchācāra No. 380
714 (b).
1899-1915. Extent.- fol. sa to fol. 7". Description.— Complete. For other details see Rşimandalastavana
No. 714 ( a ).
1899-1915. Begins.-fol. sa AFAST Hetati etc. Ends.—fol. 76 TG HIEU etc. practically as in No. 374. N. B.- For additional details see No. 374.
गच्छाचार
Gacchācāra No. 381
1255.
1891-95. Size. — 101 in. by 4; in. Extent.— 2 folios ; 18 lines to a page ; 68 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and white; Devanāgari charac
ters; small, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in
both the margins; complete ; condition very good. Age.— Samvat 1682. Begins.--fol. 1a FA501 Aerata etc. Ends. fol. 26 TGI Frgoit etc., up to the end as in No. 374.
Then follow the lines as under :
__ थाए(?)कशिवनिधानगणिभिलिखितं । __ सं० १६८२ वर्षे मार्गशीर्षशुक्लैकादश्यां श्री अहम्मदावाद'स्थैः । शुभं etc.
गच्छाचार
Gacchācīra विवृतिसहित
with vivrti
1183. No. 382
1884-87. Size.— 103 in. by 48 in. Extent.- 124-12-I=III folios; 15 lines to a page; so letters to
a line.

Page #361

Jaina Literature and Fhilosophy
[382.
Description.-Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; sufficiently big, legible and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. 1246 black; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary; but both begin abruptly as the first twelve foll. are missing; the fol. 26th, too, is wanting; edges of the 13th and the last fol. slightly damaged ; some of the foll are partly worm-eaten, too : condition tolerably good; numbers of foll. entered in both the margins ; fol. 39th also numbered as 4oth; numbers in different margins seldom tally; extent 5850 slokas. Age.— Pretty old.
336
Author of the commentary. - Vijayavimala Gani, pupil of Ananda - vimala Suri of Tapă gaccha.
Subject. Gacchācāra along with a commentary in Sanskrit. Begins. – (text) fol. 14a
:9
संगहोम्हं विहिणा न करेइ अ जोनजी ।
समणं समाणं तु दिक्खित्ता सामायरिं न गाहए १५ ।। etc.
"
- ( com . ) fol. 13 4 ते पात्रं भज्यते । प्रातिहारिकं वा पात्रं धानेकोऽसमयेयुद्दालयति । अथवा यत्पात्रं सत्तायां भवति तल्लघु etc.
Ends.—(text) fol. 121b पढंतु तु साहुणो etc., up to हियसप्पणो ॥ १३७ ॥ यथा (S) भणितं तत्तथा कुर्व्वत्विति विषमाक्षरेति गाथा -
"
-(com.),, छेदः ।। १३७ ।।
इति श्रीमत् 'तपागच्छ नभोनभोमणिभट्टारक पुरंदरश्री आनंद विमलसूरीश्वरचरणांभोजरजश्वं चरीकायमाणपंडितश्रीविजयविमलगाणविरचितायां गच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकटीकायां साध्वीस्वरूपनिरूपणाधिकार स्तृतीयः समाप्तः ॥ तत्समाप्तौ च समाप्तेयं श्रीगच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकटीका ॥
प्रायः स्वकीयोदितमप्यतादृशं सर्वागभाजां जगतीह रोचते ।
इयं मदुक्तिस्तु ममैव नो तथा ।
कथं परेषां रुचये भविष्यति १ । १ ।
नाभूद्र वृद्धष्टता वृत्तिरस्या दर्शास्तु भूरिशः ।
तथाप्यस्ति गुरु (रू) पास्तिः समस्तस्वस्तिदा ( SS) त्मनः ॥ २ ॥
यदत्र मतिवैगुण्याद् ग्रंथानभ्यासतस्तथा ।
भ्रमाद्वा विवृतं सर्वागमेनामा विरोधभाक् ॥ ३ ॥

Page #362

82.
VII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
3372
विभक्त्यादिविरुद्धं च मिथ्यादुष्कृतमस्तु तत् । शोधयंतु च तत्त्वज्ञाः कृत्वा तत्र घृणां मयि ॥४॥
युग्मं।
विचारोपनिषदभेदसमुच्चयचिकीर्षया । गच्छाचाराभिधग्रंथवृत्तिं निर्मितवानहं ॥५॥ अथ प्रशस्तिलिख्यते ॥
प्रकटितजगदानंदः सुरतरुमणिसुरभिमहिमरमणीयः । प्रणते हितप्रणेता शासननेता जयति वीरः।१ तत्पट्टोदयभानुर्गणी सुधर्मा यथार्थनामा(s)भूत् २ । बोधितशरशतचौरः श्रीजंबूः केवली चरमः ३।२ श्रीमान् प्रभवस्वामी गणनाथो गुणमणी सलिलनाथः ॥४ शय्यभवो(s)पि सूरिमनकपिता समजनिष्ट ततः। ५।३ । निजगतिनिर्जितभद्रः कृतभद्रः श्रीगणी यशोभद्रः ६। तत्पट्टे श्रीमंती संभूतविजय-सुतभद्रबाहुशुरू ७।४ श्रुतकेवलीह चरमः स्थूलाद्भद्रस्तयोविनेयो(s)भूत् । ८ शिष्योत्तमौ तदीयो सूरिमहागिरि--सुहस्तिगुरू ५ जिनकल्पसुपरिकर्म । प्रथमः प्रथया(s)न्वितः प्रथयति स्म । श्रेणिकतः प्रतिसंप्रतिनृपं द्वितीयः स्म बोधयति । १।६। तदनु च सुहस्तिशिष्यौ कौटिककाकंदकावजायेता। सुस्थितसुप्रतिब(बु)द्धौ ‘कौटिक गच्छस्ततः समसूत् । १० ॥७॥ तत्रंद्रदिन्नसूरि११र्भगवान् श्रीदिन्नसंज्ञसूरींद्रः । १२ । तस्य पदे सिंहगिरिगिरिरिव धीरो गिरिगभीरः ॥१३॥८॥ समजनि वज्रस्वामी । मुंभकदेवार्पितस्फुरविद्यः । बाल्ये(s)पि जातजातिस्मृतिः । प्रभुश्वरमदशपूर्वी । १४।९। श्रीवज्रसेनसंज्ञस्तत्पदपूर्वाद्रिचूलिकादित्यः । १५ मूलं 'चंद्रे' (चांद्र)कुलस्याजनि च ततश्चंद्रमूरिगुरु(क)। १६ । १० पूर्वगतश्रुतजलधिस्तस्मात्सामंतभद्रसूरींद्रः । १७ । श्रीमांश्च देवसरिस्तदीयपट्टेऽभवद् वृद्धः १८॥११ । प्रद्योतनाभिधान १९ । स्ततो(s)पि सूरींद्रमानदेवाख्यः । 'शांतिस्तवेन मारि यो जहे देवताभ्यर्च्यः । २० । १५ श्रीमानतुंगसूरिः । कर्ता भक्तामरस्य गणभर्ता । २१ । श्रीमान् वीरः सूरि २२ । स्ततो(5)पि जयदेवसूरींद्रः । २३ । १३ । श्रीदेवानंदगुरु २४ । विक्रमसूरि २५ गुरुश्च नरसिंहः ।
बोधितहिंसकयक्षः । २६। क्षपणकजेता समुद्रो()थ । २७ । १४ । [J. L. P.]
43

Page #363

338
jaina Literature and Philosophy
1382.
हरिभद्रमित्रमभवत् । सूरिः पुनरेव मानदेवगुरुः २८ विबुधप्रभश्च सूरिः । २९ । तस्मात् सूरिर्जयानंदः ३० ॥१५ । श्रीमद्रविप्रभगुरु । ३१ गरिमागारं गुरुयशोदेवः । ३२।
द्युम्नः प्रद्युम्नाभिधश्च सूरिस्ततो(s)प्यासीत् । ३३ ॥ १६ । विहितोपधानवाच्यग्रंथस्तस्माच्च मानदेवाख्यः ।।
सूरिः समजनि भूयो मानवदेवार्चितः सततं । ॥१७ ॥ केचिदिदं सूरिद्वयमिह न वदंति । तस्माञ्च विमलचंद्रः सहेमसिद्धिर्बभूव सूरिवरः । ३५ । उद्योतनश्च सूरिरितदुरितांकुरव्यूहः । ३६ ॥१८ अथ युगनवनंद९९४मिते । वर्षे विक्रमनृपादतिक्रांते । पूर्वावनितो विहरन् । सोऽर्बुद सुगिरेः सविधमागातू । १९ तत्र च टेलीखेटक । सीमावनिसंस्थवरतरवटाधः । सुमुहूर्ते स्वपदे(s)ष्टै । सूरीन स स्थापयामास । २० ।
युग्मं॥ ख्यातस्ततो गणो(5)यं 'वट'गच्छाहो(ड)पि 'वृद्ध'गच्छ इति । अभवत्तत्र प्रथमः । सूरिः श्रीसर्वदेवाह्वः । ३७॥२१ रूपश्रीरिति नृपतिप्रदत्तबिरुदो(3)थ देवसूरिरभूत् । ३८ ।
श्रीसर्वदेवसूरिज॑ज्ञे पुनरेव गुरुचंद्रः ३९ । २२। ... जातौ तस्य विनेयौ सूरियशोभद्र-नेमिचंद्राद्वौ । ४० ।
ताभ्यां मुनींद्रचंद्रः । श्रीमुनिचंद्रो गुरुः समभूत् । ४१ । २३ । . श्रीअजितदेवसूरिः प्राच्यस्तस्माद् बभूव शिष्यवरः। .
वादीति देवसूरिद्वितीयशिष्यस्तदीय इह ४२ । २४ ॥ । तत्रादिमाद् बभासे । गुरुर्विजयसिंह इति मुनिपसिंहः । ४३ ।
तस्याप्युभौ विनेयौ । बभूवतुर्भूमिबिख्यातौ । २५ । - ख्यातस्तत्र 'शतार्थी सोमप्रभसूरिपुंगवः प्रथमः ।
श्रीमणिरत्नगणींद्रो । गुणगणमणिनीरनिधिरन्यः । ४४ । २६ शिष्या मणिरत्नगुरोस्ततो जगच्चंद्रसूरयो(5)भुवन् । भूतलविदिता नूतनवैराग्यावेगभाजस्ते । २७ । श्रीचैत्रगणांभोधौ विधूपमाद् देवभद्रगणिमिश्रात् । उपसंपन्नाश्चरणं विधिना संवेगवेगवतः ॥ २८ । 'आचामाम्ला ख्यतपो(s)भिग्रहवंतो व्यधुर्विधूतमलाः शरकरटितराणि १२८५ वर्षे । ख्यातस्तत इति 'तपागच्छः । ४५।२९।
विशेषक।

Page #364

382.]
VII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
339
तेषामुभौ विनेयौ देवेंद्रगणींद्र-विजयचंद्राह्वौ ४६ , श्रीदेवेंद्रगुरोरपि । शिष्यौ द्वौ भूतलख्यातौ । ३०।: श्रीविद्यानंदगणी । प्रथमोऽन्यो धर्मघोषसूरिरिति ४७ अथ सोमप्रभसूरि ४८ स्तस्य विनेयास्तु चत्वारः । ३१ श्रीविमलप्रभसूरिः १ श्रीपरमानंदमूरिगुरुराजः २ श्रीपद्मतिलकसूरि ३ । र्गणतिलकः सोमतिलकगुरुः । ४ । ३२ ॥ श्रीसोमप्रभसूरेः । पट्टे श्रीसोमतिलकसूरींद्राः ४९ । तेषां त्रयो विनेयास्तत्र श्रीचंद्रशेखर प्रथमः । ३३ । सूरिजयानंदोऽन्यस्तृतीयका देवसुंदरा गुरवः। श्रीसोमतिलकसूरेस्त एव पट्टांबरादित्याः ५०।३४। तेषां च पंच शिष्याः प्रथमे श्रीज्ञानसागरा गुरवः । कुलमंडना द्वितीयाः । श्रीगुणरत्नास्तृतीयाश्च । ३५। तुर्या अहार्यवीर्या गुरवः श्रीसोमसुंदरप्रभवः । आसंश्च पंचमा अपि गुरवः श्रीसाधुरत्नाहाः।३६। श्रीदेवसुंदरगुरोः पट्टे श्रीसोमसुंदरगणींद्राः॥ ... अभवन् युगप्रधानाः ५१ शिष्यास्तेषां च पंचैते । ३७॥ श्रीमुनिसुंदरसूरिः १ श्रीजयचंद्रो गुरुर्गरिमधाम । २। श्रीभुवनसुंदरगुरु ३ जिनसुंदर४ सूरि-जिनकीर्ती ५।३८॥ श्रीसोमसुंदरगुरोः । पट्टे मुनिसुंदरो युगप्रवरः ५२ । तत्पट्टमुकुटरत्नं स रत्नशेखरगुरूत्तंसः । ३९ । श्राद्धविधिसूत्रवृत्त्याद्यनेकसग्रंथनिर्मितिपटिष्ठः ॥ ५३। लक्ष्मीसागरसूरिस्तत्पदमंडनमतिगरिष्ठः । ५४।४० आसीत्तदीयपट्टे गुरुर्गुणी सुमतिसाधुसूरींद्रः । ५५ श्रीहेमविमलसूरिस्तदीयपट्टे गुरुः समभूत् । ५६ । ४१ अथ दुःषमोत्थदोषात् । प्रमादवशचेतसो ममत्वभृतः । अभवन्मुनयः प्रायः । स्वाचाराचरणशैथिल्याः । ४२ किंचिन्निरीक्ष्याप्यसमंजसं तत् ।
शास्त्रार्थशून्यैः प्रतिभोज्झितैश्च । 'लंका'द्यनादेयमतांधकूपे ।
ऽप्यंधौरवाच्चैः पतितं प्रभूतैः । ४३ ।
इतश्व
श्रीहेमविमलमूरिर्दूरीकृतकल्मषः स सूरिगुणं । ज्ञात्वा योग्यं तूर्ण । धर्मस्याभ्युदयं संसिदथे । ४४

Page #365

340
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1382.
सौभाग्यभाग्यपूर्ण संवेगतरंगरंगनीरनिधि । आमंदविमलसूरिं स्वे पट्टे स्थापयामास ५७ । ४५
युग्म। पल्यावगारसंकाशास्तपोभिर्दुस्तपै शं स्थूलभद्रोपमा ब्रह्मचर्यवर्यगुणैरपि । ४६॥ भीमदानंदविमलप्रभवः शासनाद्गुरोः शश्वत् शुद्धी क्रियां कर्तुमकुर्वन्निश्चलं मनः । ४७
युग्न। अथ कुमार्गपतज्जनतोद्धृतौ ।।
विनयभावमवाप्य सहायकं । सविनयं नयनिर्मलमानसं
__ मुदमधाद्विशदां गुरुपुंगवः । ४८ ॥ श्रीविनयभावसंज्ञैर्विज्ञवरैः संयुताः सहायैस्ते । समतासहिता हित्वा वस्त्रादिपारग्रहे ममता ४९ श्रीविक्रमनृपकालाद् भुजगजशरशशि१५८२ मिते गते वर्षे चक्रुश्चरणोद्धरणं । शरणं संवेगवेगवतां । ५०।।
युग्में
:
:: तदा च तेषां जगदुत्तमानां
संविग्नतासाररसपासक्तः म्लानिं गतो(5)पीह चरित्रधर्म
___ कल्पद्रुमः पल्लवितो बभूव । ५१ स गुरुगरिमौदार्यस्थैर्यादिएणसेवधिः निर्ममत्व शरीरे(s)पि तपस्तेपे सुदुस्तपं । ५२ अथ तच्छ्रयतां किंचिदालोच्य स्वकपाप्मनः कृतवानौपवस्त्राणामशीत्याभ्यधिकं शतं । ५३ । अहंदादिपदध्यायी । 'विंशतिस्थानकं तपः निर्विकारश्वकारैष । चतुःशतचतुर्थकैः । ५४ चक्रे पुनस्तपस्तद्वरिष्ठषष्ठेश्चतुःशतप्रमितैः विंशतिषष्टानि ततो विहरज्जिनपान् समाश्रित्य । ५५ तीर्थाधिपवीरविभोः षष्टानि नवेक्षणेक्षण २२९ मितानि पाक्षिकमुखेषु पर्वसु । षष्ठानि बहूनि चान्यानि । ५६ ।
द्वादशनि प्रभुः पंच । चक्रे प्रथमकमणः । तानि पंचांतरायस्य । नवैव दशमानि तु । ५७ ।

Page #366

382.]
VII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
341
दर्शनावरणस्यापि मोहनीयस्य कर्मणः अष्टाविंशतिसंख्यानि । विशिष्टाष्टमकानि च ॥ ५८
अष्टमदशमान्येवं बेथे गोत्रे तथा(ss)युषि बहूनि । कृतवान् भगवान्नाम्नो नव जज्ञे कर्मणस्तु तपः । ५९ : तपोभिरेवं विहितैरनेकै
रमुत्तरैः श्रीगुरुकुंजरो(G)सौ। वपुः शुशोष प्रगतप्रदोषः
__ स्वकं समग्रैर्दुरितैः सहैव । ६० घदंति तं स्मेति जना निरीक्ष्य
निरीहता ज्ञानतपःक्रियादयं । अवातरस्सर्वगुणः किमेष ।
श्रीमान जगञ्चंद्रगुरुर्द्वितीयः । ६१ 'मरुस्थली-मालव'-'गूर्जरत्रा
__'सौराष्टं मुख्यष्वपि मंडलेषु । हरंस्तमपंकमपास्तदोषः
स सूरिभानुर्व्यहरच्चिराय । ६२ क्षितितलतिलके श्रीमत्यहम्मदाबाद'संज्ञिते देंगे विक्रमनृपतेः समतिक्रांते रसनवतिथि१५९६ मित(s)ब्दे । ६३ विधिना विहितानशनः । श्रीमानानंदविमलमूरींद्रः । . समवाप नाकसौख्यं चेतसि निहितैश्चतुःशरणैः । ६४
युग्मं।
श्रीवर्द्धमानादिह षोडशो(s)भूत्
श्रीचंद्रसूरिः किल गच्छनेता । श्रीमान स सूरिस्तु बभूव सप्त
__ बिंशो 'बृहद्गच्छ'पसर्वदेवः । ३७ ॥ ६५ 'तपाभिधादिस्त्विह पंचचत्वा
रिंशो४५जगच्चंद्रमुनींद्रचंद्रः। ततः क्रियोद्धारकृतो मुनींद्रा
स्त्रयोदशा श्रीगुरवो बभूवुः ५७ । ६६ ।। व श्रीवीरजिनात्संततिकृद्गच्छनाथगुरुगणने । आनंदविमलगुरवः । श्रीमंतः सप्तपंचाशाः ५७। ।

Page #367

342
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[382.
आसंस्तदीयपट्टे । प्रभवः श्रीविजयदानसूरद्रिाः । सर्वत्र विजयवंतो । नयवंतः समयवंतश्च । ५८ ॥६८ तेषां पट्टे संप्रति । विजयंते सर्वमूरिपारीद्राः सुविहितसाधुप्रभवः श्रीमंतो हीरविजयाह्वाः । ६९ ॥ सौभाग्यमद्भुततरं भाग्यमसाधारणं सदा येषां वैराग्यमुत्तमतमं । चारित्रमनुत्तरतमं च । ७०.. येषां दोषांश्च गुणान् । शक्तौ खलसज्जनौ न जायेतां । वर्णयितुमसद्भावादप्रमितेश्चापि पूज्यानां । ७१ । श्रीविजयसेनसूरिप्रमुखैर्मनिपुंगवैः प्रगतदोषैः । सेवितपदारविंदाः श्रीगुरवस्ते जयंति चिरं । ५९ । ७२ तेषां श्रीसगुरूणां । प्रसादमासाद्य संश्रुतानंदः । वेदाग्निरसेंदु१६३४मिते विक्रमभूपालतो वर्षे । '७३। शिष्यो भूरिगुणानां । युगोत्तमानंदविमलसूरीणां । निर्मितवान वृत्तिमिमामुपकारकृते विजयविमलः ॥ ७४ ॥
युग्मं । कोविदविद्याविमला विवेकविमलाभिधाश्च विद्वांसः आनंदविजयविबुधा । विचिंतयंतो गुरौ भाक्तिं । ७५। शोधनलिखनादिविधावस्या वृत्तेwधुः समुद्योग। स्युर्बाढमादरपरा । उचिते कृत्ये हि कृत्यजा (ज्ञाः)। ७६ ॥
युग्मं । प्रत्यक्षरं गणनया । वृत्तेर्मानं विनिश्चितं । सहस्राः पंच सानि शतान्यष्टावनुष्टुभां ॥ ७७। यावन्महीतले मेरुर्यावच्चंद्रदिवाकरौ ।
तावद्वत्तिरियं धीरैर्वाच्यमाना(s)श्नुतां जयं । ७८ । इति 'तपागच्छनभोनभोमणिकलिकालगौतमावतारभट्टारकपुरंदरश्री ६ । आनंदविमलसूरीश्वरचरणसरसीरुहरजश्चंचरीकायमाणं पं० । विजयविमलगणिविरचितायां गच्छाचाराभिधप्रकीर्णकटीकायां श्रीगुरुपर्वक्रमवर्णनाधिकारः समाप्तः ॥ छ । गच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकवृत्तिः समाप्त ग्रं० ५८५० ।

Page #368

384.]
VII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
343
गच्छाचार
Gacchācāra विवृतिसहित
with vivrti No. 383
835.
1875-76. Size.- II in. by 5g in. Extent. — 197 folios ; 12 lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and white; Devanagari charac
ters; big, quite legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink ; numbers of foll. entered in both the margins ; foll. 1a and 1975 blank ; condition excellent; this Ms. contains the text as well as its commentary together with a big colophon; complete; extent 5850 Sokas; this Ms. seems to have been copied from one
dated Samvat 1763. Age.- Samvat 1932. Begins.--(text) fol. 2b नमिऊण महावीरं etc. ,, -(com.) fol. Ib भट्टारकप्रभुश्रीआनंदविमलसरिगुरुभ्यो नमः
उद्बोधो विदधे(s)जानामिव भव्यश(री)रिणां गवां विलासैनासौं जीयाद्वीररविश्चिरं ॥१॥ पदपद्मं स्वगुरूणां सदासदाचारचरणटुंटुं(चंचू)नां नत्वा विदधे विवृतिं गच्छाचाराख्यसूत्रस्य ॥२॥
इति तावच्छात्रस्यादौ मंगलसंबंधाभिधेयप्रयोजनान्यभिधातन्यानि etc. Ends.--(text) fol. 192 पढंतु साहुणो etc., up to हियमप्पणो ॥ १३७ ॥ . :
--(com.) fol. 193b यद्यथा तत्तथा etc., along with the 78 verses
of the colophon up to प्रकीर्णकवृत्तिः समाप्त as in No. 382
followed by लेखन सं० १७६३ नु(न)तन ले० १९३२ ग्रं० ५८५० ॥ N. B.- For other details see No. 382.
गच्छाचार
Gacchācāra विवृतिसहित
with vivrti No. 384
1140 (8).
1887-91. Size.- 94 in. by 4g in. Extent.-- 155+1-2=154 folios; 15 lines to a page ; - 48 letters to - aline.

Page #369

$44
jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 385.
Description. - Country paper rough and white ; Devanāgari charac
ters with H ITS; small, legible, uniform and good handwriting; borders ruled in four lines in black ink ; foll. ja and 155b blank except that the title etc. written on them; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 118th repeated; foll. 149 and 150 missing, yet both the text and the commentary seem to be complete ; extent 5850 ślokas; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten ; condition on the whole good ; this Ms. contains a big colophon ; there is an additional work viz. the text beginning on fol. 1514 and
ending on fol. 155. Age.- Pretty old. Begins.--(text) fol. 24 FT550T(HU) Harati etc. „ --(com.) fol. ID HERREN a ra PET NA: 1
atat farçù etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 1458 TGT FICUT etc. ,, --com.) „ „ TTTST WOT alor etc., up to 1540 Hauufaferr: as in No. 382 followed by the lines as under :
समाप्तः ॥ छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ५८५० गच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकटीका
FATHT 11 Il etc. N. B.- For additional information see No. 382.
गच्छाचार
Gacchācāra व्याख्यासहित
with vyākhyā
1141. No. 385
1887-91. Size.—101 in by 44 in. Extent.-- (text) 16 folios ; 23 lines to a page ; 56 letters to a line.
„ (com.) , » ; » » » » » ; 76 » » » » Description.- Country paper rough and white; Devanagari charac
ters with PATEITS; this is a feat Ms., the text written in a sufficiently big hand; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand

Page #370

385.1
VII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
345
margin only; fol. I blank; so is the fol. 16b: few fol. slightly worm-eaten ; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete.
Age.- Pretty old. Author of the commentary.-Pandita Vanara, a grand-disciple of
Anandavimala Sūri of Tapā gaccha. Subject. -One of the prakirnakas along with a Sanskrit commentary. Begins.--( text ) fol. I नमिऊण महावीरं etc. ., -(com.) , ,, नमः सर्वज्ञाय ॥
__श्रीपार्श्वजिनमानम्म तीर्थाधीशं बरमदं ।
गच्छाचारो गुरोर्शाता वक्षे(क्ष्ये) व्याख्या स्गम ॥१॥
शास्त्रस्यादी प्रयोजनाभिधेयसंबंधमंगलान्यभिधातव्यानि etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 16 पढंतु साहूणो etc., up to हियमपणो ॥ १३७ as in
No. 383 followed by the line as below:
इति गच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकसूत्रम् ॥छ॥ . . . ........ --- ,, - (com.) 164 यद्यथा(s)त्र भणितं तत्तथेति । इच्छंतो वांछां कुतः हितं पथ्यं कस्यात्मनः । १३७ ॥
इति श्रीविजयदानसूरिविजयमानराज्ये भव्यसुमनस्सु ३ पतीनां पुष्टदुःखाकुलदुर्जटस्थिरजिह्वव्याप्तनिर्दयदुबोधाज्ञानांधकुगुरुवचनोपदेशानिधूम्रया(श्या)ममुखोत्सूत्रवारुण्यपवित्रास्यकुमतिकुवासनावेलाभयंकराकलहपंकबहुलकुराजग दुश्वारनुसाधुमडांडं(?)भागाधमंदमहते(?)गपतसंकीर्णशरीर मामसद्भुषमयदुखमाकालकाललसागरनिमज्जज्जांहपोतायमानामां भीतपंगणश्रीतमयमलनिनक्षवगणितानंतानंतकुमति etc., भयदज्ञान बमः कर्षयत्प्रषंडानां पावनीकृतात्मानां श्रीआनंदविमलसूरीश्वराणां शिष्याणशिष्य(ष्ये)ण वानराज्येन पंडितश्रीहर्षकुलावाप्तगच्छाचाररहस्येन गच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकलीयं समर्थिता आगमजैः संसो(शोध्यति मम मूर्ष (ख)शिरोमणेः को()पि दोषो न कर्षणीयः । अत्र मया यज्जिनाज्ञाविरुद्धं लिखित व्याख्यातं च तन्मम त्रिविधं त्रिविधेन मिथ्या दुः(ए)कृतं भवतु ॥ इति श्रीगच्छा
चारप्रकीर्णकटीका समाप्ता ॥ छ । etc. Reference. The text as well as the commentary published,
See No. 374.
44 [J. L. P.]

Page #371

346
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[386.
गच्छाचार. . ...
... ... Gacchācāra अवचूरिसहित ... ..... ... . with avacuri
. .. ........ ... . .. 1933 No. 386
1886-92. Size.- Iog in. by 43 in. Extent.-(text) 9 folios; 5 to 7. lines to a page; 46 letters to a line.
, -(com.),, ,, ; II , I4 , , , , , 65 , ,, , Description.- Country paper rough and white; Devanagari charac
ters with पृष्ठमात्राs; this is a त्रिपाटी Ms., the text written in a sufficiently big hand and the com. in a small hand; legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; both the
text and the commentary complete ; condition very good; ... . fol. 1 blank. ...... Age.- Samvat 1646. Şubject.— A Jaina agama along with a small commentary in
Sanskrit. . .. .. . Begins.- (text) fol. I' नामऊण महावीरं etc. - , -(com) , , श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः॥ ... नमिऊ०॥ आदौ शास्त्रकारः स्वेष्टदेवतां नमस्कुर्वन् ग्रंथमारभति(ते)। etc.
Ends.- (text) fol. 9b गच्छायार सुपित्ताणं etc., up to हिअमप्पणो ॥३७॥ . . as in No. 374. Here the verse पढंत साहणो is not to be found.
. The Ms. ends with the words इति गच्छाचारसूत्रं समत्तं ॥
छ। श्री । -(com.) fol. 9 गच्छाया० ॥ श्रुत्वा पठित्वा साधुसाध्यः । आत्मनो हितं वांछमाना। यद्यथा भाणितं तत्तथा कुव्वतु । मुनयश्वारित्रोद्यताः इति गाथार्थ: ॥३६ ॥ इति श्रीगच्छाचारप्रकीर्णकावचूरिः समाप्त (ता) छ । संवत् १६४६ वर्षे लिखिता परोपकराय॥

Page #372

387.]
VIII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
347
THE EIGHTH PRAKIRNAKA जम्बूस्वाम्यध्ययन
Jambūsvāmyadhyayana (जंबुसामिअज्झयण)
(Jambusamiajjhyana) टब्बासहित
• with tabba
191. No. 387
. . 1871-72.. Size.-- 9} in. by 41 in. Extent.- (text) 48 folios; 6 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line.
, -(tabbā) , , , , , , , 744 " "" " Description.- Country paper very thin and white; Devanagari
characters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the interlinear tabbā; the former written in a slightly bigger hand; legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; foll. numbered in both the margins ; edges of the first two foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; foll. Ia and 48b blank ; both the text and the tabba
complete up to the 21st uddesaka.. Age.- Old. Subject. - This is a prakīrņaka dealing with the life of Jambū.
svāmin, in 21 uddeśakas. Begins.- (text) fol. Ib तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं रायगिहें नामं नयरे होत्था।
वण्णओ । तत्थ णं रायगिहे गुणसिला नाम चेइए ।वण्णओ। तत्थ णं
रायगिहे सेणिए णामं राया होत्था । मंति अभय नामं कुमारे etc. " -(com.) fol. b ते. ते कालनइ विषइ । ते० समयने विषे । रा० राय
ग्रही नाम etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 48* एस जंबूचरियं जे मुच्चा सहहसि।
से आराहगा भणिआ तेणं जीवं सुहं मधे २ पावइस्सई । . । इति श्रीजंबूअज्झयणं एगवीसमो उद्देशो(सो) सम्मत्तो २१ । इति
श्री जंबूपयण्णो सम्मत्तो । , -(com.) fol. 48* सुष साता भवो भवै पा. पामस्यइ । इति श्रीजंबुनो
अध्ययननइ एकवीसमा उद्देशानो । इति श्रीजंबूनो दृष्टांतनो पयन्नो संपूर्णम् ।। Reference.- In Jaina Granthāvali (p. 68 ) a work named Jambu.
payanno is noted. This appears to be the one here described. It seems it is variously. designated: e.g. Jambā

Page #373

348
Jaina Literature and Philosophy,
1388.
ditthanta, Jambúajjhayaņa, Jambúsvāmikathānaka and Jambûcaritra. See Essai de Bibliographie Jaina (p. 72 ) by A. Guérinot. For other details see Weber II, p. 1016 where it is classed as belonging to historico-legendary literature.
जम्बूस्वाम्यध्ययन
Jambūsvāmyadhyayana बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha No. 388
693.
1892-95. Size.-- 10 in. by 4 in. Extent.-- (text) so folios ; 8 lines to a page ; 45 letters to a line.
„ -(com.) „ » ; » » » » » ; 56 » » » Description.-- Country paper thick, rough and white; Devanāgari
characters; small, clear and legible hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; red chalk and white paste used; foll, numbered in the right hand margins only; fol. Ia blank; so is the fol. sob; condition very good; both the text and the interlinear 'balāvabodha complete ; 18000 śīlāngas represented on fol. 4b; space
for the text is not kept reserved. Age. Samvat 1899, sāka 1765 Author.- Padmasundara Upadhyaya. Subject. A Jaina agama known as prakirņaka in Präkrit in 21
uddeśakas or chapters together with its explanation in
Gujarāti. Begins.-(text) fol. 10 softgel 7: S TATA FA: 1
tot reso ao etc. „ –(com. WATU 41 OJ atqhqarila TATA ** T SCATH Saat नमस्कार हुवौ।
तेकालनै विर्षे ते समयने विर्षे राजग्रही नाम नगरी हुती पिण नगरी
at etc. Ends. ---(text) fol. 50" ge til at afectat u wrofrazat syuter* Tom farrey wanteft...

Page #374

389.] VIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
349 एस जंबूचरीय जे सुच्चा सहहसि से आराहग्ग भाणियव्या ..
जंबूअज्झयणा एगगविसमो उदे(हे)सो एवं जंबूअज्झयणं समत्तं उवज्झायश्रीपद(द)मसुंदरगाणिकृतं आलापकस्वरूपं संपूर्ण समाप्त श्रीः ॥ —(com.) fol. 50* एवं इण मेले सर्व जंबूनौ अध्ययन संपूर्ण उपाध्याय श्रीपदमसुंदरगाणिकृतं ते कह्यो ए आलावौ जंबूनौ संपूर्ण ॥ समापतं ॥ श्री ॥ संवत् १८९९ रा वर्षे शाके १७६५ रा प्रवर्त्तमाने मासोतममासे जेष्टमासे शुक्लपष्ये २ तिथौ बुधवारे श्रीसारदाए न्म ॥ पं० प्रगुरांजी श्री१०८श्रीवासाजणजी तशिष्य वा श्री१०८श्री श्रीनारायणजी तत्शिष्य पं० प्र । श्री. १०८श्रीदानकुशलजी तशिष्य पं० प्र श्री१०८श्रीसत्यविजयजी तत्शिष्य प्र श्री१०८श्रीकपूरभद्रजी तशिष्यलिषतं पं० लक्ष्मीपुरंदरमुनिश्रीजिनचंद्रसूरजीशापायं श्री वृधखरतर'मछे श्री आसाढायामें चतुरमाच(स) क्राक)तं लिषीतं श्रीरस्तु etc.
जब लग मेरु अडग है तब लग शशि हर सूर
जब लग आ पोथी सदा रह ज्यौ गुण भरपूर ॥
श्रीरस्तु॥ Reference.— See No. 387..
जम्बूस्वाम्यध्ययन
Jambūsvāmyadhyayana खालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha
350. No. 389
1871-72. Size.— 104 in. by 4} in. Extent.- $4 folios; 6 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper rough and white; Devanagari charac
ters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the interlinear commentary; the former witten in a big hand, the latter in a small one; clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines and edges in one, in red ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; fol. ra practically blank except that the title etc., written on it; foll. numbered in both the margins; condition very good; both the text and the
commentary complete. Age- Pretty old.

Page #375

350
Begins.---(text) fol. 1 b श्रीदेवगुरुभ्यो नमः ॥
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
""
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc., as in No. 388.
--- (com) fol. 1b तेणें कालिं । तेणें समयनें विषे । राजगृह नामे नगर होत्था कहितां उं । नगरनुं वर्णन जाणवउं etc.
Ends.---(text) fol. 542 एस जंबू पंचमाभवदिद्वं etc, to up संपूर्ण as in
No. 388.
"
t
[ 390.
— ( com.) fol. 544 श्रेणिक एह जंबूना पांचमा भवना दृष्टांत । संषेपे जांणवा जांणीने । अनेरा ग्रंथने विषदं विस्तार प्रचुर घणो हुसिह पणि इहां संषेपिका एह जंबूनउं चरित्र सांभलीनें सद्दहइ । ते आराधक जीव कहीया ए जंतूना अध्ययननें विषे । एकवीसमो उद्देसा सहित एवं एणी मेलें जंबू नउं अध्ययन | संपूर्ण हवउं ॥ उपाध्यय श्रीश्री १०८ श्रीपद्मसुंदर गणिइं कह्युं थें आलापक सूत्रं पुरुउं थयुं छई. Then in a different hand we have:--
ज (जं) बुचरित्र भिपरत्त पं० । लावण्य सौभाग्यना भंडारनि परत छे शिष्य पं० । माणिक्यसौभाग्यना भागे आवी छे मुनिफत्तेसौभाग्यवांचनार्थे लिपीकृतं ।
N. B. — For other details see No. 388.
Jambusvāmyadhyayana
with bālāvabodha
29. 1869-70.
जम्बूस्वाम्यध्ययन बालावबोधसहित
No. 390
Size.— 1o in. by 44 in.
Extent. 41 +1= 42 folios; 7 lines to a page ; 42 letters to a line. Description. - Country paper rough and white; Devanagarī charac ters; this Ms. contains the text as well as the interlinear commentary; the former written in a bigger hand and the latter in a smaller one; clear and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; red chalk and white paste used; fol. ra blank ; edges of the first fol. slightly damaged ; foll. numbered in both the margins; fol. 7th repeated; both the text and the commentary complete ; condition good.
Age.-- Sarvat 1769.

Page #376

390.]
VIII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
351
Begins.- (text) fol. I श्रीगुरुभ्यो नमः । ..........
तेणं कालेणं तेणं समएणं etc. as in No. 388. , - (com.) fol. I' श्रीगुरुनि नमस्कार करी जंबुचरित्र कहीइं मुनीश्वरई
ते कालनि विषई ते समयने विषई etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 41b एस जंबु पंचमभवदिहं etc., up to आलापकं संपूर्ण ... as in No. 388 followed by इति श्रीजंबुचरित्रं संपूर्णम् लिखितं
श्री पत्तन नगरे संवत् १७६९ वर्षे वैशाषकदि २ शुक्रे पं० दानचंद्रेण .लिपीकृतं ॥ .
...
. . .... . ---(com.) fol. 41b हे श्रेणिक ए जंबुना पंच भवनो जांणवो संक्षेपथी कह्या
etc., practically up to एकवीसमो उद्देसो as in No. 389 followed by सम्पत्तो उपाध्याय पद्मसुंदरगणिइ कीधो छ आलावाने सेति इति जंबुचरित्र संपूर्णम् लिख्यो छे 'जणीएनपुर'मध्ये वैशाष(ख)मासे शुक्रवारे
लिषी(खि)तं N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 388.

Page #377

352
Jajna Literature and Philosophy
[ 391,
THE NINTH PRAKĪRNAKA ज्योतिष्करण्डक
Jyotişkaraņdaka (जोसकरंडक).
(Joisakarandaka) टीकासहित
with tīkā No. 391 ... .
269.
1873-74. Size,- II in. by sit in. Extent.- 102 folios; IS lines to a page; 56 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper tough and white; Devanāgari charac
ters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders of foll. 9 to 102 ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink; yellow pigment used; soll. Ia and 102b blank; numbers of foll. entered twice as usual; margins of the foll. 38 and so slightly damaged; condition on the whole good; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary, the
former in Prakrit, the latter in Sanskrit; both complete. Age.- Modern. Subject.-- This work composed in Prākrit in verses and divided into
prābhstas mostly deals with astronomy and it is accompanied by the Sanskrit commentary. It is classified in Jaina Granthāvali under the prakīrņaka section of the Jaina
agamas. Abhidhānarajendra, too, mentions it as prakirnaka. Author of the commentary.- Malayagiri Suri. Begins.—(text) fol. 1b
सुण ताव सूरपण्णत्तिवण(ण्णं) वित्थरेणं जं निउणं ।
थौगुणैच्चएण तत्तो वोच्छं उल्लोगमेत्तानां( गं ?)।१। etc. ,, --(com.) fol. Ib ॥६०॥ श्रीगणेशाय नमः ॥
स्पे(स्पष्टं चराचरं विश्वं जानीते यः प्रतिक्षणं । तस्मै नमो जिनेशाय श्रीवीराय हितैषिणे ॥१॥ सम्यगगुरुपदांभोजपर्युपास्तिप्रसादतः।
ज्योतिष्करण्डकं व्यक्तं विवृणोमि यथा(55)गमं ॥२॥ etc. Ends.-(text) fol. Iorb
कालणा(ण्णा)ण समासो पुवायरिएहि तीणिउ एसो। दिणकरपण(ण्ण)
त्तीओ सीसजणविबोहणद्व ?हाए)॥ ---(com.) fol. 102 a तेन परंपरया सर्वविन्मूलत्वादुपादेयमिदमवश्यं प्रेक्षावहि ज्योतिःकरण्डकामति ।
"

Page #378

392. ]
IX. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
यद्गदितमल्पमतिना जिनवचनविरुद्धमत्र टीकायां । विद्वद्भिस्तत्त्व [टीकायां ] ज्ञैः प्रसादमाधाय तच्छोध्यं ॥ ज्योतिः करण्डकमिदं गंभीरार्थ विवृण्वता कुशलं । यदवापि मलयागरिणा सिद्धिस्तेनाश्नुतां लोकः ॥ इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचिता[यां]ज्योतिःकरण्डकटीका[यां] समाप्ता । शुभं भवतु etc.
Reference. The text along with the commentary is published by Rsabhadās Kesarimalji Samsthā, Rutlam, in A D 1928. For a Ms. of the commentary see G. O. Series vol. XXI, p. 28.
ज्योतिष्करण्डक टीकासहित
No. 392
Size.- 11Ý in. by sain.
Extent.— 71 + 127 = 198 folios; to lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line.
Age.— Sarvat 1931.
Author of the commentary.-- Malayagiri Sūri.
353
Description. Country paper thick, rough and white; Devanagari characters; big, bold, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; fol. 14 blank ; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary; white paste used; foll. 72 to 93 also numbered as 1, 2 etc.; foll. 94th and the following only numbered as 23, 24 etc. up to 127 ; complete; the last fol. also numbered as 197 but it seems to be wrong; condition very good.
"
Jyotiskaran daka with ṭīkā
720. 1875-76.
Begins.--(text) fol.1b सुण ताव सूरपणात्त etc., as in No. 391. —(com.) fol. rb ॥ ० ॥ स्पष्टं चराचरं etc., as in No. 391. Ends.—(text) fol. 1272 कालण्णाण समासो etc., as in No. 391. --(com.) fol. 1272 तेन परपंरया etc., as in No. 391 up to टीका समाप्ता । followed by the lines as under :
छ ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं' । etc., संवत् १९३१ वर्ष (र्षे) श्रावणमासे कृष्णपक्षे तिथि६ भानुदिने । श्रीत्रवाडि । श्रीपंचानारायणजीसुतत्रीमलालस्वहस्तेन लेपिकृत्वा । यादृशं पुस्तकं etc. श्री पाटण' मध्ये ॥
N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 391.
I This is not mentioned in the Ms., though space is kept for it. 45 IJ. L. P. 1

Page #379

354
Jaina Literature and Philosophy 139 ज्योतिष्करण्डक .
.
Jyotişkarandaka टीकासहित
with tīkā ___No. 393
- 378.
1880-81. Size.-- Ion in. by 4, in. Extent.-- 145 folios ; 13 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a lipe. Description.-- Country paper very thin and greyish; Devanagari
'characters with occasional पृष्ठमात्रा; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in
black ink; a piece of paper pasted in the middle to fol. r*; ... fol. I blank; fol. I worn out in good many places, so
the corresponding letters missing ; some of the foll. wormeaten ; fol. 145th slightly torn; condition fair; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary, the former in Prākrit and the latter in Sanskrit ; both complete ; extent
5500 slokas. Age. - Samvat 1640. Begins.--(text) fol. - Tण ताव मूरपण्णाति etc., as in No. 391.
--(com.) fol. Ib॥ॐनमोरी .......... स्पष्टं चराचरं etc., as in No. 39t. Ends.--(text) fol. 145b काल(पा)माण समासो etc., as in No. 39L. , --(com.) fol. 145b तेन परंपरया etc., as in No. 391 up to समाप्ता
followed by the lines as below:--
..प्रथायं ५५०० । सं. १६४० बर्षे ज्येष्टशुदि१४दिने पावले उपा.. ध्यायश्रीधर्मसागरमणिगुरुभ्यो नमः । तत्सेवकक्रमपपनार्थ वालेउ)
आलिखितं । etc. श्री सिरपुर नगरे । fotlowed in a different. ....: - hand by the lines as under :---
. ..... श्रीराजसागरसूरिराज्ये सकलवाचकोत्तंसवाचकश्रीपं लब्धिसागर: गणिशिष्यविनीतसागरमणिइं ए प्रति भंडार मुंकी छई। श्री स्तंभ
तीर्थ पुरे । संवत् १७११ वर्षे श्रीः॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 392.

Page #380

IX. Supernumerary Prakirpekas
355
ज्योतिष्करण्डक
Jyotişkarandaka (समवशमाभूत)
(17th prabhrta) टीकासहित
with tīkā
268. No. 394
1893-74 Siže.-- 11} in. by sfin. Extent.-- 5 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 46 letters to a line. Description.— Country paper tough and white ; Devanāgari charac
ters; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; fol. ia blank; this Ms. contains both the text and the commentary, the former in Prakrit and the latter in Sanskrit ; complete so
far as the 17th prabhṛta is concerned ; condition very good. Age.- Not old. Subject. The text is a portion of Jyotişkarandaka and it deals with
____the dimensions of tapa-ksetra. It is commented upon in . . Sanskrit. Begins.--(text) fol. 1b
अद्ध(ड)स सएस सूरो अहस सएसु आसएस ।
तारा उबरि हिट्ठा समा य दस्स नायव्या etc. , --(com.) fol. b श्रीगणेशाय नमः॥ .
तदेवमुक्तषोडशं प्राभृतं संप्रति तापक्षेत्र(त्रपरिमाणशनिपादकं सादश
प्राभृतं विवक्षुराह etc. Ends. --(text) fol. sb ... .सा व मुहर्त(त)गई गुणिया विक्सेण होई पुणे(ण्णे)।
.. सो मायबि(ब)विष्क(ख)भो ताहि २ मंडल(ले) रविणो॥ , --- (com.) fol. sb नदानी च दिवसो हावामहूर्तप्रमाणातत इयमनंतरोक्ता
मुहर्तगतिर्वादशभिर्गुण्यते जातानि त्रिषष्ठियोजनसहस्राणि षट्शतानि षष्ट्याधिकानि । १३६६३ एतावत्प्रमाणं सर्वबाह्ये मैडले तापक्षेत्रविष्कभपरिणाममिति।।
छ इति श्रीमलयगिरिविरचितायो ज्योतिःकरण्डकटीकायां तापक्षेत्रप्रमाणप्रतिपादकं सप्तदशमं प्राभृतं समाप्तम् ॥ शुभं भवढ etc.

Page #381

356
jaina Literature and Philosophy
(39š.
THE TENTH PRAKIRNAKA
तीर्थोद्गालिक
Tirthodgālika ( faryonica)
( Titthuggāliya )
1164. No. 395
1887-91 Size.-- 104 in. by 4.3 in. Extent.-- 54 folios; 11 lines to a page ; 40 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and yellowish ; Devanagari
characters with qars; big, legible and very good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; unnumbered sides having a small disc in red cclour, in the centre only; the numbered, in the margins, too; fol. 1* blank except that a title viz. ATT FICHEME is written on it ; edges of almost all the foll. more or less worn out; a piece of white paper pasted in the corresponding places; condition very fair; complete; fol. 54b has only the following lines written on it in a different hand :--
श्रीऋद्धिविजयवाचकपौत्रोपाध्यायगंगाविजयेन मदीयगुरुसेवार्थ
चित्कोशे प्रतिरिय न्यस्ता. Age.-- Samvat 1584. Author.-- A Jaina saint. Subject.-- This prakirņaka composed in 1251. verses in Prākrit is
known as Titthogāli, too. It has for one of its topics life of Bhadrabāhusvāmin. Verses 620 to 622 throw light on the
date of Candragupta's coronation.'' Begins.---fol. 1b Fa: sitesinin il
... जयइ ससिपायनिम्मलतिहुभणवित्थिन्नपुनसकुसमा।
Er FurqarT fagfore gli etc. ' नामिऊण समणसंघ सुनायपरमत्थपायडं विमलं ।
og fagurei fare i in 11 8 11 etc.
1 For details see “ The Traditional Chronology of the Jainas” (pp. 16-17 ) by Shantilal Shah.

Page #382

396.] X. Supernumerary Prakırnakas
:357 __Ends.-fol. 544
एसा य पयसहस्सेण वंनिया समणगंधहत्थीणं । पुढेणं उ रायगिहे तित्थोगाली उ वीरेणं ॥ ४६ ।। etc. .. ते तेसिं गाहाओ दोन्नि सता ऊसहस्स मंगे च । तित्थोगालीए संखा एसा भाणिया उ अंकेन ॥ ५१।) ..
इति तित्थोगाली सम्मत्ता ॥ संवत् १५८४ आषाढादि ८५ वर्षे
आषाढवदि बीजि सारो वा० श्रीजयवल्लभयोग्यं ॥ . Reference.- Some of the verses from the beginning as well as the
end are quoted in Abhidhānarājendra. This prakirņaka is referred to in “ Viranirvāṇa samvat aura Jaina kālagaņaņā" (pp.98-103) by Muni Sri Kalyanavijaya. In the svopajna vrtti of :Paryusana-dasasataka by Dharmasagara Gani, 166th of the collection of 1873-74 (fol. 27a), there is a quotation from Tirthogāra. It remains to be verified if that work is the same as this, even though I am inclined to identify the present work with Tirthodgāra mentioned in Jaina Granthăvali (p. 62).
तीर्थोद्गालिक .
Tīrthodgālika • No. 396
385.
1879-80. Size.- 115 in. by 4 in. Extent.— 21. folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 68 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough and white; Devanagari charac
ters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders neatly ruled in four lines in black ink; fol. Ta blank ; a few foll. slightly worm-eaten; condition on the whole good; foll. numbered in the
right hand margin only; complete ; extent 1565 ślokas. Age.-Samvat 1612. Begins.-fol. b नमः सर्वज्ञाय॥
जयइ ससिपाय etc. Ends.-fol. 21 b एसा य etc., up to अंकेणं as in No. 395 followed
by छ ॥ गाथा १२३३ ॥ श्लोक १५६५ ॥ छ ॥ तित्थोगाली संमत्ता ।। संवत् १६१२ वर्ष कार्तकशुदि ९ गुरु 'अहिमदावाद'मध्ये पुस्तिका लिखि
तमिदं। छ.etc. N. B.- For further particulars see No. 395... .... ..

Page #383

18
jarina Literature and Philosophy
तीर्थोद्रालिक
Tīrthodgātika No. 397 .
_386 (n).
1879-80. Extent.- fol. 884 to fol. 1324. Description.- Complete ; extent 1565 ślokas. For others details
___sce No. 268. Begins.-fol. 88* नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।।
मा ससिपावनिम्मल etc., as in No. 395. . .! Exodus -- fol. 132. gem of wore toi etc., up to Arai as in No. 395 followed by the lines as below :
सोई तित्योमालि जिणवरवसहस्स वद्यमाणस्स मई सररासरनमंसियस मह(ई) धुयरयस्स। गुणमहणमवणतस्यणमरितदंसणविसुद्धरत्थागा
संघनगर महहिं) ते अक्खंडचरित्तपागारा ।' जं उचित सयाउ । अहव मती(तिर पथोपदेसण . . . तंच विरुद्धं नाउं सोहेयव्वं सुयधरेहिं ॥ १२५ Then we have :
ते तिसं गाहाउ etc., up to उ अंकेण as in No. 395 followed by गाथा ॥१२३३ । छ। तित्थोगाली समत्ता । छ । एवं
पानं श्लोक ॥१५६५ ॥ संवत् १६७१ वर्षे कार्तिकशुदि ८ रवौ पत्तन नगरे श्रीवीरवंशज्ञातीयसंघवीपूजा भार्यामांगी तयोः पुत्रसंयकारभार्या उमर
अलविदा । श्रेटिभीमापनीहरपादेकलोत्पन्ना एवंविधा उमारिका ... हायानाम्न्या श्रीविवाहपशाप्त्यंमं मुनिलसिससागरपाई भूकंवा '..: श्रीमौतमले २ प्रत्येक २ मेकैकं हनीफलं पुण्यम्पत्ये एक तो इव्येण्ये(जे)वं
मूत्र लिखाप्य मुनिललितसागरस्थ स्वयं सेवावाचनाये.... N. B.—For additional information see No. 395.
1-2 This portion is seen in the mangalacarapa of Nandisutra. 3 Letters are gone, owing to the corresponding portion worn out.

Page #384

398.]
द्वीपावरभज्ञचमणी ( दीवसागर पण्णत्तसंगहणी)
No. 398
XI. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
THE ELEVENTH PRAKIRNAKA
Dvipasagaraprajñaptisangrahaņi ( Divasāgarapannattisangahani)
Ends.--fol. 7b
359
Size.- 1o in. by 5‡ in,
Extent. 7 folios; 15 lines to a page; 46 letters to a line. Description. Country paper thin and white; Devanagari characters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in one, in red ink; fol. r Blank, except that the title is written on it; complete ; condition very good.
Age.— Not quite modern.
Subject.
'एक्खखरदीव (डुं) परिक्खिव माणुसोत्तरो सेलो । पायारसरिसरूवो विभयंतो माणुस लोयं ॥ सत्तरसइकवीसाइं जोयणसयाई सो समुव्विद्धो । वित्तारि पतीसाई मूले कोर्स व ओगाढो । etc.
This is a small work in Prakrit. It is styled as Dvipasagaraprajñapti in Jaina Granthavali (p. 64) and Abhidhanarajendra (vol. I, p. 4), It consists of 223 gathas. It describes continents and oceans. It is a sort of Jaina cosmography. Begins. fol. 1.
600. 1884-86.
चउरोत्तरीयाए डीए जोजाई सबसहस्साई । बिछडो सागरो व दीवो वा ताबश्याओ तहियं पंतीओ चंदनूराणं । २२३ ॥
छ । दीवसागरपनत्तिसंघयणिगाहाओ समताओ ॥
Reference. See Jaina Granthāvalī (p. 64 ) where this work is noted as prakīrņaka.

Page #385

360
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
THE TWELFTH PRAKÍRNAKA
पर्यन्ताराधना (पज्जंताराहणा )
No. 399 :
Size.— rog in. by 4 in. Extent. -- 4 folios; I lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line. Description.-- Country paper thin, and white; Devanagari charac ters with पृष्ठमात्राs; big, legible and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in red ink; each side of the fol. has a small design in each of the margins; fol. 4b blank ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; edges of all the foll. slightly damaged; condition tolerbaly good; complete ; extent 74 slokas.
Age.-- Pretty old.
Author — Soma Suri.
Subject.
Begins.—fol. 14 ॐ
This work is considered as a prakīranaka and is classed as an agama in Jaina Granthavali. It is composed in 70 verses in Prakrit. As its very name implies it deals with what ought to be done on death-bed, e. g. reflection about the partial transgression of vows, severing the connection with the 18 papasthānas, taking resort to the Arhats, Siddhas and others.
Ends.-fol. 4a
मण भइ एवं । भयवं समउच्चियं । समाइसस ॥ तत्तो वागरइ गुरू । पज्जंताराहणं एयं ॥ १ आलोइ अईआरा । गयाई उच्चरसुखमसुजीवेसु । वोसिरसु भावियप्पा | अद्वारसपावठाणाई ॥ २ ॥ चउसरणं टुक्कडगरिहणं च । सुक्कडाणुमोयणं कुणसु । सुभावणं अणसणं । पंचनमुक्कार सरणं च ॥ ३ ॥ नाणंमि दंसणंमि य । चरणंमि तवंमि तहय विरयमि । पंचविहे आयारे । अईआरा लोअणं कुणसु ॥ ४ ॥ etc.
[399.
Paryantarādhanā ( Pajjantārāhana )
1199. 1887-91..
पंचपरमिडिसमरण । प्ररायणो पाविउण पंचतं । पत्तो पंचमकप्पंमि । रायसिंहो मुरिं दत्तं ॥ ६८ ॥
I. It is so named in the Mss. No. 400 and 401, too.

Page #386

401.]
XII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
तप्पत्ती रणवई । तहेव आराहिऊण तं कप्पे ! सामाणिअत्तपत्तो । तर चुआ निच्चुइस्संति ॥ ६९ ॥ सिरिसोमसृरिरइयं । पज्जंताराहणं पसमजणणं । जे अणुसरति सम्मं । लहंति ते सासयं सुक्खं ॥ ७० ॥ इति आराधनाप्रकरणं समाप्तं ॥ श्रीः ॥ ग्रं ७४ ॥ १ श्रीः ॥
Reference. This work also known as Ārādhanāprakaraṇa and Ārādhanäsütra is referred to by Peterson, in his Report V on p. 69. The Catalogue of Mss. of the Calcutta Sanskrit College vol. X, p. 75 may be consulted. For additional Mss. see B. B. R. A. S. vols. III - IV, pp. 463-464.
पर्यन्ताराधना
No. 400
Extent. — fo! 7b to fol. 1ob.
361
Paryantarādhanā
1229 (d).
1884-87.
Description.— Complete ; 70 verses. For other particulars see Vairagyaśataka No. 1 229 (a). 1884-87.
Begins. fol. 74 नमिऊण भणइ एवं ॥ भयवं समओचियं समाइससु ॥ तत्तो वागरइ गुरू || पज्जंताराहणं एयं ॥ १ ॥ Ends.fol. 1ob सिरिसोममूरिरइअं पज्जंताराहणं पसमजणणं ॥ जे असरंति सम्भं लहंति ते सासयं सुक्खं ॥ ७० ॥ इति श्री आराधनं प्रक ( की ) र्ण समाप्तं ॥ याहसं ( शं) पुस्तके etc. N. B. For other details see No. 399.
पर्यन्ताराधना
No. 401
Size.— rog in. by 4g in..
Extent. -- 6 folios ; 9 lines to a page ; 26 letters to a line.
Description.
Paryantārādhanā
749.
1892-95.
Country paper thick, rough and white; Devanagari characters ; very big, legible and good hand-wrtting : borders ruled in three lines in black ink; foll. numbered 46 [J. L. P. ]

Page #387

362
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[403.
in the right hand margin only; fol. I. blank; edges of almost every fol. slightly worn out; condition on the
whole good ; complete; 70 verses. Age.-- Old. Begins.-fol. Ib ॐ नमः सिद्धं।
नमिऊण भणइ एवं etc. Ends.-fol. 6 पंचपरमिटि etc., up to मुम्वं ॥ ७० ॥ as in No. 399
followed by the line as under :
इति आराधनाप्रक(कीर्ण समाप्तम् ॥ .N. B.- For other particulars see No. 399.
पर्यन्ताराधना
No. 402 Extent. - fol. 3* to fol. 4'. Description.- Complete ; 69
Paryantārādbanā
1280 (b). 1891-95.
verses.
For
other
details
see
No. 1280(a).
- 1891-95. Begins.- fol. 34 नमिउ(ऊ)ण भणइ एवं etc., as in No. 399. Ends.- fol.4 पंचपरमिहिसमरण up to. सासयं मुक्खं ॥ ६९॥ etc. as in
No. 399. Then we have the following line :--
पज्जंताराहणा सम्मत्ता ॥छ ॥ श्रीः ॥ N. B.-- For further particulars see No. 399.
पर्यन्ताराधना
Paryantārādhanā
613 (m). No. 403
1884-86. Extent.- fol. 52* to fol. 53b. Description.- Complete ; 70 verses. For other details see Päkşikasūtra
No. 613 (a).
• 1884-86.. Begins.--- fol. 55 नमिऊण भणइ एवं etc. Ends.- fol. 53 पंचपरमिट्टि etc., up to सासयं सुखं ॥ ७० ॥ as in
___No. 399 followed by इति आराधना समाप्तः ॥ छ ॥श्रीः॥
कल्याणमस्तु ॥१ N. B.-- For other details see No. 399.

Page #388

363
465.] xit. Supernumerary Prakirņakas पर्यन्ताराधना
Paryantárādhanā बालावबोधसाहित
with bälāvabodha No. 404
776(b).
1899-1915. Extent.- fol. Ab to fol. I0. Description. The text containing 70 verses and its Gujarāti expla
nation complete; extent 245 slokas and 12 letters. For other details ses Gautamaprcchã with bälavabodha No. 776 ( a )..
1899-1915 Author.- Somå Súri. Subject.- A Jaina agama and its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.-(text) fol. 4 नमी(मि)3(ऊ)ण भणड एवं etc., as in No. 399. , - (com.) fol. 4 श्रीवीतराग देव नमस्करीनइ आराधना करिज्यो इसिउं
वचन कहीइ । भगवन मझनई समयनइ मानिइं आराधना करातु ।
संसाररूपीआ समुद्र माहि बूडतां etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 10* पंचपरमिहि etc., up to सासयं सुक्खं ॥ ७० ॥ as in
No. 399. . - (com.) fol. 10* श्रीसोममूरिनि रचि पर्यताराधरा(ना) इसिउँ नाम । उपर्शमनी'ऊपजावणहारि । जे भव्य जीव सम्यग प्रकारिई आराधई सहई एकाग्र चित्तिइं सदहई। ते जीव शास्वतुं सौख्य लहइं ॥ ७० ॥ इति पर्यतीराधना बालावबोधमह समाप्ताः ॥ सचीता(१) ग्रंथायं श्लोकमानेन ॥२४५ अक्षर १२
पर्यन्ताराधना
Paryantārādhana बालाबबोधसहित
with balāvabodhā No. 405
155.
1871-72. Size.- Io in. by 4g in. Extent. -- 9 folios ; Ir lines to a page ; 36 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper tough, rough and white; Devanagari
characters; big, legible and good hand-writing; borders rüled' indifferently in two lines; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin; fol. r* blank ; so is the fol. 96; a right hand corner of almost every fol. partly worn out; condition on the whole good; both the text and the commentary complete,

Page #389

364
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[406.
Age.- Not quite modern. Subject.— The text together with its explanation in Gujarāti. Begins.- ( text ) fol. 1 अर्ह ॥
नमिऊण भणइ एवं etc. , -(com.) fol. I' श्रीमहावीरस्वामीने नमस्कार करीने भणिं छिं एवं अधुना
हे भगवन् समयने उचित जे होइं ते कहो जे अंत्यावस्थाने विषं स्युं करवू । तेहवें गुरु जे ते अंत्यावस्थानी आराधनानो विधि ए प्रकारे कहें छे etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 8b पंचपरमिटि etc., up to सासयं सुक्खं ॥७० ॥ , - (com.) ,, 9 अर्थः श्रीसोममूरिइं रचेलं अंत्य समयनु आराधन सम
तानुं ठेकाणुं जे अणुसरे छे ते शाश्वतुं ठेकाणुं पामें इत्यर्थः ॥ इति श्रीआरा
धनासूत्रं संपूर्णम् श्रीरस्तु भद्रं भूयात् श्रीः ॥ N. B.- For other details see No. 404.
पर्यन्ताराधना
Paryantārādbanā बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha
45. No. 406
1870-71. Size.-91 in. by 41 in. Extent.-- (text) 7 folios ; 4 to 6 lines to a page ; 35 letters to a line.
, -(com.) , , ; 12 ,, I4 , , , , , 40 " ," " Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white; Devanāgari
characters; this is a fear Ms. containing the text and the commentary, the latter written in a small hand; legible and tolerably good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin; both the text and the commentary complete; edges and corners of some of the foll. slightly worn out;
condition very fair ; extent of the commentary 300 ślokas. Age.- Pretty old. Subject.- The text together with its explanation in Gujarati.

Page #390

407.j XII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
365 Begins.-- (text ) fol. I नमिऊण भणइ etc. ,, (com.) , , देव नमस्करी। ग्लान (?) कहइ । इम भगवन । अवस
रोचित । आसिदि(दिसि)उ तिवारे पूठि(? छि)इं गुरु कहइ । पर्यताराधना
etc. Ends.- (text ) fol. 7 पंचपरमिहि etc., up to मासयं सुक्खं ॥ ७० ॥ as in
No. 399 followed by इति श्रीआराधनासूत्र समाप्त ॥ श्रीः ॥ ,, - (com.) fol. 7 छ बोल करिवा । केहा (? कया)
आलोयण १ वयरखामण २चेइयपूआ य ४ संघदाणं च ॥४॥
अणसणकरणं । ६ । छक्कं । कायव्वं अणंतकालंमि । १। ए छ बोल शुद्ध मन । वचन । कायाई करी । करिसइं ते मोक्ष प्रामिसीइ ।
इति श्रीपर्यताराधनावृत्तिः समाप्ता ॥ ग्रंथाग्रं ३००॥छः । श्रीः ॥ छ । N. B.-- For other details see No. 399.
पर्यन्ताराधना
Paryantárādhana बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvabodha No. 407
75 (8).
1898-99. Size.— 104 in. by 44 in. Extent.-3 folios; I8 lines to a page; 66 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and white; Devanagari
characters with पृष्ठमात्रा; small, legible and good handwriting ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; edges of each of the foll. partly worn out; condition tolerably good; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; tnis Ms. contains a part of the text as well as its explanation in Gujarāti; the following additional works are also embodied in this Ms:--
(I) साकारपप्रत्याख्यानगाथा fol. 3'.
(2) परमसुखद्वात्रिंशिका " " Age.- Samvat 1501. Subject.— The text together with its explanation in Gujarāti.

Page #391

366
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[407.
Begins. - ( text) fol. I ॐ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ॥
नमिउ(ऊोण भणइ एवं etc. as in No. 399. ,, - (com.) fol. I देव नमस्करि ज्योहु । आराधना करावउ etc.
आलोइ सुइयारे वयाइं उच्चरिसुखममु(१)जीवेसु Ends.-fol. 20
चउसरणं दुक्कडगरिहरणं च सुकडाणुमोअणकुण सुहभावणं अणसणं पंचनमुक्कारसरणं च ॥१॥
पच्छाईओ जं जिणधम्ममग्मो। .
मए कुमग्गो पयडीकओ जं॥ जाओ अहं जं परपावहे ।
निंदामि सव्वं पि अहं तमंन्हि(?)॥१॥ etc. ,, - fol. 2b ईणइ भवि० ॥ हिव पुण्यनी अनुमोदना करिज्यो etc. ,, - fol. 3' अनइ कुसुमि फलादिकि करी जिनपूजाहेतु हूउ । त्रसकाय माहि करी
जे मुहरा शंखादिकी करी जे लोक रहई उपकारहेतु हुउ । ते आपणूं सकल पुण्य अनुमोदि ज्योहु । जिम सकल सौख्य संप्राप्ति हुइ ॥ इति आराधना
समाप्त छ। N. B:- For other details see No. 399.

Page #392

409.]
Author.
Subject.
XIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
THE THIRTEENTH PRAKĪRNAKA
fqueiagiz (freiagra)
No. 408
Extent. fol. 35 to fol. 37.
Description. Complete; the last verse numbered as 103th. For
other details see No.
1269 ( 1 ). 1887-91.
367
Jinavallabha Gaņi.
This Prakrit work also called Piṇḍavisohi (Pindaviśodhi.) deals with rules and regulations pertaining to food to be accepted by Jaina saints. This entire topic is represented in 103 verses in Prakrit and is based upon Pindaniryukti and Pindaişanadhyayana. See Nos. 413 and 414 respectively. Begins. fol. 35 देविंदबिंदवंदियपयारविंदे (S) भिवंदीय जिणं (णि) दे ॥
बुच्छामि सुविहियही (हि) यं. पिंड (वि) सोहि समासेणं ॥ १ ॥ etc. Ends. —fol. 37" इच्चे [ई] यं जं ( जिण) वल्लद्देण गणिणा जं पिंडनिज्जुत्तीओ ।
fquefagfe
No, 409
Pindaviśuddhi (Pindavisuddhi) 1269 ( ).
1887-91.
किंचि (ची) [य] पिंडविहाणजाणणकए भन्याण सव्वाण वि । त्तं सुत्तनिउत्तसुद्धमउ (इ) णा भत्तीए सत्तीए तं ।
सव्वं भव्यममच्छरा सुयहरा बोहिंतु सोहिंदू (तु) य ।। १०३ । इति पिण्डविशुद्धिप्रकरणं समाप्त ।
Reference. See F. Kielhorn's Report for the year 1880-81, p. 47 and Indian Antiquary vol. XI (pp. 245-256) where Pattavali of the Kharatara gaccha is given. Jinavallabha is numbered there as 43rd. For a Ms. of the text with a commentary see G. O. Series, vol. XXI, p. 34.
Pindaviśuddhi
626 (c). 1895-98.
Exten.
fol. 31b to fol. 32b.
Description. Complete; the last verse numbered as 4 (104).
626 (a).
For other details see Vitaragastotra No.
1898-98.

Page #393

368
Jaina Literature and Philospohy
[411.
Begins. - fol. 3bदेविंदविंदवंदियपयारवंदे(5)भिवंदिय जिणिंदे।
वोच्छामि सुविहियं पिंडविसोहि समासेणं ॥१ etc. Ends.-- fol. 32b इच्चेयं जिणवल्लहेण गणिणा जं पिंडनिज्जुत्तिओ।
किंची पिंडविहाण जाणणकए भव्वाण सव्वाण वि॥ जुत्तं सुत्तनिउत्तमुद्धमइणा भत्तीइ सत्तीइतं । सव्वं भव्वममच्छरा सुयहरा बोहित सोहिंतत)य ॥४(१०४)॥
इति श्रीपिंडविसुद्धिप्रकरणं समाप्तं N. B.- For other details see No. 408.
पिण्डविशुद्धि
Piņdavisuddhi
613 (f). No. 410
1884-86. Extent.- fol. 39 to fol. 42. Description.- Complete ; I03 verses. For other details see Paksika___sutra No. 1884-86..
613 (a). Begins. --- fol. 396 alfararăçailēsr etc. Ends.-- fol. 42 इच्चयं जिणवल्लहेण etc. up to घोहिं तु सोहिं तु अ as in No.
409 followed by ॥ १०३ इति पिंडविशुद्धि समाप्त ॥ छ । N. B.- For further particulars see No.408.
पिण्डविशुद्धि
Piņdavisuddhi No. 411
77( ).
1880-81. Extent..- leaf 43" to leaf 54b. Description.- Complete. For other particulars see Agamikavastuvicārasāra No. 77 (a).
- 1880-81.. Begins.-.. leaf 43 देविंदविंदवंदिय etc. Ends.--- leaf 54 इच्चेयं जिणवल्लहेण etc., up to बोहिंतु सोहिंतु य as in
No. 410 followed by ॥ १०३॥ पिंडविसोधिप्रकरणं समाप्तमिति ॥
छ॥ मंगलं महाश्रीः ॥ छ॥ N. B.- For additional information see No. 408,
७
॥

Page #394

369
414.] XIII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas पिण्डविशुद्धि
Piņdavisuddhi
1269 (7). No. 412
1887-91. Extent.- fol. 35* to fol. 37*. Description.— Complete. For additional details see Şaļāvaśyaka
sūtra No. 1269 ( 1 ).
sutra No. 1887-91. Begins. --fol. 35a gravarácaifaça etc. Ends. fol. 37° TÁ (? THUT lager etc., up to Fifta o 11 poz.
as in No. 408 followed by za iqzfaalg9ATU FATA:ll | N. B.- For additional details see No. 408
पिण्डविशुद्धि
Piņdavisuddhi
1220 (c). No. 413
1884-87. Bxtent.- fol. 1086 to fol. 111b. Description.- Complete ; 104 verses in all. For other details see Pratyakhyānaniryukti No.1882-83
vanninin 1220 ( a ). Begins.-- fol. 1086 aferátē( arcu etc. Ends.— fol. 111b gəti istuTaFÀU etc. up to T T as in No. 416
followed by इति पिंडविसुद्धिप्रकरणं समाप्तमिति ॥ कृतिर्जिनवल्लभ
STUT: 117 11 N. B.- For other particulars see No. 408.
पिण्डविशुद्धि
Piņdavisuddhi वृत्तिसहित
with vịtti
301. No. 414
A. 1882-83. Size.-- 104 in. by 43 in. Extent.— 86+I=87 folios ; 15 lines to page ; 56 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and white ; Devanāgarī
characters with frequent earst; small, legible and good 47 (J. L. P. ]

Page #395

370
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[414.
hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; • foll. numbered in both the margins ; fol. In blank ; edges
of several foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good ; lacune on fol. 86b; both the text and the commentary complete ; extent of the latter 4400 ślokas ; fol. 49th
repeated ; yellow pigment used." Age. - Old. Author of the commentary.- Sricandra Suri. Subject.-- The text in Prakrit along with its explanation in Sanskrit. Begins.-- (text ) fol. 1 देविंदचंदवंदिय etc. , -(com.) ,, ,, ॐ नमो वीतरागाय ॥
नम्रानेकसुरासुराधिपशिरोमालार्चितांहिद्वयं
वलवशात् जातार्थसन्निनयं
सच्चारित्रनिदेशकं जिनरिपुं स्वर्गापवर्गप्रदं
दुष्टारिष्टविघातकं जिनपतिवार प्रणम्यादरात् । श्रीमत्पार्श्वजिनेंद्रं च विघ्नतातविघातिनं। निःशेषकुमुदध्वांतविध्वंसनदिवाकरं . शेषानपि नमस्कृत्य जिनान विगतकल्मषान् । .... श्रीगौतमादिसूरीश्च भारतश्चि गुरुं तथा शास्त्रांतरदर्शनतो वक्ष्ये(5)ह पिंडशुद्धिशास्त्रस्य
स्वपरकृते स्पष्टार्थी वृत्तिं जिनवल्लभकृतस्य ।। इह हि सर्वेणापि संसारिणा सत्त्वेनापि दुर्लभं जिनधर्मान्वित मनुष्यादिसामग्री सद्भावमवाप्य तीर्थकरातुचीर्णे परोपकारे यतितव्यं ॥ यस्माद्भगवान भवांभोधि. परगाम्यपि परोपकारे यतते स च न जंतुहितोपदेशदानादपरः काश्चत् श्रेष्ठतरः
समस्ति स च सकलकर्मनिर्मूलनप्रवणपरमपदप्रापकयच्चारित्रपरिपालनगोचन- श्रेयान् । तच्च पिंडविशुद्धयादियतनया प्रवर्तमानानामुपजायते विशुद्धा
हारोपष्टंभितदेहस्य चारित्रसाधकत्वात् etc. Ends.--(text) fol. 86* इच्चेयं जिणवल्लहेण etc. up to बोहिंतु सोहिंतु यं
. (य)॥१०३॥ .. -(com.) fol. 86 आगमभा इत्याह । अमत्सरः । परराणप्रत्यात(?)द्वेषिणः ।
संतः संज्वलनकषायोदाय(?दये) विशिष्टज्ञानिनामपि विशिष्टसंभवादिदमुक्तं । ..... इत्थंभूता एव संतो भव्यं यथा भवत्यवं शोधयंतु । उत्सूत्रदोषमलापनयनेन ... निर्मलीकुर्वतु वः समुच्चये । तदाह सूत्रभक्त्या निजशक्त्या यदुक्तं किंचित्

Page #396

415:]
XIII. Supernimerary Prakirnakas
371
पिंडनियुक्तितो भव्यानां पिंडदोषज्ञानकते। सूत्रन्यस्तबुद्धिना जिनवल्लभसूरिणा तत्सर्व बहुश्रुतमत्सरं परित्यज्य तानेव भन्यान् बोधयंतु । उत्सूत्रार्थमपनयं चेनिवृत्यर्थः ॥ १०३ ।।
. समाप्तेयं श्रीचंद्रसूरिविरचिता सूक्ष्मपदार्थनिष्कनिष्कएणपट्टकसन्निभप्र... तिभजिनवल्लभाभिधानाचार्यदृब्धपिंडाविशुद्धिशास्त्रस्य वृत्तिः॥॥ छ ।
अस्याश्वतुःसहस्राणि शतानां च चतुष्टयं ।
प्रत्यक्षरप्रमाणेन श्लोकमानं विनिश्चितं ॥१॥ ग्रंथाj४४००॥॥ छ ॥छ ॥ etc... N. B.- For other details see No. 408.
पिण्डविशुद्धि
Piņdavisuddhi सुबोधासहित
with Subodhā No. 415
1206.
1887-91. Size.- Iog in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 52 folios ; 17 lines to a page ; 50 to 56 letters to a line. Description.-Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari charac
ters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used ; yellow pigment profusely; foll. numbered in the right hand margin ; almost every fol. more or less worm-eaten ; condition on the whole very fair ; both the text and the commentary complete ; extent 2800 ślokas; the commentary composed in Samvat 1176 · by Yaśodeva Sūri with the help of his pupil Pārsvadeva and revised by
Municandra Suri. Age.-- Old. Author of the commentary.- Yasodeva Suri, pupil of Sricandra,
pupil of Vira Gani. Subject.- The text together with its explanation in Sanskrit.
Begins. - ( text ) fol. I देविंदविंदपंदिय etc. .., -( com.) ,, ,, ए नमो जिनाय ॥
यदुदितलवयोगाद्देहिनः स्युः कृतार्था
स्तमिह शुभनिधानं वर्द्धमानं प्रणम्य । । । I. See No. 416.

Page #397

372 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[415: स्वपरजनहितार्थ पिंडशुद्धविधास्ये
जिनपतिमतनीत्या वृत्तिमल्पां सुबोधां ॥१ तत्र चाहत्प्रणीतसमयसंपर्कावदातमतिमलधिर्भगवान् जिनवल्लभगणिर्दुःषमाकलदोषादत्यंतहीयमानायुर्बुद्धयादीन् संप्रति कालसाध्वादीनवलोक्य तदनुग्रहार्थे विस्तरवपिंडैषणाध्ययनसारमादाय संक्षिप्ततरपिंडविशुद्धयाख्यप्रकरणं चिकीर्षुरादावेव विघ्नवातनिरासाथै शिष्टसमयपरिपालनार्थ च इष्टदेवतास्तुतिरूपमत्यंताव्यभिचारिभावमंगलं श्रोतृजनप्रवृत्त्यर्थमाभिधेयादि च
प्रतिपादयन्निमा गाथा(मा)ह ॥ छ । etc. Ends.- ( text ) fol. 52* इच्चेयं जिणवल्लहेण etc. up to सोहिंतु य ॥ , - (com. ) fol. 52 श्रुतधरा आगमवेदिनः बोधयंतु ज्ञापयंतु वा। शोधयंतु
चोत्सूत्रार्थाऽपनयनेन निर्दोष कुर्वतु । चशब्दो बोधनक्रियापेक्षि(क्ष)या समुच्चयार्थ इति शार्दूलछंदोवृत्तार्थः ॥ छ ॥१०३
समाप्ता चेयं पिंडविशुद्धिप्रकरणवृत्तिः॥ छ । छ ।। २८०० ग्रंथायं प्रतिवर्णतो गणनया न्यूनं सहस्रत्रयं शतद्वयेनेति ॥ छ ।
आसीनू'चंद्रकुलोद्दतिः शमनिधिः सौम्याकृतिः सन्मतिः
संलीनः प्रतिवासरं निलयगोवर्षासु सुध्यानधीहेमंते शिशिरेव शार्वरहिमं सोढुं कृतोलस्थिति- ।
स्वच्चंडकरे निदाघसमये वातायनाकारकः ॥१॥ आदेयतातएस्त्य(?)गव्याख्या कृत्वा(? त्या)दिसद्गुणैः लोकोत्तरैर्विशालश्च श्रीमद्वीरगणिप्रभुः ॥२॥ श्रीचंद्रसूरिनामा शिष्यो()भूत् तस्य भारतीमधुरः । आनंदितमव्यजनः शंसितसंशुद्धसिद्धांतः ॥३॥ तस्यांतेवासिना हब्धा श्रीयशोदेवमूरिणा। सुशिष्यपार्श्वदेवस्य साहाय्यात्प्रस्तुता वृत्तिः ॥४॥
श्रुतोपयोगाऽशुभकर्मनाशनो
विपक्षभावप्रतिबंधसाधन: परोपकारश्च महाफलावहो
विचिंत्य चैतद्विहितोपमु( ? )द्यमः ॥५॥ पिंडविशुद्धिप्रकरणवृत्तिं कृत्वा यदवाप्तं मया कुशलं । तेनाभवमपि भूयादत्र भगवद्वचने ममाभ्यासः ॥ ६॥ श्रुतहेमनिकषपट्टैः श्रीमन्मुनिचंद्रसूरिभिः पूज्यैः ।
संशोधितेयमाखिला प्रयत्नतः शेषविबुधैश्च ॥७॥ छ ग्रंथानं २८०० ॥छ । श्री खरतरगच्छे श्री पत्तने श्रीकीर्ति ....... कल्याणचंद्रोपाध्याय'.........॥
1-2 Yellow pigment used.

Page #398

416. ]
XIII. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
373
पिण्डविशुद्धि
Piņdavisuddhi सुबोधासहित
with Subodha No. 416
47.
1880–81. Size.— 18 in. by 24 in. Extent.-- 142+7+1=150 leaves; 6 to 7 lines to a leaf; 65 to 70
letters to a line. Description.- Palm-leaf some-what thick, durable and greyish;
Devanagari characters with AETS; small, legible, uniform and good hand-writing; the Ms. presents an appearance of the work having been written in three different columns; but, really speaking, it is not so ; for, the lines of the first column go up to the two other columns; borders of each of the columns ruled in three lines, in black ink ; red chalk used; there is a hole in each leaf in the spaces between the columns; on the whole two holes ; a string passes through each of the holes ; leaves numbered in both the margins; in the right hand margin as 1, 2 etc., and in the left hand margin as wt, ì, saft, ua etc.; some of the leaves stuck
together; this Ms. contains the text as well as the commentary; leaf 1* blank; seven extra blank leaves precede it; one extra blank leaf at the end ; complete; extent 2800
ślokas. Age. - Samvat 1300. Begins. — (text ) leaf baroqraçar etc. „ -- ( com.) „ „ 3 AĦT Part II
Telegrareiga: etc. Ends.- (text) leaf 1400 ai f ragor etc. up 10 atlet H&TT II , -- (com). leaf 1410 T T TTH : etc., practically up to TTragua 11 I TO COO as in No. 415 followed by
षड्वाजींदुहिमांशुभिः (११७६ ) परिमिते वर्षे गते विक्रमान्
ll para faz 830 (?) grant gran N. B.- For other details see No. 415.
for at in

Page #399

374
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[417:
755.
... Compu
पिण्डविशुद्धि.
Piņdavisuddhi दीपिकासहित
with dipikā ___No. 417
1892-95... Size:- ION in. by 41 in. Extent. -- 18 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper rough and greyish; Devanagari charac....... .ters with occasional पृष्ठमात्राs, small, legible, uniform and Hingood hand-writing%3; borders ruled in four lines in black
ink; foll. numbered in the right hand margin in a corner%3B red chalk used; almost all foll. worm-eaten to some extent; condition tolerably fair ; both the text and commentary
, complete ; the latter composed in Samvat I295%; extent ... 703 (?) Slokas... Age:-- Sarivat I481. Author of the commentary.-- Udayasimha Suri, pupil of Manikya
prabha Suri, pupil of Prabhu (?) Suri of Candra kula. Subject. The text together with a commentary, in Sanskrit based
upon that of Yaśodeva Sūri. Begins. -- (text ) fol. I देविंदविंदवंदिय etc., as.in No. 409. , -- (com.) ,, ,, अहे ॥..
तं नमत श्रीवीरं यस्माच्चारित्रभ्पतिर्जगति। . बाह्यांतरवैरिजया(?)क्षमाधरैः सेव्यते(s)द्यापि ॥१ .
सुविहितविधिसूत्रधार(ः) स जयति जिनवल्लभो गणिर्येन । पिंडविशुद्धिप्रकरणमकारि चारित्रनृपभवनं ।२॥ तस्मिन्विवरणदीपं दीप्रमधिस्नेहभाजनमदाद्यः। सो(s)पि परोपकृतिरत मूरियशोदेव(ः) ॥३॥ तद्विवरणप्रदीपान्मया पदार्थाभिलाषिणा तत्र ।
मंदमतिनेयमात्मप्रबुद्धये दीप( पि)कोद्धियते ॥४॥ तत्र विशुद्धसिद्धांतसुधासाराणिश्रीजिनवल्लभगाणः संक्षिप्तरुचिनामनुग्रहार्थ पिंडैषणाध्ययनसारार्थं संगृह्य यतीनामाहारदोषोद्धरणं पिंडविशुद्धिप्रकरणं चिकीर्षुरादावेव कृताभीष्टदेवतानमस्कारां शुचिताभिधेयादित्रितयसारां गाथामाह ॥ छ । etc. .......

Page #400

418.]
XIII, Supernumerary Prakirnakas
375 Ends.-- ( text ) fol. 184 इच्चेयं जिणवल्लहेण गणिणा etc... ..... ,,-(com. ) ,, 18 केषां भव्यानां योग्यानां सर्वेषामपि साधुसाध्व्यादीनां
वुत्त(१) प्रकरणरूपतया विरच्योक्तं ॥ किंविशिष्टेन मूत्रनिर्युक्तशुद्धमतिना सिद्धांतव्यापारितनिपुणबुद्धिना औद्धत्यपरिहारार्थमिदं कयोक्तं भक्त्या प्रवचनवहुमानेन शक्त्या च स्वबुद्धयनुसारेण तत्सर्वे मदुक्तं भव्यं यथा । भवत्येवममत्सरा अद्वेषिणः श्रुतधरा यथार्थागमवेदिनो बोधयंतु शिष्यान् ज्ञापयंतु शोधयंतु च उत्सूत्रापनयनेन निर्दोष कुर्वतु । इति गाथार्थः ॥ छ । समाप्ता चेयं पिंडविशद्धि(द्धे)ीपिका ॥ छ ।
इति विविधविलसदर्थ सुबिशुद्धाहारमाहितसाधुननं ।। श्रीजिनवल्लभरचितं प्रकरणमेतन्न कस्य मुदे ॥१ मादृश इह प्रकरणे महार्थपंक्तौ विवेश बालो(5)पि । यवृत्त्यंगलिलग्नस्तं अयत गुरुं यशोदेवं ॥२ , आसीदिह 'चंद्रकुले श्रीश्रीप्रभुमरिरागमधुरीणः। तत्पदकमलमरालः श्रीमाणिक्यप्रभाचार्यः ।। ३ ।। तच्छिष्यो(s)हं जडधारात्मविदे सूरिरुदयसिंहाख्यः । पिंडविशुद्धेत्तिमुद्दधि दीपिकामेनां ॥ ४ अनया पिंडविशुद्धः दीपिकया साधवः करस्थितया । तस्यावलोककुशला दोषोत्थतमांस्यपहरंतु ॥ ५ ।
विक्रमतो वर्षाणां पंचनवत्यधिकरवि(१२९५)मितशतेषु । ...... विहितेयं स्तोकैरिह मूत्रयुता व्यधिकसप्तशती ॥ ६
एषा पिंडविशुद्धिसाधनधियां बोधात्मिका दीपिका। ..' तत्वानां विशदप्रभा परिचयं दूरे हरती तमः ।।
श्रेयःश्रीकरसंगमेन. दधती सत्या(ड)त्र शोभां परां । - :: ... विद्वद्भिः स्वपरप्रकाशनकते स्नेहेन संतु(पु)ष्यतां ॥७॥ छ । संवत् १४८१ वर्षे अश्विनशुदि १२ गुरौ श्री पत्तन'मध्ये श्री पूर्णिमा'पक्षि(क्षे). It ends.thus.. .
.
पिण्डविशुद्धि
Piņdavisuddhi दीपिकासहित
with dipikā
1754 No. 418
... 1892-95. Size.- Iol in by 48 in.. . Extent.-- 22 folios; 13 lines to a page ; 38 letters to a line.

Page #401

376
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[419.
Description.- Country paper some-what thick, rough and white; Devanagari characters with occasional ears; sufficiently big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; fol. 22b blank; both the text and the commentary complete; condition very good. Age.- Old.
Begins.
(text) fol. 1a fáze etc.
- (com) " नमः सर्वज्ञाय ।
तं नमतः श्रीवीरं etc. as in No. 417.
Ends. (text) fol. 216 fuar etc.
""
رر
-
22
- (com.),, केषां भव्यानां योग्यानां etc., up to स्नेहेन संपुष्यतां ॥ ७ ॥ followed by श्रीउदय सिंहसूरिविरचिता पिंडव (वि) सु (शु) द्धिवृत्तिः समाप्ता ॥ छ ॥ ॥ छ ॥ शुभमस्तु लेषकपाठकयोः ॥ लिषितेयं दीपिका पं. बिनय सोमेन ॥ श्री ॥
N. B. For additional particulars see No. 417.
fquefagia iftentatea
""
Pindaviśuddhi with dipika
302 (a).
A.1882-83.
No. 419
Size. 10 in. by 48 in.
Extent. 9-18 folios; 23 to 24 lines to a page; 60 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters with occasional ge; very small, clear, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; red chalk used; yellow pigment, too; foll. numbered in the right hand margin; fol. 8th missing; so both the text and the commentary incomplete; this Ms. in addition आवश्यक बृहद्वृत्तिटिप्पनकगतशय्यातरस्वरूप which commences on fol. 9a and ends on fol. 9b; condition good, though the edges of the foll. are slightly damaged. Age.- Old.
contains
Begins. (text) fol. 1a affaqifter etc.
- (com.),, " नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ॥ तं ममत श्रीवीरं etc.

Page #402

420. ]
XIII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
377
Ends.—(text) fol. 9 इच्चेयं जिणवल्लद्देण etc., up to सोहिंतु अ ॥ ३ (१०३)
- ( com.) fol. 9 केषां भव्यानां योग्यानां etc., up to स्नेहेन संपुष्यतां ॥७॥ as in No. 417.
N. B. For further details see No. 417.
""
fquelagia दीपिकासहित
""
No. 420
Size. 10 in. by 4 in.
Extent. 14 folios; 19 lines to a page; 43 letters to a line. Description. Country paper very thin, rough and white; Devanagari characters; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders indifferently ruled in three to four lines in black ink; red chalk and yellow pigment used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin; fol. 1a blank; both the text and the commentary complete; edges of several foll. partly worn out; some of the foll. slightly worm-eaten; condition on the whole very fair.
Age.- Old.
Begins.
در
(text) fol. 1
-
- (com.),,
अहे ।
(i) नमत श्रीवीरं etc.
;"
48 (J. L. P. ]
fff etc.
Ends.- (text) fol. 14 इच्चेयं जिणवल्लहेण etc., up to सोहिंतु य ॥ ३॥ (१०३)
संपुष्यतां ॥ as in
(com.),, केषां भव्यानां योग्यानां etc., up to No. 417 followed by || पंचोली मोटिल लिषतं eft!! saft !!
निर्य (र्ज) राहेतुः ॥
Pindaviśuddhi with dipikā
دو
118. 1872-73.

Page #403

378 Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 421. पिण्डविशुद्धि
Piņdavisuddhi बालावबोधसहित
with bālāvbodha
1205. No. 421
1887-91. Size. - Io in. by 4g in. ... ..... Extent.— 22-2=20 folios ; 15 lines to a page ; 59 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin, rough and white; Deva
nagari characters with frequent पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible, uniform and elegant hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; yellow pigment used ; foll. numbered in the right hand margin only; fol. 226 blank; a portion of the 3rd fol, on the right hand side worn out; edges of the remaining foll. partly gone; condition on the whole fair; the first two foll. missing ; otherwise both the text and the
commentary complete. Age.- Sarivat I597. . Subject. -- The text commencing with the 13th gāthā together
with its explanation in Gujarati. Begins.- (text) fol. 3* पडिसेवण १ पडिसुणणा २ संवास ३ (ओणुमोअणा य ४
.......... इह ते .... ४ दिहतो ॥१३॥ ,, - (com.) fol. 3* ........ री असरीषउ २ तथा प्रवचनिइ करी सरीषउ ।
अनइ .... करी सरीषउ ३ तथा प्रवचनिइ करी असरीषउ । अनइ लिंगिइ
करी असरीषुउ ४ etc. Ends.- (text) fol. 21b इच्चेयं जिणवल्लहेण etc., up to सोहंतु बोहंतू य ।। ,, - (com.) fol. 22 आचार्ये ए ग्रंथ शोधिवउ इम श्रीजिनवल्लभसूरि
सिद्धांतना जाणइ निगर्वपणइ बोलई छई । इस्युं जाणिवउं ॥ १०३ ॥ इति श्रीजिनवल्लभसूरिविरचितपिंडविशुद्धिप्रकरणस्याओं बालाव[बोलाव]बोधरूपः ॥ छ । संवत् १५९७ वर्षे चैत्र सुदि १५ शनौ पूज्याराध्यपंडितश्रेणिशिरोमणिपं कुशवभुवनगणिशिष्यलक्ष्मीभुवनगणिवाचनार्थ ॥श्री पत्तन'नगरे ।

Page #404

422.] XIII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
379 पिण्डविशुद्धयवचूर्णि
Piņdavisuddhyavacūrņi
1284. No. 422
1891-95. .. Size. — 104 in. by 43 in. Extent.-- 5-1=4 folios ; 19 lines to a page ; 68 letters to a line. Description:-Country paper very thin, brittle and greyish; Deva
nagari characters with पृष्ठमात्राs; very small, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in two lines in black ink; red chalk used; this Ms. contains the stars of the text; fol. I" missing; so incomplete ; edges of all the
: foll. slightly worn out; condition on the whole good. Age.- Fairly old. Subject.— A small commentary in Sanskrit explaining Piņdaviếuddhi. Begins.-fol. 2° वांवो(तो)च्चारसुरागोमांससमदिमिदमाधाकर्म इति यस्मादायत
एभिरकल्यं तेन हेतुना तथु(?)क्रं आधाकर्मखरंटितं पात्रमपि कृतत्रिकल्पं त्रीन् वारान् धातं पूर्व प्रधनं करीषघृष्टं कल्पते नान्यथेति । अथ तिदशनये दोषा इति पंचममाह ॥ १६ कम्म. आधाकर्मग्रहणे अतिक्रमव्यतिक्रमौ तथाऽतीचारानाचारौ । आज्ञाभंगः । सर्वज्ञः वचनातिक्रमः। अनवस्था अन्येषां धमेनाऽनास्था मिथ्यात्वं च यथोक्तकारणात् । तथा विराधना
आत्मसंयमो भयरूपा अतिक्रमादीनार्थमाह ॥१७ आहा० etc. Ends. -5 सोहि शोधयन् कानिमान् दोषान् तथा तेन निदोर्दोषान् तथा तेन
निर्दोषो(?षा)हारप्राप्तौ मनागशुद्धस्यापि ग्रहणे न यतेत सर्वत्र क्षेत्रादौ पंचकहान्या पंचकेन सूत्रप्रसिद्धप्रायश्चित्तन वा हानिस्तया उत्सर्गापवादविद यथा चरणगुणा न हीयते ॥१जाज० या ए(?य)तमानस्य काराणकसेवायामपि विरो(रा)धना स्वानुष्ठानस्य सूत्रविधिसमग्रस्य युक्तस्य सा विरो(रा)धना निर्जर(रा)फला भवति अध्यात्मविशोधियुक्तस्य ॥२ इच्चेयं जिण. ३ इति पिंडविशुद्धयवचूर्णिः समाप्ता ॥ छ । शुभं भवतु ॥ छ । ..

Page #405

380
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[ 423.
THE FOURTEENTH PRAKĪRNAKA
मरणविधि
Maranavidhi (Acuifele)
( Maraṇavihi ) No. 423
579 (a).
1895-98. Size.— 105 in. by 44 in. Extent. — 31 folios ; 21 lines to a page ; 68 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper very thin and grey ; Devanagari
characters with occasional quales; bold, small, clear and good hand-writing ; borders ruled in four lines in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; unnumbered sides marked with one small disc in the centre, in red colour; the numbered having two more, one in each margin; a double set of numbers for foll. : (i) 210 onwards and (ii) 1, 2 etc., as well ; red chalk used; edges of the ist. two foll. slightly damaged ; condition tolerably good; this Ms. contains over and above this work the following additional 12 works :- . (1) TETET No. 333
foll. g* to 120 (2) glut TT UT
foll. 129 to 13° (4) GTTUTEUTA
„ 134 „ 14 27764
No. 298 (6) संस्तारक
No. 309 (7) तन्दुलवैचारिक No.323 (8) महाप्रत्याख्यान No. 349 (9) Ha No. 355 (10) Turan No. 344 (11) IITTATTATET
26° » 30* (12) gr No. 373
, 304, 316 Age.--Old.
12*
1 2
9 verses precede this work. चत्तारि मंगलं etc., up to सरणं पवज्जामि ॥ छ । precede the actual text.

Page #406

424.]
XIV. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
381
Subject.- This work known as Maranavibhatti ( Maranavibhakti )
and Maranasamahi ( Maranasamadhi ), too, is looked upon as a prakirnaka. It deals with the following main topics:--
(1) ārādhanās, ( 2 ) characteristics of the ārādhakas and the viradhakas, ( 3 ) evil reflections, (4) ălocanā; (5) qualities of a sūri, ( 6 ) absence of salya, ( 7 ) importance of knowledge, (8) samlekhanavidhi, (9) pandita-marana, (10) samstaraka, ( II ) beneficial advice, (12) pain in various grades of life, ( 13 ) instances of horrible upasargas borne by Jinadharma, Metārya, Gajasukumāla, Dhanya, Śālibhadra, the 5 Pāndavas and others, ( 14 ) the 12 bhāvanās, and ( 15 ) unique nature of happiness accruing from
salvation. Begins.-- fol. I अर्ह
तिहुयणसरारविंद सप्पषयणरयणमंगलं नमिउं॥
समणस्स उत्तमहे मरणविहीसंगहं वुच्छं ॥ १ etc. Ends.-fol. 94.
सुणाह) जह जिणवयणामय भावियहिएण झाणवावारो।
कराणज्जा(ज्जो) समणाणं जं झाणं जेसु ज्झायव्वं ॥ ५९ मरणविही पंचमो उद्देसओ संमत्तो ॥ छ ।
हे सहस्रे शतान्यष्टौ चत्वारिंशच्च सप्त च वर्णाः ॥ पंचदशग्रंथप्रकीर्णकेष्वेषु कीर्तिताः ॥
छ ॥ श्री ॥ छ । Reference.- Published with chāyā in the Agamodaya Samiti Series
as No.46. See No. 266.
मरणविधि
Maranavidhi
141 (m). No. 424
1872-73. Extent.- fol. 49 to fol. 66. Description.- Incomplete since the fol. 67th is missing ; 641 gāthås
complete ; 642th incomplete ; in all there ought to be 663
gāthās. For other details see No. 269. Age.-Old. Begins.-fol. 49तिहुयणतरारावद, etc.

Page #407

382
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
[426.
Ends.-fol. 66
जह णाम पट्टणगओ संते मुलंमि मूढभावेणं ।
न लहंति नरा लाभं माणुसभावं तहा पत्ता॥४१ संपत्ते बलविरिए सम्भावपरिक्वणं अ. It ends here. N. B.- For additional details see No. 423.
मरणविधि
Maranavidhi
386 (m). No. 425
1879-80. Extent.- fol. 62° to fol. 88. Description.- Complete ; 661 verses in all. For other details see
No. 268 where this work is noted as Maraṇasamadhi. Begins.- fol. 62a fagyulhereface etc., as in No. 423. Ends. - fol. 884 सुण जह जिणवयणामय etc., up to जेण]सु ज्झायव्वं as in
___No. 423 followed by मरणसमाही पंचमो उद्देसो समत्तो॥ N. B.- For further particulars see No. 423.
मरणविधि
Maraṇavidhi
124 (0). No. 426
1872-73. Extent.- fol. 85b to fol. Iord. Description.- Complete. The last găthā beginning with pure is
numbered as 58 (658). For other details see No. 377.
41 Age.- Samvat 1569. Begins. —fol. 85(1) तिहुयणसरारविंद etc., Ends. --fol. 1o1b (176)
सुणह जह जिणवयणामय भावियहियएण । झाणवावारो।
करणिज्जा समणेणं जं झाणं जेसु झायन्वं ॥ ५८ ग्रंथानं ६५८॥ मरणविही पंचमो उद्देसो सम्मत्तो ।। शुभं भवतु ॥ छ॥ संवत् १५६९ वर्षे मार्गशुदि ६ रवौ। श्री श्रीमाल'ज्ञातीय । सा सीधर । भार्यासाही । सु० सा जूठाभार्या जसमादे सुतसा० महिपति । सो
सा० रूपा। सा चउथाकेन । etc. as in Ajivakalpa No. 367. N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 423.

Page #408

427.] XV. Supernumerary Prakirnakas
383 THE FIFTEENTH PRAKĪRNAKA योनिप्राभृत
Yoniprābhrta (जोणिपाहुड)
(Jonipahude) No. 427
266.
A. 1882-83. Size.- 121 in. by 43 in. Extent.- 40 folios ; 14 lines to a page ; 60 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin and white; Devanagari charac
ters; bold, big, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines in red ink; edges and even at times the body of every fol. badly worn out; the numbers of foll. gone, so it is extremely difficult to adjust the foll. properly; condition hopeless, a photo-copy of this fragmentary work is taken in 40 plates by the Bhandarkar Oriental Research
Institute. Age.-- Samvat 1582. Author. — Panhapravaņa (? Praśnaśravaņa ) Muni. Subject.-Nothing can be definitely said. Begins.- It is difficult to ascertain the beginning. Ends.-जनव्यवहारचंद्रचंद्रिकाचकोरं। आयुर्वेदरक्षितसमस्तसत्त्वं । प्रश्नश्रवण
महामुनिकूष्मांडिनीमहादेव्या उपदिष्टं । पुण्यदंतादिभू ......... लिशिष्यहृष्टिदायकं । इत्थंभूतं योनिप्राभृतग्रंथं ।
कलिकाले सम्वन्हू जो जाणइं जोणिपाहुडं गंथं । अत्थ गतुर्ड(१) तत्थ गतुर्डचउउवग्गमह...'इ ॥१ सुरयणलद्धपसंसं सुवन्नसहियं चरोरदुहरणं । भव्वउषया रध्म मा चक्का कोसं पाहुडयं ॥२ दरवियसियम्म अइवियसिया उवहुय......'ईनु । नायंति जस्स उवरे का उवमा पुंडरीयस्स? ॥३॥ होतुहामवियं भंतमयमिलं तालिमुहलियकवोला। विज्झकडयम्मि करिणो न उणे अइ......रिच्छा ।। ...(४) ...ऽप्पयगोग...हयस्सखी...'वही एक्का उवमा । अइअप्पमाणगयणे सनसीसीनेव नाणेण ॥५ हीणसत्तम्मि अहमे अइखी......
कुणिज्जहा अयाणदोसम्मि अत्ताणे ॥६ 1-7 Letters are gone as the corresponding portion is worn out.

Page #409

8A
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
1427.
एक्केकं च पयत्थं अवहे ओ मुनइ इक्कअहियारं । सो गरुवरिद्धि......'सव्वअहियारी ॥ ७ का...'मनामनीहननृणामहन्मते स्यादतिर्ययेषः प्रियधर्मकः पृथुयशाः श्रीपूज्यपादो गुरुः ।
....................... मप्रोद्भताचंतामाण। योनिप्राभृतसंज्ञशास्त्रममलं देवासराभ्यर्चितं । ८॥ तावन्मिथ्यादृशां तेजो मंत्रयंत्रादिषु स्पुटा (1)
......................+शृणंति धीमतः ॥ ९॥ इति श्रीमहाग्रंथं योनिप्राभतं श्रीपन्हप्रवणमुनिविरचितं समाप्तं । संवत् १५८२ वर्षे शाके १४४७ प्रवर्तमाने दक्षिणागते श्रीसूर्ये श्रावणमासकृष्णपक्षे तृतीयायां तिथौ...
1-5
Letters are gone, since the corresponding portion is worn out.

Page #410

-228.]
XVI. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
385
THE SIXTEENTH PRAKĪRNAKA वकचूलिका
Vankaculikā (वंगचूलिया)
(Vaigaculiya) टब्बासहित
with tabbā
621. No. 428
1895-98. Size.-- 104 in. by 45 in. Extent.- (text) 12 folios; 5 lines to a page; 42 letters to a line.
, - (rabba),, , ; 8 to Io , , , , 52 , , , , Description.-Country paper tough and white; Devanagari chara
cters; the text written in a bigger hand as compared with tabba ; legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in three lines and edges in two, in red ink ; fol. 1a blank'; fol. Ioth wrongly numbered as 9; condition excellent;
both the text and the tabbā complete so far as they go. Age.- Samvat 1951. Author.- Yasobhadra. Subject. A Jaina āgama dealing with the origin of deprecating
Siddhānta together with an explanation in Gujarāti. Begins.--(text) fol. Ib
भत्तिभरनमियसुरवरसिरिसेहरकिरणरईयसमियरि(र)यं नमिउं सिरिवीरपयं वुच्छं सुयहीलगुप्पत्ति १ वीराउ(ओ) वीसमे बरिसे सिरिसुहम्मसामिनिव्वाणं
तत्तो युयालिसे सिद्धो जंबू चरमनाणि २ , -(com.) fol. I भत्तिव(भ)र कहतां भक्तिने समूहे करी नाम्या देवता मनुष्य • परं वर कहतां प्रधान देवतामा मस्तके etc. Ends.-(text) fol. 12b
इय महीलणुप्पा अफला जाणिऊण अन्ने वि
जस्सभद्दे जिणवयणे दडचित्तो होइ पइदिय[९] ९ इति श्रीवंगा(ग)चूलियाए सुयहीलणुप्पत्तिअज्झयण संपूर्णम् । समत (संवत्)१९५१ रा मिति सावण सुद ११॥ , -(com.) fol. 12 दृट चित्त करता हुवा सदा काल यत्न करता हुवई ९
इति श्रीव(व) व्यासूत्रम् सु० सुत ते सिद्धांतनी हीलनानि उत्पत्ति कही तेहनो अध्ययन संपूर्ण थयो।
49
[J. L. P.]

Page #411

386
Jaina Literature and Philosophy.
[429.
THE SEVENTEENTH PRAKĪRNAKA
सारावली
(
Sārāvali
-No. 429
___ 141 (0).
1872-73.
Extent.- fol. 92b to tol. 95. Description.- Complete ; extent 136 ślokas. For other details
___ see No. 269. Age.- Old. Subject.--- This prakīrņaka which starts by praising five parmeșthins
supplies us with the life of Pundarika, a grand-son of
Lord Rsabha. Begins.--fol. 92b
आरंभेस नियत्ता सव्वट्ठाणेस मुक्कवावारा । .
उच्छिन्नरागदोसा ते देवा देवयाणं तु ॥१॥ Ends.-fol. 95b
माहओ तस्स पावं सारावलिपुत्थयं लिहंतस्स । लहउ य असो य कित्ती अंइरेणं साहुसकारो ॥११६॥
इति सारावलीयपयण्णं सम्मत्तं ॥ छ । etc. ग्रंथाग्रं १३६ ।। N. B.- This work is.distinct from a standard work on Astrology
composed in Sanskrit in verses by Kalyāna varman, publish ed by the Proprietor of the Nirnayasagar Press, A. D. 1928.

Page #412

430]
1887-9 .
..!
XVIII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
3873 THE EIGHTEENTH PRAKĪRNAKA सिद्धप्राभृत
Siddhaprābbrta (सिद्धपाहुड)
(Siddhapāhuda :) No. 430
.. . 1287 (8.)....: Size.—101 in. by 4 in. Extent.- 28 folios; I3 lines to a page ; 44 letters to a line.. ... Description. Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devanāgari
characters with frequent पृष्ठमात्राs; small, legible and good hand-writing; borders ruled in four lines in black ink; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin; fol. I _blank ; so is practically fol. 28b; some of the foll. slightly
worm-eaten ; condition on the whole good'; complete ; this work ends on fol. 50; this Ms. contains in addition सिद्धप्राभूत
टीका commencing on fol. sb and ending on fol: 286. Age. - Old. Subject.- Exposition of the liberated from various stand-points,
in Prakrit in I2I verses. This is based ::upon a Purnal
Agreņiya by name. Begins.-fol. I' ॐ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ।।
तिहुयणपणए तिहुयणगुणाहिए तिहुयणातिसयणाणे ॥ उसभातिवीरचरिमे तमरयरहिए पणमिऊण ॥१ . मु(सु)णिऊण आगमाणहसे मु(स)णिऊण परमत्थमु(सु)त्तगंधधरे । चोद्दसपुध्विगमाई कमेण सवे पणं(ण)मिऊणं ॥२ . . .. णिखेवनिरुत्ताहि य छहिं अट्ठहिं वाणुओगवारेहिं । .
खत्तातमग्गणेसु य सिद्धाणं वणियो(या) भेया ॥३॥ etc. Ends. -fol. sb
ऊणाहियविवरीओ । अत्थो अप्पागमेण जो गहिो । तं खमिऊणा(ण) मुयहरा पुण्णे(रे )ऊणं परिकहंतु ॥२०. वीसुत्तरसया(य)मेगं गाथाबंधेण पुवणिस्संदं।
वित्थारेण महत्थं मुयु]याणुसारेण यन्वं ॥ २१ वीसुत्तरसयगणणाणमे(णाम)सिद्धपाहुई सम्मत्तं ॥ छ । अग्रेणिय
पुवणिस्संदा ॥ छ । Reference.- This work is published along with its commentary by
the Jaina Atmānanda Sabha in Samvat 1977. . . .

Page #413

388
Jaina Literature and Philosophy
( 432.
सिद्धप्राभूत
Siddhaprābhrta
1245 (a). No. 431
1884-87. Size.- 11 in. by 41 in. Extent. 17 folios; 15 lines to a page ; 54 letters to a line. Description.- Country paper thin, rough and greyish ; Devaņāgari
characters with LEHETS; small, quite legible, uniform and good hand-writing; borders ruled in two pairs in black ink, space between the pairs coloured red; red chalk used; foll. numbered in the right hand margin; unnumbered sides have a disc in red colour, in the centre only ;the numbered, in the margins, too; edges of almost every fol. more or less worn out; condition tolerably fair ; complete ; 118 verses; this work ends on fol. 3o; this Ms. contains in addition f a ctor commencing on fol. 3" and end
ing on fol. 176. Age. Not later than Samvat .1529.
. Begins.-fol. 1
Pagtuturg fagmot etc., as in No. 430. Ends.-- fol. 3" Forritufararts etc., up to tratto as in No. 430.
followed by PC saTTHTITUTOTT(OTT)ATHETIES FFA II g 1
अग्गेणपुव्वणिस्संदं ॥ छ । N. B. - For other details see No. 430.
Farmaciat
Siddhaprābhrtatīkā
1287 (b). No. 432
1887-91. Extent.- fol. sb to fol. 286 Description.- Complete ; this Ms. contains the glass of the text.
For other details see No. 430.. Subject.— Commentary in Sanskrit to Siddhaprābhịta,

Page #414

433.] XVIII. Supernumerary Prakirņakas
389 Begins:-fol. sb ॐ नमः श्रीसर्वज्ञाय ॥ .............."
सकलभुवनेशभूतान्निखिलातिशयान् जिनान गुरून् स्तुत्वा । - सिद्धप्राभृतटीका तदर्थहितकाम्यया क्रियते ॥ ... इह परमपुरुषाभिव्यक्तआगमप्रतिबद्धसिद्धवक्तव्यताभिधित्सया प्रवृत्त्यंग
• त्वान्मंगलादिचतुष्टयप्रतिपादकमिदं गाथात्रयमाह । तत्राप्याद्यगाथया मंगलं गुरुपर्वसंबंध() चाह ॥ तिहुयणपणयेत्यादि । त्रिभुवनप्रणतानित्यनेनाचिंत्यफलसंपादकत्वेन पूजाहत्वादुत्तमोत्तमत्वमाह ॥ etc. . - fol. 28 अहाथुरेण सिझंति त्ति भणियमेयंति । भणियमंतरदारं सांप्रतं उपसंहरन्नासातनापरिहारार्थमिदमाह सूत्रकारः । ऊणाहियविवरीउ(ओ)॥ अत्थो गाहागतार्थः ॥छ। वीसुत्तरसयं गाहा कंठ्या ।। छ । णवरं पूर्वस्याग्रेणीयाख्यस्य ॥ छ ॥ निष्यंद इदं सिद्धप्राभृतकमिति ।
गाथासंयोजनार्थो(s)यं प्रयास(:) केवलो मम
अर्थस्तूक्तः ॥ स्फुटो ह्य(ह्येष[s] टीकाकृद्भिश्चिरंतनैः ।।
छ । सिद्धप्राभूतकं समाप्तमिति ॥छ ॥छ । ॥ Reference.- See No. 430.
Ends
सिद्धप्राभृतटीका
Siddhaprābhrtatīkā
No. 433
1245 (b). 1884-87.
Extent.- fol. 3* to fol. 17b. Description.-- Complete; this Ms. contains the arts of the text.
For other details see No. 431. Begins.-fol. 38 सकलभुवनेशभूतान् etc., as in No. 432. Ends.-fol. 17 वोव्वसमं पयं । तस्सेव जवमज्झवरिविसेसाहिगा ॥१५अहवावुरेण
सिझंति etc., up to सिद्धप्राभृतकं as in No. 432 followed by समाप्तमिति.
सव्वसमूहवती वामकरगहियपोत्थया देवी जक्खमुहंडियसहिंया देउ अविग्धं भदंतस्स ॥ छ । अक्षरमात्रस्वरपदहीनं
व्यंजनसंधिविवर्जितरेफं। साधुषु जेन(जनेषु) स(म)म क्षमितव्यं
कश्वि(श्व) न(न) मुह्यति शास्त्रसमुद्रे॥.....

Page #415

390
Jaina Literature and Philosophy... [433. Then follows a portion in a different hand as urder :-- . 'गूर्जरज्ञातीय म° सुंद्रभार्याहांसीसप्तमं गदाकेनभायी भासूसुतश्रीरंगादिकुटुंबयुतेमातुष्छश्री तथा गच्छशृंगार... 'नुकार श्रीश्रीश्रीसोमसुंदरसूरिश्रीमुनिसुंदरसूरिश्रीरस्मशेखरसरिपष्टप्रभाकारश्रीलक्ष्मीसागरसूरिपादानामुप...'न सप्तक्षेध्यां निजसुधनबीजवपनावतमानसिद्धांतलाले)खये(य)ता लेखितं सिद्धप्राभृत्तसूत्रं चिरं नंदतात् विबुधर्विरतरवाच्यमान संघ१५२९ वर्षे मार्गशुदि ५दिने॥'अहम्मडा(दा)वादे ।। एषा प्रतिः पं० जिनमाणिक्य
गणिपादैः शोधिता ॥ श्रीं ॥ छः ॥ श्रीरस्तु ।। N. B.- For additional particulars see No. 432
1-2
Letters are inissing,

Page #416
_